^A^' ^h^''

rv^

tif

1

Colonel W. M. P. Wood, CLE.,

Political Ag-etil, Mahikantha.

A-^i

U .

•■ \^

^x^

PREFACE

The need of a Directory for the Mahi Kantba Agency
has been felt for a long time by Aji^ency Officers, Chiefs and
Talukdars and the ^public, there beintj no book whereby one
could acquaint himself with the local Circulars, Standincr
Orders, the constitution of the Agency and the Thanas, etc.
Very little is known about the Mahi Kantha by the outside
public. There is a Mahi Kantha Directory published in
Vernacular, but it is out of date and contains onl}'' local
Circulars and Orders with some history which is inaccurate.

2. Colonel G. E. Hyde-Cates, then Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha, being convinced of the importance of such a
I*ook requested the compiler of the Palanpur Agenc}-
Directory to undertake the work in 1911 and the compiler
has now the pleasure to put before the public the result of
his ten years' labour-the First Volume of the Mahi Kantha
Directory. The compiler did not find this work as easy as
the Palanpur Directory as he has never served in that
Agency atid so had to pay frequent visits to Sadra and
devote much of his time in the Hazur Record Office. When
at Sadra he found that the records of certain period were
kept in the Baroda Residency and so on his request the
most important files of that Residency were put at his
disposal. The compiler is much indebted to the Resident,
JBaroda, for giving every facility in his work. In the preli-
minary stage he was greatly assisted by his friend Mr,
Vinayak Ganesh Gadkari, retired Deputy Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha. The compilation of the work was commenced
in 1911 with the help of Mr. Moreshwar Damodar Bhope

whose untimely death was a great loss to the compiler. The
com()iler is further highly indebted to Mr. Gadkari for his
kind help. 0\vin» to the premature death of Mr. More-
Tshwar, the compiler had to do the work single handedly.

3. The Directory could not be published earlier as
the question of cost was not settled. The compiler showed
his desire to hand over the materials if the Volume could
he printed at the expense of the Agency, but this was
not found feasible. The compiler had .o spend a sum of
Hs. 2,000 in collecting materials from the Agency records
as he had to encjage the services of a typist and two clerks
for a considerable period. The details of expenditure were
rendered to the Political Officers from time to time. In the
heginning a very poor response was made by the Chiefs
and Talukdars and twice he had to give up the idea of
publishing the work as apart from labour and the money
.spent on collection no guarantee was given to buy sufficient
number of copies to meet the heavy printing charges.
Colonel K. S. Coghill, when he was in charge of the Mahi
Kantha Agency had issued a Circular to the Chiefs and
Talukdars and also addressed a letter to other Political
Agencies, asking them to take copies of the Directory. The
success of publishing the book is in a great measure due ta
this Officer and the compiler takes this opportunity to thank
him for the valuable and generous help accorded.

4. The Directory is published on the same lines as
the Palanpur Agency Directory. The First Volume is now
ready and put before the public. It is compiled in four
parts as under : —

1. General information including history, etc., of all
States, Talukas and Thana Circles.

2. Treaties and engagements.

n

3. Special Rules and Regulations in force in the

Mahi Kantha Agency.

4. Important Circulars and Standing Orders.

5. It was first intended to publish the English and
Gujarati versions together in one Volume, but this would
make the book very bulky and so the two versions are printed
separately in two books. The manuscripts of the First Volume
was examined by Colonel Beale and the Deputy Political
Agent and have been approved by the Commissioner, N. D.,
to whom they were sent for inspection.

6. The First Volume contains a general map of the Mahi
Kantha Agency, which gives an idea of the whole Agency.
Nearly 25 statistical tables are provided giving information
on various subjects. In short it will be seen that the compiler
has not spared any pains or money to make the present
work thoroughly useful to the Courts of the Agency, to the
Chiefs of the States and the public in general.

7. The price of paper, tl^e cost of printing and binding
being more than double the pre-war rates, it will be difficult
to recover the cost of publishing the book and there is little
hope of recovering the money already spent in collecting the
materials. Thus financially it will be a great loss to the
compiler unless the Agency tries to help him in the matter.

8. It is inevitable that there should be some errors
and omissions for which he craves the indulgence of Agency
Officers and others who have to use it bearing in mind that
the compiler had never served in the Mahi Kantha Agency
and had to depend on the records and books of reference
and had to face many difficulties.

9. The publication of this work has been a matter of
great expense and in an Agency like Mahi Kantha where

III

famine has made great havoc and reduced the people, the
States and Talukdars to penury, it was difficult to collect an
adequate sum to meet the charges incidental to the under-
takings but thanks are due to the large minded and cordial
support promised by the Chiefs of Idar, Danta and other
States in Mahi Kantha,Palanpur, Rewa Kanthaand Kathiawar,
the compiler is able to accomplish his task. The compiler
is also extremely grateful to the Benign Government for the
great assistance tj;iven to him by purchasing copies of the
work for the Secretariat Departments and other heads of
offices and b}^ authorising various other Officers to purchase
copies for themselves.

10. The compiler takes this opportunity of acknowledg-
ing the valuable help given by Mr. Dabyabhai Shah, Head
clerk of the Mahi Kautha Aj^ency, Mr. Laloo Mulji, a clerk
in the Vernacular Office of the Mahi Kantha Agency and
also to Mr. Rustom M. Marolia, Assistant Press Manager
of the Kathiawar Ap;ency Press, for his invaluable assistance
in the examination of proofs and details connected with the
successful printing of the work and also to Mr. Chhotalal N*.
Mody, B. A., a clerk in the Hazur Accounts Office, Rajkot,
for translating the English version of the Directory.

11. The compiler's grateful acknowledgment is due to
Colonel W. Beale, Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, for the
interest shown by him in the successful publication of this,
work. The Gujarati version of this Volume is associated
with his name with his portrait.

12. In conclusion the opportunity is taken to perform
a most pleasing duty, viz.f to associate vvith this volume the
honoured name, with a portrait, of Colonel W. M. P. Wood,
C. I. E., Political Agent, Mahi Kantha and now Acting
Agent to the Governor, Kathiawar, whose solicitude for the
welfare of the Chiefs and the people is so well-known. Tha

IV

compiler is specially indebted to him for the great help ren-
dered to him in the preparation of the first two volumes of
the Palanpur Agency Directory when he was Assistant
Political Agent in that Agency in 1907-08.

13. The work of printing was entrusted to the
" Liberal Laxmi Printing Press, Rajkot " and the compiler's
thanks are due to the proprietors for the satisfactory way ia
which the work has been carried out. The printing is done
nicely and the compiler is greatly obliged to Mr. Balachanrl
Manekchand Kagdi, its most energetic and promising Manager
who displayed personal zeal and interest in finishing the work
in a short time.

1922. )

Rajkot,

Frampoz Sorabji Master*

11th January

CONTENTS.
THE MAHI KANTHA DIRECTORY.

PART !♦

General information about States and Thana Circles
with their Historical Accounts^

CHAPTER I.--Description<

Page,Para.

1.

Name and derivation

2

Form

3.

Boundary

4.

Extent ...

5.

Divisions ...

6.

Soil

7.

Geology ...

8.

Climate ...

Table I showiug monthly average rain-fall in

Sadra
Table II showing monthly average rain-fall in

important States
Table III showing minimum and maximum

temperature ...
0. Hills

10. Rivers .», ... ... ... .»•

11. Ponds

12. Animals ...

13. Area and Population ...
Table of Area and Population

Table of Population by Sex and Religion ,.

1

2

4
5

6
7

8

h

1,
2,

2,
2-3,

3,

3-4,

4,

5,

6,

7,

8, 9
8-9, 10

10, U
10-11, 12

11, 13-
12
12a

11

1.

2.

8.
4.
5.

1.

2.

o

O.

4.

5.

6.

7.

S.

9.
10.
11.

1.
2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.
10.
11.
12.

CHAPTER IL— Production*

Minerals ... ... ••• ••• •••

Trees ... ... ••• •••

Forest ... ... ••• *•• •••

Animals ...
Wild animals
Fish

CHAPTER IIL-Population.

Population in 1854 and 1872...
Population in 1881 and 1891...
Population in 1901
Population in 1911
Population in 1921
Towns ... ...

Races and castes
Population of Idar
Population of other States
Classification ... ...

Table of Population by Sex and Religion

CHAPTER IV»— Agriculture.

OOll ••• ••* ••• «•• •••

Irrigation

Fallows

Plough ...

Holdings

Stock

Crops

Cereals

Husbandmen

Bad seasons

Blights

Table of Prices

Page,Para.

13,
U,
14,

14,
15,
15,

... J- «5> •*•

16, 2
... 16, 3

... 16-17, 4

17, 5

...17-18, 6

18, 7
... 18, 8

18, 9

... 19-20, 10

... 22-24

25
... ^O,

... ^0,

OK

... ^<7,

... 26,
... 26,
... 26,

27,
... ^' }
... 27-28, 10

28, 11
... 28,

lit

CHAPTER V»-CapitaL

Capitalists

Debtors and creditors »•«

Mortorages of labour

Interest ... >««

Currency

Prices

Weights and measures...

CHAPTER VL-Trade.

Rorids ... ... •••

Eailways ...
Trade

Manufactures ...

jj airs ... •*• ... «*• »••

List of Fairs
Craftsmen ... ... ...

Trade Guilds
Markets ...

CHAPTER VIL- History*

Early History to 1412...

Musalmans (1412 to 1700)

Mahratha Period ... ^

British support ...
Treaty of Bassein
British interruption
Lease of Peshwa tribute
Walker's settlement
Rights of Peshwa in Gujarat...
Adoption of Walker settlement in Mahi Kantha.
Management of Agency transferred to British
hands ... ... ... ... ... ... 43, 12

Gaekwar treaty of 1820 43-45, 13

Page,Para^

... ^y,

1

29,

2

30,

3

31,

4

... 31,

5.G

... 22,

7

... oZ—oOf

8

... 34,

1

... 34-35,

2

35,

3

35,

4

3fi,

5

... 36

37,

6

37,

7

... 37,

8

••• oOf

1

... 38-39,

2

39,

3

...30-40,

4-5

39

...40-41,

6-7

... 41,

8

42

0

... 42-43,

10

ha. 43,

11

Page,Para.

•13. Indebtedness of Tributaries ... ... ... 45, 14

14. Abolition of Baroda Residency ... ... 45, 15

15. Captain Ballantine as Political Agent ... 46, 16 f

16. Abolition of Political and Judicial Commis-
sionership ... ... ... ... ... 46, 17

17. Re-establishment of Malii Kantha Agency in

1820 46-47, 18

18. Direct correspondence with Government ... 47, 19

19. Order t<> re-form Mahi Kantha Agency ... 47-48, 19

20. Communication of orders of Government ... 49, 20

21. Guides for conduct of Political Officers ... 49-50, 21

22. Chandap rising 50-51, 22

23. Attitude of Thakor of Mundeti 51-52, 23

24. Makrana rising, 1867 52, 24

25. Changes and reforms ... ... ... ... 52-54, 25

26. Education ... ... ... ... ... 54-55, 26

27. Jurisdiction of Chiefs and Agency defined ...55-57, 27

CHAPTER VIIL— Land Administration.

1. Proprietors

2. Revenue system in the Agency

3. Revenue system in Idar State

CHAPTER IX^-Justice.

1. System observed in 1855

2. Do. in 1879

S. Panchayat system and present system

4. Civil Courts

5. Criminal Courts...

6. Police before 1880 «.

7. Agency and State Police

8. Village Police

9. Border Court

10. Formation of Mahi Kantha Agency Police ... 64-65, 10

58,

1

... 58-59,

2

59,

3

60,

1

60,

2

... 61,

3

^ 61,

4

... 61-62,

5

... 62-63,

6

... 63-64,

7

... 64,

8

... 64,

9

11. Military Detachment ...

12. Duties of Agency Police

13. Bombay District Police Act ...

14. Mounted Police Fund ...

15. Criminal jurisdiction over Police

16. Civil jurisdiction over Police ...

17. Superintendent, Agency Police

18. Difference between Presidency & Agency Police

19. Account ...

20. Khaki clothing for Agency Police
■21. Reorjjanization of Agfeticy Police

22. Distribution of Agency Police

23. Out Posts

24. Infanticide and widow burning

25. Prisons ...

I Table of Registration of documents
II Table of Civil and Criminal work done by
various Courts

III Table of work done by Civil and Criminal
Courts... ... ... ... .., .^

IV Table of Criminal Justice ...

V Table of Police force and its cost
VI Table of Jails ...

^

P

age,Par3«

*••

65, 11

• -¥

65, 12

• • «

66, 13

« *«

66, 14

• « •

66, 15

• ••

66, 16

• ••

ice

66, 17

67. 18

«--.

67, 19

..«

67, 20

.«.

67-

-70, 21

...

70

-72, 22

.«•

72, 23

•••

72, 24

•.«

73, "25.

.« .

73

74

75
76

77
78

CHAPTER X.-Revenue and Finance*

1.

o

4.
6.

Revenue in 1845 and 1876 ...
Average revenue in 1017
Revenue of Idar State ...

Revenue of smaller States
British claims in Mahi Kantha
Baroda claims in Mahi Kantha

7. Local Funds

Table I of 2 1 OSS reveiiue

79,

1

... 79,

2

-„ 79-80,

o

80,

4

,., 80-81,

5

,.. 81,

G

81,

7

... 82-83

-vi

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6,

7.

S.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15.

Page, Para. .

Table II of Receipts and Expenditure of
Local Funds... ... ... ••• ...84-87

Table III of revenue details by States and
Talukas ... ...

1.

2.

CHAPTER XL— Instruction*

Education in 1850 •••

Schools in 1869-70

Education of Kumars ...

Pay of School Masters

Control of Idar schools

Qualified Teachers ... ... ...

Female education
School Masters* Pension Fund
Budhi Prakash Fund ...
Deputy Educational Inspectors
Number of pupils in 1917
Education in Idar State
Libraries ... ... ... ...

Government order on Pension Fund
Table of schools and pupils ... •„
History of education of Talukdars' sons

(1) First school in 1850

(2) Pupils in 1850

(3) Talukdari school in 1874

(4) Scott College

(5) Progress in 1902

(6) Annual cost of boy's education

(7) Agricultural Class opened

CHAPTER XII.-Health.

Diseases

Dispensaries

Vaccination

88

89, 1
89,2-3

90, 4
90, 5

90, 6

91, 7
91, 8
91, 9

91, 10
...91-92, 11

92, 12
... 92,13.14

92, 15
... 93-95,

96,
... 96-98,

96, 1

... 96-97,2-3

97, 4

97, 5-6

98, 7
98, B
98, 9

••• y«7, M.

99, 2

...99-100, 5

VII

Page. Para.

4. Vital statistics... ... ... ... ... 100, 4

5. Cattle diseases... ... ... ... ... 100, 5

Table I of Hospitals and Dispensaries ... 100
Table II of Vaccination ... ... ... 101

Table III of Vital statistics 102-103

CHAPTER XIIL-States.

Tabular statement showing names of Chiefs and other

informations recjardino- States and Talukas. ...104-117

First Class State.

Idar State 118-148

1. General ... ... ... ... ..^ ... 118, 1

2. Origin ... ,.. ... ... ... ... 118, 2

S. Boundary 118, 3

4. Aspect 118, 4

5. Hills lis, 5

6. Climate ... ..» ... ... ... 119, 6

7. Population ... 119, 7

8. Rivers 119, g

9. Military 119, 9

10. Police 119. 10

11. Education 119-120, 11

12. Libraries ... ... ... ... ... 120, 12

13. Medical Relief 120, 13

14. Sanitation 120, 14

15. Post Offices ^ 120, 15

16. Industries 121, 16

17. Justice 121-122, 17

18. Tribute 122, 18

19. Land Administration ... ... ... ...122-123, 19

20. Average Revenue and Expenditure ... .. 123, 20

21. Early History 123-124, 21

22. Gehlot Rulers ^ 124, 22

B.

VIII

Page. Para.

23. Parihar Rulers ... ... ... ... 125, 23

24. The Rathods 125-126, 24

25. Musalman Supremacy ... ... ... 127, 25

26. Sieze of Idar 127-128, 2G •

27. Idar taken 128-130, 27

28. Tributary to Akbar 180-131, 28

29. Idar regained 131-132, 29

30. Maharaj Anandsiug 132-133, 30

31. Maharaj Shivsing 133-134, 31

32. Maharaj Gambhiising 134-140, 32

33. Maharaj Jawansing ... ... ...140-141, 33

34. Ahinednagar 142-144, 34

35. Maharaj Jawansingji ... ... ...144-145, 35

36. Maharaj Sir Keshrising 145, 33

37. Maharaja Major General Sir Pratapsinghji. 146-147, 37

38. Lieut -Colonel Maharaja Dolatsinghji ...147-148, 38

Second Class States 149-161

I. Polo State 149-151

1. General =..149-150,1-2

2. History 150-151, 3

II. Danta State 152-I6i

1. General ... ... ... ... ... 152, 1

2. Boundary ... ... ... ... ... 152, 2

3. Animals ... ... ... ... ... 152, 3

4. Sub-divisions ... ... ... ... 152, 4

5. Rivers ... ... ... ... ••• 152, 5

6. Land 153, 6

7. Legislation ... ... ... ... ... 153, 7.

8. Police 153, 8

9. Justice «. ... ... ... ...153-154, 9

10. Dispensaries ... ... ••. 154, 10

11. Schools 154, 11

12. Press ... ... ... — ••• 154, 12

13. Town Danta

14. Amba Bhawani
15 to 21. History

Third Class States
L Malpur...

1. General

2. History

II* Mansa

1. General

2. History

IIL Mohanpur

1. General ,.,

2. History

Fourth Class States

I. Varsoda

1. General

2. History

II. Pethapur

1 to 3, General ...
4. History

III. Ranasan

1. General

2 to 3. History

IV. Punadra

1. General

2. History

V. Khadal

1. General

2. History ...

IX

Page, Para.

154,

13

...154-155,

14

...155-161,15

-21

...161-169

...161-164

...162-163,

1

...163-164,

2

...164-166

164,

1

...165-166,

2

...167-169

...167-168,

1

...168-169,

2

...170-187

...170-171

...170-171,

1

171,

2

,..172-175

...172-174,

1-3

...174-175,

4

...175-176

175,

1

...175-177,

2-3

...177-178

177,

1

...177-178,

2

...178-179

178,

1

...178-179,

X

VL Ghodasar

1.

General

2

History

VII. Katosan

1.

General

Hi?^tor\^

VIII. IIol ...

1.

General

2.

History

IX. Amliyara

1.

General

2,

History

X. Sudasna

1.

General

2.

History

Fifth Class States..

I. Walasna ...

1.

General

2.

History

II. Dabha ...

1.

General

2.

History

III. Wasna ...

1.

General

2.

Histor}^

IV. Rupal ...

1.

General

2.

History

V. Dadhalia ..

1

General

O

History

Page.Piira.
...179-180

179, 1
...179-180, 2-3

...181-182

181, I
...181-182, 2

...183-184

183, 1
...183-184, 2

...184-185 ■

184, 1
...184-185, 2

...185-187

185, 1
...185-187, 2

...187-196

...188-189

188, I
...188-189, 2

.. 189-190

189, I
...189-190, 2

...190-191

190, I

191, 2

...191-192

191, I

192, 2

...192-193

192, 1
,,.192-193, 2

XT

Page. Para.

VL Magodi*^ 193-194

1. General ... ... ... ... ... 193, 1

2. History 193-194, 2

VIL Vadagam ...194-195

1. General ... ... ... ... ... 194, 1

2. History 194-195, 2

VIII. Sathamba 195-196

1. General 195, 1

2. History 195-106, 2

Sixth Class States 197-205

I. llamas •.. .... ... ... ... 198

IT. Bolundra 198-199

III. Derol 199

IV. Khedawada 199

V. Kadoli 199-200

VI. Vakhtapur 200

YII. Prempur 200

VIII. Dedlirota 201

IX. Tajpuri 201

X. Hapa 201-203

XI. Satlasna 203-204

XII. Bhalusna 204

XIII. Likhi 204

XIV. Hadol 205

Seventh Class States • 206-2 lo

I. Maguna 206-207

II. Tejpura 207

III. Virsoda 207

IV. Palaj ^ 207

V. Deluli 208

VI. Kasalpura 208

VII. Memadpura ... ... ... ... 208

(b)

XII

Page, Par^

VIII. Ijpura 208

IX. Rampura ... ... ... ... ... 208

X. Ranipuia ... ., ... ... ... 209

XI. Gabat 209

XII. Timba 209-210

XIII. Umbri 210

XIV. Mota-Kothariia 210

CHAPTER XIII-A.-Thana Circles.

List of Thana Circles ... ... ... 211

I. Bawishi Thana 211-216

1. General Remarks ... ... ... ... 211, I

2. Talukas in the Thana ... ... ... 212, 2

3. Tribute collections -. ... ... ... 213, 3

4. Matadari system ... ... ... ... 214, 4

5. General features of the Thana ... ...214-215, 5

6. Post Offices 215, G

7. Education ... ... ,.. ... ... 215, 7

8. l^ispensary ... ... ... ... ... 215, 8

9. Justice ... ... ... ... ... 215, 9

10. Public Works 215, 10

11. Railway 215, 11

12. Climate 215, 12

13. Mi.sc0ll.'»neous ... 216, 1-1

II Gadhwada Thana 216-219

1. Boundary ... ... ... ... —. 216, 1

2. Origin of the word ... ... ... ... 216, 2

3. Satlasna, the bead-quarter town ... ,..216-217, l^

4. Talukas ... ... ... ... ,,. 217, 4

5. The Iladol Jagir 217-218, 5

6. Population ... ... ••• ... ,,. 218, (*

7. Produce ... ... ..• ... ».. 218, 7

Uli

Page. P

ara.

8.

Tribute

• . .

, . .

• •f

...218-219,

8

9.

Thana Fund ...

...

...

...

219,

9

10.

The CTadhwada settlement

...

...

219,

10

11.

Miscellaneous

...

•«.

...

219,

11

III. Sabar Kantha Thana

...

...219-221

1.

Boundary and Talu

kas

.••

...

...219-220,

1

2.

Population

...

...

...

220,

2

Jamabandhi and V

arad

...

..•

220,

O

4.

Post Offices and Schools

...

....

220,

4

5.

Constitution of the Thana

...

...

90 I
... _*j 1 ,

5

6.

Abkari

...

...

...

221.

G

7.

Miscellaneous ...

...

••«

...

oo f

... < L ,

7

IV» Katosan Thana Circle

...

...221-222

1.

Boundary and General

...

,, ,

9 91.009

1

2.

Jurisdiction

• • •

...

222,

2

o.

Miscellaneous ...

• m 9

...

...

222,

3

V. Vatrak Kantha Thana

222-224

1.

Boundary

• • m

222,

1

2.

Constitution of the

Thana

222,

2

o
O.

Talukas

...

. . .

223,

3

4.

Jamabandhi and V

irad

...

223,

4

5.

Population

...

...

223,

5

6.

Produce ...

...

...

223,

6

7.

Abkari

. . .

224,

/

S.

Education

. >•

...

224,

8

0.

Post Office ...

••«

224,

9

10.

Dispensary

...

. . .

224,

10

11.

Police

...

224,

11

12.

Miscellaneous ...

...

...

224,

J2

CHAPTER XIV.-

-Places of Interest

225-230

1.

Idar

...

•••

•• •

22.'3,

1

2.

Limbhoi •..

...

...

...

226,

2

XI?

3. Ahiuedna<^ar ...

4. Khed- Brahma. ...

o> x^t!S()n .«. ••• ••• .«•

G. Bhiloda

7. Posina-Sabli ...

8. Samlaji

9. Timba

10. Sudasna

11. Arasur-A.mba-Bl»avani

12. Koteshwar Mahadeva

13. Kumbharia

14. Haldarvas

15. Bamnoli Ket ...
IG. Jetpur

17. Prantvel

18. "Magodi

19. Punadra

20. Telnal

21. Ramas

22. Sathamba

23. Ambaliara

CHAPTER XV.-Excise.

1. Abkari system

2. Abkari in Idar

3. Opium

4. Ganja
Table I of Opium allotment
Table of Excise shops & Revenue of 191G-17. 234-235
Table of 0[)iuin consumption ... ...236-237

CHAPTER XVI & XVI A»— Miscellaneous ♦

1. Ceremonials to be observed in Mahi Kantha... 238-241

2. List of to;vns, &c., 242-246

Page.Para.

...

226,

3

...

226,

4

226,

r,

...226

-227,

6

...

227,

7

...

227,

8

...

227,

9

...

227,

10

• » •

227,

11

« • •

228,

12

...228

-229,

13

...

229,

14

...

229,

15

...

229,

IG

...

230,

17

230,

18

.. .

230,

19

...

230,

20

...

230.

21

• ..

230,

22

...

230,

23

230

-233

...230

-232,

1

, .

233,

2

...

233,

3

...

233,
233

4

xr

PART !!♦

Treaties and Engagements.

Page.

c>"

1. General ... 249-251

I. Mahi Kantha Security Bond of IG articles

of 1812 and 1830 252-26a

II. Mahi Kantha vSecurifcy Bond of 11 articles

of 1822 261-266

III. Mahi Kantha Security Bond of 1818 .. .266-209

IV, Agreement of 9 articles with Maharaj
Prathisinghji in 1836 269-270

V. Agreement with Idar for the prevention of
salt passing into Idar from Marwar in

1878 271-272

VI. Salt agreement of Idar, 18G2 273-274

VII. Agreement in the matter of a weir in
the river and of a canal through Idar

limits in 1874 275-278

VIII. Agreement of 1881 by which Idar State
and the British Government separated
their interests in the revenues of certain

villages 278-282

IX. Opium agreement in 1833 of the State

of Idar 282-283

X. Idar agreement in 1843 on the amicable
settlement of the mutual claim of the

Bayer Parganah 283-285

XI. Agreement of 1819 between the Rana of

Dai»ta and the Dewan of Palanpur... ...286-288

XII. Salt agreement with the Rana of Danta

in 1857 288-2Sl»

XIII. Salt agreement with the Rao of Pol in

18G1 290-20L

3X1

Page.

XIV. Salt; agreement with the Thakore of Pol

in 1871 291-292

XV. Amalyara agreement in 1808 to preserve

order 292-294

XVT. Security bond of 1809 by the Lobar

Zamindara ... ... ... ... ...294-297

XVII. Parwana of Rao Shri Anandrao Gaekwar

to the Zamindars of Lobar, 1809 297-299

XVIII. A deed of security of 1811 by Thakore

of Ahyma 299-300

XIX. A deed of counter security of 1811 granted

by Joosabhai Tbakore of Ahyma ... ... 301

XX. Agreement of 1821 with the Chief

of Tintovee 301-302

XXI. Terms of security from the Chief of

Gajnn, 1821 303-304

XXII. Security given by Koli Chiefs of Anoria

on 1st June 1821 305-307

XXIII. Salt treaty with the Thakore of Sameyra,

on 31st August 1861 307

XXIV. Salt agreement with the Thakore of

Deyrole in 1861 ...308-oOr»

XXV. Salt agreement with the Thakore of

Deygamra in 1862 309-31O

XXVI. Opium agreement with the Thakore of

Tintoi in 1883 310-312

X!XVII. Adoption Sanad granted to the Ruler

of Idar in 1862 312

xvir
PART III.

Rules and Regulations in force in the
Mahi Kantha Agency*

Page.

1. Memorandum on the classification and juris-
diction of States and Agency Courts ... ...315-324

2. List of Laws in force in the Mabi Kantha

Agency 324-325

3. Rules for giving- the appellate decision of
tiie Court of Political Agent, finality as

regards questions of facts ... ... ...326-32S

4. Application of provisions of General Acts,

viz., Indian Penal Code 328-330

5. Application of the Revenue Recovery Act ...330-331

6. Application of the Epidemic Diseases' Act ... 331

7. Application of the Explosive Substances

Act 331-332

8. Application of the Bombay Land Revenue

Code, 1879 332-336

9. Application of the Bombay Abkari Act, 1S7S. ... 337
TO. Revised Rules relating to oiiojinal and

appellate jurisdiction of Civil' Courts ...338-361

11. Revised Rules relating to Political suits

and appeals ... ... ... ..» ...362-366

12. Mahi Kantha Agency Registration Rules ..,306-377

13. Rules regarding sales by the Courts of

Political Agerjcies... ... ... ... ...377-380

14. Rules for the refund of impressed court-
fee stamps and adhesive labels ... ... ...381-382

15. Rules regarding the supply of copies, &c.,

of official documents ... ... ... ...382-384

16. Arms Rules 384-401

17. Opium Regulations ... ...401-406

18. Revised Abkari Rules 407-41&

xriii

Page.

o

19. Rules for the control and audit of the
Excluded Local Funds 417-420

20. Mahi Kantha Alienation Enquiry Rules ...420-425

21. Petition Rules 425-429

22. Pleaders Rules ^ ,..429-458

23. Rules regulating the visit of Native Chiefs

and Thakores to Mount Abu ...438-439

24. Rules relating to publications of Newspapers. ...440-441

25. Encumbered Estates Rules ... ... ...441-456

2C. Border Court Rules 456-462

27. Waltar Rules 462-468

28. Boundary Rules ... ...468-470

29. Limitation Rules ... ... ... ... ...577-521

PART IV*

Circulars, Orders and Notifications,
I* Abkari 525

1. Government Resolution, P. D., No. 48, dated
5th January 1893, regarding construction
of new stills b}^ Katosan Darbar ... ... 525

II, Alienation 525

1. Circular No. 1464, dated 1st October 1913,
regarding adoption of Alienation Rules in

Mahi Kantha Agency (G) 525

2. Circular No. 2315, dated 19th February

1916, regarding adoption of revised rules for
payment of Vighoti on sale or mortgaged
lands in Bawishi Thana (G) ..» ... 52^

3. Circular No. 118, dated 1st May 1916, re.
use of deliberation and judgment in the
enforcement of Alienation Rules (G) ... 525

Page.
IIL Arms 52C-52r

1. Circular No. 1567, dated 14th April 1904,
regarding enforcement of Arms Rules in
several Talukas of Mahi Kantha Agency (G) 526

2. Circular No 228, duted 21st February 1907,

prohibiting Talukdars under the charge of
the District Deputy Political Agent, from
purchasing arms direct without a license
from the Political Agent (G) ... ... 52G

3. Circular No. 1234, dated 23rd March 1911,
regarding furnishing of iidormation necessary
for the issue of a license in the form annexed

to it to avoid delay (G) ... ... ... -'>26

4. Circular No. 210, dated 29th May 1911,

regarding mention in the report by States
for the purchase of arms, &g., sanctioned for
their local police (G) ... ... ... 526

.5. Circular No. 152, dated 2 1st May 1912, pro-
hibiting Chiefs and their faniil}' membersfrom
purchasing arms, &c., in British India with-
out a license from the Political Agent (G) 52G

<i. Circular No. 850, dated 19th September
1912, prohibiting Europeans and Natives of
all grades from importing 303 and 450
bores rifles (G) ... -.. ... ..r 526

7. Circular No. S. 0/87, dated 2nd July 1919,
re. supply of ammunition of Sn?ooth bore
and muzzle loading rifles for State and
Taluka Police (G) " 527

IV. Boundary ^27

1. Circular No. 17G1, dated 17th March 1909,
re. maintenance of boundary marks bet-
ween tcriitory of Baroda State and that
of the Native States in Gujarat ... ... 527

XX.

Page.

2. Circular No. 805, dated 21st August 1915,

regarding connection in article 27 of revised
rules for settlement of boundary disputes
between Baroda State, States and Talukas
of this Agency and British Districts ... 527

3. Circular No. 371, dated 4th July 1917, re-
garding Government sauetion to the con-
firmation of the arrangement of direct
correspondence between Baroda State and
States of this Agency regarding repairs to
Boundary Pillars ... „. ... ... 527

4. Circular No. B. N. D./ G4, dated 10th May
^ 1919 re. confirmation of rules for the repairs

of Boundary PillarsS... ... ... ... 527

T, Cattle Pounds 528-529

1. Agency Circular No. 1715, dated 6th May
1892, regarding rules for the feedinor charges
of cattle impounded in cattle pounds in

Mahi Kantha Agency 528-529

2. Circular No. 83, duted 2ord October 1907,
regarding period during which sale proceeds
of impounded cattle should be returned to

the owner ... ... ... ... ... 529

VI. Civil 529-539

1. Circular No. 615, dated 7th February 1899,
regarding disposal of matters of Civil nature
according to the Civil Procedure Code, by
Talukdars 529-530

2. Agency Order No. 5717, dated 19th Decem-
ber 1899, rejrarding amendment in the
rules for fees on copies of documents and
the mode of recovering them and paying

t Ihem to candidates 530-531

XXX

Page.

3. Circular No. 4355, dated 22nd June 1900
regarding recovery of expenses of execution

of decrees from debtors ... ... ...531-532

4. Circular No. 6024, dated 27th August 1900,
re. modification in rules for copies of docu-
ments and receipt of the fees thereon sent

by money order, by touring officers ...532-534

5. Government Notification No. 316-1. B., dated

18th February 1913, regarding addition of
the Civil Court of Ghodasar Manao^er to
the list of Native State Courts in the
Agency whose summonses are served and
decrees executed by British India Courts... 534

6. Government Notifications Nos. 512-513-
I. B., dated l7th March 1913, reo-ardino-
revised list of the Native State Courts in
the Agency which are authorized to serve
summonses and execute decrees issued by
British India Courts 534-,53S

7. Government Notification No. 787-1. B.-

dated 19th April 1913, showing Courts of
the Agency empowered to serve summonses
issued by British India Courts under the
Civil Procedure Code (Act V 1908) .. .530-537

8. Government Resolution No. 5874, dated

6th October 1913, regarding introduction of
the system of direct service of non-compulsory
processes between Baroda State Courts and
Courts of Native States in the A^jency ... 537

9. Agency Alemo No 799, dated 15th April

1887, regarding rules and rates for process

fees in Civil suits 53^

XXII

Page,

10. Government J-iesolution No. 5149, dated

18th August 1888, regarding sending a
translation of the summons issued by Native
State Courts for service hy British India
Courts 536

11. Circular No. 2153, dated 24th October 1900,
regarding mode of calculation of the period
required to obtain copies of papers in
calculatin^j limitation ... ... ... 53S

12. Circular No. 634, dated 8th October 1906,
reirardino: leavinn out of the calculation of
limitation, the time taken in the preparation

of copies ... ... ... ... ... 5St^

13. Circular No. 132, dated 17th April 1907,

regarding confirmation of the arrangement
of reciprocity in the direct service of sum-
monses between Agency Courts and Baroda
State Courts... ... ... ... ... 538

14. Circular No. 59 of 1911-12, regarding

application of sections 86 and 87 and 203 to
212 of Mamlatdar's Court Act and Land
Kevenue Code respectively to Thana Circles
in possessory suits ,.. ... ... ... 538

15. Circular No. 2851, dated I5th January 1912,

applications of the Code of Civil Procedure

Act V of 1908 toMahiKantha Agency... 538

16. Circular No. 476, dated 15th May 1913,

regarding introduction of the system of

reciprocity in direct service of summonses

and execution of decrees between Courts

of Native States in the Agency and British

India Courts 53^

XXIII

Page.

17. Circular No. 1113, dated I8th July 1915,
regarding amendment in para. 2 of Circular

No. 1464, dated 1st October 1913 ... 539

18. Circular No. 1800, dated 12th November

1915, regarding proper observance of the
conditions about calculating limitation ... 539

19. Circular No. L. A. W./19, dated 8th June

1920, re. previous sanction of Political Agent
to the institution of Civil suits against
tribute paying Talukdars and Bhagdars ... 539

20. Circular No. L. A. W.>-S-V-I, dated 25th
July 1920, instructing touring officers to
inform the parties of the date and the place
at which they except the parties to remain
present ^ 539

VII. Classification of Jurisdictional States of

the Mahi Kantha Agency 539-544

1. G. R, P. D., No. 930, dated 15th February

1877 re. classification of States of Mahi
Kantha and their jurisdiction ... ...539-541

2. Agency Circular No 1750, dated 2/3 July

1890, re. recognition of the Thakore of
iJalisna as a Jurisdictional Bhayat of
Sudasna ..» 541-542

3. G. R, P. D , No. 6264, dated 10th September

1906, re. investiture of Thakore Hamirsingbji
Mansinghji, Talukdar of Rupal, with the
powers of a 5th Class Chief 542

4. Memorandum No. 6208, dated 9th October

1917, re. disposal of all cases of ad-
ministrative nature and domestic character
by the Chiefs 544

c.

XXI 7

Page.

5. Memorandum No. A. D. M., 115, dated 24th
July 1919, re. grant of enhanced powers to
Raolji of Malpur as a personal distinction
during his life... ... ... ... ... 544

6. Notification No. A. D. M./157, dated 2 1st
November 1919, re. raising of the status of
Sudasna Taluka from 5th to 4th Class ... 544

7. Memorandum No. A. D. M./136, dated 27th
November 1919, re. grant of 5th Class
Jurisdiction powers to the Talukdar of

Hapa ... ... ... ... ... ... 544

8. Circular No. 2556, dated 15th December

1911, re. grant of enhanced jurisdiction to
Talukdars ot Malpur, Katosan and
Sudasna (G) 544

9. Memo. No. 3876, dated 3rd June 1913, re.
grant of a salute of 9 guns to Danta
Darbar (G) 544r

10. Memo. No. 4157, dated 24th June 1913,
re grant of enhanced powers to Mansa
Darbar (G) 544

11. Circular No. 803, dated 14th July 1914,
re grant of 3rd Class Chief's power to 4th

Class Chief of Varsoda (G) 544

VIII. Court-Fee Stamp Rules 545-54(>

1. Circular No. 3755, dated 1st September 1899,

regarding levyini^ of stamp fee by means of
adhesive labels in all cases, where it should
be levied, and not in the case of miscellane-
ous petitions only ... ... ... ... 545

2. Agency Notification No. 4167, dated 25th

September 1899, regarding levying of institu-
tion fees in Civil Suits by means of adhesive
labels upto Rs. 10 ... ... ... ... 545

3. Circular No. 1993, dated 7th December 1905,
regarding application of the Indian Court

xxr

Page.

Fee Act, 1870, to the Court of the Resident,
Baroda, in Giras cases (G) .. ... ... 545

4. Circular No. 2471, dated 4th/6th February

1901, regarding levying of a Court-fee of
Rs. 2 on applications to any of the Agency
Courts in Civil Suits for the exercise of the
powers of Hic[h Court against an order under
Section 244, Civil Procedure Code, 1882 (G) 546

5. Government Notification No. 6209, dated

8th Septeuiber 1906, regarding rules for the
refund of the value of Court-fee stamps in
Political Agencies (G) ... 546

6. Circular No. 1057, dated 25th August 1906,

regarding application of above rules to Mahi
Kantha Agency (G) 546

7. Circular No. 830, dated 28th August 1908,
regarding cancellation of the sanction to
the refund of the value of Court-fee stamps
if not availed of within 12 months and not
renewed by Political Agent (G) 546

8. Circular No. 714, dated 2nd August 1909,

regarding abolition of the levying of Court
fee on applications for registration of docu-
ments (G) 546

9. Circular dated 5th September 1915, regarding
explanation of certain doubtful points of Court-
fee Rules raised by Katosan Thandar (G) ... 546

IX. Criminal 546-554

1. G. R. No. 1465, dated 11th March 1886, re.
selection of Ahmedabad and Wadhwan for
mutual surrender of prisoners of British

India and States in Kathiawar ... ... 546

2. Circular dated 5th May 1897, re. disconti-
nuance of the practice of delegation of the
powers granted to Talukdars by the
Goverument to their Kamdars ... ... 547

XXVI

rage.

3. Government letter No. 1854, dated 23rd

March 1898, re. exercise of powers under
Section 435 of Criminal Procedure Code, by
the Political Agent over Jurisdictional
Talukas ... ... ... ... ... 548

4. Government Order, Political Department, No.

3013, dated 12th May 1905, re. jurisdiction
of Criminal Courts of States over Native
Officers and soldiers of the Indian Army. 551

5. Circular No. 479, dated 15th May 1880, re.

report by Thandars and Talukdars to the
Political Aorent of the commission of
serious offences in their jurisdiction (G) ... 551

(3. Government Notification No. 5659, dated
oth August 1884, re. examination of the
Police Officer who investigates important
offences as a witness (G) ... ... ... 551

1 . Circular No. 1677, dated 26th June 1885, re.

obtaining the sanction of Political Agent

to the trial of British subjects by Native

States (G) ... ... ... ... ... 551

8. Circular No. 4745, dated 10th November

1885, re. report by Talukdars as to furnishing
of bail by prisoners surrendered to them
for trial, to the Political Agent (G) -.. 552

9. Circular No. 724, dated 8th November

1896, re. awarding of the sentence of im-
prisonment to offenders by Talukdars in-
stead of imposing a fine, to prevent future
offences in future (G) ... .. ... 552

10. Agency Circular No. 1836, dated 20th July

1896, regarding recovery of provisioning char-
ges of convicts transported to Andamans (G). 552

11. G. O. No. 1724, dated 27th March 1906,

re. direct correspondence between Police
Officers of the Agency and of the Baroda
State (G) ... ... ... ... ... 552

XXVII

Page.

12. Circular No. 613, dated 6th October 1907,
re. examination of complainants by Magis-
trates in non-cognizable cases before admit-
ting their complaints (G) ... ... ... 552

13. Circular No. 1109, dated 'Z9th February-

1908, re. hand-cuffing a prisoner while being

taken to Court and back ... ... ... 552

14. Circular No. 182, dated 26th March 1910,

re. proper exercise of jurisdiction conferred

on Talukdars (G) 553

15. Circular No. 104, dated ISth April 1910,
re. discontinuance of the practice of infor-
mation of the final disposal of a case against
criminals of British India and Mahi Kantha
Agency by District Magistrates (G) ... 553

16. Circular No. 223, dated 13th June 1910,

re. information to local military authority
of the arrest of a Native Officer and
s«)ldier of Indian Army (G)... .. ... 553

17. Circular No 224, dated i3th June 1910, re.

information of the final disposal of a case
by District Magistrates of British India of
an Agency criminal in a special case (G) ... 553

18. Circular No. 458, dated 19th October 1910,
re. information of the final disposal of a
case of a Native State subject by a District
Magistrate in British India (G) ... ... 553

19. Circular No. 1143, dated 13th March 1912,
re. sending of a prisoner of a British India
Jail to his Native State on his receiving a
pardon under Section 401 of Criminal Proce-
dure Code (G) ... ... ... .. 554

XXVIII

Page.

20. Yadi No. M. A. G./I9, dated 10th March

1920, re. remand of uudertrial prisoners... 554

21. Circular No. M. A. G./IO, dated 7th June
1920, re, sending of summaries of cases
within the cognizance of subordinate Magi-
strates (G) ... ... ... ... ... 554

22. Circular No. A. S. 0/3, dated 6th May
1919, re. permission to investigating officer
to give instructions to tiie prosecuting
officer (G) ... ... ... ... ... 554

X. Education 554-555

1. Circular No. 4607, dated 3rd Septeniber

1887, regarding scale of fees of students
attending Gujrati schools (G) ... ... 554

2. Circular No. 2343, dated 26th February
19 16, regarding administration and control

of School Master's Pension Fund (G) ... 555-

3. Circular No. 18, dated 8th April 1916,
regarding previous sanction to the opening
of schools in Thana Circles and Talukas

by Missionaries (G) ... ... ... ... 555

4. Circular No. M. S. C./18, dated 29th
May 1919, fixing Re. 0-3-6 per mile to

be paid to Mehtajis on their transfers (G) ... 555

XI. Encumbered Estates 555-556

1. Notification No. 756, dated l7th February

1899, regarding life interest of Chiefs and
Talukdars in their Estates and their in-
ability to charge them with debts beyond
their lives ... ... ... ... .. 55&-

2. Circular No. 147, dated 18th April 1894.

regarding loan to Girassias by States and

other Girassias (G) ... ... .•• ... 555

XXIX

Page.

3. Circular No. 543, dated 9th July 1906,
regarding^ order in which debts of a Chief
owing loan debt to Government should be
liquidated (G) ... ... ... 556

4. Circular No. 80, dated 8th August 1906, re-
garding payment of surplus remaining
after payment of Tribute, instalments of
Loan and other dues for current year, in

the order shown above (G)... ... ... 556

XII* Establishment of a New Village 556-557

1, Agency Circular No. 4873, dated 5th Decem-
ber 1892, regarding fixing of 1,320 yards
as the ordinary distance at which a settle-
ment should be established from a foreign
frontier 556

XIIL Extradition 557-566

1. Government NotiGcation No. 1862, I. A.,
dated 13th May 1904, regarding Rules
under Section 22 of the Extradition Act,

1903 (XV of 1903) 557-560

2. Government Notification No. 823-D, dated
25th March 1913, regarding amendment in
rule 4 of Extradition Rules contained about
notification 560

:J. M»^morandum of procedure to be followed
in Mahi Kuntha Agency in cases of extra-
dition to and from Baroda State 560-563

4. Government Resolution No. 6235, dated
22nd August 1873, empowering Political
Agent to issue a warrant under the Extra-
dition Act for the surrender of an offender
of one State by another 563-564

XXX

Page.

5. Goveriiraent Resolution No. 7810, dated

20th November 1903, regarding conveyance
and maintenance charges of accused persons
and cattle in extradition cases ... ...564-565

6. Government Letter No. 3265, dated 25th

May 1910, regardiiifr communication of the
result of trial of extradited persons by a
District Magistrate of British India wiieii
speciall}'' applied for by Political Agent in
particular cases ... ... ... ... 565

7. Circular No 2143, dated 8th March 1902,

regarding sending copies of j)^^^''^^^ facie
Cases of persons to be demanded from
Baroda State, along with original papers (G). 565

8. Circular No 1135, dated 16th January 1905,

containing names of States who have
agreed to pay conveyance and maintenance
charges of prisoners and cattle in extradi-
tion cases (G)... ... ... ... ... 565

9. Order No. 2927, dated 2nd February 1906,

regarding verification of the prima facie
case, against a Native State subject arrested
in British India, before an Agency
authority (G)... ... ... ... ... 565

10. Circular No. 1254, dated 16th February 1906,

regarding submission of a statement in the
annexed form along with the papers of
a j^f'irna facie case (G) ... ... ... 565

11. Circular No. 532, dated 2nd August 1907,

reti^arding surrender of offenders under Act
V of 1903 with the sanction of Bombay
Government to be applied for in special
cases (G) ... ... ... ... ... 56G

xxxt

Page.

12. Circular No. 418, dated Sth July 1912,
reofardinsj furnishing full information about
ofrenders in the prescribed form along
with applications for their surrender by a
'prima facie case (G)... ... ... ... 56(5

13. Circular No. M. A. G./24, dated 2Dth June
1920, re. release on bail of an offender by
the Magistrate within whose local limits
he is apprehended in extradition cases (G). 5GG

XIV. Giras-prohibition against sale of 560-568

1. Government Letter No. 1800, dated 22nd

April 1857, rei^arding \Q\^y of transit duties
by tributary States, which right belongs
to Paramount Power ... ... ... 56G

2. Circular No. 5987, dated 7tli December

]841, regarding prohibition against sale and
mortgage of land by people of Bawishi
Zillah L^^r^

3. Circular No. 5883, dated 1st December

1841, prohibiting sale and mortgage of laud

by people of Mahisa (G) ... ... ... 567

4. Circular No. 249, dated 6th February 1868,

on the above subject in connection with

people of Kalianji (G) ... ... ... 567

5. Circular No. 1948, dated 1st January 1398,

reijarding registration of sale and mortgage
lands liable to tribute dues not registered
in 1884, within one month (G) ... ... 567

<;. Notification No. 2555, dated 3rd March 1898,
regarding extension of the period referred
to in above circular by two months (G)... DG7

ZXXIl

Page.

7. Circular No. 1258, dated 30th September
1906, fixing period of limitation of 90 days
for making applications for review, &c , in
Giras cases decided by Baroda Kesident's
Court and Baroda State Giros Court (G)... 567

8. Circular No. L. A. W./21, dated i5th July
1920, re. submission of documents for sale
and mortgage of land by Registrars to
Political Agents for sanction (G) ... ... 567

9. Circular No. L. A. W./14, dated 23rd
August 1920, re. prohibition against sale of
land of Khatadars of Non- jurisdictional
Talukdars in execution of a decree (G) ... 568

XV» Japti Estates 568-569

1. Agency Notification No. M. A. N. (S. O.)
8, dated 20th January 1921, authorizing
oflScers to sign certain bills ... ... 568

*2. Circular No. 3579, dated 14th October 1887,
regarding procedure to be followed by
Japtidars and house owners in connection
with construction, repairs and rebuilding
of houses (G)... ... ... ... ... h^h

3. Circular No. 495, dated 2nd June 1914,
regarding assessment and collection of Japti
Falo (G) 569

XVL Legal aid to Government Servants 569-570

1. Government Circular No. 5160, dated
30th September 1903, regarding grant of
legal assistance for the defence of Govern-
ment servants charged with criminal
offences in regard to their oflScial duties ...569-570

XXXIIt

Page.
JCVII. Medical Department... -^ 570-571

1. Government Resolution No. 1603, dated

26tli April 190'1, authorizing Surgeon
General for a further examination, by a
Medical Board, of Government servants... 570

2. Agency Circular No. 6640, dated 24th
September 1915, regarding fees to be re-
covered from the States and Talukas when
they take Nurse or Mid -wife from the Head
Quarters ... ... ... ... ,,, 571

3. Asrencv Circular No. 481, dated 11th
September 1908, regarding report b}'' the
State Police Officer when a corpse is sent

for post-mortem examination (G) ... .., 571

4. Circular No. 234, dated 29th May 1911,
rejrarding fee to be paid to the Doctor for
post-mortem examifiation (G) ... ... 571

XVIIL Memorials. Petitions and Appeals... 572-574

1. G. R. No. 7788, dated 29th December 1893,

re. rejection of petitions in which names

and addresses of writers are not shown... 572

2. Agency Notification No. 2276, dated 28th

March 1900, re. submission of petitions and
appeals to Government of Bombay, Govern-
ment of India and the Secretary of State,
in Civil and Criminal and Political cases
with 2 and 32 spare copies with appendices,
re>pectively 575

3. Circular No. 190, dated 17th May 1909, re.

rules for the preparation and submission.

of memorials and appeals (G) ... ^.. 573

xxxiir

Page.

4. Circular No. 1751, dated llth February

1911, re. communication of the result of
appeals and memorials (G)... ... ... 57K

5. Circular No. 1999, dated 13th November

1911, re. submission of true translations of
documents along with appeals (G)... ... 573

6. Circular No. 50, dated llth April 1912. re.

submission of true translations of exhibits

along with memorials (G) ... ... ... 573

7. Circular No. 6G7, dated 4th September 1917,

re. submission of 5 and 35 spare copies
of memorials addressed to the Government
of India and the Secretary of State res-
pectively along with the memorial (G) ... 573

8. Circular No. L. A. W. S. 0./3, dated

12th March 1921, re. presentation of appeals
to Government in Civil and Criminal matters
in the form of ordinary memorandum of
appeal (G) ... ... ... ... ... 574

XIX. Mines and Minerals 574-582

1. Note an important orders on the subject. 574-577

2. Government Resolution No. 8247, dated

15th November 1916, containing instructions
on the subject of mining leases in the
Native States 577-582

XX. Miscellaneous 582-586

1. G. R. No. 3558, dated 8th July 1904, re.
corrections in official documents ... ... 582

2. Government Order No. 2229, dated 9th

April 1910, re. use of word Baroda Raj
. instead of Gaekwar Raj 582-58^

Page.

3. Circular No. 5363, dated 14th August 1916,.
?*e. security bonds of Aj^ency clerks and

peons ... ... ... ... ... ...583-584:

4. Circular No. A. S. 0/15, d^ted 18th January

1921, re. motor rates for journey from
Dahboda to Sadra ... ... ... ... 584

5. Notification No. 1487, dated 24th October
1907, ra. recognition of Sheth Laloo Prandas

as Nagarseth of Sadra ... ... ••• 585

G. Extract from Circular No. 38^0, dated 2Gth
August 1908, re. previous sanction to the
construction and repairs of houses ... ... 585

7. Circular No. 1168, dated 18th November

1912, re, attestation to the genuineness of
a native woman's signature by two witnesses
before 1st Class Magistrate (G) ... ... 535

8. Circular No. 2175, dated 13th December

1912, re. use of the word Inai^tn in preference

to Native in official corr- sp mdence (G) ... 585

9. Circular No. 400, dated r:-'tti May 1914, re.
custody of registers of vaccination and
vital statistics for pusr two years by
Patels (G) 58(5

10. Circular No. A. S. 0./7, dated 30th May
1921, prohibiting Governniviit servants from
publishing in the Press facts come to their
knowledge in their official capacity (G) .•• 58l»

XXI. Mode of Address 586-587

1. Memo. No. 2287, date<l .25th June 1887,
regarding addressing Th;nidars and Japti-
dars as Azum (G) ... ... -•« ••• 58(*

XXXVI

Page.

2. Notification No. 5905, dated 13th October
1887, regardino: addressing Chief of Danta
as Maharana Shri (G) ... .♦. ... 586

S. Government Kesolution No. 8471, dated
19th December 1888, regarding addressing
Chief of Mansa aa Rawalji Shri (G) ... 5SG

4. Circular No. 436, dated I7th June 1898,
rejrardincr addressing Chief of Malpur as
Rawalji Shri (G) 586

5. Circular No. 448, dated 3rd July 1899.

reo-ardinf* use of word * Ap ' instead of
' Tame ' in correspondance with States of
Pol and Danta (G) 586

6. Circular No. 5081, dated 23rd December

1905, regarding uniformity in address bet-
ween Thandars and 4th Class Talukdars (G). 587

7. Circular No. 2055, dated 3rd December

1912, regarding addressing Thakore of
Katosan as Maherban Dostan Thakore

Shri (G) 587

8. Circular No. 2799. dated 22nd February

1913, regarding addressing 4th Class Taluk-
dars as Maherban (G) ... ... ... 587

9. Circular No. 513, dated 27th May 1914,

regarding use of the word State and
Taluka (G) 587

10. Circular No. 1258, dated 19th September

1914, regarding addressing 5th Class Taluk-
dars as Azam Thakore (G) ... »•• 587

11. Circular No. 446, dated 15th June 1915,

regarding mutual address by the Deputy

xxxvit:

Page.

Educational Inspector and Tbandars and
Managers as Maherban Saheb (G) ... 587

12. Order No. 573, dated 7th October 1917,
regarding correspondence by a Yadi bet-
ween Police Inspector and Hazur and Dis-
trict Deputy Political Agents (G) ... 587

13. Circular No. A. D. M./117, dated 25th

March 1920, re. addressing Tbandars as

'* Azam Thandar Saheb " (G) 587

XXII. Native Chiefs 587-594:

1. Government Resolution No. 4757, dated

14th July 1888, regarding claims of the
Chief of Jharecha Patta to Civil jurisdic-
tion _ 587-588

2. Government Resolution No. 6216, dated

15th September 1888, regarding conimunica-
tion to Dehcjamra Chief's guardians to
report to the Idar State his succession to
the Taluka 588-58^1

3. Circular No. 3388, dated 15th October 1891,
regarding dismissal of petition of Bhumia

Chief of Sumera to style his estate a Taluka. 589-590

4. Circular No. 1623, dated ^SOth April 1892,

regarding dismissal of petition of Karchha
Chief, that Idar State should make out a
prima facie case against his subjects ... 590

5. Government Resolution No. 4303, dated

12th July 1893, regarding examination of
Judicial records of Khadal Taluka 590

6. Circular No. 3072, dated 6th June 1900,

regarding information about the change of

their Kamdars by Talukdars ,.. ... "j90

JtXXVIII

Page,

7. Kbarita of H. E. Lord Northkote, Governor
of Bombay, regarding grant of enhanced
jurisdiction to Rawalji Shri of Mansa ... 591

8, Government letter No. 2385, dated 22nd

April 1914. regarding rejection of Idar State's
memoral against delegation of power of
remission of interest on Idar Khichdi to

Political Agent, Mahi Kantha 591

0. Circular dated 7th April 1885, regarding
submission of all communications to Govern-
ment by States and Talukas through the
Political Agent (G) 592

10. Order No. 4817, dated 13th September

1888, regarding prohibition against mortgage

of Jivarak fields (G) 592

11. Circular dated 26th August 1903, regarding
information to the India Office of the ad-
dress and ail changes in it by sons and
relatives of Ruling Princes, when they visit
England (G) ... 592

12. Circular No. 1156, dated 25th August 1905,

regarding sanction to the erection of tele-
plione lines jn the States by Native
Princes ... , 592

13. Circular No. 2682, dated 28th February

1906, regarding rej)ort of the date of birth
of the successor of a Native Chief, after
his death (G)... ••• • 592

14. Circular No. 456, dated 6th July 1909,

regarding prohibition against visit to Nil-
giri of Chiefs and Talukdars witboat Poli-
tical ^gent'a permission (G).. 59^

XXXIX

Page.

15. Circular No. 520, dated 10th July 1909,

regarding report by wire of the death of
a Chief to Government when he enjoys
privilege of salute (G) ... 593

16. Circular No. 85, dated 9th April regarding

delegation of civil and criminal power of a

Chief to his Kamdar during his absence (G). 593

17. Circular No. 629, dated 5th August 1910,

regarding obtaining a certificate of identity
from the Political Agent by Native State
subjects intending to visit America <G) ... 593

18. Circular No. 747, dated 15th August 1910,

regarding information as regards number
of persons accompanying him, name of vessel,
and route, etc., when a Native Chief visits
Europe, to Government (G) 593

19. Circular No. 179, dated 12!;h April 1911,

regarding sanction of Government to the
constructioii of tramways by Native
Chiefs (G) 593

20. Circular No. 793, dated 16th July 1912,

regarding information about the programme

of their tour in Europe of Native Chiefs (G) 593

21. Circular No. 2867, dated 28th February

1913, regarding information to Government

when a Chief visits Bombay (G)... ... 594

22. Circular No. 89, dated 17th April 1914,

regarding submission of " a quinquennial
statement of events and changes by States
and Talukas in the beginning of March (G)... 594

23. Circular No. 328, dated 13th May 1914,

regarding submission of a half-yearly report
of information concerning the marriage of
Chiefs, their pedigree and State officers (G). 594

XL '

•'•^' Page.

24. Circular No. 1538, dated 8th January 1917,
regarding opinions of Ruling Princes to the
grant of the offices under the British Crown

to their sons and relatives (G) ... ... 594

25. Circular No. A. D. M./143, dated iSth
October 1919, i^e. Memorandum of rules to
be observed bv Chiefs and Talukdars
visiting Mount Abu (G) ... 594

26. Circular No. A D. M./35 dated 9th January
■- 1920, re. submission of an annual report

before 10th January by States, concerning
chancres in the information about sons and
relatives of Chiefs (G) ... ... ... 594

XXIIL Newspapers ... ... 59.^

I.' Circular No. 8, dated 2nd April 1909,
regarding communicating the names of
editor, printer and publisher of a News- .
paper newly started (G) ... ...,,/ ; ... 59.5

XXIV. Opium, Ganja and Bhang ...595-59(5

1. Notification No. 243, dated 12th January
1907, regarding possession of opium upto .
3 Tolas for personal consumption, by
persona in States, Thanas and Talukas (G). 595

2. Circular No. 5, dated 1st April 1907,
regarding possesion of Bhang, Ganja and
their maimfactures for sale and personal
consumption upto certain quantity (G) ... 595

:3: Circular No. 5, dated 16th April 1907,
regarding j^ossessi'm of opium upto 3 tolas
for persouttl Cimsumption in Baroda terri-
tory (G) ... .. 595

4. Circular No. 201, dated 22nd May 1900,
regarding information to be furnished in
purchase certificates to be attached to refund
. - bills (G) ••• , ••• ••• , V ••• ^95

XLI

Page.

5. Circular No. 934, dated 6th September 1910,

regarding application of revised rules for
revenue from Bhang, Ganja, Abkari, &c. in
Mahi Kantha Ajiency (G) 595

6. Circular No. 420, dated 9th July 1912.
regarding award of examplary punishment
to offenders for prevention of unlawful
export of opium to Burma (G) ... ... 596

7. Circular No. 841, dated 13th June 1917,

regarding refund of 13/14 part of duty
on importation of Bhang and Ganja paid
by States (G) 59G

8. Circular No. X. A. D./I9, dated 27th

September 1919, re. fixing of the minimum
and maximum rate for sale of opium at
frontier shops of Native States adjacent
to British India (G) 596

9. Circular No. X. A. D./33, dated 12th

February 1921, re, prohibition against sale
of opium by States and Talukas below the
rate at which it is sold in British India

Districts (G) ... 596

XXV* Pleaders 596-597

1. Circular No. L. A. W./IO, dated 11th Nov-

ember 1919, re. fixing of Es. 10 as the
daily fee of pleaders appointed as Public
Prosecutor in Sessions Court ... ... 59G

2. Agency Circular dated 9th September 1905,
regarding permission to Palanpur Agency
pleaders to appear in Mahi Kantha Agency
Courts in special cases on payment of a fee

of Rs. 5 (G) 597

3. Circular No. 2360, dated 3rd March 1916,

regarding great attention to be paid by
authorized translators in translating memo-
rials to be submitted to Government (G) ... 597

XLII

Pa»e.
XXVL Police 597-605

1. Government Resolution No. 6457, dated

25th Auj^ust 1891, re. rules for the admi-
nistrati(>n of Mahi Kantha Agency Police. 597-602

2. Agency Circular dafed 28th March 1892,
re. disposal of the property of Mahi Kantha
Agency policemen dying durino^ the tenure

of service 602-604

3. Circular No. 249, dated 24th September

1906, re. direct correspondence between
police officers of the Agency and those of
States and Talukas (G) 604

4. Circular No. 1063, dated 19th November

1909, re. enlistment of men in Taluka

police (G) 604

5. Government Notification No. 27, dated 5th
January 1911, re. direct correspondence
between police officers of the Agency, Native
States and Baroda State (G) ... ... 605

XXVIL Powers of Officers 605-617

1. Agency Memo No. 1045, dated 30th April
1890, regarding exercise of Civil, Criminal
and Political jurisdictior) in Gadhwada,
Katosan and Sabar Kantha by District
Deputy Political Agent ... ... ... 605

2. Agency Order No. 3501, dated 8th Decem-
ber 1890, regarding restoration of all powers
in Civil matters in Bawishi and Vatrak
Thana Circles to the Assistant Political
Agent 606-607

3. Order No. 4193, dated 28th October 1896,
reiiardinof redi.'^tribution of work and changes
among the Officers of the Agency... .. .607-610

4. List dated 8th June 1897 of officers em-
powered to countersign bills for fluctuating
charges of various departments 610

XLIIE

Page.

5. Circular No. 897, dated 24th February
1899, regardini^ countersignature on bills for
refunds of revenue of Thana and Local
Funds... ... ... ... ... ... 611

6. Memo No. 6209, dated 18th December 1902,
regarding signature on bills to be debited

to Local Funds ... ... ... ... 611

7. Government Resolution No. 2118, dated
1st April 1905, regarding Criminal Jurisdic-
tion of Commissioners of Revenues in the
Agency... , 611-C12

8. Order No. 979, dated 13/17th February
1913, regarding transfer of the Varsoda Taluka
from the charofe of the Political Agent to

that of Assistant Political Agent... ...612-615

9. Government Resolution No. 5938, dated 8th
October 1913, regarding remission of interest

on belated payment of Idar Khichadi ...613-614

10. Government Resolution No. 1319, dated
4th March 1915, regarding writing off cer-
tain irrecoverable balances of Local Funds. 615

11. Government Order No. 5909, dated 8th
Augu.^t 1917, regarding grant of pensions

and gratuities from Local Funds ... ... 61G

12. Government Resolution No. 2428, dated
11th April 1911, regarding delegation of the
power to sanction re-eraployment of pen*
sioiiers by Native States, to the Political
Airent... ... ... ... ... ... 61G

13. Circular No. 4413, dated 10th July 1918,
regarding power of officers of the Agency

in regard to the control of peons... ... 617

lYL

Pasre.

n

XXVIIL Railways 618-619

1. Government Notification No. 6108, dated
7th October 1897, re. inclusion of the land
of certain villages ot" Baroda State, Idar
State and Bawishi Thana, occupied by
Ahmedabftd-Prantij Railway in tlie Ahme-
dabad District ... ... ... ... 618

2. Circular No. 810, dated 24th-Agust 1910, re.
compensation for lands of Native States

taken up for railways (G) ... ... ... 619

S. Circular No. 189, dated 13th April 1911,
re. appointment of a Special Officer for
settlement of disputed cases of compen-
sation for lands taken up for railways (G). 619

4. Circular No. 1587, dated 12th October
1911, re. compensation for lands of British
India taken up for railways by Native
States (G) 619

XXIX^ Sale and Mortgage of Lands 619

1. Circular No. 2071, dated 16th December
1905, regarding registration of the names

of the heirs of deceased Khatadars (G) ... 619

2. Circular No. 1593, dated 12th October
1911, regarding issue of notices to heirs of
deceased Khatadars for the registration of

of their names (G) 619

XXX. Scott College 619-623

1. Memo No. 4373, dated 28th August 1907,
regarding formation of a College Council

of the Members mentioned in the Memo.. ..619-621

2. Agency Order No. 2364 dated 4th May
1909, regarding revised scale of fees to be

'! levied from Kumars .621-623

3. Circular No. 3289, dated 9tb Febuary 1901,
regarding payment of Rs. 5 annually by

^ ^ the Kumars for Doctor's fee and medicine

charges... ... ^ ... 623

VI.

Page.
XXXI. Thana System 623-634

1. Memo No. 24, dated oth January 1889,
regarding introduction of administrative
reforms in Katosan Thana ..c ... ... 623-625

2. Government Resolution Xo. 594, dated
27th January 1890, reorarding introduction
of improved administration in Gadhwada

and Katosan Thana Circles 626-633

3. Government Resolution No. 5G26, dated
5th September 1892, re^zarding chancre of
name of Jher-Nirmali Thana to Vatrak
Kantha Thana ... ... ... 634

XXXIL Treasury and Accounts ...634-63G

1. Memo No. 296, dated 14th January 1901,
crediting all Mohosals and fines from Chiefs ,

to Agency General Fund... ... ... 634

2. Government Resolution No. 2309, dated
30th March 1908, reorardinfy sanction to the
retention by Kadoii Thakore of collections

of Local Cess, Abkari and Opium... ...634-63.'*

3. Office Order No. E. S T./102, dated 14th
October 1920, definino- the duty of the
Assistant Superintendent, Mana^red Estates. 635-63G

XXXIIL Tribute, Loan and Tagavi 636-63l>

1. Government Resolution No. 4077, dated 9th
July 1913, rei^ardiDg procedure to be follow-
ed in adjusting payment of instalments of
Loans taken by Jurisdictional States and
Non-jurisdictional Talukas ... ... ...636-637

2. Government Resolution No. 4955, dated
19th An^rust 1913, recjardinj; remission of
interest on b jlatcd payment of Tribute #..637-63^

nrH

Page.

3. Government Resolution No. 4679, dated

24th June 1916, re. remission of interest and
rate of interest on belated payment of
British Tribute (G) 638-639

4. Circular No. 473 of 1913, regarding

levying of interest on belated payment of

loan instalments and rate thereof (G) ... 639

5. Circular No. 1111, dated 11th February

1916, re. application of the rate and mode of
calculation of interest of loan on Agency
dues ... ... ... ... .•• ... 639

6. Circular No. 813, dated 3rd October 1917,

re. levying 6^ p. c. interest on Loan taken

by States and Talukas (G) 639

7. Circular No. F. A. M. 15, dated 17th July

1919, re. levy of interest at 6 J p. c. on
loans and Tagavi given to Non-jurisdictional
Talukdars and cultivators ... ... ... 63^

8. Circular No. T. R. Y./ll, dated 15th May

1920, re. levy of interest at 12 p. c. on
belated payment of Baroda Tribute (G)*... 639

(G) denotes the matter printed separately in the Gujarati Volun»,

Ahiif^cf,\ \ )

Panchhd

Prtlanpuf

^Danta

o Bfialosna ^^

al^^eiAjn

— -»■* - — — ___

Jiailway

MadeRoad

Pivef's ^^

Railway luid'er
Caristfucrion.. .

Pal°^j

iltfar

o Visnagat-

] I

Dadhct^'ia

Af

A

.^

> Kafi

.d"^

S^

Hoi o « yakt<n
Yijapur- // y^tfima}-

Mansa'^ ,Mar}o<ii, f>c^„y -y^MonoApuJi' >^.\Jr'

Sadr

Har'sai ,'

. , ,• • "o Nirfhali \]
, ■■ V^Punacfra'^.

MA HI KANT HA ^'^Ha^n,

Scate oF Miles ^V*'

I

Thazret

To

RaHat

y

iA'anad

Deccon Pnatin^ Works Poona City.

.j!0:.*

The Mahi=Kantha Directory.

CHAPTER I.

DESCRIPTION.

Name and derivation. — Mahikantha is the name given
to a group of small chiefships lying between the rivers Mahi
and Sabarmati. The name Mahikantha raeans in Gujarati
the bank of the Mahi, but this name is not strictly applicable
at the present day, as the river flows through a country in
which the Mahikantha, Revakantha, Baroda and British
territories are intermixed. The Agency does not now actu-
ally touch the Mahi river at any point though it stretches
from within a few miles of it on the South to within 8 miles
of the Abu Road Station on the North, and from Pol on
the Rajputana border 18 miles from Kherwada Cantonment
Oi. the East to Ram para within 15 miles of the Kathiawar
i^. "der on the Weat.

2. Form»-The country towards the southern and western
parts is level. It is throughout beautifully wooded, abounding
in trees. In the north and eastern parts it is much intersected
with hills which gradually increase in size and altitude as
they approach the boundaries. The appearance of the province
throug-jout is most picturesque and many of the intermediate
valleys possess remarkable beauty of scenery. Generally, the
southern and western portions are the best cultivated.

Stretching from the hilly eastern border into the level
centre of Gujarat, the Mahikantha plain includes tracts of
land differing widely in character and appearance.

3. Boundary* — The Agency lies in the extreme north-
east corner of the Bombay Presidency. It is bounded on the
north by the hilly tracts of Meywar and Sirohi, on the east
by Dungarpur, Reva Kantha and the Kaira CoUeotorate, on
the south by the States of Lunavada and Balasinor, the
Collectorates of Kaira and Ahmedabad, and the Dehgam
Mahal of His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda, on the west
by the Mahals of Kheralu and Vijapur and the Kadi Prant
of H. H. the Gaekwar of Baroda and the Palanpur State.
Its extreme length is about ninety and its greatest breadth
about sixty miles.

4. Extent. — The district of the Mahikantha is comp-
rized between 72° and 74° of eastern longitude and 23° and 25'*
of northern latitude, its extreme length is about 90, and its
greatest breadth about 60 miles, its superficial area is about
:^,124 square miles. It contains a population of 4,50,478 souls,
including that of Idar, which is 2,26,351.

5. Divisions.-It is divided into six Jillahs or districts:-

(1) Nani ( little ) Marwar, including all the posses-
sions of H. H. the Maharaja of Idar and his
family. This is the first and principal section
of the Talukas included in it, being more or
less under the authority of the Marwari Rajputs,
as the last invasion of the Rathors is called.
In this division are included the Talukas of
Idar and Ahtiiednagar, with their dependaucies
of Morasa, Harsol, and Bayer, and those of
Tintooee, Danta, and Malpur, together with
the Putas of Pol, Pall, Poseena, Gadhwara,
Walasna, and Harsol, all more or less subject
to Idar.

(2) Rehwar, the possessions of the Rehwar tribe
of Rajputs formerly patavats of the Raos of

3

Idar. It includes the Putas of Garwada,
Rflnasan, Mohaopur with Surdoee, ''Rupal,
Boruda, Waragam and Dudhalia.

(3) The Sabar Kantha is composed of Koli posses-
sions on the eastern bank of the Sabarmati
river, with the Rajput Putas of Warsoda,
Mansa, and Pethapur on the Western bank.

(4) The Watrak Kantha Koli possessions on both
sides of the Watrak river, composed of the
Amaleeara, ]\randwa, Khadal, Bayer, Morasa
and Sathamba Thakorates, including the Koli
villages of Jair and Nirmali.

(5) The Bavisi or Byul Jillah contains the Kajput
Puta of Wasna and Sadra, with a mixture of
Koli and Patel villages. It formerly formed
a part of the Gaekwar Pargana of Dehgam, but
was handed over to the Agency on account of
the turbulent nature of its inhabitants.

(6) The Katosan Jillah, exclusively Koli posses-
sions, to the west of the Kadi Pargana.

6. Soil. — The soil is generally very fertile, though of-
course, subject to variations. In some places, it is of a light
sandy nature, in others, rich and black. Towards the north
and north-eastern parts, within the neighbourhood of the hills,
the soil is poor and stony. It is, however, capable of a much
higher degree of cultivation than is bestowed upon it. The
chief products are Bajri, Jowari, Kodra, Gram, Wheat, Sugar-
cane, Tobacco, and different kinds of Pulse.

7. Geology. — There are two kinds of soil in the Mahi-
kantha, one light and sandy, the other black ; both of them
are very rich. On the north and east frontiers there are
«teep craggy hills of pink or grey granite, marked by very

jarge felspar crystals, but not fit for building purposes. Except
near arwl to the east of Ahmednagar, where it crosses the
river and can be traced south to the Panch Mahals, this
granite is found only north of the Hathmati. A very superior
calciferous sand stone found at Ahmednagar is much used
all over Gujarat in building temples and mosques.

8. Climate. — Except that the uplands in the north and
east are cooler, the climate is much the same as in the other
parts of Gujarat. The cold weather begins late in October
■with chilly mornings and evenings. During November,
December, January, and February, the climate is particularly
pleasant. December and January are the two coldest months.
About March it begins to grow warm, and by the end of
March or April the hot weather fairly sets in. About the
first week in June the heat becomes very oppressive, and
clouds gather but rain seldom ftiUs in any considerable quantity.
The bulk of the rain falls in July and the early part of
September. From March to June the prevailing wind is from
the west and north-west, from July to September from the
south-west, and from October to February from the north
and north-east. During the five years ending 1917, the
average rainfall was 25-3 inches, the highest fall in any one
year being 77-44 inches in Danta, and the lowest 7-i7 in
Mansa. Thermometer readinsrs reofistered during: the tea
years ending 1916 vary from 115 in May to 48 in January,
and in the ten years 1907 to 1916, the greatest heat was
115 in May 1912 and the greatest cold 48 in January 1910.
The following three tables show the monthly average rainfall
for the last ten years for Sadra town and for States and als3
the mean temperature for the last 10 years.

^
•<

•Si

'l^^ox

l>.|>-t^QOCOCOC<IC^CS I

«r5

CO

9£l

f

IflZ

I— 1

•jaqraeoaQ

•S!}a9Q

: CO : : CO : : : ; ;

o

"I

•

;

•jaqmaAOjsj

s^uaQ

: . . . c^ . -rji : : ;

<:o

-

•uj

•

':

•jsqo^oQ

•sijaaQ

lO C<J -^ •

:::.:: cq o CO -

—1

1— t

"I

(M

■

•Jeqraa^dag

•s:juoQ

COC^I<M^^OCOlOCJ,— « ;

»-<i— IC<ICOGOOr-lF-iC<l

OO

CO

OO

CO

•"I

• CO ^ ; ; CO lO . r- 1 ;

lO

1-^
to

•:)sngny

■s:^u8Q

lO

1— •

•nj

—I I 1—1.

CO

OS
1—1

'Mh

■s;n8Q

lOOOi-iOCO^COCO •
rHC»CO«CCOC<ICiO .

C5

1—1

•uj

LOOCitMC^COGOiOCO •

— 1 ^ ^ ^ T-i

CO
C5

a

'QUn£

•S;U8Q

OOCi"^lOCiCOOCOiO

o

CO

OO

•uj

.— I'TjIiOC^J.— i'«*-^i— |-<J1 ;

CQ

'J^^M

"I

•

C5

•jucIv

•s!)a90

: lo : : (M ; : : : :

IN.

b»

•ni

•

•qoj^H

•s:jnaQ

CO

CO

"I

• ••••<*• ••

(M

:

•ifjunjqaj

•B:jua3

CO

•uj

•
•

1

•iCjBnut]j[»

•ur

• • N cQ : : : '-t< : •

Total. ..L. 68

1

OO

Average ...

•J89,n,

CO O O 1— ' C<1 CO -tl lO o is.

O O T— < r— 1 r— 1 1— ' -^ I— 1 f— < -^

OCiOOOClCiCiCiO

•o^N

t

r-icqco-^io?^x>oooo

I-

6

(M

CO

CO

fM

(M

CO

-^

m

Oi

Ci

CO

O

1— (

»— (

(M

o

h*

O

'^

C7i

o

CO

CQ

CO

»o

oo

CO

(M

urs

^-1

lO

r— •

CQ

t>.

oo

O

o >-•

"* — ^^

"^^".^^

"'^-.^

"^ — ^

'^^ — -«»

'*'^~--*.

^"■^^

^~~^-.

"*"**•*■

"*■-*—»

'^"*'»»

tl

t—*

Ci

^H

o

o>

Ci

t^

CO

>— •

*-•

t^

in

Ci

d

CO

CO

(M

(N

CQ

CQ

CJ

CO

CO

CO

m

CQ

(M

CO

CO

<M

fM

CO

"^

o

in

o

Ci

CO

>o

Ci

rH

1-H

(M

O

!>.

CO

-^

Oi

o

CO

CQ

<^

CO

lO

CO

CO

CM

lO

.—4

irj

1— •

CQ

b-

CO

in

Ci

»— 1

to

<Ji

Ci

!>.

CO

1—1

1—4

t^

in

Ci

(M

CO

CO

(M

<N

CQ

CQ

C^i

CO

CO

CO

in

CQ

-<

^

-<

<

-Jj

^

<

•<

-i

■<

<

■<

■<

5 1916
-17.

O

CO

(N

1— 1

o

o

CQ

t>.

^

CD

■^

in

•— <

CO

CO

»— 1

CO
Ci

ca
o

CO

t— t

6>

Ci

in

b-

in

s^

lO

(M

C<J

(N

Cl

CQ

— '

CM

CQ

-*

!>.

CO

o

CO

CO

lO

CQ

CO

l^

CQ

(M

O

Oi

in

m

^ ^^

c^

f^

1—1

I— 1

o
o

CO

o»

lO

CO

•—1
CQ

CO
CO

in

CO

1—1

CO

CO

o

oo

»— 1

I— 1

^

T— 1

y—l

1—1

1-^

Ol

CM

f— 1

;^-^

t^

CO

r^

CQ

o

iO

o

o

CO

in

CO

"^

(M

'Tfi

!ji

CO

■^

CO

CO

lO

CO

CO

Oi

2^

o

o

CO

CO

N-

CO

oo

CO

!>.

"^

C5

!>.

b-

CO

CO

CO

(N

co

CO

CO

CO

•>*

-^

'^

in

CO

CO .

'*

(M

C5

CS

-^

o

CO

en

Ci

CO

CO

^

—1 "^

c»

1— 1

^

CO

oo

t— 1

OO

1-^

Oi

1—1

CM

T}i

"^

a> rH

r^

CTS

'^

(M

CQ

o

Oi

Oi

1>-

OO

in

o

"^

<M

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

'«*•

'"il

in

CO

■^

(M

!>.

(M

■Tjl

<M

CO

CO

CQ

CQ

in

o

C^l

1— 1 CO

CO

CO

oo

Ci

— s

CO

CO

CI

CO

in

I— 1

CO

CO

O 1—1

f—t

o

I— 1

CO

Ir^

-<#

CO

O

CQ

■^

o

Ci

CO

CO

"^

(M

(M

CQ

CO

CO

CO

CO

Tin

CO

-rl^

CO

;i: cq

o

CO

(M

CO

oo

CO

CO

Ci

OC

in

Ci

CO

Oi

CO

m

-rli

CO

CO

!>.

lO

oo

f— I

CQ

CQ

GO

S'^

<o

4j<

(M

CO

CO

t^

^

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

•o

— '

«-H

^^

1—1

1-^

o •

•»f«

C^l

o

-*

CO

CQ

OO

!>.

CO

o

CO

in

»-H ""

to

CO

n

CO

CO

CO

f— t

CQ

CO

CQ

c^

1— t

CM

05 '"♦

f— 1

»o

r— 1

ci>

lO

o

o

I^

Oi

o

OO

1—1

1—1

CM

^

CO

IM

CM

G<l

CQ

CQ

CO

CQ

in

CO

CO

CT>

C<J

'S*

ITS

-<*

CO

^J

i—i

-^

00

•^

CO

CO

Ci

"Ol*
061

!>.

lO

CO

CO

-rlH

Oi

-i<

I>-

r-(

CO

•

Ci

in

CQ

in

CO

-rH

o

lO

lO

CO

o

c»

CO

CO

CO

in

(M

CO

CO

^

CO

CO

C^l

CO

CQ

CQ

CO

CO

CO

°o ^

.— 1

CO

(M

lO

o

1^

o

-!*<

!>»

OO

o

in

O Ci

a>

!>.

!>.

t>.

CO

CQ

In.

CO

r^

CQ

CO

CO

CO

Ol

O

CQ

CO

Jt^

oo

O

»— 1

CO

in

CO

CQ

Oi

(M

oo

wrj

CO

'«1«

CO

CQ

CO

^

CO

CO

Ci

CM

1^

CO

r^

CO

r- 1

t— 1

CX)

»n

CO

CO

t^

_,

in

1

o

CO

o

oq

l-H

CO

1—1

CQ

CO

ca

CO

CO

1— (
1—1

oo

o

in

CO

»o

lO

CO

•«r

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CQ

,

^

,

,

«

ca

^00'^m^

•

^

^

•

•

es

•

•

•

CS

i^

i*

CS

•

•

•

•

•

s

•

•

^

f^

OS

3

t^

•

•

OT

eS

a

n

M

a.

c3

Vi

J ^

1 ^

-a

CS

CQ

'a
es

o

as
m

o

c8

en

a

cS

o

eS

cS

o

2,

c

.a
O

1^

<

c5
-♦*

S3
es

C3

a

TABLE III.
TEMPERATURE^

January.

May.

July.

Novem-
ber.

Year.

a

OS.

a

a.
*a

a
s

a
.1

a

a
a

a

S

a

s

I

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1907

86

52

108

76

102

78

94

64

1908

84

54

108

80

96

78

94

62

1909

84

50

110

78

94

78

92

6a

1910

88

48

106

80

94

1Q

89

56

1911

92

48

109

82

101

82

95

62

1912

92

58

115

82

102

78

94

54

1913

86

50

110

80

101

76

92

60

1914

88

5G

110

80

98

76

93

62

1915

82

50

107

80

98

79

95

60

191G

82
864

54

112

G2

103

79

92
930

60

Total.

520

1,095

780

989

780

600

Average.

86-4

52

1C9-5

78

98-9

78

93

60

8

9. Hills. — Though possessing no peaks or hills of special
interest, in the north and east there are steep and craggy
granite ranges covered with trees, bamboos, and brush-wood.

10. Rivers* — There are seven principal rivers in Mahi-
kantha: the Sarasvati, Sabarmati, Hathmati, Khari, Meshva,
Majam, and Vatrak. These all rising in the eastern high lands
and passing south-west, though they flow during the whola
year, have none of them sufticient volume of water to be of
use for boat traffic. The waters of only one of them, the Hath-
mati, have as yet been used for irrigation on any large scale.

The Sarasvati. — Beginning in the north, the first river
is the Sarasvati. Rising in the hills about Danta it passes
south-west, and after a course of about 112 miles loses itself
in the aands to the south-west of the Ran of Cutch. Within
^ahikantha limits, for about forty miles, it passes close to and
almost parallel with the north-west boundary of the district.

The Sabarmati.- Ahont^iteen miles south of the Sarasvati
comes the Sabar, the largest and most important of the Mahi-
kantha rivers. Of its course of 200 miles from the Meywar hills
south-west to the gulf of Cambay, about sixty lie within Mahi-
kantha limits, forty of them crossing the district from north-
east to south-west, and twenty skirting its western boundary.
During the Mahikantha part of its course the river flows
between high rugged banks, over a bed rocky in the east,
and in the western plain broad and sandy, yielding crops of
wheat in the cold and of melons in the hot season. In the
hot and cold seasons, and in the rains, except during temporary
floods the river can be forded at many places. For use in
times of flood a ferry boat phes near Sadra. The bed of the
river lies too deep for water to be drawn off by canals, but in
the cold season, temporary wells are sunk in the bed near the
banks, and the water used for irrigation.

The Hathmati, — About twenty-five miles south of
Sabarmati; the Hfttbiaati rising from the Mey warhills beyond

9

Pal, passes south-west for about thirty-five miles through
the Mahikantha, falling into the Sabarmati below Himat-
nagar. Flowing throughout the year the stream of the Hatl>
mati passes like the Sabarmati, between high rough banks,
first over a rocky and then through a sandy bed. Between
1869 and 1873 close above Himatnagar a weir was built
across the river, and so much of its water as was not wanted
for the use of the people of Himatnagar and other places
on its banks was taken along a canal for irrigating the lands
of Prantij in Ahmedabad.

The Khaii.— The Khari, a small stream rising in the
centre of the Mahikantha, in the Northern part of the
Mohanpur district, takes a south-westerly course for about
105 miles, and joins the Sabarmati near Dholka.

The Meshva. — The Meshva rises in the Me3'war hills
on the South-East frontier of Mahikantha, and running parallel
to the Khari, passes Harsol, and after a course of about 12G
miles, joins the Vatrak near Kaira.

The Majcnn. — The Majam rises in the hills between
Dungarpur, and Mahikantha, and passing about sixty miles
South-west through Modasa and Vadagara joins the Vatrak
a few miles below Amliyara. Its bed is in many places rocky.

I'he Vatrah. — The Vatrak rises in the hills South of
Dungarpur and passing South-west by IMeghraj, Malpur and
Mandava is joined by the Majam, Meshva, and other streams,
after a course of about 151 miles falls into the Sabarmati near
Dholka. In the Eastern part of its course it flows over a rocky
bed between rough banks through wild and picturesque country.

Besides these main rivers, two or three small streams
rise in the Southern part of the province and near Kapad-
vanj fall into the Mohar, a tributary of the Vatrak.

(2)

10

11. Ponds. — Though possessing no natural lakes, the
district is well supplied with ponds and wells. There are many-
ponds, but though some of them hold water throughout the
year, they are little used except for cattle. Among the num-
ber there are four of special size. Of these, the Rani Talav,
half a mile to the North-east of Idar, has an area of ninety-
four acres and a greatest depth of seventeen feet. Its supply
lasts throughout the year, but is not used for irrigation. The
East side of the lake is banked with masonry steps. It is
said, but this is doubtful, to have been dug and built about
250 years ago by the wife of Rao Bhau, Chief of Idar. The
Karmabavi Talav, North of Samlaji, has an area of 134 acres
and a greatest depth of fifteen feet. Its supply lasts throughout
the year, but is not used for irrigation. It is said to have
been dug by a hermit's hands and without tools. Only eighty
feet of the side are banked with masonry steps. The Babsur
Talav, near Babsur has an area of 182 acres, and a greatest
depth of fifteen feet. Its water lasts throughout the year, and.
is, to a very small extent, used for irrigation. It has neither
retaining masonry walls nor approaches. The Halad Talav,
one mile East of Halad, has an area of seventy-nine acres.
Its water lasts only eight months, but is used, to a small
extent, for irrigation. It has neither retaining masonry walls
nor approaches. This lake burst its banks during the rains
of 1875, and has not since been repaired.

12. Animals. — Tigers, Leopards, Panthers, Bears,
Hyenas, Wolves, Wild Hog, Jackals, Sambhar Deer, Antelope,
Kilghai and Porcupines are found in the hills and jungles,
antelope and Nilghai in particular are plentiful upon the plains.
Game of all sorts is very abundant. Monkeys swarm near tho
villages and in the jungles. Snakes of all sorts and sizes^,.
poisonous and harmless, are met with. Alligators and fish abound
in the rivers and tanks.

11

Buffaloes, Oxen, Sheep, and Goats, are very numerous.
Poultry is not so common, but wild fowl abound in the hills.

From the level nature of the country, it is very favour-
able for draught carriage, which is in general use. All sorts of
merchandize and baggage is transported in carts, which, though
clumsy in appearance, are most suited to the nature of the
country. In some parts where the roads are very heavy and
sandy, each cart requires a team of three pairs of bullocks.

13. Area and population.— The total area and po-
pulation of the Agency with other informations is given be-
low in the form of a tabular statement.

12

(M

Is.

Ci

.

•rji

^

O

1—1
1—t

■S8115UI9^

l-H

1— I

IN.

•—1

CO

Oi

o

o

>^ '

l-H

T— 1

1—1

Ol

cs

CO

(M

• rM

o

•X)

lO

(M

a
o

oo

oo

o

Ci

eS

?— »

o

oo

CO

§

o

o

<z>

■<j

y—'

1— '

Oi

A

.

I— 1

o

I— 1

S

*"

r— 1

fNI

CO

(M

CO

QO

o

o

o

T— i

(M

o

CN

Ph

r-t

O

•9|iai 9ji3nbs a9d

I— 1

CO

oo

suosjad JO aaqran^tj

t— (

I— 1

•-I

CM

(M

CM

•rp

•eesnoq paid

o

^^

CO

-nooo jo jQqnin^

r— 1

CO

o

.

^

.^

lO

<3

O

•o

o

b

-rp

CO

(M

S

Ci

CO

oo

CI

«

1-^

o

oa

(M

(M

•^

s

t^

o

CO

T— t

■rH

iO

—^

OS

-O

00

C5

^

s^

(M

iO

CO

• p4

U3

I— 1

I—*

C<1

CM

o

r^

CO

o

o

•SGiBOiaj

t>.

CO

-*-s

l-H

o

(M

-5

l-H

1— '

C<l

ffj

o

i>.

CO

p.-

o

t^

OJ

t^

o

o

CO

CJ

fX,

CD

•^

-o

1—)

1—1

(M

1—1

J>*

CO

•—•

lO

<M

!>.

C8

.4^

CO

rH

-f

o

lO

o

-^

O

H

<M

«M

lO

tM

C<l

— f

(4^

t^

o

o

•S8§U[|1A

CO

oo

o

CD

p9:^iqHquj

•^

oo

t— I

•SUAIOX

CO

CO

CO

<^D

C5

CO

lO

•e8[ira

«r>

lO

(M

aienbs ni vajy

<N

1—1

1—1

1. 31

CO C3 03 — "

•

C8

OS

r— 1

1

Otherj
diction
States,
na cir
and C
Statiot

H

1

1-1

(N 1

13
CHAPTER 11.

PRODUCTION.

Minerals. — No minerals are worked in the Mahikantha.
At Ahmednagar, Savgadh and Purbada in the Idar State a
very superior calciferous sandstone is quarried, and much
used all over Gujarat for ornamental public buildings. It
was chiefly from the Idar quarries that the mosques ancT
temples of Ahmedabad were built. The cement was also
famous, showinof as bright as marble. In Bird's Mirat-i-
Ahmadi, it is stated at page 106 that *' In the mountain-
ous country about Idar there is a quarry of white stone,
"which is procurable in no other part. The lime made from
this is made in Stucco work, for the walls and terraces of
buildings, and for fine edifices, pleasure houses, and mauso-
leum. If employed in plastering, it takes so fine a polish as
to reflect the light as a looking-glass. When in the reigii
of Firdaus-Ashiaai Shdhjehan, the royal buildings of the
citadel of Shahjehunabad ( Delhi ) were repaired, the lime
made from this stone was taken from Gujarat by the King's
order and used in their construction. The mausoleums of
the Mahomaden saints, the temples of the Hindus, and other
public works are erected with this lime, as are also numer-
ous canals, water reservoirs, wells and other like buildings ".
At Betali in Idar, from a dark grey stone, very superior
white cement Cliuna is made. Near Danta there are some
quarries of an inferior kind of marble. Talc is found in
quantities in the bed of the Hathmati, in the districts of
Hapa and Tajpuri, in the Sabar Kantha and at Adpodra ia
Mohanpur. The stone quarrying business at Shivgadh near
Himatnagur is steadily growing in importance since the quar-
ries have been connected by a siding with the Idar Khed-
Brahma line.

14

2. Trees, — Of hedge and field trees the following are
Ihe chief '.^--Mahuda ; the mango tree, Amha; Ray an ; the
Banian or Indian fig tree, Vad, and the Ashojxilav. The
Mahuda flower is largely used for making country liquor. The
chief forest trees are the bastard teak, Khahliro; the wood
apple, Kothi ; the jambul, Jambudi ; the nimb, Limhdo ; and
the teak. Sag.

3. Forest. — Though with large tracts of more or less
wooded hill-land Mahikantha has no important revenue yield-
ing forest. The hills are chiefly covered with bamboos, brush-
wood and teak. The teak is generally uncared for and cut
-down before it grows to any size. The chief forest products
are gum and honey. The reserved forests of the Idar State
cover an area of 30,000 acres.

4. Animals* — Of domestic animals the Mahikantha
fcullocks worth from Rs. 25 to Rs. 250 a pair, are smaller and
weaker than those of Kankrej in Palanpur. In ploughing
and working wells, one pair is used, and in drawing carts
from two to four pairs. Bullocks are stall-fed on grass and
oil-cake, Khol with gram, grass and spices, Massalo. Cows
worth from Rs. 20 to 100 have their first calf when five or
six years old and generally live upto the age of twelve to
fifteen. After each calf, from seven to ten months, they give
from two to five pints, Sers of milk a day. Rabaris, Bhils
■and Kolis are the chief cattle breeders. Female bufl'aloes,
worth from Rs. 40 to 150 have their first calf at the age of
^ve or six. They give from eight to fifteen pints, Sers of milk
a day. They are fed in grass, oil-cake and gram and
Xapasias, their monthlj' keep costing about Rs. 20 to 35.
Sheep and goats are reared by Bharwads and Rabaris. Their
anilk is drunk or made into butter. They are twice sheared
•About April Chaitra and October, Ashivin and the wool sold.
Other useful animals are camels and horses.

15

5. Wild Animals. — Of wild animals, the chief are th^-
tiger, vagh ; the bear, rinchh ; the panther, dipdo ; the wolf,
varu ; the wild bear, dukhar ; the hyana, taras ; the jackaT^
sial ; and the fox, loJcdi. The following are also found: —
the stag, sdmbar ; the spotted deer, chital; the antelope, hcdiar -
the Indian Gazelle, chinkdra ; the porcupine, salmdi ; the
leopard, cliitta ; the four-horned antelope, hhehar ; the otter,
panini hiladi ; the blue bull, nilghai ; the alligator, magar ;
the monkey, vandro ; the wild cat, jangli hilado ; and the
hare, saslo. Snakes of all sizes and sorts are met with. Jungle
fowl, wild duck, snipe, green pigeons, rock grouse, partridges,
bustards and floricans are the chief game birds.

6. Fish. — Though there are no regular fisheries, the
rivers are well stocked with Maral, Vanja, Nagari, Rohictr
Kudna, Pahdi, Bagna, Singali, Ran, Jurevarchhoti, Kauclii^
Gohri, Chilvct, Vamsa and BeJcar.

CHAPTER HI.
POPULATION.

Population in 1854 and 1872,--No attempt afe
enumeration was made before 1872, but in I85d an estimate
of the number of inhabitants in the Mabikantha Agency
gave a total of 3,11,046 souls or 77 70 to the square mile.
The details are Brahmins 18,890; Vanias 19,214; Kanbia
49,890; Kolis 1,04,951 ; Rajputs 14, G3G ; Sonis 1,239 ; Suthars
4,386; Luhars 4,417; Darjis 3,843; Kumbhars 6,215; Bhats
and Charans 3,441 ; Kalals 2,020 and 65,968 unclassified.
Of the 12,296 Musalmans 1,794 were Bohras. Of the whole
Hindus numbered i^,98,750 or 96*4 per cent., and Musalmans
12,296 or 396 per cent. Eighteen years later the total
showed a population of 4,42,056 or 11176 to the equaro
mile. Of the total number 4,27,661 were Hindus, including;

16

^hils and Kolis, 19,372 Musalmans and 23 Christians. Of
the total population 2,38,648 were males and 2,08,408 females,
the percentage of males on the total population being 53'38
and of females 46*62.

2. Population in 1881 and 1891.— The next regular
census was taken in 1881, when the total population of the
district was 5,17,485 or an increase of 70,429 over the figure
of 1872. Of the total population 2,66,566 were males and
2,50,919 were females. In 1891 the population still increas-
ed and went to the figure of 5,81,568 or an increase of
64,083 that is in course of 20 years the population increased
by 1,34,512. Of the total population in 1891, 2,96,646
were males and 2,84,922 were females. From 1881 to 1891
the district enjoyed a series of good years and in the latter
year returned a total of very nearly 6,00,000 souls, an in-
crease of 12-38 per cent.

3. Population in 1901.— In 1899 began the disas-
trous famine in the Agency, which continued for two years
more. The loss from famine during this period was 2,20,023
a falling off of 37*83 per cent. The census of 1901 showed
a population of 3,61,545, of whom 1,82,368 were males and
1,79,177 were females. The rains of 1901, again failed for
the third year in succession, and consequent on the extra-
ordinary natural conditions rats and locusts made their appear-
ance; prices however ruled lower, so distress was less acute.
The monsoon of 1902 was again erratic but redeemed itself
by good late rain. 1903 was fair, the rain again coming late.
In fact the one distinguishing feature of the rainfall during
the ten years has been a complete inability to break up to
time and to continue sufficiently long to enable the late crops
to get a fair start.

4. Population in 1911,— In 1911 the population
-again increased and the total went to 4,12,631 that is an

\r.

Animists.

Jews.

Shikh.

3S.

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

)m

...

• • i

• • •

• • •

• ••

2243

2077

• • •

...

...

1

•••

* .<

* ••

18

2

1

t « •

...

»••

...

•••

•••

...

...

•■•

• tfl

...

...

...

...

2261

2079

2

POPULATION OF MAHIKANTHA AGENCY BY SEX & RELIGION.

6

Name of State
or Taluka.

amber of

ccupied

bouses.

Total Population.

Hindus.

Mabomedans.

Jains.

Parsees.

Christians.

Animists.

Jews.

Shikh.

'u

Males.

Females

Total.

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

Males.

Feamles

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

CO

ja°

1

Idar State ...

34112

112079

114272

226351

105780

107836

4497

4474

1557

1724

1

...

237

240

...

...

...

.")

...

2

Polo „ ...

1240

3052

2806

5858

2852

2659

100

46

100

101

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

3

Danta „

4738

12087

10936

23023

8464

7562

1241

1132

139

165

...

...

...

2243

2077

...

...

...

...

4

Mai pur Taluka,

2511

6082

5685

11767

5932

5555

149

128

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

1

2

...

...

5

Mansa „

3860

7884

7722

15606

7167

6973

360

291

357

458

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

6

Mohan pur „

3024

6131

6434

12565

5S84

6195

87

60

141

177

...

...

...

18

2

1

...

...

...

7

Katosan „

1284

2731

2580

5311

2411

2250

133

139

187

191

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

.,

8

Ambliara „

1865

3928

3616

7544

3846

3534

43

34

39

48

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

9

Ghodasar „

1483

2945

2651

5596

2790

2524

147

123

...

...

8

4

...

...

...

...

...

...

10

Punadra „

505

1193

1024

2217

1139

980

48

38

6

6

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

11

Kbadal

559

1138

1118

2256

1059

1053

61

52

...

...

18

13

...

...

...

...

M.

...

12

Varsoda „

918

1905

1907

3812

1750

1729

23

23

132

155

...

...

»..

...

...

...

...

...

...

13

Ranasan „

967

1950

1884

3834

1892

1822

32

31

26

31

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

14

Pethapur „

1465

2594

2639

5233

2223

2195

180

182

191

262

•••

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

15

Ilol

979

2027

1904

3931

1231

1093

741

723

55

88

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

16

Sudasna „

1434

3169

2929

6098

2934

2716

147

134

87

77

...

1

2

...

...

...

...

...

17

Valasna „

786

1558

1674

3227

1517

1646

23

17

13

11

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

18

Dabha „

367

817

750

1567

790

715

15

15

12

20

...

...

•••

...

...

...

...

...

...

19

Wasna „

922

1591

1605

3196

1565

1577

7

7

19

21

...

...

...

....

...

• •f

...

...

...

20

Rupal „
Carried over...

941

1920

1974

3894
352886

1835

1873
162487

21

13

64

88

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

..:

...

^

83960

176776

176110

163061

8055

7662

3125

3623

1

...

264

259

2261

2079

2

2

5 i ...

r

6

i-

D

rn

Name of State
or Taluka.

Number of

occupied

house?.

Total Population.

Hindus.

Vlahomedans.

Jains,

Parsees.

Christians.

Animists.

Jews.

Shikh.

Males.

Female.s Total.

Males.

Females

Males. Females

Males,

Females

Males.

Females

Males. Females

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

Brought forward
DadhaliaTalukn

83960

176776

176110

352886

163061
1699

162487
1741

8055

7662

3125
41

3623

1

264

259

2261

2079

2

2

5

...

21

838

1770

1827

3597

30

31

55

...

...

...

...

...

22

Magodi „

547

1456

1320

2776

1434

1302

21

17

1

1

...

...

...

...

...

...

23

Vadagam „

697

1624

1456

3080

1591

1452

26

2

7

2

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

24

Sathamba „

834

1772

1777

3549

1650

1653

74

66

48

58

...

...

...

...

...

...

25

Hapa „

211

501

470

871

353

414

44

50

4

6

...

..,

...

...

...

...

»••

26

Ramas „

297

662

554

1216

642

528

20

26

...

...

...

...

...

...

27-

' Bolundra „

234

478

479

957

476

479

2

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

28

Kliedavada „

268

619

578

1197

611

576

■4

2

4

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

29

Satlasna „

1214

2930

2806

5735

2615

2543

195

148

120

114

...

• . .

...

...

...

30

Gabat „

223

579

482

1061

577

481

2

1

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

31

Bawishi Thana.

6100

12701

11838

24539

11897

11092

232

189

535

541

8

27

11

1

1

1

3lA

32
33

Mahiaa

Division.
Gadhavada

Thana.
Katosan Thana

1748
2-539
3251

3299
5784
6663

3148
5520
6400

6447
11304
13063

3014
5459
6262

2863
5235
6012

179
156
175

170
126
166

2
169
226

159

222

...

104

115

...

...

...

...

...

34
35
36

Sabar Kantha

Thana.
Watrak Kantha

Thana.
Sadra Bazar,...

2453

1435

527

5206

3292

964

5123

2846
769

10329

6138
1733

4632
3106

738

4670

2690

580

49a
25

178

374

10

140

82

161

42

79

146

41

...

6

8

...

>..

**t

...

...

Total Mahi Kan

1 tha Agency...

......

226976

206798

9910

4

-^

107376

223502

450478

209817

9180

4567

5047

9

401

393

2261

2080

3

2

6

...

ales

Christians.

Males. Females

Animists.

Jews.

Shikb.

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

Males.

Females

264

259

2261

2079

27

11

104

115

401

393 2261

2080

••« •••

17

increase of 51,086 over the figure of 1901. Of the total po-
pulation 2,08,922 were males and 2,03,709 were females.
There were 1,853 inhabited towns and villages, of which 1,656
had less than 500 persons and the total population in these
1,656 villages and towns was enumerated at 2,03,907. There
were 132 villages and towns having the population betweea
500 and 1,000, 55 villages between 1,000—2,000, 12 villages
and towns between 2,000 — 5,000 and one town between
5,000 to 10,000.

5. Population in 1921.— In 1921 the population
again increased and the total went to 4,50,478 that is an
increase of 37,847 over the figure of 1911. Of the total
population 2,26,976 were males and 2,23,502 were females.
There were in all 1,07,376 occupied houses, A tabular
statement of population by sex and religion is adjoined
herewith.

6. There are only G towns worth mentioning in this
Agency. They are named below with the population :—

Name of town.

Population.

1921.

1911.

1901.

1891. 1881.

1872.

1. Himatnagar...
(Idar).

3,854

4,272

3,200

3,125

3,289

4,461

2. Idar

4,979

4,863

7,085

7,086

6,233

6,072

3. Vadali

4,114

4,171

4,611

5,825

5,477

5,048

4. Sadra

1,733

1,440

1,683

1,839

2,893

• • V

5. Mansa

8,548

8,509

9,530

8,452

7,898

7,022

6. Pethapur

4,985

3,712

5,616

7,159

7,081

6,898

The above figures will show that Idar and Pethapur are
losing their prosperity. The following table gives the information

3

18

about the towns arranged with population by religion:-

Name of Town.

Hindus.

Musalm-
ans.

Jains.

Parsis.

1

Chris-
tians.

1. Himatuagar.

2,309

1,422

115

• ••

8

2. Idar.

3,510

821

647

1

• ••

3. Vadali.

3,494

294

326

• • •

••»

4. Sadra Bazar.

1,318

318

83

• • •

14

5. Mansa.

7,608

316

624

...

• ••

6. Pethapur.

4,170

362

453

• ••

• •c

7. Races and Castes. — Of the total population of

1911, 3,79,253 are Hindus, 18,779 are Musalmans, 9,595
are Jains, 779 are Christians, 12 Parsis, 4,211 Animistic and
2 Sikhs. The majority of the population, viz., 4,00,953 speak
the Gujarati dialect, while 5,122 speak the Bhil dialect.

8. Population of Idar. — The Idar State has an area
of 2,668 square miles, 3 towns, 970 villages, 54,112 occupied
houses and a population of 2,26,351 consisting of 1,05,780
males and 1,07,836 females against 2,02,811 or both sexes ia
1911. The percentage of variation from 1911 to 1921 shows
an increase of 11 per cent, and from 1901 to 1911 shows an
increase of 20 per cent, while between 1891 and 1901 a
decrease of 44 per cent. The average number of persons per
square mile comes to 135 in 1921.

9. Other States, Thana Circles and Civil Station. —

The rest of the Agency consists of other jurisdictional states.
Civil Station and Thana Circles. It has an area of 1,456
square miles, 3 towns, 877 villages and 53,264 occupied houses
with a population of 2,24,127 consisting of 1,14,897 males
and 1,09,230 females against 2,09,820 of both sexes in 1911.
The percentage of variation is 6 per cent., moreover the
population of 1911 and the variation between 1901 and 1911
shows an increase of 9 per cent. The number of persons per
square mile in 1921 comes to 153.

19

10. The following are the chief castes and race details :-
Brahmins, Vanias, Kanbis, Kolis, Rajputs, Sonis, Suthars,
Iiuhars, Darjis, Kumbhars, Bhats and Charans and Kalals.
Among Brahmins some are employed in Government service,
some act as petty money-lenders, some are cultivators, and a few
enjoy grants of land, but the majority live on charity and
serve as priests and cooks. Kayasths are the writers. Few
in number and well-to-do, they enjoy villages granted to
their fore-fathers for services done to the different Chiefs.
Vanias follow different branches of trade, and are in middling
circumstances, their business being local, not connected with
other parts of Gujarat. Of the cultivators, there are three
chief classes, the Kanbis, the Kolis and the Rajputs. Besides
these there are three minor classes of flower and market
gardeners, Sathvaras, Sagars and Malis, all of them poor,
Xanbis though not rich are well off. Amonorst them is a
tribe known as Anjna Kanbis of part Rajput descent.
Another class is known as Dangi or Hill Kanbis. Rajputs are
found in the service of the Chiefs, some are personal attend-
ants, others tilling service lands. In 1821 Mr. Elphinstone
described the Mahi Kantha Rajputs, as forming two classes,
the Marwadies, who accompanied the Raja of Idar ( about
1,700 ) in his emigration from Jodhpur and the Gujaraties
who had long been settled in the Province, chiefly in the
Central parts. The Kolis are poor, living as landholders,
field labourers and village watchmen. Their chiefs are, with few
exceptions, descendants of Rajputs and Koli women. They
still keep the names of their fore-fathers' tribes, as Rathod,
Chohan, Makwana. In 1821 Mr. Elphinstone described the
Kolis or Bhiis, for they were called indiscriminately by both
names as by much the most numerous and most important
©f the Mahi Kantha tribes. A peculiar tribe settled in theVatrak
Kantha keeps the Rajput patronymic of Makvana. They are
Koli converts io name to Muhammadanism, but scarcely

20

changed in religion, manners or character. Their men marry
with the Koli tribes of Kolnal, Rajaval and Baria and give
their daughters to the Babi Musalmans. The Chiefs of KhadaF,
Hamas, Dabha and Punadra belong to the clan.

Of manufactures there are two classes, Chhipa Bhavsars',
calico printers and Ghanchies, oil pressers. The Chhipa Bhav-
sars stamp coarse native cloth in different colours and are
■well-to-do. Of artisans there are ten classes, viz., Sonis,
gold and silver-smiths ; Kadids^ brick-layers ; Suthdrs, car-
penters ; Liihdrs, blacksmiths ; Darjis, tailors ; KumhhdrSy
potters; Kansdrds, copper-smiths; /Sc*M^5, masons; Kharddis,
turners ; and Sardnids, sword and knife sharpeners. Of Bards
and Actors there are three classes, Bhats, bards ; ChdranSy
geneologists ; and Targdlds, strolling players. Of personal
servants there are two classes, Hajdms, Barbers ; and Khavds,
servants. Of herdsmen and shepherds there are Rahdries
and Bharvdds, a lower class of shepherds. Both are poor and
go by the name of Raika. The Bhois, originally fishers are
generally husbandmen.

Under the head of labourers and miscellaneous workers
comes 12 classes. There are Kaldls, liquor-sellers; Vanjdrds^
grain carriers ; Tliories, bamboo basket makers ; Rdvalids,
drum-beaters; Fa^/m5, fowlers and hunters; Bhdnd-nagarchis,
kettle-drum beaters in constant attendance on the Chiefs;
Dhankutas, corn-pounders ; Banchas, labourers; Bajdnids,
acroliats ; Ods, diggers ; Vddis, jugglers ; and Dhadimirs, low
class actors.

Of leather workers there are two chief classes ; 3Iotc7ies,
shoe-makers ; and Bhamhhis, tanners one of the depressed
classes. There is a small body of Dahgars, makers of leather
butter-jars and scales. There are other three depressed classes ;
DhedSy weavers; Bhangies, sweepers; and Garodds or Dhed
priests. Under the head of beggars come AtitSt Ndnixksdis,
Bhartharks and Fatdas eunuchs.

^

Under the head unsettled tribes come the Girasia"!^
of the North and North-east frontiers. They support theoF
selves partly by agriculture and partly by robbery and cattle
lifting. They also serve as watchmen and guides. The
Mahi Kantha Bhils speak a language in sound something
between Hindi and Gujrati and very hard to understand.
Among them under ordinary circumstances the woman chooses
her husband.

Except in the Bhil hamlets on the North and North-east
where there is only one officer the Gameti or headman, every
village has its council, the president, who is generally held
responsible by the authorities, called head, MuJchi and the
members, signers, Matdddrs. There is also the accountant
Talati generally with the charge of several villages. In the
Sabar Kantha the headmen are Momnas and in the frontier
villages they are Bhils. In other parts they are Kanbis or
Koli Thakardas. Except on the North and North-east, where
they are Bhils, the village Police are Kolis.

The adjoined table gives the figures of population and
cumber of villages in each State, Taluka and Thana Circles.

3a

22

o

Names of States
and Talukas.

■*»

• «4

^

in

eS

0

-a

fcO

C3

• ^

#— —1

C4-1

>

0

"^

0

0)

:?:;

O ^

-T3

-a

o
fcJO

o

Population below.

100

500

liooa

1000! abo-
ve.

Idar State

1 Polo State

2 Danta State

3 Mai pur Taluka...

2 Mansa „ ...
Z Mohanpur ,, ...

4 Katosan „

3 Ambliara Taluka.
2 Godasar

IIol
Khadal

5 Pethapur
C Punadra

Carried over...

First

1,020

Secon

55
171
Third

71
12
54

7

Fourt

32
15

5
14

3
10

1,469

Class

2,26,351

d Class

5,858
23,023

Class Ta

11,767

15,606

12,565

5,311

h Class

7,544

5,596

3,931

2,256

5,233

2,217

States

153

States

20

24

lukas.
5

Taluk

3,27,258 204

454

•
41
99

39

» • •

23
1

as.

17
7
1
8
1
3

694

459

13
66

28
7

24
3

8
6
2
5
1
6

628

76

101

31

1
1

2
1

1

2
1
1

\

46

23

Names of States
and Talukas.

No. of inhabit-
ed villages.

Population in

the census of

1921.

No. of deserted
villages

Population below

6

100

500

1000

lOOG
abo-
ve.

■

Brought over...

1,469

3,27,258

204

694

628

101

46

Fourt

h Class

Taluk

as,-

(Con

td.)

7

Ranasan Taluka.

19

3,834

...

6

11

2

..c

8

Varsoda „ ...

4

3,812

1

1

...

1

2

9

Sudasna „ ...

25

Fifth

6,098

Class Ta

lukas.

5

18

1

I

1

Dabha Taluka. ...

9

1,567

...

5

3

1

...

2

Dadhalia „ ...

15

3,597

....

6

7

1

1

3

Magodi „

29

2,776

...

18

11

^.

..c

4

Rupal „

11

3,894

....

2

6

2

I

5

Satbamba „

22

3,549

1

16

4

1

I

6

Vadagam „

20

3,080

11

8

1

...

7

Valasna „

11

3,227

...

1

8

2

...

8

Vasna „

4

3,190

1

1

1

• • •

2

9

Hapa „

3

Sixth

871

Class Ta

lukas*

1

2

• ••

. . .

1

Satlasna Taluka.
Carried over...

20

5,735

5

G
773

12
719

1
114

1

1,G61

3,72,494

212

5^

24

"^

-o

—

Q>

^"V.

a>

C 03 .

■4^

Population belo\v

Names of States

■2 «

O E3 r-l

13 2 (M

6

^

and Talukas.

^ >
6

o t::
. V
o

100

500

1000

1000

abo

ve.

Brought over...

1,661

3,72,494

212

IIZ

719

114

54

Sixth

Class Ta

lukas*

(Con

td.)

2

Khedavada Taluka

4

1,197

...

1

2

1

• • •

S

Bolundra „

5

957

...

2

2

1

...

4

Ramas „

9

Seven

1,216

th Class

1
Talu

0

ka»

4

...

»••

1

Gabat Taluka. ...

14

1,061

2

10

4

...

...

Thana

Circles

and Ci

vilS

tati

on.

1

Bawishi Thana...

67

24,539

1

20

32

7

8

2

Mahisa Division.

23

6,447

1

6

13

3

1

3

Gadhavada Thana

52

11,304

2

20

27

5

...

4

Katosan „

24

13,063

...

2

11

8

3

5

Sabar Kantha „

27

10,329

1

5

15

5

2

€

Vatrak Kantha „

21

6,138

Civil

1

Static

7

n.

10

2

2

3

Sadra Bazar
Grand Total...

1
1,908

1,733

• • •

851

• ••

839

146

I

4,50,478

221

72

25

CHAPTER IV.

AGRICULTURE.

1. Soil. — The soil is of two kinds, light and black. Near
the hills to the North and North-east, though poor and stony,
if better tilled, it would yield rich crops. The South and West,
including the district of Sabar Kantha, Bawisi, Vatrak Kantha
and Rehvar Kantha, are level, with soil varying from rich
black to light sandy, and generally very fertile. In Rehvar
and in the Sarasvati valley there is a J large watered area.
In other parts on account of the great depth of water-bearing
strata, tillage is almost entirely confined to early, kharif, or
rainy season crops. The Katosan villages, about 36 miles
west of Sadra have plenty of water near the surface, but
so salt that, for irrigation^ it is almost worthless. The soil
in part of the marsh between the Miljam and the Meshva.
is very rich, yielding, without watering, wheat, barley, rapo-
seed and rice. At the same time it is apt to become charge
with salts or soda, us, and lose its fruitfulness, recovering
its sweetness after a few years. As the Mahi Kantha has not
been surveyed the tillage area cannot be ascertained.

2. Irrigation.— Except from the Hdthmati canal and
to some extent from the Sarasvati river, irrigation is carried
on chiefly from wells and ponds. The chief watered crops
are wheat, barley, opium, sugar-cane and garden produce.

3. Fallows. — Where lands is plentiful and the popula-
tion sparse, fields are allowed to lie fallow every third year.
In the more densely peopled villages, as the land cannot
be left fallow, to prevent exhaustion, it is manured, and
a rotation of crops is practised. Pulse, 7nathj is grown after
millet, Bajri and oil-seed, tal, follows panic, Kodra.

4. Plough.— In the Mahi Kantha a plough of land that
is the area that can be tilled by a plough drawn by one
pair of oxen varies from two to three acres in rocky and.

26

atony soils and from 8 to 10 acres in soft easy soil. The
tools required to till a plough of land are the plough, hal;
the clod crusher, samdr or ramp ; the sowing drill, vdvnia
or chdvar ; the leather bag and rope for drawing water, Kos-
Varat; the hoe, Koclali; the axe, Kohadi; the spade, pdiodo;
and the sickle, ddtardu.

5- Holdings. — Holdings vary in size from 6 to 60
acres. Forty to fifty is a large, 20 to 30 a medium, and six
to ten acres a small holding. A husbandman with a holding
of five acres is not so well off as a retailed shop keeper nor
as a man with a monthly income of Rs. 8.

6, Stock. — During the ten years ending 1918 oxen
increase from 27,817 to 39,585; cows from 59,299 to 96,568;
and buffaloes from 45,454 to 1,15,881.

MaUkantha stocJc, 1854, 1812, 1900 and 1918.

Plou-
ghs.

Live-stock.

Year.

Oxen,

Cows.

Buf.
faloes.

Horses

Sheep,
Goats.

Total.

1854
1872
1900
1918

43,551

27,517
39,585

91414 1,01,249

185149 1,63,659

59299 45,454

87568 1,15,881

67,894
1,57,567

53,808
1,04,144

4,316

2,447
3,016

114811
68561
89153

260,357
625,502
229,576
408,762

7. Crops, — The style of tillage in Mahi Kantha differs
little from that in other parts of Gujrat. The crops grown
are, of Cereals ; rice, dangar; wheat, gJiau ; maize, maJcdi ; bar-
ley, jav ; millet, hajri\ Indian millet, jiavar ; kang, panicum
italicum, banti ; panicum spicatum ; kodra and chino. Of
pulses adad, mug, chino, muth, chola, val, kalthi, tuver
and guvar. Of fibres, cotton, rw, flax, hhindi ; and Bombay
hemp, san. Of miscellaneous crops ; sugar-cane, Serdi ; poppy,
Jchashhas ; gingelly seed, tal; rape seed, sarsav; rajagra,
iniethi, coriander seed, dhdna ; cumin seed, Jiru ; Varidli,
sSuvd and Singoda. The staple grains are the millets, hajri;

27

and Juwar ; wheat, ghau a coarse description of rice, and in the"
bill parts of the district, maize, mcchii the chief food of the
Bhils. Table showing the prices of food is given at the end
of this Chapter.

8. Cereals, — Of cereals, wheat, gJiau ; bajri, jav and
chino sown in dry lands in October and November and reap-
ed in March and April are cold weather or late, rahi crops.
The rest are early, kharif, or rainy season crops, sown in
dry lands in June and July and reaped in September and
October. Rice, Oryza sativa, sown in nurseries and planted
out, wants moist and marshy land. It is of seven kinds ;
sutarsid, vari, hhctrsu^ sdthi, lydnjaria, sengda and senjani.
Rice when it is sown it is termed ddngar ; after it is reaped
and ready for cooking, it is called clioka. Of pulses, grau>,
chana, a late, rahi crop is sown in dry land in September
and October and reaped in March; the rest are early, hharif
crops sown in dry lands in June and July and reaped ia
October and November. Cotton, I'u is sown in dry land in
July and August and reaped in January and February. The
other two Flax and Bombay henap are early, kharif crops^
Sugarcane, serdi is sown in March and April and reaped
after twelve months.

9. Husbandmen, —Kunbi, Kolis and Musalmans are
the chief husbandmen, but almost all classes cultivate to
some extent.

10. Bad seasons. — Except by tradition little or no-
thing is known of past famines. Those best remembered ar^
the great famines of 1791, 1823 and 1899 or Chhapania and
the scarcities of 1825, 1834, 1899, 1901, 1911, 1915 and
1918. Of these the usual tales are told, of great distress, of
numbers perishing for want of food and of children exchanged
for grain or abandoned. Railway communication is now near
enough to prevent grain rising to famine prices ia any but-

28

times of extreme distreas. Owing to a scanty rainfall of 3
inches in 1899, the famine was three-fold, cattle famine due to
the entire absence of fodder, human famine brought about by the
failure of food and grain crops and water famine in some places.
Nearly half the number of cattle died. Relief-works and
poor-houses were opened in the Thana Circles and in Idar
and other petty States. The total absence of later rains and
appearance of rats and locusts caused a state of famine in
1901. Relief-works and poor-houses had to be opened. Again
the years 1911, 1915 and 1918 were years of scarcity and
the people and the cattle suffered a great deal during these
years. Gov^ernment advanced loans and tacavi to the States
and cultivators.

11. Blights, — Besides drought the chief evils to which
crops are subject, are mildew, geru, insects and locusts. These
evils are rare, and when they do come are seldom so wide-
spread as to affect the general harvest. There is no known cure
for blight. In fields under irrigation, white ants are destroyed
by putting tobacco into the trough through which the water
flows. The castor oil plant is also sown with other crops,
as it is believed to be fatal to these most destructive insects.

Table of prices per maund of 4-0 pounds.

Year.

Wheat.

Bajri.

Makai.

Rice.

Dal-Tur.

Juwari.

1906-07

2- 5-8

1-14- 6

1- 8- 6

3- 1- 3

3- 5- 3

1- 9-8

1907-08

2-11-0

2- 3- 6

2- 0- 0

4- 0- 0

3- 5- 1

2- 3-6

1908-09

2- 8-0

1-12- 0

1-10- 0

3- 2- 0

2-11- 0

1-12-0

1909-10

2- 0-0

1- 6-10

1- 5- 0

2-10- 7

2- 0- 0

1- 4-6

1910-11

1-11-0

Ml- 0

1- 4- 0

2-12- 0

2- 0- 0

1- 7-0

1911-12

2. 1-8

2- 3- 3

1-13- 1

3- 1- 3

2- 8- 0

2- 3-7

1912-13

2- 0-0

1- 8- 7

1- 6-10

3- 3- 2

2- 8- 0

1- 8-7

1913-14

2- 0-0

1-12- 2

1- 8-10

3- 5-10

3- 4-10

1-12-5

1914-15

2- 7-0

2- 3- 6

1-13- 4

3- 8- 7

3- 1- 3

2- 3-7

1915-16

2- 6-9

2- 3- 9

1-13- 1

3- 8- 4

3- 6- 9

1-14-4

1916-17

2- 2-9

Ml- 2

1- 8- 0

3- 5-10

3- 8-11

1- 8-0

29

CHAPTER V.

CAPITAL

1. CapitalistS.-Brahmans, Vanias, Bohoras and Crafts-
men in towns and large villages, and Vanias and Bohoras
in the rural parts of the district are able to save. Craftsmen
as a rule spend almost all their savings on their great family
ceremonies, but the Brahmans, Vanias, and Bohoras after
meeting all charges are still able to add to their capital.
The few rich cultivators generally increase their earnings by
lending money. Brahman invest their savings in ornaments, in
house building, in money lending, in trade, and in buying land
and houses. Vanias and Bohoras dispose of their savings in
buying ornaments, in house building, and in trade, and
Vanias and Brahmans to a small extent in making advances
to cultivators.

2. Debtors and Creditors* — When a cultivator owes
money to several creditors, he who advanced money for seed
is held to have the first claim on the debtor's crops. Tha
debtors are seldom imprisoned for the non-payment of their
debts. None of the Mahi Kantha Courts ever order the sale
of land in liquidation of debt, and among cultivators land
sales are only occasionally made. When a money lender makes
an advance he generally insists on receiving in mortgage
some of the debtor's property, such as his cattle or house.
When land is mortgaged, it generally remains with the mort-
gager who makes over to the mortgagee a portion of tha
produce. The practice of mortgaging land has of late years
increased. Civil Courts are used for enforcing the payment of
debts, and their decrees never go further than selling the
debtor's house and moveable property. Between a cultivator

30

and a money lender the usual agreement is that the money
lender is the first to be paid out of the crop. In villaores
inhabited by the poorer classes, such as Kolis and Bhils,
tillage generally depends on the money lender's capital. These
-cultivators admit the money lender's usefulness, but complain
of the hardness of his terms. Neither cultivators nor artisans
have intelligence enough to prevent the money lender from
bringing false claims and extorting oppressive rates of interest.
The indebtedness of poor Bhil and Koli cultivators in many
cases leads to crime.

3. Mortgage of Labour.—Sometimes a labourer
raises money by mortgaging his labour for one or two years.
The bondsman's services are valued at from Rs. 125 to Rs.
200 a year. And for an advance of Rs. 100 some of them
would be willing to serve for any time upto two years. In
cases where the labourer engages to supply loads of grass or
£rew^ood he is allowed to work at odd times for his own
benefit, but if a man has mortgaged his labour without reserva-
tion, the whole of his earnings are his master's. Men in the
position of these labourers are fed and housed by their
masters. But the master does not meet the cost of a birth
or other ceremony in the bondsman's family. The master
cannot make over his right to any other person, and cannot
by corporal punishment or other means enforce the bonds-
man's services.

The old system of hereditory service is still kept up
in the houses of some Rajput or Koli Chiefs. The servants
called boys ChJiohra aud girls Chhokri are with their families
bred and maintained in their master's house at his expense.
They are generally faithful to their masters. As far as food,
clothes and lodging go they are better off than other families
of the same class.

31

4. Interest, — The yearly rate of interest varies from
six to twenty-five per cent. In small transactions where arti-
cle is ^iven in pawn, it varies from 5 to 9 per cent.; in large
transactions with a mortgage on moveable property it is six:
per cent., in transactions with a mortgage on houses or lands
from six to nine per cent. ; in petty agricultural advances upon
personal security from 12 to 18 percent, and in advances of
grain with a lien on the crops from 9 to 15 per cent. Nine
per cent, a year would be considered a. fair return for money
invested in buying an estate. Interest is charged by the
months according to the Hindu year, and in years with an
intercalary month it is charged for thirteen months instead
of for twelve.

5. Currency* — In all parts of the districts the Im-
perial Rupee is the standard in common dealings. Babashaz
and Sicca rupees are not in use now.

6. In 1850 Kolis and other field labourers were paid
2 annas a day, smiths, bricklayers, masons and carpenters 5
annas and tailors 4 annas. In 1870-71 the daily wages of
Koli and other field labourers rose to 3 annas and of smiths,
bricklayers, masons and carpenters to 8 annas. These rates
have now changed considerably. The labourers get good wages
owing to mill industry round about the district and particu-
larly in Ahmedabad. They now get 12 annas to one rupee
per day. Field labourers now get from 8 to 12 annas. The
daily wages of smiths, bricklayers, masons and carpenters have
risen to one to two rupees per day. Day labourers are
generally Kolis, who offer their services either as partners or
as field workers. As partners they usually receive a third
or a fourth of the crop and as worker, if engaged for the
whole year a total payment of about 320 pounds of grain.
Women and children are employed as day labourers, and they
get from 4 to 10 annas per day.

32

7. Prices*— The following table givea the rupee prioes
of the different staple products in 1850, 1860, 1870, 1890,
1900 and 1918.

Produce.

1850.

1860.

1870.

1890.

1900.

1918.

Bajri

100

40

35

29

21

7

Juwar

80

70

36

36

22

9

Bice

36

24

19

12

12

7

Wheat

66

34

20

29

21

8

Pulse

100

32

36

22

16

6

Makai

95

70

45

50

18

10

8. Weights and Measures. — There are no dealers in
precious stones. The scale for gold and silver is: three ratis,
one vdl; sixteen vdls, one gadidnOj two gadidnds one tola. The
weight rati is the seed of Abrus precatorious, and the other
weights are square pieces of lead and brass. Coffee, cotton,
drugs, salt, spices, molasses, sugar, rice, and grains are weigh-
ed according to the following measure: four pdser, one ser; forty
serSj one man. A ser is equal in weight to forty Imperial
Hupees. The j^dser is of iron round and flat in form. Small
weight measures to equal 1/16 and 1/8 of a ser and two sers,
four serSy five sers, ten sers, and twenty sers, are also in use
and are made of iron. The measures for liquids such as
clarified butter, oil and honey are 2J rupees, one adhol; two
<idhols, one navtdnJc; two navtdnhsj one pdser; two pdsers, one
<ichher; two achherSt one ser; ten sers, one dhadi; four dhadis,
one man; all of them round flat pieces of iron. In the wild parts
of the province, in measuring quantities of less than five sers
of batter or honey, instead of weights, wooden measures are
used. In some places milk is also sold by measure upto one

33

ser in brass vessels. For liquor, glass bottles and small copper
vessels are used as measures upto a ser and a half; in some places
earthern pots are also used as measures upto half a man. The
measure for other substances is four paser, one ser; Ij sens, one
^cUi; four pnlis, one mchiu; two mdnus, one domdnu; two
domdnus, one sdhi ; five sdkis, one pdkalsi ; four pakalsis, one
kalsi\ ten Jcalsis, one muda. The paser, made of iron or stone
is round and flat in form, the pdli and mdnu are cylindre-
shaped wooden measures, the sdhi, p)dkalsi, hcdsi and muda are
simply names. No weights or measures of their size are in use.
Cotton, silk and other goods are sold by the following measure,
but when entire pieces cloth are sold in lump, a score is the
unit in ordinary use; two dnijals or finger breadths one tasiL,
the space between finger joints ; twenty-four tasus, one gaj ;
thirty-six Uisus, one vdr or yard ; and eighteen tasus, one hath
or cubit. The other long measures are eight yavs, one dngal,
two dngalsy one tasu; twelve tasus, one hdth ; three hdths, one
pdnadu or hadam and 1800 pdnadus or kddams, one gdu, about
one and a half miles. Land is measured according to the
following table : eighteen tasus, one hdth', five hdths, one kdthi ;
twenty kdtlds, one vasa; twenty vasds one vigha. The time
measures are sixty pals, one ghadi or twenty-four minutes;
two ghadis, one muhurt; two and a half ghadis, one kaldk or
hour; three kaldks, one prahar; eight prahars, one divas or
C»^/ii, day; fifteen tithis, one paksh or fortnight; two pakshs, one
«ia^ or month, two mas ; one ritu; and six ?'^7?is, one varsh
or year.

3b

34

CHAPTER VI.

TRADE.

1. Roads* — There are nine chief lines of road. A made
joad nearly all the way from Idar to Ahmednagar about ten
miles ; a made road frona Idar to Brahmkhed, fifteen miles ;
a made road from Idar to Dhambolia 24 miles ; a tram road
from the gate of the town of Ahmednagar to the Hathmati
weir ; a cleared road way from the Railway Station at Ah-
inedabad to Sadra, passing through British, Gaekwar and
Mahi Kantha territory ; a cleared road way from Ahmedabad
to May war and Vagad passing through British, Gaekwar and
Mahi Kantha territory ; a cleared road way from Ahmedabad
to Nimuch via Meghraj ; an ordinary road from Brahmkhed
Into Marwar by Posina, passing through Idar and Danta
limits; an ordinary road from Valasna to Pal, leading on
io Khervtlda in the Meywar hilly tracts. All these roads
liave been built and made fit for traffic by the Chiefs through
whose terjfitories they pass. Owing to railway connections new
roads have been constructed. One is known as Sadra-
Dabhoda Road.

2. Railways, — Important railway lines pass through
the districts of Mahi Kantha. The Ahmedabad-Prantij line
passes through Dabhoda — the Thana head-quarter of the
Bavisi Zillah to Harsol and then to Prantij. It then goes
to Himatnagar, Vaktapur, Idar, Vadali and Khedbrahma.
The second line known as Mehsana-Kheralu line passes
through Taranga Hill, Sudasna and Bhalisna. The line from
Yaretha to Samia of Ambaji-Taranga Light Railway has been
©peued for traffic during the year 1920. The Deuvusna-

36

Bechraji Railway, a portion of which runs through the Thana
Circle and the Taluka of Katosan under Mahi Kantha
was also opened for traffic in 1920. There is a short rout©
to reach Sadra from Limbodra, a station on the Kalol-
Vijapur line. A ferry boat is brought to Aluvaand is kept
plying so that connection with the Limbodra Station and
the villages on the other side ot the river is maintained
duiinof the monsoon.

3. Trade. — The principal articles of trade in the Mahi
Kantha are grain of all sorts, tal, clarified butter, oils, honey,
wax, soap, timber and cloth, both coloured and plain. The local
manufactures exported to the neighbouring districts of Ahmed-
abad and Baroda are leather, worked up in various ways,
coloured cloth, knives, honey, wax and soap. Of the crops,
wheat, maize, millet, Indian millet, methi, math and urad
are exported to some extent. The chief imported articles
are Morinda, surangi ; Saf-flower, Kasumha- turmeric, haladh-;
betel-nut, spices, English piece-goods, Silks, cloth for female
dresses and turbans, tobacco, cocoanuts, dates and copper and
brass vessels.

4. Manufactures.— The chief manufactures are of
cloth, dangaris, dhotids, Pachhedis, printed Sdllds and stamp-
ed quilts, hliolia ; soap, molasses, oil, liquor, baskets, matting,
pottery, charcoal, sealing wax, ornaments, wooden toys and
leather shoes, belts and bags. Idar, Ahmednagar and Petha-
pur are famous for their arms and cutlery. Coarse cotton,
dhoti cloth is woven all over the district by Dheds. The
Idar manufacture of red powder (kanJcoo) has died out. x\t
Idar, Sadra and Mansa, Maniars both Hindus and Mussalmans
make ivory bracelets. At Vadali, Brahmakhed, Meghraj and
Mohanpur, Dabgars make jars for holding clarified butter.
They also make small oil jars, hudhlls and kundis and scales.

36

5. Fairs. — The following table shows where and when
the Mahi Kantha fairs are held, their average number of
visitors and the number of days each lasts.

• Mahi Kantha Fairs,

No.

Place.

Date.

Visitors.

Days.

1

Samlaji

November

40,000

15

2

Brahmkhed

February

6,000

15

3

Amba Bhavani ...

September

5,000

5

4

Do

November

4,000

5

5

Bavlia ^.

September

8,000

6

Ahmednagar

March

5,000

7

Idar

September

5,000

8

Barvav

Do

4,000

9

Delvara

April

4,000

10

Tarangaji

March

2,000

11

Esri

March

2,000

12

Bhavnath

August

2,000

13

Heradi

April

2.000

14

Mokesar

August or

September

2,000

1

15

Jasnimata

August or

September

2,000

16

Pethapur (Danta)...

August

2,000

1

17

Kotesar Mabadev...

March

1.000

37

6. Craftsmen. — The chief craftsmen are carpenters,
blacksmiths, weavers, dyers and turners. The blacksmiths of
Pethapur, Ahmednagar and Idar are skilled and clever work-
men. Of weavers Dheds all over the district make coarse
cotton cloth, dangari. At Ahmednagar ia Idar is a colony of
Shia Bohoras, weavers of coarse dhotis and other articles of
dress. At Pethapur the finest weavintj in the district is the
work of the Mussahnans of the Momna sect. The best dyers
in the province are of Pethapur. Hindu.s of Bhavsar caste,
who colour and send to Siam coarse Engli.^h cloth. The best
wood turners are at Idar. They turn and colour in a finish-
ed style tent-poles and cot and cradle legs.

7. Trade Guilds.— Ii» the JMalii Kantha all classes of
traders, Vanias dealing in money, cloth, grain or groceries,
oilmen, dyers, calico printers, Bohoras and Dheds have each
a trade guild, Mahajan composed of the chief men of the
community. To these guilds marriage and other cnste ques-
tions are referred for settlement. The Vania Mahajan takes
a lead in deciding disputes. When all engaged in a craft or
calling are of one caste, the Mahajan enforces its decisions
by refusing to have any dealings with any disobedient member.

8. Markets. — Trade is mostly carried on in permanent
markets. The chief local trade centres are Mansa, Pethapur,
Sadra, Idar, Ahmednagar and Katosan. There are periodical
fairs of which the Samlaji fair, on the North-east frontier
of the Mahi Kantha held every year in November and the
Brahmkhed fair fifteen miles North of Idar, held yearly ia
February, are the most important. Each of these lasts tor fifteen
daye. At both the staple articles of trade are brass, copper
and ironware, cotton fabrics, brocade from Ahemedabad
and embroidered work from Prabipgadh and Mey war, country
ornaments, grain and cattle. The trafiic at the other fairs is
mainly in house-hold necessaries.

3c

38

CHAPTER VII.

HISTORY.

History: Early Hindus to 1412.— The history of the
lands included in the Mahi Kantha Agency centres in the af-
fairs of the Idar state. The traditions of that fortress reach
back to mythical times, when, in the Dvdpdr Yug or the
third age, its rulers, Elvan and Rakshas and his brother
Vdtdpi, were destroyed by Agastya Rishi. The earliest set-
tlers, both rulers and ruled, were the tribes now known as
Bhils and Kolis. The next comers were Rajputs, whose
arrival in the Mahi Kantha seems to date from the establish-
ment of Arab power in Sind and the fall of Valabliinagar
in the eighth century. In the eleventh century the Musal-
man destruction of Nagar Tatta in Sind drove the Parraar
Rajputs, and in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries the
further advance of Musalman power, drove many other Rajput
tribes, the Parmdrs of Chandravati, the Rathods of Kanouj,
and the Chavdas of Anhilwada South into the Mahi Kanthji
hills. To the Chandrdvati Parmars belong the houses of
Mohanpur, Ranasan, Rupdl, Vardgdm, and Bolundra ; to the
Kanouj Rdthods belong the houses of Pol, Mdlpur, Valasna,
and Magodi ; and to the Chdvdds of Anhilwada, Mansa and
Varsoda ; to the Parmar Rajputs belong the houses of Danta
and Sudamda ; and to the Re h war Rajputs, Ranasan, Kupal,
Vadagara and Bolundra. By intermarriage with the Kolis
many of these Rajputs lost caste, only keeping the names of
the Rajput clans, Makvdna, Ddbi and Bdriya, to which their
forefathers belonged. In the fifteenth century came the V.^ghela
houses of Pethdpur and Posina.

2. Musalmans, 1412-1700*— After the supremacy of
the Ahmedabad kings was established ( 1412), many Rajputs^

39

the Chiefs of Ghodusar, Katosan, Ilol, Likhi, and Gabat, in
reward for service, and Punddia, Khadal, Dabha, and Ramas,
©ftshoots of the house of Mandva, because they agreed to
embrace Islam, received grants of land. The decline of the
Ahmedabad dynasty (1540-1570) favoured the increase of
local power. Under the Moghals, for more than half a cen-
tury, only every 6ve or ten years, when specially well sup-
plied with troops, did the Viceroy levy contributions in the
Mahi Kantha. Not till the latter half of the seventeenth
century did the Moj^hals succeed in levyifjg a regular tribute.

3. Mahratha Period. — In the year 1800 Govind Rao

died, and Anand Rao his son was acknowledged

Aitchison's as his successor. He was of weak-mind, and the

Vol VI *'» powers of the State were usurped by his

274, para 7. illegitimate half-brother Kanoji. Two parties

were formed-Raoji Appoji, the minister of the

late Gfiekwar, supporting Anand Rao, and Muthar Rao, cousin

*KaMoji ended of the late Gaekwar, supporting Kanoji. The

M'l J*^ 1 contest was closed by Jiaoii invokiiiir the aid
aaias, ana jo r>

Mutiiur Rao of the British, who supported Anand Rao and

died a prisoner (. Muthar Rao and Kanoji to * flight.

m Ijombay. *^ o o

4. British Support.— The establishment of the Mahrat-

tas in Guzerat as a power dates from the fall

fTreatyof ^^ Ahmedabad in A. D. 1755, after which

xiassein.

event the Peshwa and the Gaekwar divided

Guzerat and Kathiawar between them. The countries whicli

they could not subdue they levied tribute from, collected by

the periodical advance into them of a Midkgiri army as an

*Colonel Walker's reports, see Bombay Government Selections No. 1,
XXXIX, New Series.

t See partition treaty of Kathiawar, page 482, Selections No. 37 of
185G, etc., etc., Aitchison's Treaties, Vol. YI, Appendix II.

40

army of coercion. The British, although established at tSurafc
at an early date, did not acquire much territory iu Guzerafc
until the early part of this century when districts were ceded
by the Peshwa under the Treaty of Bassein, and by the
Gaekwar, for the maintenance of a subsidiary force and for
other reasons. Further cessions by the Peshwa followed in
1817. Eventually on the downfall of the Peshwa's Power
in 1818, the British succeeded to his J possessions in Guzerat
and attained the position they hold at the present day.

5. The result of these operations was that the Gaekwar
( Anand Rao) entered into a convention with the British by
which he agreed to receive a subsidiary force from the latter
and cede to them in return the " Chouth " or levy on Surat;
and the Pergunna of Chourassai. The British were to help
the Gaekwar in reducing his Arab mercenaries, who threatened
his person, and to lend their guarantee for loans advanced to
the Gaekwar to meet his *debts.

6. British Intervention,— The general effect of this

treaty was to give the British a large power

Aitchisons of interference in the internal Qfovertiraent of
Treaties, Vol. -r. i i

V], pao^e 275. the Baroda State, and to pave the way to a

greater consolidation of Baroda and her depen-
dencies than could have been hoped for without British

f Surat castle was taken from the Aluhammadans on the 4th March
1759, and Broach followed on 18th November 1771. The latter was sub-
sequently ceded to Scindia iu 1783, but recaptured from that Prince whea
in hostility against British in 1803.

I The Pergunnas of Jambusar and Orpad, Amode and Hansode wer&
acquired from the Peshwa, and shares in the town of Broach and in the
Surat Otavesi froni the Gaekwar in the 18th century.

* Anand Eao Gaekwar being a Prince of insufficient strength of
mind, his younger brother Futtehsing was appointed Regent in 1807. He
served in that capacity until 1818 when he died. He was strongly attach-*-
cd to the British connection- Wallace, pages 101 and 227.

41

intervention. This treaty was recognized by the Peshwa fa
the tl4th Article of the Treaty of Bassein, dated Slsfe
December 1802.

7. On the 8th June 1802, two days after the final

Wallace's Book stipulations on this treaty were agreed to,

_P^?®''^-.f- Major Alexander Walker received his creden-
British Resident "" T-»--ir.-i t-i

appointed at ^'^Is as British Resident at Baroda.

Baroda.

8. Lease of Peshwa Tribute to Gaekwar.— In

October 1800, the Peshwa had Jleased to the

Aitehisons Gaekwar his share in the revenues of Guzerat
Treaties, Vol.
VI, pao-e 274. for five years at the rate of 5 lacs annually,

and on the 2nd October 1804, the lease was

extended for a period of ten years at 4j lacs per annum. In

1804, the gross revenue of all the tributaries throughout

Guzerat was calculated at 68 lacs of rupees and the Peshwa

and Gaekv/ar's tribute at 11 lacs; so that from the terms of

the lease alluded to it would appear that the Gaekwar

received the greater share of the tribute.

t Treaty of 15th March, and 6th June 1802, No. LXIX, and
No, LXX, Aitchison's Treaties, Vol. VI.

I Wallace's Book, page 98.

On the termination of this lease the Peshwa having entrusted the
collection of his tribute to the British Government, Captain Ballantine
was employed on the duty of collecting it.

Wallace page 218. Wallace's Book, page 96.

A memorandum passed by the Gaekwar to tlie Peshwa in A. D.

1S02-03 relative to the division between them of Kathiawar and the Mahi

Kantha shows the following:figures : —

Gaekwar's8hare,Rs. 7,41,763-4-01 T^^al Rs. 13,00,782-12-0.
Fesh was share ,, 5,o9,019 — 8-0 J

Government Selections, No. XII. New series on Mahi Kantha, paga

271-277.

!Ma]ii Kantha Selections, page 6.

Aitchison's Treaties, Vol. VI, No. CXXXVI, page 505.

42

9. Walker's Settlement. — Major Walker had not

been long at Baroda when the position of the

Wallaces Book, tributaries attracted his attention, and he began
page 9o.

to consider how he could relieve the fine province

of Kathiawar from the annual devastation of a Mulkgiri array.
In 1804 he submitted to the Bombay Government a plan to
do away with the Mulkgiri system while conserving the
interests of the Gaekwar and Peshwa Governments. It was
not, however, till 1807 that his famous settlement of Kathia-
war was made. In that year he entered the province with
the Gaekwar's Mulkgiri army and made agreements with the
Chiefs in the names of the British and Gaekwar's Governments,
by which the '" tribute payable in perpetuity to the Gaekwar
was fixed at an average of ten years* previous
♦ Called Jama collections ; security being taken for its regular
and A^ktmja^. p^yj^gjj|. ^^^^^ ^i^^ guarantee of the British

page 128. Government. The result of this settlement was

to leave Kathiawar Chiefs in possession of
internal independence while it obtained from them on acknow-
ledgment of the sovereign power of the Gaekwar to whom
they bound themselves to pay their tribute.

10. Rights of Peshwa in Guzerat.— " It is a singular

fact that in all these arrangements the rights

Aitchisons Qf ^Y\e Peshwa in Kathiawar were overlooked.

1 reaties,
paf-e 3G5. To the major part of the Kathiawar revenue

the Gaekwar was entitled not in his own right
but in his capacity of farmer for the Peshwa. Yet the engage-
ments concluded were drawn up solely in the Gaekwar's name. "
The Peshwa's consent to the settlement of his revenues
in perpetuity was never asked and although negotiations
were afterwards opened with them to produce his consent to
the terms, they were not completed, and a rupture with the
British produced the Treaty of 1817, by the 7th Article of
which he ceded to the British Government all his rights in

43

Kathiawar. In the Mahi Kantha and the rest of the Mulkgirt
districts of Guzerat the Gaekwar was the only receiver of
tribute. His sovereiofnty was therefore undisputed throughout
the greater part of Guzerat,

1 1 . Adoption of Walker settlement in Mahi Kantha.-

The successful working of the system in Kathiawar led to its
adoption in the Mahi Kantha in the year A. D. 1811-12. la
that year Lieutenant-Colonel Ballantine, on behalf of the
Resident, entered into similar * arrangements for the realiza-
tion of the tribute taking the usual securities for its punctual
payment and the orderly behaviour of the tributaries. This
freed the country from the appearance of the Mulkgiri army,
but the claims of the smaller Chiefs on those less powerful
than themselves continued to bear heavily on those who were
already overtaxed.

12. Management of Mahi Kantha put in British

hands* — Matters stood in an unsatisfactory

Main Kantha condition until the termination of the campaioftt
selections, . ^ ^

pao-e 7. against the Po(jna Government, when tha

Peshwa's share of Ahmedabad and its depen-
dencies fell to the British Government ( A. D. 1817-18 ).
This possession of country near the Mahi Kantha brought into
light the lawlessness and misrule existing among the tribu-
taries there and suggested the idea of placing the management
of the country in the hands of a more efficient Government
than that of the Gaekwar.

13. Gaekwar Treaty of 1820.— The Gaekwar's

Government being unable to remedy the unsatisfactory posi-
tion of affairs in Kathiawar and the Mahi Kantha, the Honour-
able Mr. Elphinstone, the Governor of Bombay, visited Baroda

• The British guarantee, though promised in 1811, was not con-
firmed till later. The arrangements were only binding for a period of 10
years, at first. They were afterwards made perpetual— Wallace, page 27 4w

44

in the year 1820, and entered into an arrangement with
'*Syaji Rao Gaekwar, by which the sole management of the
tributaries of Kathiawar and the Mahi Kantha was made over
to the British Government who undertook to collect and pay
the tribute which had been fixed in 1807-08 for Kathiawar,
and in 1812 for the Mahi Kantha. The Gaekwar Government
pledged itself neither to send troops into, nor to interfere in
any way with, the above countries. The terms of the treaty
entered into to this efiect were as follows : —

J " With a view to the tranquility of the country and to
the peaceful realization of His Highness the Gaekwar's
tribute from the Kathiawar and the Mahi Kanthn, it is agreed
that His Highness Syaji Rao Gaekwar shall send no troops
into the lands of the Zemindars in either of those tracts with-
out the consent of the British Government, and shall make
no demand on any Zemindar, or other persons of those pro-
vinces, except through the medium of the British Government,
^he British Government engages to procure payment of the
Gaekwar's tribute free of expenses to His Highness, agreeably
to the principles of the settlement made with the Zemindars

*Minute by the Honourable Mr. Elphinstone, dated 18th Apri 11820.
Mahi Kantha Selections, page 7.

Syaji Rao Anand Rao Gaekwar died in 1819, and his brother
Syaji Rao, who had been acting as Regent since the death of Fattehsing,
aucceeded him on the 17th October of that year.

I Wallace's Book, page 306, and Treaty No. LXXVII, page 342,
Vol. VI., Aitchison's Treaties. There is a slight discrepancy between the
translation here given and that given in Aitchison's Book of Treaties,
Vol. VI. In this the word tranquility is used in the first line whereas in
the others the words are prosperity, peace, and safety. The vernacular
"words are abadi and aman-chen which literally mean prosperity, safety and
peace. In this translation the words " through the medium of the British
Government " are rightly used, the vernacular word being Dermyangiri
iwhich is not properly translated in Aitchison's Treaties as arbitration.

45

of Kathiawar and Mahi Kan tha respectively, in the year 180r
(answering to Sumvat 1864) and in 1811-12 (answering to
Sumvat 1868 ).

*' If any grreat expense be caused by the refractory
conduct of the Zemindars, the British Government shall be
J at liberty to levy that amount and no more from the Zemin-
dars resisting. Dated 3rd April 1820. "

14. Indebtedness of Tributaries, — Affairs in Kathia-
war were in no better condition. The restraint engendered
by the fear of an anuual Mulkgiri force having been removed,
the Chiefs of that province indulged in lavish expenditure,
by which they pluno^ed their estates into considerable embar-
rassment. It was, moreover, found that whereas inability to
pay tribute to the Marattas had the effect of procuring exemp-
tion, for the time being, under the British guarantee, the
neglect to pay tribute in one year resulted in the accumula-
tion of two payments for the next year, remissions being
granted only for unavoidable calamities and not for the mis-
conduct of a Chief. The result of this was the indebtedness
of the Chiefs, the relaxation of their administrations, and a
general inability to meet their ^engagements.

15. Abolition of Baroda Residency.— The abolitioa

of the Residency at Baroda, and the transfer
^^^^Sol) ^^°^ ^^ communications with the Gaekwar to aa

officer styled Political and Judicial Commis-
sioner for Guzerat, with his head-quarters at Ahraedabad,
were resolved on, and effected under the sanction of the
Government of India in the course of the year 1830.

•This unfortunate change was also partly ascribable to the famine
and pestilence which raged in Kathiawar about the year 1813.

The encouragements and exactions of the Gaekwar's officers since tka
settlement of Colonel Walker also contributed to the ruin of Kathiawar.

Wallace, pages 273-274.

46

16. Captain Ballantine as first Political Agent.—

,, , . ^ , Captain Ballantine was appointed to the Mahi

Main Kantha _^ , . _, , , .

Selections, No. Kantha m 1820. The administration of those

XII. New districts remained in his hands until the year
Bomkiv ' 1828, when, on his vacating the Political Agency
Government the appointment was abolished in consequence
Records. ^^ .^^ expense. The Panch Mahals, Rajpipla

and Mahi Kantha Agencies were then consolidated and en-
trusted to the supervision of Mr. J. Willoughby. On that
officer leaving shortly afterwards, a further change was made.
An officer was appointed in 1829 to reside at Sadra in the
Mahi Kantha to superintend the Gaekwar's Contingent
stationed there, to whom certain Political Authority was de-
legated, and one of the Assistants from the Baroda Residency
was yearly deputed to visit the Mahi Kantha for the purpose
of realizing the tribute and preserving the tranquility of the
province.

17. Abolition of Political and Judicial Commis-

Sionership for Guzerat. — The arrangements included in the
creation of the Political Commissionership were, however,
condemned by the Honourable Court of Directors, for rea-
sons set forth in their despath to the Bombay Government
dated 31st October, 1832, and at the close of the year 1835
{ the measure having been resolved on for nearly a year pre-
viously ), the appointment of Resident at Baroda was, with
the concurrence of the Government of India, re-established
and his residence once more transferred to Baroda,

18. Re-establishment of Mahi Kantha Agency in

1836, — It has already been stated above that the Political
Agency in the Mahi Kantha was amalgamated with the Resi-
dency again in 1829 and that an arrangement was made
by which an Assistant was deputed to these districts annu-
ally for the purpose o collecting the tribute. Shortly after

47

this some disturbance broke out with the Idar State, followed
in 1835 by an emew^e at Ahmednagar (Himat-

Mahi Kantha ^^ j j^ consequence of a " Sati " forcibly
Selections, pages . , *'

9 and 10. carried out against his wishes at the death of

Raja Kurun Singh. The country became the

prey of outlaws and disturbers of the peace on all sides,

and to stop this disgraceful state of things the Political

Agency was re-established in 1836, Captain Outram being

deputed to restore order in the distracted provinces, and in

1839, Criminal Courts, similar to the one established ia

Kathiawar, and presided over by the Political Commissioner,

were introduced into the Mahi Kantha and the Rewa Kantha.

In 1841 a similar Court was established in Palanpur.

19. Political Officers to correspond direct with

Government. — During this period, however, the Political
Agents in the tributary provinces were not in any way in-
dependent of the Political Commissioner. They remained
under his immediate supervision until the year 1845, when
his oflSce was abolished with the sanction of the Court of
Directors, and the Political Officers were authorised once
more to correspond direct with Government except on sub-
jects in which the interests of the Gaekwar were concerned.

Note: — When Captain Outrara was appointed Political
Agent in Mahi Kantha in 1836, Lieutenant Wallace, who
was ''Superintendent of His Highness the Gaekwar's Contin-
gent Horse at Sadra, with political duties " \vas appointed
his Assistant.

Order to reform Mahi Kantha Agency*— The orders

of the Bombay Government concerning the revival of a Resi-
dent Political Officer in the Mahi Kantha were contained
in their letter to the Political Commissioner, Guzerat, No.
ISA of 9th Jaimary 1836. Paragraph 2 was as follows : —
" In consequence of your removal to Baroda and the urgent-

48

necessity which exists that an officer should permanently reside
in the Mahi Kantha to collect the Gaekwar's tribute, to control
the Chiefs, and arbitrate with as little delay as possible the
various claims and difficulties occurring among them. The
liight Honourable Governor in Council has determined to
xe-establish a local Agency in that district on the following
footing. ( Here follows particulars about pay ). 4. The head-
quarters of the Agency are to be fixed at Sadra, and you are
authorized to make over the public building at that place to
Captain Outram's charge + + . G. Your first Assistant
is to continue on the same footing in regard to salary as at
present, but he is to be entrusted with the Political super-
intendence of the districts formerly comprehended within the
IPawaghir Panch Mahal Agency, viz : —

1. Rajpipla.

2. Chhota Udepur.

3. Barriah.

4. Oometa and Bhadarwa.

5. The Mehwassi villages of Taluknara, Saoli, Sunkhera,

and Bhadurpur.

6. The Pawaghir Panch Mahals.

7. The arrangements in force at Palanpur are to

remain undisturbed.

The Political Agent in Mahi Kantha's establishment
consisted of a draft from the Residency Office . ''

20. The orders containing this important change were

conveyed to the Assistant

TK ^.^''•f^wl^'^'^"^^ ^It^'n . in charge at Baroda in the
Hhe despatch of the Honourable Court ^

©f Directors authorizing the change letter marginally dated as
dated 23rd April 1845. follows : »—

2. In forwarding these extracts I am desired to inforia
yow that in conformity with the instructions of the Honourable

4d

the Court of Directors the Honourable the Governor in

Council is pleased to make the following arrangements from

this date : —

** 1st. That the designation of Political Commissioner for
Guzerat be abolished, and that the officer holding this
situation be now designated, as forraerlj^, Resident at
Baroda.

" 2nd. That the salary of the Resident at Baroda be reduced
from Rupees fifty thousand ( 50,000 ) to Rupees forty
thousand ( 40,000 ) per annuiu inclusive of travelling
allowance.

*' 3rd. That the office of 1st Assistant to the Resident afe
Baroda and the Political Agent in the Rewa Kantha
be disunited.

*' 4th. That the situation of 2nd Assistant to the Resident
at Baroda be abolished, and that a sole Assistant be ap-
pointed to the Resident on a salary of Rs. 850 per
mensem.

X X X X X

*' 5th. I am farther desired to inform you that the Political
Agents ill the Mahi Kantha and the Kewa Kantha as well
as the Political Superintendent at Palanpur are hencefor-
ward to correspond direct with Government except on
subjects requiring to be referred to the Baroda Darbar,
or in cases in which the interests of His Hiu^hness the
Gaekwar are involved. "

21. Guides for conduct of Political Officers.—

Since 1845 the criminal and civil powers held by Political
Agents have been increased and systematized, laws relnting
to extradition of criminals between States have been made
and improved, and the control of the British Government
over the tributaries of the Gaekwar has gradually become
more extensive and operative, as the responsibility connected
4

50

ynth the preservation of peace of these districts, and the
isecessity of drawing them slowly and surely in the path of
civilization has forced itself on the attention of Government,
yet, as far as the Gaekwar is concerned with our treatment
of his tributaries, there has been no new cession of rights
or prerogative ; we have no authority to go further than
Political Agents did in 1820 and 1826; our guides for the
conduct of our Political Agents in Guzerat are still the treaty

of 1820 and the Memoranda p:iven by the

April 3rd,1820. ^ , • -.oon • +- . * . i-

(jraekwar in 1825 concerning tne treatment of

bis Mehwassis. at the time when Mr. Willoujifhbv, the

Assistant Resident at Baroda, was deputed to settle their

ijffairs, and the security bonds of the Mehwassis.

In the Mahi Kantha a simultaneous attempt was made
by the Political Agent to procure for the Girassias of the
districts under his Political supervision a settlement of their
rights by the same British Officer who was investigating
those of the Mehwassis of the Rewa Kantha, but this proce-
dure was streneously resisted by the Gaekwar, and upto the
present time the right of the Darbar to settle Giras claims
in the Mahi Kantha by means of their own officials remains
3n tact. At the time this agitation was made, a Kamdar or
Agent was deputed by the Darbar to the Mahi Kantha to
investigate the Girassias' claims, but little was eifected as
Girassias did not appear before the Darbar's representative.

22. Chandap rising 1858,— To stop outlawry, Go-
vernment made it a penal offence liable to very severe puni-
shment. From that time outlawry became rare and it has
now disappeared. In 1857 troops had to be called out to
pat down a rising at Chandap, and, in the next year,
the presence of a military force was twice required*
On the first occasion measures were taken for registering
arms, and, when necessary, for disarming pait of the popu-

51

lation. These measures were very distasteful, both to the
Chiefs and the people, and such was the attitude assumed
within the Mahi Kantha and in the neighbouring Baroda
districts where similar measures were adopted, that it was
considered expedient to send a strong force under Major
Grimes through the country. Owing to the judicious actioit
of the Political Agent, Major Wbitelock, and the impressio'it
left by the display of British power, that without coercion
588 villages were disarmed and in 310 the arms were regis-
tered. Though not against the people of the Malii Kantha,
Major Grimes' force had to be brought into action. The in-
habitants of Dabhora, a village in the Gaekwar sub-divisioa
of Kheralii, refused to give up their arms, and, on the ap-
pearance of the force, left their village and took up a strong
position in the Taranga hill As they refused to surrender
and murdered a trooper of the Gaekwiu's Contingent, it was
considered advisable to dislodge them. Accordingly, on the
31st May 1858, their position was successfully attacked by
a detachment of the 2nd Grenadier Regiment N. I , sup-
ported by some of the Guzerat Irregular Horse. The attack
was made with great spirit, the insurgents being driven froui
peak to peak till they were finally dispersed with a loss of
about eighty killed and wounded and ten prisoners, the loss
on the British side being two rank and file of the Grenadiers
killed and a trooper wounded.

23. Attitude of Thakore of Mundeti. — During the
disturbance the attitude of Surajmal, Thakore of Muntedf,
caused considerable anxiet3% Formerly a prominent outlaw,
he was included in the amnesty of 183G. Deeply sunk m
debt, his estate was placed under attachment and a fixed
allowance set apart for liis support. A reduction of the al-
lowance gave the Thakore a great ofl'ence, as he had beeta
incurring other heavy debts and had kept in bis pay a coq-
sidcrable number of Makrauis. While the work of register-

52

iag arms was going on, he kept comparatively quiet. After-
wards he interfered with the arrangements made for the
management of his estates, and, nccompnnied by a band of
Makrani mercenaries took to the hills. Happening at such
a time, this could not be overlooked. And, as every effort
to induce him to come in quietly, failed, a force was despatched
to the scene of the disturbance. Before the arrival of this
force hostilities began. Captain Black, the Assistant Political
Agent, accompanied by a body of Guzerat Irregular Horse
was reconnoitering the town of Mundeti, when some Makranis
shewed fight and wounded the officer in command. After-
wards when the Ahmedabad force arrived, on the 22nd
August 1858, the town of Mundeti was attacked and carried
Avith a loss to the assailants of seven men wounded. Owins
to defective arrangements the Makranis and others composing
the garrison were allowed to escape and join the outlaw Thakore.
After this, though there was no other conflict until the end
of the year when the Thakore came in, troops had to be kept
in the field, and a long chain of posts maintained.

24. Makrana rising, 1867.— Nine years later (1867),
Pratapsing, a Rajput in the service of the Thakore of Posina,
levying a body of Makranis, raised a disturbance and went
into outlawry. At his instigation the great grandmother of
the Thakore fled to Posina taking the young Chief with her.
Additional militia, sibandi had to be levied and matter were,
after a time, satisfactorily arranged, without any ctre^it dis-
turbance of the peace. Next year, a detachment of British
troops bad to be sent to Posina to guard the frontier against
the inroads of the outlawed Thakore of Battana in Sirohi,
and the arrangements then made saved the district from trouble.

Since 1868 the public peace has been unbroken.

25. Changes and Reforms. — The prominent authority
in the Mahi Kantha was established in 1820, whea the first

§3

treaty was signed by all the Chiefs of the Mahi Kautha,
Colonel Ballantine tried to achieve the following three points:-
(1) the restoration of peace to the country, and satisfactory
security for its future tranquility, (2) the collection of all ar-
rears due to the Gaekwar, with full security for the regular
future payment of the tribute, and (3) the settlement of the
Raja of Idur's territory. The Chiefs were bound over to
observe the following articles ; — (1) to abstain from plunder-
iut;, (2) to surrender plunderers, (3) to resist and destroy
all plunderers, (4) to abstain from private war, (5) to refer
all disputes to arbitration and (6) to pr-'tcct the passage of
merchants. In 1838 Sir Jame Outram instituted border
Panchayats for the settlement of the numerous blood feuds
and disputes between the wild Bhils on the Mahi Kantha and
Kajputana frontier. The system, which is one of money
compeiisation for crime, was found to be effective in prevent-
inf]^ reprisals and nmintainini:^ peace. The Border Courts
Rules were revised in 1873 and 1877. The joint court
meets every year when the Political Agents of Mahi Kantha
and Ra.jputana meet on the border to settle the disputes.
In the commencement of 1839 a very important benefit was
conferred on the Mahi Kantha, by the introduction of the
Court of Criminal Justice, for the trial of all serious offen-
ces through the Agency of the Political Agent, with Chiefs
as assessors. The establishment of this tribunal had a mosfc
-salutary effect upon all classes and proved a powerful auxi-
liary in restraining crime. Government prohibited the sys-
tem of Bharwateeism and proclamations were issued through-
out the province making the offence penal, and subjecting
the party offending to severe punishment. The custom of
Sail was common at the time the British supremacy was
established in the Mahi Kantha and afterwards it was con-
fined mostly to the families of the principal Chiefs, particu-
larly Idar and Ahmednagar. In 183G the latter Chiefs were
4a

54

entered into an enoragement renouncing the practice. On the
death of Raja Prithising in 1840, his widows were success-
fully deterred from sacrificing themselves. A proclamation
was issued by Government on the 2lst September 1845.
directinnj that the villacre or Taluka of the Chief in which it
miojlit occur should be placed under attachment, and the
parties concerned in the rite kept under restraint, pending
orders from Government. Self immolation was prohibited
under proclamation dated the 9th Noveaiber 1849 and trials
by ordeal were prohibited under proclamation dated the 17th
November 1849. In 1885-86 the Gaekwar's Contingent was
disbanded, and regular mounted and foot police were entertain-
ed in their place from the subsidy paid by Baroda. In
1886-87 the total abolition of transit dues throughout the
province was effected. There is no denying the fact that the
province has, under the protecting shield of the British
Government marched with the times. The Chiefs are loyal to
the core, arid the people law-abiding. Outlawry is unknown
and serious dacoities are very few.

26. Education* — The cjreat mass of the population,
including the Chiefs were profoundly ignorant and at the
mercy of the Banias who lost no opportunity of enriching
themselves at their expense. In 1887-88 a College for the
education of the sons of the lesser Chiefs and their Bhayats
of the Mahi Kantha was opened and named after Colonel
Scott, the then Political Agent who had been instrumental
in founding it and now we find many educated Chiefs taking
a personal interest in the afiairs of their Talukas,

Colonel Wallace started a vernacular school at Sadra in
the year 1849 and paid the expense from his private purse
and in 1852 this private institution was turned into a
Government one. The growth of education was fostered by
officers like Colonel Wallace, Mr. Forbes, I. C. S,, Colonel

55

Black and Colonel Scott. The i^eneral education of the people
is progressing. There are 136 registered schools, in which
9,182 pupils are receivin}^ education. There are 43 unregistered
schools in which 1044 pupils are taught. The control of the
schools of the Idar State was handed over to the State iu
1906 and the Deputy Educational Inspector has full super-
vision over other schools. The total expenditure on education
comes to Rs. 31,000 but this figure is likely to be very vari-
able as time goes on.

27. Jurisdiction of Chiefs and Agency defined,—

The Mahi Katitha Agency comprises the followitig States
and Talukas : —

(a) The First Class State of Idar, the Ruler of which.

has power to try for capital ofiences any persons
except British subjects.

(b) The Second Class States of Pol and Danta ia
which the Chiefs exercise unrestricted power in
criminal matters except that sentences of death
are subject to confirmation by the Political Agent.
In Civil matters they have powers upto Rs. 20,000,

(c) The Third Class Talukas of Malpur, Mansa and
Mohanpur in which the Chiefs exercise limited
criminal powers and can inflict sentences restricted
to two years' rigorous imprisonment and Rs. 1,000
fine. In civil matters they have powers upto Rs.
5,000.

{d) The Fourth Class Talukas of Varsoda, Petha[mr,
Ranasan, Punadra, Khadal, Godasar, Katosan, Ilol
and Amliara in which the Chiefs can inflict sen-
tences restricted to one year's rigorous imprison-
' ment and Rs. 500 fine. In civil matters they

can hear suits upto Rs. 2,500.

56

i^oie.-Malpur, Mansa and Katosan have been given following^
additional powers as a mark of personal distinction : —

Criminal Matters — To inflict rioforous imprison-
ment upto 7 years and fine upto Rs. 20,000.

The appellate powers exercised by the Political
Agent and the revisional powers exercised by the
Commissioner, N. D., over criminal matters have
been withdrawn as a personal concession in the case
of Danta, a Second Class State and Mansa, a Third
Class, and in the case of Malpur (3rd) for all
offences under Sec. 260, Criminal Procedure Code
and decrees in civil suits to the extent of the
chief provinces.

(e) The Fifth Class Talukas of Valasna, Dabha, Wasna,
Sudasna, Magodi, Vadagam, Sathumba, Rupal and
Dadhalia, the Talukdars of which can pass sentences
restricted to six months' rigorous imprisonment and
Rs. 250 fine. They can hear civil suits upto Rs. 1,000.

iV^ofe.-The late Chief of Fourth Class Taluka of Varsoda was
given personal powers to inflict sentences upto 2 years
and a fine of Rs. 1,000 and to hear civil suits upto Rs.
5,000. This Taluka is now under management. The
Fifth Class Taluka of Sudasna has been raised to the
Fourth Class. He is given personal powers to inflict
Appellate powers also have been withdrawn as regards
all offences i:nder Sec. 260, Criminal Procedure Code
and decrees in civil suits to the extent of the Chief's
powers.

(/) The Sixth Class Talukas of Ramas, Bolundra,
Likhi, Halol, Derol, Khedavala, Kadoli, Vakhtapur^
Prempur, Dedhrota, Tajpuri, Hapa, Satlasna and
Bhalusna, the Talukdars of which can pass senten-
ces restricted to three months and Rs. 100 fine,
and to hear civil suits upto Rs. 500.

57

(g) The Seventh Class States of Gabat, Timba,
Umri, Mota Kotarna, Maguna, Tejpura, Viroda,
Palaj, Deloli, Kosalpura, Muhmadpura, Rampura,
Ijpura and Ranipura, the Talukdars of which can
pass sentences upto one month and Rs. 50. fine and
to hear Civil Suits upto Rs. 250.

( h ) The following Thana Circles, under each of which
is grouped a collection of petty Jagirdars: —

(1) Thandar, Bavisi.

(2) Deputy Thandar, Mahisa.

(3) Thandar, Gadhwada.

(4) Thandar, Sabar Kontha.

(5) Thandar, Katosan.

(6) Thandar, Vatrak Kantha.

The Thandars are 2nd Class Magistrates and can
pass sentences upto 6 months and Rs. 200 fine
and hear civil suits upto Rs. 500. The Mahisa
Deputy Thandar can hear suits upto Rs. 250 and
can pass sentences upto six months' imprisonraenfc
and fine upto Rs. 200.

The residuary jurisdiction in all these Talukas is
exercised by the Political Agent and an appeal lies
to his Court from the decisions whether Civil or
Criminal of all the Chiefs except Idar. The Political
Agent is Sessions Judge for the whole Agency ex-
cept Idar, Pol. and Danta. He exercises tho pow-
ers of a Di.strict Jud^je and District ^fafjistrate.

58

CHAPTER VIH.

LAND ADIVIINISTRATION.

1. Proprietors* — The land is held by Chiefs, Thakors,
and proprietors, Talukdars, in estates varying from a share
in one village to a large tract of country. Their incomes vary
from 80,000 to 1,000. The most considerable among them may
be divided into four or five clusters according to their geogra-
phical position. The first is composed of the Koli villages of
Amballa and Lobar ( both of which had several times defeat-
ed the Gaekwar armies ), the Koli; villages of Nirmal and the
Makrani ones of Mandwa, Punadra and Koral. These all lie
within a space of fifteen miles and mostly on the river Vatrak.
Another of nine Koli villages of Aglode, Hapa, Tnjpuri, &c.,
lies on the Sabarmati in the Bijapur sub-division Pargana,
Immediately to the South of the above on the Rajput villages
of Varsoda, Pelvani, Mansa and Pethapur. The Kolis of
Chuval and Chore Barocha in the North-west of the Ahmed-
abad district are very numerous. In all the Mehvasi communi-
ties the Rajputs, Kolis and MussalmanS; hold their lands free
of rent on condition of military service; the other classes pay
revenue to the Chief. Talukdars generally consider their tenant
liable to be turned out at their pleasure. Still in practice a
tenant who pays his rent is seldom ousted, and when a family
liave for long tilled the same fields, they are generally held
to have gained some proprietory interest In the land. Occupancy
Tights are sometimes, though rarely, bought and sold.

2. Revenue system. — In some of the more outlying
parts, especially in the North and East of Idar, and in Danta
are large areas of arable waste. Formerly the land revenue
was farmed; but it is now collected from the cultivators, Bhil

59

villages with no fixed sites and widely scattered houses, have
no village temple or shop, and except a headman, Gameti, no
village officers. In other villages the headman MiiJchi, signers
Matadars, and Accountant Tahiti, gather the revenue from the
cultivators and pay it to the proprietor, TaluJcclar. During the
last few years, by the advice of the Political Agent, a Police^
Patel has been added to the establishment of most villages.
The village staff are in some [)art3 of Idar paid in cash,
but they generally hold rent-free lands or enjoy certain
fees and perquisites. There are two chief rent systems, the
acre rate, vighoti and the crop share bhaghati. The system
of recoverinor revenue is not uniform in all the States and
Talukas. In some it is levied in cash and kind, while in others it
is levied in cash alone. The survey of villages in the Talukas
under Aj^ency Management and in the Thana circles of Gadh-
vada and Vatrak Kantha is going on. In the Bavisi Thoina, the
administration of the villages is conducted by the Mdtdddrs.
They levy Vighoti on land and recover Vero from traders. In
some of the villages assessment in lump ( Karum Vero ) is
levied. Full Vighoti was hitherto recovered on Tribute
paying lands, which were alienated either by mortgage or sale
and Varad at certain fixed rates was paid to the Matadars
to enable them to meet the liability on account of tribute on
such lands. Government having ordered the discontinuance of
the direct levy of Vighoti by the Thana authorities on snch
lands, the office of the Alienation Officer has been abolished
from the 1st March 1920. The administration of the alienat-
ed la'.ids has been handed over to the Matadars.

3. Revenue system in Idar State-— The Vighoti

S3'stem is mostly in vogue in the Klialsa villages of the Idar
State In some villages Katcha Vighoti is levied and in
some it is determined by measurement of the actual area
under cultivation and application of fixed rates on the acre-
age. Some are leased out for fixed cash amounts or Ankdas.

60

CHAPTER IX.

JUSTICE.

1. System observed in 1855.— In 1855 the admini-
stration of justice was, except cases of murder and manslau-
ghter, in the hands of petty chieftains. Civil disputes were
usually laid before arbitration courts, Panchayats, and a
compromise was generally the result. Robberies were com-
monly settle by the restitution of the stolen property, and
the payment of a small fine. All civil and criminal cases,
in which the parties concerned were the vassals of different
Chiefs, were referred to the Political Agent for investigation,
who, as far as practicable, applied the Regulations of the
Honourable Company's Courts.

2. System followed in 1879.— In 1879 justice was

administered by the Political Agent and two Assistants. The
Idar Chief was subject only to the Political Agent's general
supervision and advice. In the rest of the Agency territory^
the police and the administration of justice rested more or
less entirely with the Political Officers. In the year 1875
classification of the Chiefs was sanctioned by Government. Of
the whole number of Chiefs, 52, who had previously exercis-
ed undefined judicial powers, were arranged in \S76-77 ac-
cording to their position and wealth, in seven classes, with
varying civil and criminal jurisdiction. The classification and
powers have been explained at length in the third part of
this book under the heading " Explanatory memorandum on
Procedure. " Of the whole number of 52 Chiefs, one has been
entrusted with First Class powers, 2 with Second, 3 with
Third, nine with Fourth, nine with Fifth, fourteen with Sixth,
and fourteen with Seventh. The representatives of seven of
the smallest estates were considered unfit for the excercise of
judicial powers.

61

3. Panchayat system*— As far as practicable the»
British Civil and Criminal Procedure and Indian Penal Code
were in force, but in the wild Bhil tracts on the Rajputana
frontier all offences are dealt with under rules based on local
customs. It was usual to settle civil suits by the arbitra-
tion of a Jury, Panchayat, of four persons, two of whom
were named by the plaintiff and two by the defendant. As
a rule the decisions thus passed gave satisfaction. In 1879
of 41 Civil Courts 17 were presided over by the Political
Agent, his two Assistants and the Thandars and other minor
Government officials; the remaining 24 were under the Chiefs.
The number of cases decided was 1,355. The Reoristratioa
Act was not in force, but the Chiefs allowed title deeds to
he brought to them for their signature and seal and obtain-
ed a fee from the parties concerned. Table I shows the
figures of documents registered during the last 10 years
giving the value of documents and fees realised.

4 Civil Courts. — At present most of the important
British Indian Acts have heen made applicable to the district
and some special rules adapted from the British Indian Acts
have been made applicable to the Agency with the special
sanction of Government. A list of such Acts and Rules is
given in Part III of this book. There are now nine Civil
Courts presided over by the Agency ofhcers and by the 51
Chiefs of States other than Idar. The number of suits dis-
posed of during the year 1918-19 was 65S of the value of
Ks. 69,562. In all 459 documents were registered by the
Agency and the Chiefs' Courts in 1918-19. Civil and criminal
work done by various Courts in the Agency fur the year
1918-19 is appended as Table II.

5. Criminal Courts.— In 1839 an important benefit
was conferred on the Mahi Kantha by the introduction of a
Court of Criminal Justice for the trial of all serious offences^

62

"through the Agency of the Political Agent with three Chiefs
as assessors. The establishment of this tribunal had a most
"wholesome effect on all classes and proved a powerful restraint
on crime. Before the opening of this Court owing to the
facility of evading justice, the indifference, and, in some cases,
the want of power of the Chiefs, crime was committed with
comparative impunity. The number of Majjisterial Courts was
40 in 1850-51, 62 in 1860-61, 59 in 1870-71 and 65 in
1918-19. Besides the Political Agent v/ho is vested with
the powers both of the Sessions Judge and District Magistrate,
the Assistant Political Agent and the two Deputy Political
Agents who are First Class Magistrates. There are five Second
Class Magistrates. Table III gives the work done by Civil and

Criminal Courts during
the last 10 years. Table
IV gives the number of
offences reported during
the last ten years. The
marginal table shows the
amount of property stolen
and recovered durino: each
of the four years ending
1917-18.

Year.

Amount
stolen.

Amount
recover-
ed.

Per-
cent-
age.

1914-15
1915-16
1916-17

1917-18

20,540
19,981
35,927
37,043

4,155

6,577
8,382
8,222

1997
37 97
23-56
21-95

6. Old system of Police. — In the Mahi Kantha, sur-
rounded by the territories of Native Chiefs, and with its
North and East wild and hilly, Police control was very im-
portant before 1881. Except in Bhil and Koli villages which
have only the headman, Gameti, who is bound to report of-
fences, system of a village watch, ChoivJcidars, obtains through-
out the province. Of the village watch, the KoHs as Choivki-
dars traced the foot-steps of thieves so successfully, that stolen
property was found after the tracks had been followed through
several jurisdictions. Even if the stolen property was not

63

found, the village into whose limits the foot-steps were traced
was, if its watchmen failed to carry on the track, held res-
ponsible and forced to make good the loss, a system of com-
pensation known as Waltar. Patrolling was carried on by-
detachments of the Gaekwar's Contingent of horses, these
detachments moved from village to village. The following
statement shows the number of police or persons doing police
work in the province exclusive of the Gaekwar's Contingent
in 1878-79 and 1018-19 :-

Mahi Kantha Police Force in 1878-79 and in 1918-19.

1878-79.

1918-19.

State.

Mo- 1
unt-Foot
ed. i

Total.

Yearly
cost.

Mo-
unt-
ed.

Foot

Total.

Yearly

cost.

Idar ...

Agency
& other
States.

30

418

448

57,585

117
114

231

395

696

512

340

65,843
1,63,454

Total...

30

418

448

57,585

1091 1,352

i

2,19,302

Idar maintains a military force of 32 at an annual cost
of Rs. 19,169.

7. Agency and State Police. — The Agency Police

has to supervise an area of 560 square miles with a popu-
lation of 1,05,461. The ratio of Police to area in square
miles and population is 1-42 and 268-3 respectively. The
men are armed with smooth bore breech loaders with the excep-
tion of 2 squads of 30 foot and 15 mounted who are armed
with ^lartini Henry rifles. The area under the supervision
of the State Police except Idar is 1,012 square miles vyith a
population of 1,25,769. The ratio of Police to area iu squaro-

64

tnlles and population is 2 4 and 301*6 respectively. The
State Police is most part undrilled and untrained. Table V
gives the Police force and its cost maintained by each State
iii the year 1917-18.

8. Village Police*— In the Mahi Kantha there is no
regularly paid Villai^e Police. The Police Patels in the
Tliana Circles are appointed by the Divisional officers con-
cerned who make appointments of those persons in consnlta-
tion with the Superintendent of Agency Police and subject
to the approval of the Political Agent. The duties of the
Police Patels are generally performed by the revenue Patels
and the duties of watchmen are performed by men direct!}^
appointed by the village community, who are remunerated
either in cash or in land given by the village owners.

9. Border Court. — The system of extradition does
not obtain fully between the Agency and the neighbouring
States of Rajputana as it does between the Agency and
the British Districts and Native States under the Bombay
Presidency. Consequently cases arisin*^ between the States
and Thana Circles of the Mahi Kantha on one side and the
States of Mewar, Sirohi and Dungarpur of the Rajputana on
the other side are disposed of by Border Courts composed
of the Political Officers on either side.

1 0. Formation of the Mahi Kantha Agency Police.-

An agreement was signed by the Government of Indin and
the Baroda Darbar in September 1881 by which it was
agreed that the duties hitherto performed by the contingent
of 3,000 horse in the Tributary Mahals, should be in future
performed by a body of mounted and foot police entirely
Under the control and management of the British Govern-
ment. In execution of this asfreement, the continorent serv-
ing in the Agencies of Gujarat and Kathiawar was withdrawn

65

and in lieu of it a subsidy of Rs. 3J lacs annually was to
be paid by His Highness out of the tribute collected by the
Agencies. Out of Rs. 3| lacs, a subsidy of Ra. 1 lac is
annually deducted from the collection of tribute amounting
to Rs. 1,19,325-8-9 from the Chiefs under this Agency, for
the maintenance of this Agency Police. Under Government
Resolution No. 2218, dated the 17th April 1886, in the
Political Department, the following distribution of the subsidy
was made : —

Kathiawar Rs. 1,60,000

Mahi Kantha Rs. 1,10,000

Palanpnr Rs. 70,000

Rewa Kantha Rs. 35,000

11. Military Detachment*— The Military Detachment
at Sadra was replaced by an addition of 13 Head Consta-
bles and 55 Constables to the then existing strength of the
Agency Police by Government in their letter. Political
Department, No. 7140, dated the 27th September 1900. The
Military Detachment furnished guards for Jail, Treasury,
Quarter and escorts of prisoners, picquets and the Political
Agent's escorts.

12. Duties of Agency Police,— The duties of the

Agency Police extend not only to the area comprised in the
Thana Circles but to those Talukas which are too poor to
maintain their own Police. The Taluka of Hapa is jurisdic-
tional but owing to poverty and pettiness of its jurisdiction
police powers are exercised by the Agency. Khedawada and
Satlasna have been given jurisdictional powers as a personal
distinction but they are policed by the Agency Police. Da-
dhalia and Gabat have been invested with police powers so
the police stationed at Dadhalia and Umedpura will be re-
moved shortly.
5

66

13. Bombay District Police Act.— The Bombay
District Police Act ( Act VII of 1867 ) was introduced into
the new police under Government Resolution No. 5441, dated
the 4fch June 1885.

14. Mounted Police Fund. — The administration of
the Mounted Police Fund rests with the Political Agent and
the Police Funds in the Guzerat Agencies were accounted
for in the Government accounts as " Excluded Local Funds "
of a private nature under Government Resolution No. 1975,
dated 9th July 1885, in the Finance Department. Later the
Agency Police Funds were provincialized under the Head XX-
Police under Government Resolution No. 1415, dated 22nd
February 1889 and Government Resolution No. 1486, dated
25th February 1889, in the Political Department.

15. Criminal jurisdiction over Agency Police

Force. — As regards criminal jurisdiction it was arranged
under Government Resolution No. 4589, dated 25th July
1885 that the members of the new force will be dealt with
for offences by the same courts which dealt with members
of the Gaekwar's Contingent for which the Agency Police
has been substituted.

16. Civil jurisdiction over the Agency Police.-—

The civil jurisdiction over the members is reserved by the
Political Agent so far as to protect their moveable property
from the decrees of the State Courts and the public is warned
a^^ainst giving credit to men of the Police. The men's persons
and pay cannot be touched by the Civil Courts of the States
without the consent of the Political Officers.

17. Superintendent of Agency Police»-The European

Assistant sanctioned for Mahi Kantha in connection with the
Acrency Police is designated " Assistant Political Agent
and ex'officio Superintendent of Police" under Government
Orders of 1887.

67

18. Difference between the Presidency and the

Agency Police. — The Agency Police is now assimilated in
many ways with the District Police. The law under which
they act is law not pfissed by the Legislative assemblies but
law applied to foreign territory by the Executive Govern-
ment and their authority is derived from Paramount Power
of the British Government and from its engagements with
Foreign States beyond the Frontier of British India.

19. Account. — The bills on account of contingent
charges and travelling allowances of the Mahi Kantba and
Palanpur Agency Police are countersigned by the Officers
named below under Government Resolution No. 529, dated
23-1-1892, Political Department: —

Travelling Allowance Bills: — Superintendent of Police
as per Government Resolution No. 2520, dated
18-4-1898, Judicial Department.

Arms and Accoutrements. ..Inspector General of Police.

Petty contruction and repairs."]

V Political Agent.
Other coutinorencies... ... i

20. Khaki clothing for the Police.— The proposals

for the issue of Khaki clothing in place of blue uniform to the
Agency Police have been sanctioned under Government Re-
solution, Judicial Department, No. 5958, dated the 26th
August 1915. The Political Agent, Mahi Kantlia, is given
the powers of the Controlling Officer for the clothing grant.

In matters of Horse-equipment, the Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha, is the Controlling Officer.

The post of Deputy Superintendent of Police was creat-
ed in this Agency in the year 1907.

21. Reorganization of Agency Police.— The re-
organization scheme has been sanctioned by Government in

68

their Resolutions No. 3233, dated the 22nd April 1918,
Politioal Department, and No. 4607, dated the 25th Novem-
ber 1918, Financial Department.

The present strength of the Police with grades of pay
is as under : —

FOOT POLICE.
1 Deputy Superintendent of Police ... Rs. 500

1 Inspector of Police ... ... ... Rs. 200

9 Sub-Inspectors. —

2 On Rs. 80. 3 On Rs. 60.

2 On Rs. 70. 2 On Ks. 50.

The Sub-Inepecfcors who are in charge of Talukas gefc
in addition conveyance allowance of Rs. 15 per mensem.

The post of Rehwar Zillah Fouzdar has been amalga-
mated with the appointments of Sub-Inspectors.

One Sub-Inspector works as a Reader to the Superin-
tendent of Police and the other works as Prosecuting Sub-
Inspector.

The Sub-Inspector working at Head-Quarters, the

Reader and Prosecuting Sub-Inspector do not get conveyance

allowance. They draw travelling allowance according to the

rules laid down in Civil Service Regulations when they go out.

3 1st Class Head Constables on Rs. 35 includinor

Mahisa Police Station Officer on Rs. 35+10

conveyance allowance.

6 2nd Class Head Constables on Rs. 27-8-0.

6 3rd Class Head Constables on Rs. 25-0-0.

9 4th Class Head Constables on Rs. 22-8-0.

9 5th Class Head Constables on Rs. 20-0-0.

12 6th Class Head Constables on Rs. 17-8-0.

15 7th Class Head Constables on Rs. 15-0-0.

60 Head Constables.

69

54 1st Class Constables on Rs. 12.

81 2ncl Class Constables on Rs. 11.

134 3rd Class Constables on Rs. 10.

269
Foot Police— Total 340.

MOUNTED POLICE.

1 Head Constable Isfc Class on Ks. 35 + 35 Horse

allowance styled Duffedar Major.
1 2nd Class Head Constable on Rs.

30+35 Horse allowance.

1 3rd Class Head Constable on Rs.

25+35 Horse allowance.

2 4th Class Head Constables on Rs.

20+35 Horse allowance.

3 5th Class Head Constables on Rs.

15+35 Horse allowance.

Styled
as
DufFedars

7 1st Class Constables on Rs.
12+35 Horse allowance.

11 2nd Class Constables on Rs.
11+35 Horse allowance.

1(1 3rd Class Constables on Rs.
lO-t-35 Horse allowance.

Sowars.

34
The Horse allowance has been temporarily increased
from Rs. 25 to Rs. .-55 on account of famine.
CAMEL SAWARS.
'i 1st Class Constables on Rs. 12+15.
3 2nd Class Constables on Rs. 11 + 15.
5 3rd Class Constables on Rs. 10+15.
10~
5l

70

The Camel allowance has been temporarily increased
from Rs. 12 to Rs. 17 on account of famine.

Total Mounted 52.

Total Strength at present— 340+52=392.

Former strength. Present strength. Decrease.

Foot Police 395 340 55

Mounted Police 121 52 69

Total Reduction ... 124

22. Distribution of Agency Police. —The total

strength of the Police has been distributed to perform the
duties in the Police Thanas and Out-posts as under : —

( 1 ) Bawishi.

Foot. Mounted.

1. Dabhoda Police Station... 19 2

2. Mahisa Do. ... 12 1

3. Rakhial Out-post 5

4. Lawad Do. ... ... 4

5. Barmuda Do. 6

( Out-posts at Vatwa and Lihoda have been abolished
in the new scheme ).

( 2 ) VatraJc Kantha.

Foot. Mounted.
Nirmali Police Station ... ... 18 2

(Out-posts at Zher and Dharamdi have been abolished
in the scheme).

( 3 ) Katosan Thana.

Foot. Mounted.

1. Santhal Police Station... ..* 19

2. Maguna Out-post ... ... 4 1

( Out-post at Nugar has beeu abolished ).

71

Foot.

Mounted

19

4

4

• • •

4

• • •

4

...

4

1

( 4 ) Gadhivada Thana.

1. Satlasna Police Station

2. Vajapur Out-post

3. Bbimpur Do.

4. Dharoi Do.

5. Hadol Do.

(Out-posts at Umii and Chandup have been abolished)-

( o ) Sahar Kantha Thana.

Foot. Mounted*

1. Vaktapur Police Station ... 19 2

2. Rangpur Out-post ... ... 4

3. Tajpuri Do. 4

( G ) Reliwar Zillah.

Foot.

Mounted-

1.

Sardoi Police Sta

ition

... 6

2

2.

Rupal Out-post

... 4

1

3.

Dadhalia Do.

... 4

...

4.

Boluiidra Do.

... 4

•••

5.

Umedpur Do.

... ...

2

6.

Dhundhar Do.

... 4

...

( Out-posts at Bakrol and Kundol abolished in the
scheme ).

Government have been pleased to give Police powera
to Dadhalia Thakore, so the Police stationed at
Dadhalia and Umedpur which are in his jurisdictioci
have been removed.

7. Sadra Head Quarters ... 153 34

8. Sadra Bazar (Kesideuey Camp) 9

9. 2 Orderlies and 1 writing Con-

stable with Police Inspector,

Mahi Kantha. 3 0

72

10. Deputy Superintendent ... 1 ..^

11. Inspector... ... ... ... 1

12. Reader ... ... ... ... 1

13. Prosecuting Sub-Inspector ... 1

340 52

The Inspector's circle includes —

1. Bawishi. 2. Vatrak Kaiitha. 3. Rehwar Zillah.

4. Katosan. 5. Gadhwada. 6. Sabar Kantha.

7. Mahisa and Sadra Bazar.

His Head Quarters are at Sadra.

JUPTI POLICE.

1. Ghodasar. 2. Khadal. 3. Magodi, 4. Warsoda.
Sadra Jail has been ordered to be treated as a 3rd
Class Subsidiary Jail wherein prisoners sentenced upto one
month are ordered to be kept. Those sentenced to higher
term of imprisonment are sent to the Ahmedabad Central
Prison at Sabarmati..

23. Out-posts. — In the Rehwar Zillah 3 Out-posts
have been abolished in the scheme and two more are abolished
by the investment of the Dadhalia Thakore with Police
powers so there remains 3 Out-posts in the Rehwar Zillah
escluding the Police Station at Sardoi These Out-posts are
maintained to keep peace on the fiontier and to check Bhil
raids from Mewar.

24. Infanticide and Widow burning.— The Rathod

Rajputs from Mar war settled in the Mahi Kantha, formerly
practised female infanticide. In 1839 Colonel Lang pursuad-
ed them to enter into engagements to abstain from the crime.
The practice has fallen into disuse since 1878. la consequ-
ence of the burning of three widows of the Ahmednagar
Chief in 1835, the State was, in 1836, required to enter into
an agreement renouncing the practice. Since then the prac-^-
tice has fallen into disuse.

73

25. Prisons. — Including lock-ups there are ( 1918-19 }
33 prisons. Of these one at Sadra is a third class subsidiary
jail wherein prisoners upto one month are ordered to be kept.
Those sentenced to higher term of imprisonment are sent to
the Ahmedabad Central Prison at Sabarmati. There is one
central jail at Himatnagar, where prisoners undergo any term
of imprisonment. There are five Khalsa jails and seventeen
Sardari jails and lock-ups in the Idar State, In 1918-19
the total number of inmates at all the prisons was 541 and
the cost of Rs. 7,117-11-4. Table VI gives the number of
Jails, &c., during the last 10 years.

TABLE I,

Registration.

Year,

Documents
registered.

Value of documents
registered.

Fees realised.

1908-09

455

1,65,622 4

8

2,322

10 8

1909-10

513

1,44,604 7

3

2,738

7 10

IDlO-ll

S92

1,22,001 1

0

2,160

8 5

1911-12

362

1,14,515 12

0

1,850

1 4

1912-13

408

1,40,496 12

5

1,807

4 10

1913-14

399

1,42,287 0

0

1,664

9 0

1914-15

•453

1,40,339 4

3

2,338

0 0

1915-16

487

1,45,698 8

0

2,210

1 9

191G-17

514

1,49,473 14

0

2,141

10 7

1917-18

595

1,93,405 9

0

3,107

4 1

Total....

4,578

14,58,424 8

7

22,340

10 9

74
TABLE IL

Civil and Criminal work done at various courts in
the Agency for the year 1918-19.

No.

Name of Court.

Criminal.
Persons dealt
with.

Civil.
Number of
suits filed.

Original.

1

Political Agent

• ••

• ••

2

Assistant Political Agent

6

2

3

Hazur Deputy Political Agent.

21

32

4

District Deputy Political Agent.

4

5

5

Bavishi Thandar ...

140

95

6

Gadhwada „

74

39

7

Sabar Kantha „

31

14

8

Katosan „

45

112

9

Vatrak Kantha „

41

11

10

Idar -State

777

493

11

States other than Idar...

Total...

Appellate.

994

350

2,133

1,153

1

Political Agant...

11

6

2

Assistant Political Agent

•• •

• ••

3

Hazur Deputy Political Agent.

...

• ••

4

District Deputy Political Agent.
Total Appeals...

...

4

11

10

75
TABLE III.
Work done by Civil and Criminal Courts.

Civil.

Criminal.

Year.

Orisfinal.

Appellate.

Original.

Appellate.

Number of
suits filed.

Appeals.

Number of

persons
dealt with.

Appli-
cations.

1

2

3

4

5

1908-09
1909-10
1910-11
1911-12
1912-13
1913-14
1914-15
1915-16
1916-17
1917-18

1,659
1,520
1,299
985
1,289
1,667
1,796
1,400
1,492
1,573

45

42
24
13
22
21
25
26
18
18

1,768
1,870
1,468
1,681
1,602
1,718
1,700
1,865
1,787
2,142

24
22

11
21
19
13
3
13
11
13

76

o

o

• ^M

>

3

m

•-a

>^

>>-4

M

OS

<

d

fcH

E

•^H

Sm

U

,

f 1

en T

1—1

o

O

•

CO

•

o»

•

00

1—1

oo

CM

1— 1

o

1— (

i2 ^

(M

o

(N

(N

CO

a

t>.

.

T— t

o

CM

i—i

I-*

•o

•

•

^-

CO

CO

Ci T*

(M

t— (

"^

1—1

"2

l>.

CO

(M

-

Ci

o

CO

•

1— t

CM

CM
(M

.S

1—1

C<J

t-^

TJ1

n3

o

•^

'""' I— 1

CX)

-*

(M

vd

oo

(M

C<J

•

1—1

1^

lO

o

■^

^-<

•

o

(M

o

o.

Ci .

CM

1— '

"^ii

P

I— 1

^ CO

CM

!>.

Cvl

(N

t^

rti

CO

l^

_,

O

o

-^ ^

lO

\

(M

CO

"^

s

CJJ ■

m

CO

1— '

o

.<x>

^-^

o

Cfc'

:: ^

CJ

CSI

!>.

•

(N

lO

tN

m

CO

1— •

o

T-t

\

CO

r—

m

l^

■<:t^

'^

c:- .

CM

l-H

Id

;^

OJ

-Q

a

o _:

l>-

Id

CO

■n^

cc

CO

^

»o

CO

(M

c

I— 1 __^

lO

•

CO

CO

lO

^

I— 1

•

(N

r-H

'^

C7i O

O t— H

lO

Ci

Ci

CO

lO

CN

-^

.

t^

OO

CM

1^

J—i

'.

CO

■rr

O

Oi •

CI

o

1 — 1

o o

1 — 1

GO

O

•
•

1—1
CO

rjf

t—l

'

o

CO

OS

1— '

Ci
CM

1— <

,

,

.

•

.

•

*

a :

•

•

;

»»

;

I

I

2 *

*
•

5

o

CO

•

~ co"

•^ CO

•

I

:

-t3

o

""^Jl

C/}

a o

y:

•T3

c
c

c

5

ffences against
tranquillity, S. 147

o

CO

ui

O

"o

o

c:;

CO

oT

urt, crirainal for
assault, S. 323, 32

Ci

lO
Ci

CO

'o
o

C<J

CO

o

_Q

o

-2

ci

en

CO

O

J3

ther offences agai
Indian Penal Code

O

^

o

C5

K

Q

(^

o

H

O

"^

CN

co"

•<3i

IC

c5

tc

cc*

c^.

o

I— 1

■

77
TABLE V,
Police force and its cost ( 1917-18 )♦

Mounted

Foot

Total

Total

State and Talukas.

Police.

Police.

strength.

cost.

No.

No.

No.

Rs.

Idar ...

136

376

512

58,799

Pol ...

...

10

37

47

5,057

Danta...

••• •• .

10

56

66

4,908

Malpur

»• • . • •

14

35

49

5,213

Mansa

»• . •••

...

23

23

4,484

Mohanpur

» • • . . .

b

17

22

2,775

Yarsoda

..

3

10

13

1,198

Pethapur

...

15

15

1,946

Ranasan

>•• . . •

I

8

9

780

Punadra

• •'

2

8

10

575

Khodal

» • « • • •

3

8

11

1,573

Ghodasar

• • • • •

3

10

13

1,957

Katosan

..

...

i5

25

2,112

Ilol ...

•• ...

1

12

13

1,186

Ambaliara .

•• • • .

2

13

15

1,412

States of V Class

0

57

63

6,639

Do. VI

1

5

6

612

Total...

197

715

912

1,01,22G

Agency Police

121

394

515

1,13,159

Granc

Total...

318

1,109

1,427

2,14,385

78

<M

(N

"^

^on

"^

•^

CO

00

1— t

p

CQ

(M

"^fi

OO

<—*

CO

^^

CM

lO

CO

CO

rH

^1

O

!>.

c^

(N

CO

1—1

•-'

(M

CO

Ci

C<J

^r^

O

OO

OO

1-^

lO

lO

o

lO

c:i T

1— 1

to

CO

CO

CQ

o

TT

to

1—1

""^

1— 1

OO

1—1

CO

-^

lO

^_

CO

2 C-;

CO

Ci

o

C5

Oi

t>.

CO

(M

CO

■^

.S

o-

r-t

o

CM

CO

lO

o

o

I— 1

CO

(M

Ci

to

■

o
o

CO

cc

CS

o

CO

O

CO

iC

CO

—•

t^

t^

'^

CO

o

"#

lO

lO

CO

Cl

o

'^

TtH

Ci

^

i-H

-=?<

— ^

Ci

&•

Cb.

C^ -jj

"^

OO

,_

CO

CO

t^

O

_ ^

o

■<31

CO

o

C5

»-0

t^

CO

CO

<D

ci -r

o

C4

1— <
ITS

o

t^

ci;

ro

OQ

1—1

Ci

CO

^

■ *

ff

(N ^

OO

CO

5

X-i *^

c:)

1— »

Is.

CO

o

o

CO

lO

I— 1

be
cS

C5 T

o

C75
CO

CO

<b

r^

o

en

"^

»ri

o

1—1

G<l

OO

o

o

si

>
es

^ ^-^J

^*

00

CO

-"^f

o

!>.

I— (

Oi

CO

CO

CJ V

lO

o

CO

CC-

in

"^

1—1

•rti

•^

Ci

Ci

fQ =-D

•

1H

C3

?-

>o

o

l>-

o

-)^

CO

*

»o

Oi

lO

Csl

CO

CO

r-l

o

o

Ci

f— 1

a ^

^

o^

CO

CO

in

1—1

.

VO

Ci

<=>y.

I— 1

CM

I>.

o

QO

C5

o

•

OO

CO

C5 1

OO

!>.

CO

-Tjt

o

1—1

CO

o

I— 1

r>i

r— 1

"^

OO

§s

,

1-H

o

CO

1—1

o

'^

o

OO

CO

1— t

l-H

"^

1--

^

CO

o

I— 1

CO
CO

o ^ — *

_

CO

r-t

1— I

p-l

1—"

1— 1

1--

CO

CO

^^4

CM

(N

lO

;

•

«

•

•

:

•
•
•

'

J

-c

•

en

CS

§J

;^

I

;

•

;

•

•

•

o
H

c3

Si

r;

K>

C3

C/2

"o

^

C3

a

a-

CS

o

C3
CO

q

"cS

Other
& Than

79

CHAPTER X.

REVENUE AND FINANCE.

1. Revenue in 1845 and 1876-77 compared.— In

1845 the total estimated yearly revenue was between Rs.
4,50,000 to 5,00,000. From this amount the Gaekwar received
a yearly tribute of Rs. 87,570 under the head of Ghasdana
and Rs. 41,910 under Jamahandi, making a total of Rs. 1,29,430.
The financial returns for 1876-77 show, exclusive of aliena-
tions of which no detailed information is available, a irross
revenue of Rs. 7,91,710 and a gross expenditure of Rs.
8,22,290.

2. Average Revenue in 1917-18.— The average in-
come of the States at present amounts to Rs. 12,55,284 againsf;
the average annual expenditure of Rs. 12,63,956. This figure
includes the revenue and expenditure of the Idar State. The
revenue of the non-jurisdictional Bhagdars in the Thana
circles is not included in these figures.

3. Revenue of Idar State. — The Idar revenue figures
do not go further back than 1833 v/hen the revenue was
returned at Rs. 86,710. In 1848, including an increase of
Rs. 52,160 from the lapse of Ahraednagar, it had risen to
Rs. 1,60,120. In 1855 it stood at Rs. 1,68,850 and from
this it rose to Rs. 2,01,470 in 1859-60 and to Rs. 2,52,880 in
1864-65, an increase chiefly due to the introduction of the
crop share, Kaltar system, to the high prices of grain, and
to lar<:o receipts from fines. The revenue rose to Rs. 2,85,590
in 1877-78. Resides this the yearly revenue of the Idar
feudatories were estimated at about Rs. 2,00,000. The ave-
rage gross revenue inclusive of all alienations worked out on
the last five years ( 1013-H to 1917-13) is Rs. 10,01,725.

80

TThe land revenue alone yields Rs. 3,94,152 and customs and
excise revenue has risen to Rs. 3,87,922. The ordinary
expenditure was Rs. 2,10,000 between 1867 and 1877 and
there was a debt of Rs. 3,33,420 in 1877. The average cjross
expenditure worked out on the last five years ( 1913-14 to
1917-18 ) is Rs. 9,19,203. The most important items of
expenditure are Rs. 3,30,600 on account of Administration
charges, Rs. 1,58,576 on account of domestic charges and
Us. 30,340 on account of Baroda Jamabandi. Gross revenue
figures of ten years are given in the form of a statement
< Table III ).

4. Revenue of smaller States.— Of the small States

Danta comes second to Idar with a revenue of Rs. 75,945.
Mansa third with Rs. 75,066, Amalyara fourth with Rs.
34,983, Malpur fifth with Rs. 29,925, Varsoda sixth with Rs.
29,875. Except few claims amounting to Rs. 1,952-3-3 the
British Government draws no revenue from the Mahi Kantha,
The Gaekwar's tribute amounting to Rs. 1,29,483 is collected
by the Political Agent. Revenue details by States and Talukas
for the year 1916-17 are given in the form of a statement
{ Table I ).

5. British claims in Mahi Kantha.— The details of
the British claims are Rs. 109-14-1 from Idar on account of
the Prantij village of Gola, Rs. 430-3-5 from Malpur on
account of the village of Malpur in Modasa, Rs. 3-7-1 from
Hanasna on account of the Modasa village of Dankrol, Rs,
488-0-8 from Godhasar, Rs. 456-2-9 on account of Godhasar
and Rs. 310-13-11 on account of the Kaira village of
Haldarvas, Rs. 7-8-0 from Mohanpur on account of a well
in the Modasa village of Bayal, Rs. 613-2-0 from Khadal
on account of land in the Kapadvanj village of Surali and
lis, 300 on account of rent of the Agency residence at Sadra,

81

6. The details of the Baroda claims are given below : —

Ghasdana. Jamabandi.

1. Bavishi Zillah. 6,635-12- 6 29,026- 2-5

2. Katcsao Do. 5,098-13- 9 4,144- 7-3

3. Rehwar Do. 6,754- 6-10

4. Nabani Marwar Zillah. 36,983- 1- 6

5. Vatrak Kantha Do. 6,368- 7- 5

6. Sabar Kantha Do. 16,865- 8- 0 7,548-13.1

78,606- 2- 0 40,719- 6-9

The Idar State pays an yearly tribute of Rs. 30,340 to
His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda as Ghasdana and receives
Rs. 52,427 on account of Khichdi from subordinate sardars,
the tribute paying Talukas of the Mahi Kantha Agency
and others.

7. Local Funds,— There are nine Local Funds of
which five are Thana Funds and other four Funds are the
Judicial Fund, the Jubilee Pauper Patient's Endowment Fund,
the Scott College Fund and the Sadra Bazar Fund. A state-
ment of the details of receipts and expenditure of the last
ten years is appended hereto ( Table II ).

The receipts of these Funds amounted to Rs. 1,32,775
in 1918-19 and the expenditure amounted to Rs. 1,44,335.

82

I

CO

o

a

o
o

<

HH

CO

rr!

U4

pt^

i-J

S

PC)

'C

S3

cS

in

©

-»j

as

-t->

05

>5

,0

O

S3

o

>

o

H

1:'.,"^

O ^ cS J3
" c3 J? --H

CI)

m

^

0

0

0

[il

a .

o t^

Q-

a
a

CO

o

eS S
•J ^

<D

00

00 O

OS 00 IN. 00
«0 -rfl -xai CX5

■^ to •— ' to

CO
CO

CO
CO

CO CM

o 00

CO to

in

CM

CO

CO
CO

CO
CO

10

CO

tfS CO
JM r-t

CO CO

00 o -^

CD

00

CO

CO 1— t b» CO
CO CO o o
JO O 00 CO

10 O ts.
C<l C<l Oi

CO t^ CO

rsj

CO

CO

(M

-rt<

(M

t"-

CO

CO

m

iTi

0

CO

0^

Ci

10

0

-*

CO

CX>

CO

(M

-^

!>.

m

CO

05

en

CO

OS

CQ

00

'"1,

0

10

10

CO

CO

10

Ol

CO

CO 10

05 CO -^ "^ 10 — '

00

CM

10

CO

CO

CO

10

10

Ci
CO

CO

o

vn

CO

GO

CO in

CO OS
.— I 00

co
o

OS

CO '^ C<J CO

CO O

O CO

CO o

CO o?

o

CO

o

GO
CM

o
o

CO CO

OS — '

o

CO

CO

CO
CM

o a

OS UTS

10 o

CO
CO

CO

-<#

CO
-<^

CO

^
t^

OS

C<1

(M CO

to — '
10 CM

CM
(M

m OS

'-* o
CO 10

CO

o
00

to ci"

>o
o

CM

cm"

CO

o

ITS

to

ITS

OS

co"

LO

o

CO

o
cm

to

10

to

10
o

CO

CO

o

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

GO

to

OS
o
o

2-

I

c3

w

C

0
CD

C3

ci

0

OS

3

Ti

a.

0

C3

CQ

J3

Cj (T)

C C3 ''^

s- 3 -c3 o

-a O

CM CO rH ■ 10 CO

00 OS

0^ CO

83

ea

CO

CO

OS

Ci

OL'

o

CI

!>.

t^

o

CO

C5

CM

lO

t^

tH

•-H

«?

t>.

t>*

oo

CO

CO

r>.

»o

CO

<N

o

oo

1-H

o»

OJ

lO

o

CM

o

<N

c^

o>

CO

o

Tf

■r}*

oo

OJ

lO

(N

^-<

lO

00

m

CO

-■^

o

(M

h«

r^

CO

CO

o

CO

CO

CO

r- 1

f—t

lO

l-H

(N

lO

<N

Tt(

•"^

(M

^N

(M

f-H

CO

^

r^

r-^

t^

»o

CO

eo

o

ITS

lO

<o

<y»

CO

Oi

•

CO

Oi

oo

-^

I— 1

OJ

lO

»o

CO

*-*

<N

CO

CO

CO

1— t

l-H

»-H

o

fNJ

'*

»— '

CTi

(M

r^

-*

CO

CO

CO

CO

•^

<M

CO

h*

o

iO

<M

CO

GO

•— "

lO

o

^

CO

<M

f->

eo

r^

"<*

(N

CO

CS

CO

CO

CO

(N

1-^

f— •

t^

r-«

»«

CM

r^

»-«

CO

l-<

(M

«o

o

CO

<M

in

a

CO

o

o

CO

m

m

Oi

CO

CO

v4

I— 1

o

lO

t^

1— i

1— '

in

Oi

o

in

Ci

CO

-^

O

o

lO

CO

(N

(N

CO

CM

C5

(M

f— 1

o

C^

(N

e*

CO

1— •

ca

(N

1-^

.2

15

P-4

-O

rt

CS

t^

f-^

CO

CO

Ift

CO

05

CO

CO

TZ^

o

^

7^

!>.

CO

lO

!>.

lO

OD

I—*

oo

o

•

CS

CO

(M

CS

o

o

C5

»o

>

CS

s

(N

>

CS
o

6

Q

6

Q

6

Q

•

t— •

rf

^

O

o

CO

CO

CO

^^

fM

cc

CO

1— t

OJ

CO

w~^

c^

CO

t'.

r^

!>.

lO

t^

CJ

irj

..J

o

1—1

7* ^

CM

t>.

t-^

r-*

•^

(N

CO

f^

C3

o
Q

t— t

I-H

C5

o

H- 1

C<1

CO

vo

CO

CO

Oi

lO

CO

oo

-*(

oo

00

CO

ir>

Oi

o

o

c^

oo

C-1

c^

o

CO

l-H

•rji

o

en

o

Oi

(M

o

CO

o

lO

"*

CO

CO

r^

h*

iO

CO

lO

CO

lO

CXJ

CO

CO

t—>

CTi

Tt

m

CN

(M

r-^

(N

l-H

t— •

•
m

*

•

•
•

*

•

•
•

^

•

*

*

•

•
•

2

•
•
•

l

•
•

•
•
•

• .o

C eS
OS c3

> Q

CS
c
m
c3

>

CS

c
c8

n3

o

a J

cs g

cS

eS S

'.^ o
«3 o ^ 2 Jii cs -.

"o

-43
CS

^

CS

CS

w

o

COt^COOO^fMCO

CS

ifi CO !>• oo 0> O — ^
C^ C^ ^ CS CI CO CO

84

TABLE
Thana Office and

Name of Thana.

1907-08

1908-09

1909-10

1910-11

1

2

3

4

5

Receipts.

Bavishi Thana Fund ...

29,144

28.899

39,555

32,193

Do. Local Cess Fund.

5,849

10,074

7,421

7,037

Gadhwada Thana Fund...

5,180

5,450

10,598

11,235

Do. Local Cess Fund.

3,585

5,218

4,097

3,858

Sabar KanthaThana Fund

9,159

11,639

10,121

9,290

Do. Local Cess Fund.

2,667

2,879

2,238

1,914

Katosan Thana Fund ...

14,174

7,033

6,835

10,730

Do. Local Cess Fund.

3,760

3,842

3,256

4,745

Yatrak Kantha Thana
Fund.

6,685

8,479

7,4G2

8,196

Total Receipts...

80,203

83,513

91,583

89,198

Mahi Kantha Agency
General Fund, Judicial.

13,778

14,737

14,924

24,033

Sadra Bazar Fund

6,099

5,495

5,447

5,440

Scott College Fund

3,883

3,699

6,462

5,992

Jubilee Pauper Patient
Fund.

716

976

1,005

986

Total Local Funds...

1,04,679

1,08,420

1,19,421

1,25,649

95

II.

Local Funds.

1911-12

1912-13

1913-14

1914-15

1915-16

1916-17

irks.

6

7

8

9

10

11

a

12,616
955

27,291 ^
13,621 )

56,858

61,869

56,283

1,02,975

'a
a

<u

0
0

0

7,030
1,334

6,781 "J
5,623/

10,816

8,893

8,183

8,456

amalgamated
rately.

9,498
545

8,772 'J
2,255)

16,131

13,054

13,132

11,781

^ Si

= %

5,846
788

6,337 )
2,690 J

12,989

11,887

9,664

11,650

d Local Ceaa
iliture are no

5,781

3,931

12,400

11,452

14,117

8,960

2 ^
a*

44,393

77,301

1,08,094

1,07,155

1,01,379

1,43,822

3 -2

3 _"S«

11,363

12,670

26,312

30,668

30,120

31,209

5,584

5,543

5,900

6,393

6,451

7,327

2 S.

1^ j3

3,797

6,469

24,879

8,062

6,042

5,867

786

987

1,026

1,099

1,397

1,600

j3

65,863

1,02,970

1,66,811

1,53,377

1,45,389

1,89,825

H

Ca

86

TABLE
Thana Circle and

Name of Thana.

1907-08.

1908-09.

1909-10.

1910-11.

1

2

3

4

5

Expenditure.

Bavisi Thana Fund ...

53,170

37,421

35,264

30,690

Do, Local Cess Fund...

8,748

7,248

6,284

7,316

Gadhwada Thana Fund

5,734

4,817

7,200

9,575

Do. Local Cess Fund,..

4,216

4,035

4,094

4,145

Sabar Kantha Thana Fund

14,367

11,583

3,918

8,649

Do. Local Cess Fund..,

2,888

2,684

2,081

1,775

Katosan Thana Fund ...

22,438

10,212

7,597

8,077

Do. Local Cess Fund...

6,329

6,148

3,884

3,439

Vatrak Kantha Thana

Fund.

9,077

6,496

7,463

7,806

Total Expenditure...

1,26,967

90,644

77,785

81,472

Mahi Kantha Aojency
General Fund, Judicial.

3,904

17,182

15,027

15,380

Sadia Bazar Fund

7,097

6,005

5,142

5,251

Scott College Fund ...

3,195

5,145

5,834

6,490

Jubilee Pauper Patient
Endowment Fund.

699

2,739

653

762

Total Local Funds...

1,41,862

1,21,715

1,04,441

1,09,355

i

87

II,— ( Contd. )

Local Funds*— ( Con^c^. )

1911-12.

1912-13.

1913-14.

1914-16.

1915-16.

1916-17.

6

7

8

9

10

11

s

©

14,744

28,187)

1.786

7,257 )

38,422

57,225

57,566

75,586

5,833

4,039 ^

2,421

2,610 J

9,040

15,047

6,655

6,295

7,666

13.103)

1,819

1,829 J

11,423

17,870

10,268

7,595

7,040

5,536)

1,844

1,898 )

11,969

11,928

9,548

9,885

5,611

8,919

9,828

4,616

9,548

4,336

48,764

73,378

80,682

1,06,686

93,584

1,03,697

13,023

14,547

18,018

32,266

30,231

25,675

5.045

5,855

5,434

7,090

6,039

5,978

3,963

3,847

21,615

14,719

j

6,442

5,893

624

745

578

2,415

1,119

1,129

71,419

98,372

1,26,927

1,63,176

1,40,416

1,42,372

88

<

•

CO

-^*«

•^

oo

lO

CO

oo

r-t

o

oo

00

bi

w^

ctT

tC

CO

rH

co^

i>^

t^

o

T-l

oo

co"

o

1>1

>— 1

oo

Ci

00

o

oo

^

'^

CM

"^

CO

o

r— 1

irT

N

' CO

.—1

{N

T-l

Ci

tC

CO* 1 CO 1

1 rH

.

CO

1—1

t>.

CO

!>.

rM

Ci

T-H

•^

•«:?'

oo

1

OS

irT

o

lO

o

CO

C5

t>r

tC

■^

•"•

1—1

1— 1

I

CO

id

I— 1

C<1

J>.

o

1—1

00

o

1

''It

00

lO

«N

oo"

1—1

->*

O

"Tji

Oi

oc?

i>r

trT

-

1—t

CO

"<^

"*

Oi

(M

„-i

>— 1

CO

»o

c^

1

CO

t^

CO

IN^

CO

q5

1—1

^

cc

•X

s
A

oo

CD

I— <

o

CO

I— 1

t

CI

<o

Ci

as

>

o

o

o

co"

CO

CO

'^

c^

co^

1—1

co"

lO

I— 1

o
u
O

c4

1-^

o

CD

CO

CO

1— t

lO

'^

co-^

oo

T—t

(M

CO

lO

OS

I—"

Co"

>o

-H

1—1

I— 1

1

■^.

o

"*

1—1

CO

'rt*

I— 1

lO

CO

o

'^

o

«r

k '^

t— t

o

oo^

IN^

Ci

i-d

irT

'^

o

CO

oo

i ""*

o

o

1

uo

CO

oo

1

CO

•1

oo"

irT

o

IN^

o

CO

1—1

lo'

CO

r-H

o

1

Ci

CO

t^

CO

1—1

lO

<M^

ai

1—1

1

GO

(N

•^"^

CO

co"

o

l>-

OO^

o

en

to

irT

I— t

t—i

•

»- >^ ^

'5

as

Ym

<U ,!_> ■**

-**

01

T-i

es
Hi

-tj CD -t^

o

89

CHAPTER XI.

INSTRUCTION.

Education in 1850. — Colonel Wallace, the then Poli-
tical Agent, Mahi Kantha, started aVernacular School at Sadra
early in the 3'ear 1849, which being a private institution,
the expense was defrayed from his private purse. Sons of
Chiefs and other well-to-do people received instruction at the
school. The number in the school then was 41. The Political
Agent took a lively interest in education, and in 1852, the
private institution was turned into a Government one, the
Head Master's pay being defrayed from the Fee Fund.
Contributions were invited from several Chiefs, and Ks.
J, 741 was collected.

The Fund was named the School Fund, and was left
untouched for sometime, with a view that it might increase.
Subsequently the amount was transferred to the Sadra Bazar
Fund. The growth of education which was then in infancy was
fostered by officers like Colonel Wallace, Mr. Forbes, I.C.S.,
Colonel Black, Colonel Scott and Colonel Coghill. The present
building to the Sadra Taluka School was erected in the memory
of Colonel Black.

2. Schools : 1869-70.— 'The effect of the encouragement
was perceptible, throughout the whole district, and the natural
result was that some 41 schools came into existence. They
were under the direct supervision of the Political Agent.

3. The number of schools having increased, it wasr
thought expedient to appoint a separate officer to look after
them. The Government were approached and in 1871, a Deputy
lOducational Inspector was appointed for both the Agencies^,
Palanpur and Mahi Kantha.

90

4. Education of Kumars*— In 1873, the education of
Kumars was separated from the Verancular School, by establish-
ing a Talukadari School. The Girl School and the Anglo-
Vernacular School at Sadra were started later on in the year
1885, in the time of Colonel Scott. He tried much to help
the Department. Among many improvements that he made,
was a scheme for pension to teachers raised partly from a-
portion of fees realized, and partly from private contributions
from the masters. The scheme received the strong support
of teachers, which is apparent from the fact that in 1897
when Government refused to recognize the private collections
the scheme broke down, a sum of Rs. 30,000 in hand was
returned to all individual subscribers. In 1885 separate De-
puties were appointed both for the Palanpur and the Mahi
Kantha Agencies.

5. Pay of School Masters. — The minimum salary of
assistants now has been fixed at Bs. 7 and that of the Head
Masters at Rs. 11. Travelling allowance has been sanctioned
according to Civil Service Regulations from the year 1915.
A scheme of pensions to teachers was taken up in the year
1913 and by the strong efforts of Colonels Coghill and Carter,
and the support of the Commissioner, N. 1)., the scheme re-
ceived its final approval from the Government of India in the
year 1916. The 'Teachers' Pension Fund' amounted to Rs.
11,985-9-2 in 1917, and the services of all teachers whose pay
exceeds Rs. 10 p. m. have been made pensionable from 1st
April 1914.

6. Control of Idar Schools.— The control of the

schools of the Idar State was handed over to the State in th©
year 1906, and the Deputy Educational Inspector, Mahi Kantha,
bas nominal supervision over these schools. The total number
of children studying in the Agency Schools has risen in last
7 years from 4,086 to 5,878, and the total expenditure of
schools from about Rs. 21,823 to Rs. 31,000.

91

7. Qualified Teachers.— To fill up the want of trained
teachers, arrangements have been made with the Educational
Inspector, N. D., from the year 1912 to admit two qualified
teachers into the Training College, Ahmedabad, for 1 year, to
receive instruction and pass the 1st year examination of the
College. The teachers thus deputed get full pay of their sub-
stantive posts, while substitutes are engaged temporarily yro?»
the Buddhi Prakdsh Fund.

8. Female education,— Female educa- tion is yet ir»
its infancy. The salary of Rs. 12 is found too inadequate to
secure services of trained women.

9. School Masters' Pension Fund.— The States and

Thana circles contribute one-nineth of the salary of the pen-
sionable posts of teachers serving in the schools located under
their respective jurisdictions towards the Fund. The manage-
ment rests with the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, who has
to decide the pensions in case of retirement on the recommen-
dations of the Educational Inspector. The account work is
done in the Deputy Educational Inspector's Office.

10. Buddhi Prakash Fund,— The Buddhi Prakash
Fund originated in the following way : - Formerly the Buddhi
Prakash monthly was supplied to all schools. Though the
monthly was discontinued a long time ago, the annual sub-
scription, i. e , Rs. 1-8-0 per school is still continued. This
forms a Fund, the income of which is utilized for the pur-
pose mentioned in para. 7.

11. Deputy Educational Inspectors.— The under-
mentioned persons have officiated as Deputy Educational In-
spectors since the creation of the post :-

No. Name. From To. Years.

1. Mr. Jevachhram Sat- 1 jg ^g^^ ^4

vachhram Uesai. j

92

. 2. Mr. Harrai Laxmanrai ^ ^gg^ ^g^^ ^^

Majmundar. j

3. Mr. Prabhuram Mulji | ^g^^ ^^.q ^3

4. Mr. MahomadmiaUsman. ) jg jgj^ Continuea.

mm Koreishi. }

12. Number of Pupils in 1917.— There were in ail
13G schools on 31st March 1917 and pupils on roil were
9,182. There are 43 non-recognized schools in which 1,044 pu-
pils were receiving education. Out of 6 towns and 2,215
villages in the Mahi Kantha Agency there are schools in
137 villages only. Percentage of pupils to population comes
to 2.47.

13. Education in Idar State.— The number of schools

in Idar State was 51 in the year 1917-18. The number of
students on the roll was 3,342. Of these 3,065 were boys
and 277 were girls. The total expenditure of the Education
Department was Rs. 16,808. There are 4 Mission Schools in
which 169 Bhil boys were taking education.

14. Figures of number of Institutions and Scholars in
the district for the last 10 years are given in the form of a
statement attached hereto ( Table I ).

15. Libraries. — In the Mahi Kantha there is a library
at Sadra called The Mahi Kantha Victoria Memorial Library
and Free Reading Room. Its financial condition is good, there
being a balance of Rs. 7,000 in Government securities. There
are two libraries in the Idar State, one being the Wodehouse
Xiibrary at Idar which is free to the public, and the other
being the Darbar Library in the palace at Himatnagar. There
are small libraries at Mansa, Ambaliara, Pethapur, Dabhoda,
Varsoda and Haldarwas.

93

Establishment of a " School Masters' Pension Fund "
in the Mahi Kantha Agency*

( G. R. No. 1029, dated 11th February 1916. )
# # * -s

I. Letter from the Deputy Secretary to the Government
of India, Foreign and Political Department, No. 87-Est.-B.,
dated the 14th January 1916.

1. '^ I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your
letter No. 7172, dated the 27th November 1915.
in which it is proposed to establish a " School
Masters' Pension Fund" in the Mahi Kantha
Agency and to entrust the Political Agent with
the control and management of the proposed Fund.

2. " It is understood that, as in the case of Rewa
Kantha Education Pension Fund, the proposed
Fund will not exist as a Local Fund as defined in
Article 266 of the Civil Account Code, but that
a simple deposit account will be opened for it in
the Government Treasury.

3. " The proposal is sanctioned on the definite under-
standing that Government will not accept any
financial responsibility in the matter. "

OfiDER-The orders of the Government of India should be
communicated to the Officers and Departments concerned.

( Extract from Bombay Government's letter to the

Government of India on the Pension Fund Scheme. )
jj^ * # # «

" It is proposed to start a Fund called the *' School
Masters' Pension Fund ", on the principle of the
Rewa Kantha Education Pension Fund, which
is administered by the Political Agent, Rewa Kantha,
under the orders conveyed in Foreign and Political
^ * Department letter No. IIOG-Est.-B., dated the

94

19th May 1915. The Talukdars below the 2ad
Class Jurisdictional Chiefs as well as the Thana
Funds and managed States are to contribute an-
nually at the rate of one-sixth of the pensionable
salaries of teachers employed in their schools and
also a proportionate share on the salary of the
Deputy Educational Inspector's clerk. The grant
of pensions and gratuities will be regulated accord-
ing to the provisions in the Civil Service Regula-
tions and the Civil Account Code, and will be
sanctioned by the Political Agent on the recom-
mendation of the Educational Inspector, N. D.
The liability for pensions and gratuities will be
incurred by the Fund from the date on which
contributions are recovered accordine: to the scale
laid down in Article 474 of the Civil Service
Regulations.

2. The annual receipts of the Fund are estimated at
Rs. 2,510 and the expenditure is expected to be
always within the income. Out of 85 teachers who
are to be admitted to pensionary rights, about 23
will retire on gratuity in the course of the next
10 years and the rest will earn pensions under
Article 474, Civil Service Regulations.

3. In the light of experience hitherto gained a scheme
of this kind cannot be successfully carried on with-
out official control. The absence of local material
fitted for administrative works makes it impossible
to devise a scheme which will prove a success ia
the hands of a local body. There are 79 schools
included in the scheme, of which 37 are maintained
by Excluded Local Funds, 18 by managed States and

95

24 by petty jurisdictional Talukdars. The latter
are incapable of managing a Fund according to
rules and regulations, even if it were desirable to
entrust the petty Chiefs with the administration of
Funds contributed by the Agency Local Funds and
managed States for which Government Officers are
held solely responsible.

4, The Governor in Council therefore proposes, as in
the case of Rewa Kaatha, to entrust the Political
Agent, Mahi Kantha, with the control and manage-
ment of the proposed Fund and allow him to open a
single deposit account at the Government Treasury
and I am to request that the Government of India ,
may be moved to accord their sanction to the
arrangement. In applying for this sanction the
Government of Bombay have not lost sight of the
fact that it is possible that official control may
eventually be found to involve Government in
financial responsibility.

Should such an eventuality ever arise, they are
quite prepared in view of the importance of the objecfc
to be gained to meet in the last resort, the com-
paratively small liabilities to which such responsibi-
lity could at the very worst commit them. They
will look at the same time to the control of tha
local officers to ensure that such commitment does
not occur.

5. Finally I am to say that this arrangement could
do little harm as a precedent in as much as there
are in the Bombay Presidency very few tracts
similar to the Mahi Kantha Agency in respect of
economic development of educational progress, and
of political conditions. "

96

TABLE I,
Education.— Number of Institutions and Scholars.

Idar.

Other States.

Year.

o .
11

S o

No. of
pupils.

Daily
average
attend-
ance.

. c

No. of
pupils.

Daily
average
attend-
ance.

<

1908-09
1909-10
1910-11
• 1911-12
1912-13
1913-14
1914-15
1915-16
1916-17
1917-18

47
47
47
46
48
49
49
48
49
51

2,333
2,362
2,395
2,652
2,612
2,635
2,666
3,116
3,374
3,342

J, 733

1,814
1,845
1,961
2,086
2,042
1,985
2,136
2,698
2,458

85
87
88
87
88
89
90
94
98
97

4,216
4,236
4,369
4,802
5,133
5,333
5,668
5,868
6,029
5,872

2,883
3,062
3,038
3,387
3,609
3,872
4,056
4,294
4,305
4,231

The total cost of Education
(1917-18) amounted to lis. 31,043.

History of Education of Talukdars' sons
in the Mahi Kantha.

1. First school in 1850» — In 1850 when Captain
Wallace was Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, he kept up a
private school at Sadra at his own expense and on leaving
the Agency in 1852 he obtained the sanction of Government
to a grant-in-aid of Rs. 25 per mensem from the Institu-
tion Fee Fund, and collected subscriptions amounting to Rs.
4,589 partly for the purchase of furniture, books and station-
ery and partly for investment to form a fund for the main-
tenance of poor scholars.

2. Pupils in 1852.— In 1852 it is reported that out
of 36 boys borne on the rolls, 11 were the sons of Talukdars,

97

3. In 1854 it became necessary to increase the accom-
modation and a new school house was errected at a cost of Rs.
722 under the sanction of Government who contributed Rs. 21.

4. Talukdari School, 1874.— In 1874 the advisabiHty
of having a separate Talukdari School was first considered.
In 1875 certain Chiefs whose sons attended the school guaran-
teed the yearly payment of a certain sum to defray the salary
of an English Master and with the approval of Government
the Kumars' Class was separated from the school and was
accommodated in a room in the fort near the Agency Bunga-
low, the boys livin» in the village.

5. Formation of Scott College, 1885,--In i885

owing to the unsatisfactory condition of the Talukdari School
the question of its transfer to Ahmedabad was mooted. Colonel
Scott, however, the then Political Agent strenuously opposed
the idea of transfer and persuaded the Chiefs and Talukdars
of the Agency to subscribe towards building a suitable College
at Sadra and endowing it. A sum of nearly Rs. 75,000 was
collected out of which the College was built and Rs. 30,000
were invested in Government Promissory Notes to form the
nucleus of an Edowment Fund which stands now at Rs.
75,500. The foundation stone of the College with which
Government sanctioned the association of Colonel Scott's name
at the request of the Chiefs and Talukdars in recognition of
has personal efforts towards its realization was laid by Colonel
Scott on 6th November 1886 and the building was opened
by the Honourable Mr. Richey, C. S. I., Member of Council
in the unavoidable absence of His Excellency the Governor,
on 16th December 1887.

6. Since then the College has continued to carry out
Colonel Scott's idea which was to provide a sound primary
▼ernacular and English education, and to give instruction in
«ports and games to the sons and relations of those Chiefs

7

98

and Talukdars who could not afford to send their boys to
the Rajkumar College, Rajkot.

7. Progress, 1902. — In all 160 boys have been edu-
cated in the present building of whom 42 are now raling
Chiefs and the rest are managing the revenue affairs of their
estates. The average annual attendance has been 22. In
1902 the messing system was introduced by which 2 messes
with separate cook rooms for Rajputs and Mahomadans res-
pectively were provided. This system has secured the elimina-
tion of private servants whose disposal is always a problem
in such institutions and it has besides greatly diminished the
cost of the messing expense.

8. Annual cost of a boy^s education.—The total
annual cost of a boy's education at the Scott College amounts
to Rs. 350 of which Rs. 260 are for messing expenses,
clothing and subscriptions including the school fees which
vary from Rs. 200 to Rs. 36 in the case of boys the incomd
of whose estates does not exceed Rs, 3,000. These figures
compare very favourably with those in force in similar ins-
titutions. In 1913 the Chiefs and Talukdars of the Agency
gave a sum of Rs. 26,301 and a scheme was drawn up to
increase the pay of the staff to admit them to the rights of
pension. In 1915 Government were pleased to sanction only
increased rates of pay. However the Chiefs and Talukdars
have promised contributions amounting to Ra. 12,110 for the
Pension Scheme and the Government have been again ap-
proached to sanction the grant.

9. Agricultural Class opsned*— An Agricultural class
bas been opened through the liberality of the Thakore Saheb
of Limbdi who on his visit to Sadra made a handsome
donation to the College. Thirty bighas of land have been
rented and cultivated to teach agriculture, practical and
theoretical to the Kumars in general and those especially to
Bhayats and their sons studying at the College.

99
CHAPTER XII.

HEALTH.

Diseases. — The prevailing diseases are intermitteat and
remittant fevers, parasitic diseases such as itch, ringworm,
rodnd and thread worms, eye diseases and to a less degree
dysentary. All theae diseases owe their origin to unwhole-
some food and bad sanitary state of the villages. Cholera,
€mall-pox and intermittent fever are prevalent, but not se-
vere. Cholera appears in the hot season and disappears after
a good fall of rain. Small-pox and fever prevail at all times.
Plague also appears at intervals in some part of the district.

2. Dispensaries. — There are two hospitals, one at
Sadra and the other at Himatnagar, capital town of the Idar
State. Besides these there are three dispensaries at Idar,
Vadali and Bayad under Idar and 15 dispensaries in smaller
States and Thana circles. The number of patients treated in
the Sadra Hospital was 10,079 out-door and 269 in-door in
1918-19. The daily average attendance at this hospital was
103-61 and the cost Rs. 7,321. The Himatnagar Hospital
had 3,174 out-door patients and 6 in-door patients in 1917-18.
The daily average attendance was 48'71 and the cost Rs.
10,616. The expenditure incurred iu affording medical relief
in the Agency was Rs. 39,479, the number of patients treated
both in-door and out-door being 375 and 51,284 respectively.
Influenza prevailed in 1918 and raged with fury in August
and September. The total number of deaths from this disease
was 6,852. Table showing number of hospitals and dispensaries
and the patients treated during last 10 years is appended.

3. Vaccination. — The Vaccination staff of the Idar
State consisted of one Inspector and 4 Vaccinators. The num-
ber of persons primarily vaccinated in the State was 4,026 and
of re-vaccinated 4 in 1917-18. In the Agency limits there

100

are 4 Vaccinators and one Inspector. The total number of
primary vaccinations was 4,635 and while that of re-vaccina-
tion was 9 in the year 1918-19. Table showing persons
vaccinated durhig the last ten years is appended.

4. Vital Statistics. — The birth and death registration
figures of the last 10 years are given in the form of a table
at the end of this Chapter. The figures are not quite accurate,
as there are no special arrangements for registration. The
work is done by illiterate Police Patels.

5. Cattle diseases, — A disease termed Jiabath, inflam-
mation of the lungs occasionally appear among the cattle. This is
caused by over work. There is a Panjrapole at Pethapur
where old and useless cattle are kept and fed by the Mahajan.
There is a veterinary dispensary attached to the Darbar stable
at Himatuagar and is in charge of an experienced Veterinary
Doctor whose services are useful to the public in the event
of cattle disease in the Idar State.

TABLE I.

Vital statistics for ten years.

.

Births.

Deaths.

Years.

Number.

Ratio per
1,000.

Number.

Ratio per
1,000.

1907-08

55

14-42

75

19-66

1908-09

62

16-25

61

15-98

1909-10

78

20-45

49

12-84

1910-11

66

22-40

83

28-15

1911^12

92

31-5^0

79

26-79

1912-13

74

25-43

110

37-30

1913-14

78

26-78

66

22-38

1914-15

99

33-57

54

18-31

1915-16

85

29-16

72

24-41

1916-17

112

37-98

93

31-54

101

S o

EH >

7a

CO

O

CO

CO

CO

CM

CO CO

Til

-^

«o

cr>

o

I-H

(M

!>. '<f

(M

1—4

^^

CO

o

•

21"

^^

-»

o CO

o

lO

»o

1-H

CO CM

iTi

~u^

T}1

CJi

<M

■^

CO

o CO

1— 1

"2

OS

1— <

lO

CO

1— t

f—t

^ ^

CM

o

I— '

«>.

^^

^Ji o

in

S •

rlT

« 1

CM CO

o

CM

IM

rji

t— t

CO

t^

lO O 3 lO

"* lO

u'^

I— 1

CO

r-l

r-^

(M

lO O lO

'-' -I

■<^

-^

CO

2 •

<Ji

O -- r-4

CO

o"

c^

CnI CO lO

CO

(M

o

CO

o

CO

t^ o

CM

CO

CO

CM

CO

CO

(M c:.

c?q

CO

CQ

t^

o

a t^

t^

oo"

icT

cT

r-< 05

'^

r^

a

CO

CO
CO

CM

CO

lO o

1—1

1912
-13.

.— •

>o

!>.

"^

In.

o o

1—4

t>.

(M_^

t^

Z-

^ CM

CO

»o"

«o"

^

CO CO

CO

lO

o

lO

Tf

'«3'

CO

-^

'^ii

1911
-12.

«o

— H

b-

»— 1

<M

CO

C30 -^

(M

o

«o^

t>^

CO

(ji CM

CM

^cT

o"

CO

CO CO

t>»

1— (

o

t^

t^

CO

CO

o

i-i rji

r^

^ ^

o

CO

CO

(N

CM

o

ip

2^

"^

<M

CO

CM eq

"rt<

»o

^r^

CO

1—1

CO CO

CO

CO

o

CO

o

CO

CO

^ J - 1

909
-10.

CO

n-.

t^

CM

"^

CO

CO C>1

lO

TJI

(N

'*!

co^

.-♦ CO

4ji

o

co~

..^

CO CO

CO

»— •

1— •

OS

.— 1

o

o

CO

CO

o

1—1

oo -^

CO

f-H

CO

"^

•^

CO

T* t>

oo

So

o^

CO

CO

o c^

CM

2 1

CD

irT

CO

1-H

CO CO

1

CO

o»

CO

!>•

C5

CO

t^

Oi

Oi

1907
-08.

CO

CO

t>.

"^

"rj»

C7>

Ci

CJ5

(N

CO

CO^

CO Oi

4ti
CO

1— <

•

(R

•

*

en

:

'. CtJ '.

•

OJ

•

o

•

o :

-4J

•4^

>4J

eS

•

C/2

^

•

w

%*

o

: IB ^

?«4

tit

o

C5

1—

S ^

flS

r3

-^J

•^

-**

r2 -JJ

'3

f-^

t-H

o

t— 1

o

Hi O

o

>•

^^^

Vi

^^^^^^

^^^

Nl,,^^^^^^^^**^,,^^^*!'**^^^^^^*—^

.*«

.

«*-•»- O

^

c

O <^ O _rt ^

03

5 rt

Number
rimary va
nations p
,000 of t]
lopulatioi

Prim
accin

> o

c^

co^«'

-1 5*1 1

102

TABLE
Hospital and

Name.

Expendi-
ture.

Average

daily
attend-
ance.

Number of

1907-08

1908-09

1909-10

Sadra

5482-9-6

109-30

10,876

8,935

10,651

Idar

1369-2-3

97-28

6,269

7,913

6,470

Ahraednagar ...

6569-12-2

40-59

4,546

4,676

6,543

Vadali

1246-11-2

58-74

5,325

4,851

4,168

Bay ad

1151-7-9

43-96

5,430

2,269

4,392

Bhiloda

1381-6-5

51-98

4,371

4,036

3,589

Mansa

j

Satlasna

Ilol

,

Haldarvas

Dabhoda

♦♦. ...

......

Dhanpura

Pethapur

Ghodasar

Ambaliara

...v..

Malpur

...»««

Danta

Punadra

Varsoda

III.

103

Dispensaries.

patients treated during the year

1910-11

1911-12

1912-13

1913-14

1914-15

1915-16

1916-17

S,616

10,380

12,299

11,084

10,583

10,020

10,226

1,746

654

658

734

886

1,533

2,937

2,653

1,110

1,183

1,041

816

1,461

2.570

1,689

1,295

1,435

1,695

2,034

2,025

3,416

1,575

377

446

446

298

680

1,397

1,238

293

117

**••••

••. I. • •

5,055

4,954

5,015

4,971

5,177

2,488

3,246

2,806

2,419

2,548

2,482

3,165

3,297

3,811

2,883

3,342

4,240

4,825

3,108

3,114

6,787

6,385

6,893

7,066

1,818

2,238

2,712

3,078

763

4,957

••• »*«

6,746

5,600

5,786

4,936

4,290

3,319

3,737

1,287

784

671

2,017

911

1,778

1,726

2,237

••f »••

1,001

1,024

863

1,238

1,093

••• *• .

1,420

3,476

3,346

2,845

2,476

1,100

2,056

1,451

-

6,510

1,480

1,169

104

Tabular statement containing names of Chiefs and other information

Name of
State.

Name, title and religion
of Chief.

Date of
birth.

Date of
succes-
sion.

First

Idar

Second

Pol

Danta

Mai pur ...

Mansa

Mohanpur.

Class State,

Honourable Lieutenant.
Colonel His Highness
Maharaja Daulatsinghji,
Rathod Rajput (Hindu).

Class States.

Rao Shree Hamirsinghji,
Rathod Rajput (Hindu).

Maharana Shree.
Hamirsinhji Jaswatsinhji,
Parmar Rajput (Hindu).

Third Class States.

Jaswantsin^ji Dipsinhji,
Rathod Rajput (Hindu).

Ravalji Shree
Takhatsinhji Chavda,
Rajput (Hindu).

Thakore Takhatsinhji,
Mehwar Rajput (Hindu),

May

1878.

3rd

January

1914.

21st

December
1869.

18 th
August
18 80.

11th
Septem-
ber

1877.

27th

December
1861.

June
1911.

27th

June

1916.

16th

June

1908.

26th

April

1914.

18th
May

1889.

9 th

August
1916.

105

relating to the States and Taluka in the Mahi Kantha Agency.

Highest British
authority in

Area

of
State

in
square
miles.

Popula-
tion of
State.

Average
annual
revenue.

Average
annual
expendi-
ture.

Tribute.

India by whom

the Chief has

hitherto been

addressed.

O C

Is

Viceroy and
Governor
General.

1,669

2,26,351

6,54,631

6,22,486

30,340

The Political
Agent.

135

5,858

20,841

21,361

...

The Secretary
to the

347

23,023

75,945

97,111

...

3,385

Government
of Bombay,
Political
Department.

The Political
Agent.

07

11,767

29,925

29,773

430

676

Do.

25

15,60G

75,0G6

75,460

...

11,754

Do.

89

12,565

25,378

24,958

...

6,994

106

o

S

10

11

12

13

14

Name of
State.

Fourth

Varsoda,,.

Pethapur.
Eanasan...
Punadra...
Khadal ...
Ghodasar..
Katosan ...
Ilol

Name, title and religion
of Chief.

Date of
birth.

Date of
succes-
sion.

Class states.

Tbakore Jorawarsingji 17th

Surajmalji, Chavda Rajput April
(Hindu). 1914.

Thakor Fatehainhji 3rd

Gambhirsinbji, Waghela I October
Rajput (Hindu). 1895.

Thakore Takhatsinaji 29th

Kesrisingji, Rajput February

(Hindu). 1883.

Thakore Shivsinhji 25th
Abhesinbji, Makwana August
Koli (Muhamadan). 1885.

Thakore Fatehsinhji 1899

Rajumianji, Koli
(Muhamadan).

Thakore Mobatsinhji 3rd No-

Ratansinhji, Dabhi Koli vember
(Hindu). ' 1904.

Thakore Takhatsinhji 9th

Karansinhii, Koli December

(Animist)/ 1870.

Thakore Vajesinhji
Mansing, Koli (Animist).

About
1891.

Manage-
ment on
account of
Minority.

189G

12th No-
vember
1917.

4th

January

1907.

7th

February
1912.

27th
July
1912.

January

1901.

20th

October

1902.

107

Highest British
authority in

Area

of
State

in
square
miles.

Popula-
tion of
State.

Average

annual

revenue.

Average
annual

expendi-
ture.

Tribute.

India by whom

the Chief has

hitherto been

addressed.

oi

The Political

3,812

25,187

20,000

• • •

1,583

Agent.

Do.

11

5,233

18,479

17,150

«•«

5.9ia

Do.

30

3,834

12,312

12,259

o
•J

1,123

Do.

11

2,217

17,537

17,376

...

375

Do.

S

2,256

21,531

20,493

...

2,001

Do.

16

5,596

26,532

26,736

• «•

3,989

Do.

10

5,311

22,504

25,853

• ••

.5,565

Do.

19

3,931

Ij/iOl

10,901

...

2,307

103

o

U2

Name of
State.

Name, title and religion
of Chief.

Date of
birth.

Date of
succes-
sion.

15

16

Amaliara... Thakore Kesrisinhji
Jalamsinhji, Koli
(Animist).

SudasDa ... Thakore Pratbisinhji,
Rajput (Hindu).

17

18

19

20

Fifth

Valasna ...

Dabha ...

Wasna ...

Rupal ...

21 Dadhalia...

22

Magodi ...

Class States,

Thakore Harisinbji, Rajput
(Hindu).

Thakore Motamian, Koli
(Muhamadan).

Thakore Bapusinbji
Takhatsinhji, Rajpufc
(Hindu).

Thakore Hamirsinhji,
Rajput ( Hindu ).

Amarsingji, Sisodia
Rajput ( Hindu ).

Thakore Jaswantsinbji
Takhatsinhji, Rajput
( Hindu ).

5th No-
vember

1887.

24th
August

1884.

13th NO'
vember

1878.

25th Julv
1868.

19th Se-
ptember
1896.

7th June

1878.

4th

October
1905.

17th

March

1908.

9th
March

1900.

24th
March

1887.

8th

August
1893.

26th

April

1918.

27th No-
vember

1896.

21st

June

1915.

8th

April

1913.

109

Hiofhest British
authority in

Area

of
State

in
square
miles.

Popula-
tion of

State.

Average

annual

revenue.

Average
annual
expendi-
ture.

Tribute.

India by whom

the Chief has

hitherto been

addressed.

o <s

e3^

The Political
Agent.

80

7,544

34,983

36,650

--..

317

•Do.

32

6,098

14,949

14,482

• • •

1,398

Do.

21

3,227

8,209

8,777

280

Do.

12

1,567

5,473

5,473

...

203

Do.

10

3,196

12,473

13,072

...

3,109

Do.

16

3,894

6,573

6,751

•,.

1,527

Do.

28

3,597

4,743

4,694

...

1,310

Do.

23

2,776

6,334

6,448

...

93

110

o

X/1

Name of
State.

Name, title and religion
of Chief.

Date of
birth.

Date of

succes-
sion.

23 Wadagaon. Thakore Natwarsinbji,
Rajput ( Hindu ).

Sathamba. Thakore Ratansinbji,
Bariya Koli.

Sixth Class States.

Ramas ...j Thakore Udesinhji, Koli
(Muhamadan).

Bolundra.. Thakore Hindusingji
Sardarsinoji, Rajput
(Hindu).

15th

August

1918.

Derol

Khedwada

Kadoli ...

Vakhtapar,

Thakore Ramsinhji, Koli
(Animist).

Thakore Becharsiabji,
Koli (Animist).

Thakore Kubersingji
Bhawanisingji, Koli
(Animist).

Thakore Vajesinhji
Adesinghji, Koli
(Animist).

18th
Septem-
ber

1868.

1888.

13th

February
1853.

29th

June

1892.

1888.

7th

December
1891.

21st

January

1919.

2&d
October
1918.

4th

Septem-
ber
1900.

5th No-
vember
1913.

17th
January

1888.

12th
June
1902.

4th

June

1914.

12th

August

1916.

Ill

Highest British

authority in

India by whom

the Chief has

hitherto been

addressed.

Area

of
State

in
square
miles.

Popula-
tion of
State.

Average

annual

revenue.

Average
annual

expendi-
ture.

Tribute.

p. £

CD 09
O «

The Poltical
Agent.

• Do.

The Political
Agent.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

28

18

10-1

3,080

3,549

1,216

957

Included in

the Sabar

Kantha

Thana.

1,197

1,092

Included in

the Sabar

Kantha

Thana.

9,926

12,179

3,287

1,621

1,803

3,779

4,8GS

5,108

9,833

12,873

2,812

1,472

1,803

3,405

5,455

5,315

1,089

155

134

560

396

60G

1,604

ii2

6

"Is

*T1

Name of
Stake.

Name, title and religion
of Chief.

Date of
birth.

Date of

succes-
sion.

-

-31

Prempur...

Thakore Harisinhji, Koli
(Animist).

31st
March
1900.

5th

January
1916.

32

Dedhrota..

Thakore Dolatsingji
Nathusingji, Koli
(Animist).

22nd

April

1895.

8th' Sep-
tember
1913.

33

Tajpuri ,..

Thakore Kalusinbji, Koli
(Animist).

12th

December
1866.

9th

March

1899.

34

Hapa

Thakore Vakhatsinhji,
Koli (Animist).

17th
March
1875.

4th
August

1889.

35

Satlasna...

Thakore Takhatsinhji,
Koli (Animist).

11th
Febru-

13th
Febru-

ary

1873.

ary
1903.

36

Bhalusna..

Thakore Ratangji
Mulsinhji, Koli (Animist).

28 th
March
1871.

7th
August
1917.

37

Likbi

Thakore Himatsinh
Jalamsinh, Koli (Animist).

14th
January
1862.

18th
March
1899.

38

Hadol ...

Thakore Jawansinhji,
Thakarda (Hindu).

1st

October
1882.

22nd
March

1888.

113

Bigbest British
authority in

Area

of
State

in

square

miles.

Popula-
tion of
State.

Average

annual

revenue.

Average
annual
expendi-
ture.

Tributi.

India by whom

the Chief has

hitherto been

addressed.

^ a

»4

The Political
Agent.

•••

Included

in the Sab-

ar Kantha

Thana.

4,705

4,703

....

234

Do.

•••

Do.

3,039

3,029

....

774

Do.

• • .

Do.

2,890

2,894

....

885

Do.

...

871

3,245

3,257

....

1,244

Do.

• t •

5,735

4,991

5,167

• *••

3,957

Do.

• «•

Included

in the

Gadhwada

Thana.

1,777

1,753

»«-•

...

Do.

9

Included

in theSab-

ar Kantha

Thana.

5,579

3,447

....

....

Do.
8

27

Included

in the
Gadhwada

Thaua.

3,G30

S,G4S

154

114

Serial No.

Name of
State.

Name, title and religion
of Chief.

Date of
birth.

— ,

Date of

succes-
sion.

Seventh

Class States.

39

Maguna...

Nine Shareholders, Koli
(Animist).

«-...*•

40

Tejpura ...

Thakore Pratapsinh Tejali
Koli (Aboriginal).

30th
March

1873.

30th

December
1905.

41

Virsoda ...

Two Shareholders, Koli
(Aboriginal).

42

Palaj ..

Thakore Daulatsinh, Koli

2nd

4th

(Animist).

June
1876.

Novem-
ber 1881.

43

Deloli ...

Several Shareholders, Koli
(Animist).

......

44

Kasalpura

Several Shareholders, Koli
(Animist).

45

Mahmad-
pura.

Seven Shareholders, Koli
(Animist).

46

Ijpura ...

Several Shareholders, Koli
(Animist).

115

Highest British
authority in

Area

of
State

in
square
miles.

Popula-
tion of
State.

Average

annual

revenue.

Average
annual
expendi-
ture.

Tribute.

India by whom

the Chief has

hitherto been

addressed.

> -^
H S

The Political
Agent.

• . ■

Included

in the
Katosan
Thana.

9,187

8,381

...

892

Do.

•«•

Do.

2,912

2,912

...

308

Do.

•••

Do.

2,351

2,303

...

567

Do.

...

Do.

5,874

5,998

...

399

Do.

...

Do.

4,044

4,017

1. .

256

Do.

•••

Do.

2,581

2,521

..•

48

Do.

•••

Do.

2,009

2,009

...

175

Do.

...

Do.

3,682

3,682

• ••

239

116

,i

Name of
State.

Name, title and religion
of Chief.

Date of
birth.

Date of

succes-
sion.

m

47

Rampura ..

Sixteen Shareholders, Koli
(Hindu).

48'

Ranipura...

Several Shareholders, Koli
(Animist).

....-.•

49

Gabat ...

Thakore Rupsinhji
Motisinhji, Koli
(Aboriginal).

16th
August
1885.

5th

December
1904.

50

Timba ...

Thakore Sardarsinbji, Koli
(Animist).

Aged
about
40.

29th
March
19,19.

51

Umri

Thakore Jaswatsinhji
Jiwaji, Koli (Hindu).

Aged
about
35.

31st

October 1
1916.

NOTE.-Idar State maintains the Military force consisting of 52 cavalry and
548 Infantry and Artillery.

The Idar State is entitled to a salute of 15 guns and the

Danta State is entitled to a salute of 9 guns.
For Idar and Danta States commencement and conclusion of

letter is as given below : —

My esteemed friend,

I remain with much consideration, Your Highness'
sincere friend.

117

Highest British
authority in

Area

of
State

in

square

miles.

Popula-
tion of
State.

Average
annual
revenue.

Averacre
annual
expendi-
ture.

Tribute.

India by whom

the Chief Las

hitherto been

addressed.

a 02

o <s
oC/2

The Political
Agent.

Included
in the

Katosan
Thana.

2,103

1,704

...

99

Do.

...

Do.

2,365

2,126

•••

«. •

Do.

10

1,061

2,935

3,712

...

43

Do.

• a.

Included

in the

Gadhwada

Thana.

1,865

1,988

• ••

50

Do.

Do.

605

665

...

For States other than Idar and Danta, commencement and con-
clusion of letter is as given below : —

My friend, Yours sincerely.

Generally the jurisdictional and non-jurisdictional Chiefs are
addressed by the Political Agent in the vernacular under his official
designation and signature and the addresses used by him are in ac-
cordance with those sanctioned by Government in their Resolution
Ho. GQ^, dated the 9th February 1882. However, if necessary, the
Political Agent, writes to them in English addressing them — My
dear Rao, Ranaji, Ravalji, Thakore or Mian as the case may be and
concluding— Yours sincerely or truly.

Sa

118

CHAPTER XIII.
HISTORY.
First Class State*
IDAR.

Area. — 1,669 square miles.
Villages. — 915.
Population. — 2,26,351.
Revenue.— 10,01,725.

1. General* — The State of Idar, popularly known as
the Nani Marwar, is the only First Class State in the Mahi
Kantha Agency. Its extreme length and breadth are 96
and 58 milas respectively, and its total area 1,669 square miles.

2. Origin, — Idar is first known in tradition as Ildurg,
the residence in the Dvdpar Yug, or third age, of Elvan
the Rakhshas, and his brother Vatapi. These demons, man-
eaters who harassed and laid waste the country round, were
at last destroyed by the seer Agastya. In the Kali Yug,
or present age, when Yudhishthir was fresh in men's memo-
ries and Vikram had not yet risen to free the world from
debt, Veni Vachhraj ruled in Idar.

3. Boundary* — The State is bounded on the N"orth
by Sirohi and Mewar or the State of Udeypore, on the East
by Dungarpur, and on the South and West by the Ahmed-
abad District, Kadi District of His Highness the Gaekwar. '

4. Aspect, — Most part of the country is wooded and
intersected with hills, while some portions are flat and open.
The northern and western parts are more wooded and hilly.

5. Hills. — Idar has many hills, some of considerable
size and height. On a range that joins the Aravali and
Vindhya mountains stands the fort of Idar,

119

6. Climate* — Except for the extremes of beat and cold
to which its northern hilly parts are subject, the climate
differs little from other parts of central Gujarat. The mean
tnaximum range of the thermometer during the hottest months
is from 104^ to 105'' and the mean minimum from 75" to 78°.

7. Population- — The total population of the State,
according to the Census of 1921, is 2,26,351 souls, of which
1,12,079 are males and 1,14,272 are females. The relative
density of population per square mile comes approximately
to 135 persons.

8. Rivers. — The principal rivers are the Sabarmati,
the Hathmati, the Vatrak, the Meshwa and the Majoom.
In addition to these there are many streams and tanks.

9. Military. — The strength of the State's unit of
Imperial Service Despatch Riders is 32 and the expenditure
on this account amounted to Rs. 29,169 in 1917-18.

10. Police. — The state force consists of 19 officers,
117 infantry and 376 foot police making a total of 512. The
cost of this force in 1917-18 amounted to Bs. 58,799.

The police strengtli in the Pattas of the subordinate
Jagirdars exercising honorary magisterial powers granted by
the Darbar is 15 Fojdars, 36 Sowars and 208 footmen and
the cost amounts to Rs. 19,482.

The village police consists of 550 Police Patels and
€42 Chokiats of whom some are paid in cash and some by
award of Baharkhali lands.

11. Education,— There are in all 51 schools, of which
1 is an English Middle School teaching five standards, 25
Primary Schools for boys preparing students for the Vernacular
Pinal Examination, 20 Rural Schools and 5 Girls' Schools.
Of these 51 schools, 7 Primary and 10 Rural Schools are
situated in the villages of the subordinate Jagirdars and are

120

maintained by them. In all about 3,342 students are receiving
education. The total cost of education of purely State Schools
amounts to Rs. 16,808. There are 4 Mission Schools in which
169 Bhil pupils are receiving education. The Education Officer
controls the Education Department.

12. Libraries. — There are two libraries in the State,
one being the Wodehouse Library at Idar which is free to the
public, and the other is the Darbar Library in the Palace
at Himatnagar.

There is one Leper Asylum, which is maintained by the
State.

13. Medical Relief* — There are 4 Medical Institutions,
viz., the Civil Hospital at Himatnagar and the 3 dispensaries
at Idar, Vadali and Bayad.

The principal prevailing diseases are malarial fevers,
cough, sijin affections, pneumonia and dyspepsia.

The total cost of the Medical Department amounted to
Rs. 13,857 in 1917-18.

The Veterinary Dispensary attached to the Darbar stables
at the Capital is in charge of an experienced Veterinary
Doctor whose services are also useful to the public.

14. Sanitation* — There are Municipalities at Himat-
nagar, Idar, Vadali, Badoli and Bhiloda ; sanitation of these
places is looked after by their respective Municipal Officers.

The Vaccination Staff consists of one Inspector and 4
Vaccinators. The cost of this Department is Rs. 1,870.

There were 3,560 births and 2,575 deaths in the year
1917-18.

15. Post Offices.— There are 2 combined Post and
Telegraph Offices at Himatnagar and Idar and 11 Branch

Post Offices.

121

16. Industries* — Agriculture forms the principal
industry of fhe State. All other industries with the excep-
tion of the stone quarrees at Shivgadh near Himatnagar are
of minor importance.

The principal articles of export are til, rapeseed, methi^
castorseed, wheat, maize, gram, ghee, mahuraseed, gum and
cotton, while the principal imports are jaggery, sugar, cloth,
yarn, copper and brass utensils, spices, tobacco and cocoanuts.

The annual fairs at Samlaji and at Khed Brahma open ia
November and February respectively and last for 20 days.

17. Justice. — There are 25 Criminal Courts in th©
State presided over by Stipendiary and Honorary Magistrates.
The Courts are specified below : —

Stipendiary Magistrates*

1 Diatrict Magistrate.

1 First Class Magistrate with powers to commit
cases to the (>ourt of Sessions.

5 Second Class Magistrates at Himatnagar, Idar,
Subalpur, Bhiloda and Bayad with similar powers
of commital.

1 Third Class Magistrate at Vadali.

Honorary Magistrates*

4 First Class Magistrates ( Raja of Chandarni,
Raja of Kukadia and Thakores of Pol, Degamda
Jadecha and the Man:iger ot Aroda).

8 Second Class Magistrates ( Thakores of Dolgarh,
Undni, Diyoli, Ghormada, Moti Mori, Derol and
the Maharaj of Soor and Jadecha of Sumra ).

4 Third Class Magistrates ( Thakores of Mahu and
Sabulwad, the Maharaj of Dawad and the Waghela
of Posina ).

122

There are 7 Courts exercising Civil Justice. The Sir
^yayadhish Court is the original Court for civil political suits
texcept with regard to boundary disputes and cases of
alienated holdings which are heard and disposed of by the
Kevenue OfiScer. Appeals against the decisions of these Courts
are entertained by the Mehkma Khas.

The system of extradition does not obtain fully bet-
ween the Idar State and the neighbouring States of Raj-
putana. Cases arising between this State and the States of
Mev^ar, Sirohi and Dungarpur are disposed of by Border
Courts composed of the Political Officers on either side.

There is one central Jail at Himatnagar. There are
5 Khalsa Jails and 17 Sardari Jails and lock-ups.

18. Tribute. — The State pays an yearly tribute of
Rs. 30,340 to His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda under
the denomination of Ghasdana while it annually receives Rs.
52,427 on account of Khichdi and other Rajhaks from its
subordinate Sardars, the tribute paying Talukas of the Mahi
Kantba Agency and others.

19. Land Administration.— The total number of

villages is 915 and consist of 318 Khalsa, 550 alienated, 45
co-shared and 2 disputed villages. The Vighoti system is
mostly in vogue in the Khalsa villages. It prevails in 161
villages. Kaccha Vighoti has been introduced in 29 and
Bhagbatai in 75. The revenue demands in 12 villages were
determined by measurement of the actual area under cultiva-
tion and application of fixed rates on the acreage. The
remaining 41 villages have been leased out for fixed amounts
or Ankdas. Among the alienated villages, the Vighoti system
prevailed only in 40. In the remaining 510 villages the
revenue was realised by the alienees in kind. Out of the 45
€o-shared villages, 14 are governed by the Vighoti system, 9

123

by Kacchi Vighoti, 18 by the Bhagbatai and 4 by the AnkJa*
system. The total culturable area in the Khalsa and co-shared
portions of the State in 1917-18 was approximately 2,08,000
acres, out of which the area in occupation in that year was
1,25,394 acres.

20. Average Revenue and Expenditure*— The

average gross revenue and expenditure inclusive of all aliena-
tions, worked out on the last five years, is Rs. 10,01,725
and Rs. 9,19,203 respectively. The receipts and expenditure
under importment heads for the year 1917-18 are given below:-

Receipts,

Expenditure.

1.

2.

Land Revenue ...3,94,152
Forest Revenue... 7,122

1.

2.

Tribute 30,340

Administrative

3.

Customs and

charges 3,30,606

4.
5.

Excise Revenue 3,87,922
Stamp Revenue 17,369
Judicial Receipts 5,990

3.
4.
5.
6.

Education ... 16,608

Medical 15,128

Domestic charges 1,58,576
Public Works

Department ... 53,236
Pensions ... 11,796

8. Fixed Cash
Payment...

EARLY HISTORY OF IDAR.

16,485

21. Idar is first known in tradition as Ildurg, the
residence in the Dva2')ar Yucj or third age, of Elvan or
Rakhshas and his brother Vatapi. These demons, man-eaters
who harassed and laid waste the country round, were atlast
destroyed by the seer Agastya, In the Kali Yug, or present
age, when Yudhishthir was fresh in men's memories and
Vikram had not yet risen to free the world from debt, Veni
Vachhraj ruled in Idar. He owned a magic gold figure which
gave him money for building the Idar fortress and reservoirs.
Veni Vachhraj'a queen was a Niigputri thq daughter of oua

124

of the Snake Kings of the under world. After living to-
gether happily for sometime, as they were seated in an oreal
window in Idargad, a corpse, followed by a train of mourners
chanced to pass. Asking what the procession meant, the
Hani was told that one of them was dead and that the
rest were mourning. 'Let us leave a place where men die'
said the Rani, and she and the King went together to the
Hill of Tdran Mata, and entering a cleft in the rock, close
to where the Goddess is now worshipped, they were no more
aeeo. Then the land lay desolate for many years.

22. Gehlot Rulers (800-970).— When Valbhinagar fell
(770), Pushpavati, one of Shiladitya's queens, was at the
Ardsur shrine of Amba Bhaw^ni, fulfilling a vow, for the
Goddess had heard her prayer and she was with Child. On
her way back Pushpavati heard that Valabhi had fallen and
that she was a widow. Taking refuge in a mountain cave,
she was delivered of a son, whom she named 'Goha' the
Cave-born. Leaving the babe in the charge of a Brahman
woman, and telling her to bring him up as one of her own
sons but to marry him to a Rajput's daughter, she mounted
the funeral pile and followed her lord. Idar was then in the
hands of the Bhils, and the young Goha, leaving his Brahman
mother, took to the woods with the Bhils and, by his daring,
won their hearts. One day the Bhils in sport choosing a
king, the choice fell on Goha, and one of the children of the
forest cutting his finger rubbed the blood on Goha's forehead
as the sovereign mark, Tilak. This Goha, the son, of Shila-
ditya, became lord of the forests and mountains of Idar. His
descendants are said to have ruled for seven generations, till
the Bhils tired of strangers, attacked and slew Ndgaditya,
the eighth prince of the line. His infant son, Bapa, then
only three years old, was saved to become, twelve years later
(974), the founder of the Meywdr dynasty. Then the city
fell into ruins.

125

23. Parihar Rulers ( 1000-1200 ).— Some time after;
a band of Parihdr Rajputs, from Mandovar in Marwar, bindin^^
the garland upon its gates, refounded Idar, and ruled ther*
for several generations. In the time of one of these Parihdr
rulers, Amarsing by name, the Raja of Kanouj, performing a
sacrifice in honour of his daughter's marriage, sent letters of
invitation to the neighbouring Rajas. Idar was then subject
to Ghitor, and Samarshi Raval of Chitor, invited by his
brother-in-law Pruthuraj to accompany him to the marriage^
summoned his vassal Amarsing to attend him. The Parihar
Chieftain, with his son and a body of five thousand horse,
went to Chitor, and soon after (1193) the Idar force was
cut to pieces in the great slaughter of Thanesar. When the
news reached Idar, many of the Ranis cast themselves from
the steepcliff to the north of the town, still known as the

' Ranis' Leap' or ' Murder Hill '.

Amarsing had left; Idar in the hands of a servant H;Uhi
Sord, a Koli, in whom he had every trust. Hathi held the
country till his death, and was succeeded by his son Samalio
Sord, in whose time the Rathods first (1257) appeared in Idar.

24. The Rathods ( 1250 )♦— Driven south by the
Muhammadans, the Rathods, about the end of the twelfth
century, under the guidance of Siyoji, the son or nephew of
Jaychand Dalo Piinglo of Kanouj established themselves in
the sandy deserts of Marwar. Siyoji's second son, Sonangji
repaired to the court of Anhilwiida, whose sovereign, pro-
bably Bhim Dev II (1177-1215), assigned him the fief of
Sametra in the district of Kadi. And not many years after
the Rathods won for themselves the fort and lands of Idar.
The local story of this conquest is, that Samalio Sord by his
tyranny roused his subjects' discontent. His chief adviser^
a Nagar-Brahman, had a beautiful daughter, whom Samalio
demanded in marriage. The father, not daring to refuse.

126

begged half a year's delay. This was granted, and in the
interval he paid a visit to Sametra, and, introducing himself
to Sonangji, asked him if he was bold enough to take Idar.
Sonangji agreed to try, and the Brahman, returning home,
declared that he was making preparations for the marriage
and was assembling his relations. By twos and threes a hundred
carriages, supposed to contain Brahman women, brought to
the minister's mansion the Rathod warriors and their leader.
The minister at length gave out that all was ready, and
asked Samalio and his relations to the feast. After the arrival
of the bridegroom and his party, intoxicating drugs and liquor
were freely served, and on the minister's ordering his servants
to bring the second course, the Rajputs rushed forward and
•surrounded the banquet hall. Samalio strove to cut his way
through his enemies and regain the fortress, but, within a
short distance of the gate of Idargad, fell mortally wounded.
When Sonangji came to the spot where he lay dying, Samalio,
raising himself for the last time, made the royal mark on
the victorious Rathod's brow, and with his dying breath
begged that each Rathod Rao on mounting the royal cushion
should be marked with the tilak, by a sword, who should
draw the blood from his own right hand, and say * May the
kingdom of Samalio Sord flourish.' Spots on the ascent to
Idargad, still pointed to as Samalio's blood stains, are marked
by the Hindus with Vermillion on ' the dark fourteenth ' and
other days on which Hanuman is worshipped, and, to the
present time, when a fresh descendant of Sonangji seats him-
self on the cushion of his ancestors in their last retreat at
Pol, a Koli of Sarvan marks his forehead with blood in token
of his yet unsurrendered title to Samalio's domains. For the
next four generations the Idar territories remained unchanged,
tlhen Ranmal, the fifth in descent from Sonangji, took from
a Yadav family the country called the Bhagar between Idar
And Meywar.

127

25. Musalman Supremacy (1300).— During this tim^

Muhamadan power had spread over Gujarat, and Idar bad
been forced to acknowledge its suprenoacy. According to one-
account Muzaffar, one of Ala-ud-din's ( 1295-1315 ) Generals
took Idar, and it seems probable that Idar was unable to
avoid sharing in the general submission enforced by Alph.
Khan in the early years of the fourteenth century (1300-1317).
Muhammad Taghlik (1325-1351), about forty years later, oa
entering Gujarat to quell a revolt, first turned his arms
against the Chiefs of the north-east frontier, and Idar was
probably included in the settlement of the province, a work
on which the Emperor spent the next three years (1347*1350).
Under the weaker rulers that followed Muhammad, Idar
would seem to have been left unmolested till, near the close
of the century, Musalman supremacy was again enforced by
Zafar Khan, afterwards Muzaffar Shah the founder of tha
Ahmedabad dynasty.

26. Siege of Idar (i398),— In 1393, the Idar Chief
refusing to pay his tribute, the Viceroy invested his fort, and
after a long siege, forcing the garrison, to surrender, extorted
a large payment of money and jewels. Five years later (139S)
Zafar Khan, determining to reduce Idar, besieged the fort
and laid the country waste. While the garrison held out,
news came of Timur's overthrow of the Delhi Empire, and
concluding a peace with Ranmal, Zafar Khan returned to
Fatan (1401). After three years, according to one account,
he again marched to levy the tribute of Idar when the Chief
fled to Visalnagar leaving Zafar Khan to occupy his capital.
If this account is correct the Idar Chief must soon after have
been restored for, in the revolt, that followed the death of
Muzaffar Shah (1411), two of the rebels, Moid-ud-din Firox
Khan, the cousin, and Masti Khan, the uncle of Sultaa
Ahmed I, were aided by Ranmal the Idar Chief, and took
refuge in his fortress. Sultau Ahmed sending troops against

128

the rebels forced them to flee to Nagor, and Rao Ranmal
dispairing of success made peace with the King by surrend*
cring his horses, elephants, and other war materials (1414).
About thirteen years later (1426) Sultan Ahmed again march-
ed against Idar, defeated the force brought to meet him, and
drove Rao Punja, the successor of Ranmal, to the hills. Idar
was always a troublesome neighbour and difficult to subdue
for, when his country was threatened, the Chief could retire
to his hills where he could not easily be followed. As a
permanent check on his movements, Ahmedshah, in 1427,
built the fort of Ahmednagar on the banks of the Hathmati.
In the following year (1428) during a frontier foray, Raa
Punja, repulsed and pursued by the Muhammadan cavalry,
galloped towards Idar, and, as he passed along a path at the
edge of a ravine, his horse shied, and, falling into the chasm
below, killed his rider. After Rao Punja's death Sultan
Ahmed marched on Idar and did not return till Punja's son
Narandas had agreed to pay a yearly tribute of Rs. 3,000.
Next year Rao Narandas failing to pay his tribute. Sultan
Ahmed asain marched to Idar, and, on the 14th of Novem-
ber, carried by storm one of the chief forts in the province,
paobably Idargad, and built in it a magnificent mosque.

27. Idar taken (1429).— In 1445. Muhammad II,
the son and successor of Ahmed, marched against Rao Bhan
the brother and successor of Narandas, who by the Muham-
madans is called Bir or Vir Rai. Rao Bhan for a time took
to the hills ; but afterwards agreeing to give the Sultan his
daughter in marriage, his possessions were confirmed to him.
The Rao appears to have remained quiet during the reign of
Mahmud Begada, as, from 1459 to 1513 no mention is made of
any expedition against him. Rao Bhan left two sons, Suraj-
mal and Bhim. Surajmal ruled for nearly eighteen months,
leaving a son Kaimalji, whose place was in his minority,
usurped by his uncle Bhim, la 1514 Rao Bhim defeated

129

Ain-ul-malk, Governor of Patan, who on his way to Ahmed-
abad had turned aside to attack the Rao. So darin^j a suc-
cess brought on the Rao the full weight of the king's dis-
pleasure. Advancing with a great army he found Idar aban-
doned and destroyed it. At this time Muzaffar was anxious
to advance into Malva, and, on receiving a large sum of
tnoney, made peace with the Rao. Rao Bhim, on his death,
was succeeded by his son, Bharmal, who soon after was de-
posed by Rana Sang of Chitor, whose daughter was married
to Rairaal the son of Surajmal. In 1515, Bharmal sought
the aid of Sultan AIuzafFar, and he sending Nizam-ul-mulk,
one of his chief officers, replaced Bharmal as ruler of Idar.
Kaimal did not despair, and two years after again appearing
in Idar, defeated a Muhammadan officer Zehr-ul-mulk, the
Jher Khan of Hindu tradition. Soon after this Raimal died,
and Bharmal became the undisputed Chief. But his capital
remained in the hands of the Musalmans. In 1519 in the
presence of Mubariz-ul-mulk, Governor of Idar, some one
praised the bravery of Rana Sang of Chitor. Mubariz to show
his contempt, ordered a dog to be tied to the gate of the
Idar fort, and to be called Rana Sang. Hearing of this
insult, Rana Sang marched against Idar. Mubariz having only
900 men retired to Ahmeduagar and Sang taking Idar and
marching against Ahmednagar defeated Mubariz and plundered
the town. This Hindu success did not last lonsf. In the next
year (December 1520) Sultan Muzaffar marched on Idar and
again took it. During the Musalman occupation of their
capital, the Raos are said to have lived at Sarvan, the village
held by the descendants of Samalio Sord, formerly in Idar
for any length of time. Rao Bharmal again occupied his
capital and was twice attacked by Bahadur Shah in 1528 and
in 1530. The second expedition seems to have reduced Rao
Bharmal to obedience, as mention is made that in 1530
Bahadur led au army into Bayad and the Rajas of Idar and
9

130

Dunderpur were present and served in his camp. Dying
in 1543 Bbarmal was succeeded by Punjaji. During Punjaji*a
time the power of the Ahmedabad kings greatly declined, and,
as he is never mentioned, the Idar Chief was probably left in
almost complete independence. Afterwards in the reigns of
the last Ahmedabad kings ( 1540-1572), the Rao of Idar was
freed from the demand of tribute on agrreeinfj to serve with.
2,000 horse. Punjaji was succeeded by his son Narandas, a
great ascetic, who lived only on grain that had first been
eaten by cows.

28. Tributary to Akbar ( 1576)— In 1573, Narandas
took part in the revolt against Khan Aziz Koka, the Viceroy
of Gujarat. This revolt was checked by Akbar in person, and
in 1575 and again in 1576, expeditions were sent against
Idar. In the last of these the Kao fled, and Idar fell int»
the Emperor's hands. Following his usual policy, Akbar
askinpf for no more than an admission of his supremacy, res-
tored the Rao to his State and made him a commander of
2,000 infantry and 500 cavalry. Rao Narandas was succeeded
by Viramdev, a favourite hero, with the bards. Viramdev left
no son, and, in supersession of his elder brother Gopaldas,
was succeeded by his brother Kalianmal. Going to Delhi,
Gopaldas took service with the Emperor in the hope of being
helped to regain Idar. At length advancing at the head of
an army, he took possession of Mandva, Lai Mia, the Musal-
raan landlord <>f that place, fell on him, and Gopaldas, with
fifty-two Rajputs, was slain.

When he went to Delhi, Gopaldas left his family at tha
hamlet of a cowherd named Volo. On growing up Gopaldas'
sons made the hamlet their head-quarters, calling it Valasna,
after the cowherd, and gradually encroached on the country
round till their lands included the estates of great and littlft
Valasna. At the same time Kalianmal, the ruler of Idar.

131

conquered from Meywar the districts of Panavda, Pahari,
Javas, Jora, Pathiu, Valecha, and others that had been brought
under Meywar in the reign of Viramdev. Kalianmal was
succeeded by his son Rao Jaganath. During Kalianmal's
rule two political parties had been formed, one including the
proprietors of Vasai, Mundeti and Kariadaru, supported by
the Chiefs of Posina and Derol ; and the other including
Garibdas, the Rehvar Thakor of Ranasan, the chief Muham-
madaa Kasbatis of Idar, and Motichand Shah, proprietor of
Vadali. In these times (about 1G50) the Gujarat Viceroys
began to levy the Idar tribute more regularly than before,
and Vetal Bharot of Baroda was the Emperor's security for
the Idar Chiefs. This security became in time his creditorf or
so large an amount that the Rao determined to get rid of
him, and bringing a charge of fornication against him, drove
him out of Idar. Upon this Vetal going to Delhi sought
the Emperor's help, promising to bring Idar into his hands.
The Emperor ordered Prince Murad, thenViceroy of Ahmeda-
bad ( 1654-1657), to help Vetal with 5,000 horse. The Rao's
Agent at the Court of Delhi sent word of the threatened
danger. But on Vetal's assurance that the rumour was false
the Rao made no preparation. Soon after, Prince AEurad
appeared, and, the Rao retiring to Pol, Idar was taken with-
out a blow (1656). Placing a Muhammadan Officer Syed
Hatho in command. Prince Murad continued the Idar Mini-
sters in the management of affairs. Soon after in his retreat
at Pol, Rao Jaganath died.

29. Idar regained (1658).— His son Punja, then a
minor, went to Delhi to receive investiture, but failing by
the rivalry of the Jeypur Raja, fled in disguise and joined
his mother at Udepur. Helped by the Rana of Udepur,
Rao Punja, in 1658, won back Idar, where he lived, placing
his Ranis and treasure at Sarvan. Poisoned after rulint^ for
about six months, he was succeeded by his brother Gopinatt

132

who began plundering as far as Ahmedabad, and was bought
off by Syed Hatho, the Musalman Governor, by money pay-
ments. This blackmail, Vol the Pol Raos still levy frona
Idar. Garibdas Rebvar, who was at the head of a party iu
Idar, fearing that Gopinath would take vengeance, Arjundas
brought an army from Ahmedabad to drive him out. The
Rao fled to the hills and died for want of opium of which
he was accustomed to take a pound and a quarter a day.
The affairs of Idar now fell into the hands of Motichand
Shah proprietor of Vadali, and the proprietor of Vasai, Ga-
ribdas being the chief Minister. In 1679 Karansing, Gopi-
nath's son drove out the Muhammadan garrison from Idar and
regained possession of his capital. Shortly after, Mahammad
Amin Khan and Mahammad Bahlol Khan retook Idar, the
Chief flying to Sarvan where he stayed till his death. Karan-
sing had two sons, Chaudo or Chandriising, and Madhavsing,
Madhavsing took possession of Verdbar, which his descendants
still hold. For several years Idar remained iu the hands o£
a Musalman garrison commanded by Muhammad Bahlol Khan.
In 1696 Chandrasin^ beofan to make raids on the Idar terri-
tory, and in 1718 the proprietors of Vasai having driven out
the Muhammadan garrison brought him back to Idar. His
soldiers getting clamorous for their pay ho gave Sardarsin^
ot Valasna as security, and entrusting the Government to
him retired to Pol. Putting the ruler a Parihar Rajput to
death, he seated himself on the royal cushion and founded the
present ruling family of Pol. At Idar, after for a time ruling ia
Chandrasing's name, Sardarsing was raised to the chiefship,
but afterwards quarrelling with the Kasbatis he had to retire
to Valasna. Bacha Pandit then ruled in Idar till in 1731 he
was driven out by Maharajas Anandsing and Raising, brothers
of Maharaja Abhaysing of Jodhpur.

30. Maharaj Anandsing ( 1731-1742 ).-0f the

succession of the Jodhpur Chiefs of the Rathod clan two storiea

133

are told ; one that tbey were called in by the Idar ministers;
the other that they had been in revolt against their brother,
the Maharaja Abhaysing, Viceroy of Gujarat, and had been
pacified by the grant of Idar.

In 1734 Jawan Mard Khan, one of the leading Gujarat
Musalman nobles, marched on Idar. Anandsing and Raising
sought the aid of Malhar Rao Holkar and Ranoji Sindya,
who were at this time in Malva. The Maratha Chiefs at once
inarched to their help, and Jawan Mard Khan, who found
himself opposed to an overwhelming army, was forced to
agree to pay a sum of Rs. 1,75,000. At the close of the
rainy season of 1738, Momin Khan ( 1738-1743 ) the Viceroy
of Gujarat came to Idar and levied tribute from the Chiefs of
Mohanpur and Ranasan. This tribute Anandsing and Raising
claimed as being within the limits of their own territory. But
the dispute was amicably settled. Raising, at Momin Khan's
request, remaining with him and Momin Khan agreeing to
pay his men's expenses. In 1741 Rangoji, the Maratha Chief,
induced Kaisiug, to leave Momin Khan and join his service,
but Momin soon detached Raising from this alliance by con-
ferring on him the districts of Modasa, Kankrej, Ahmednagar,
Prantij, and Harsol. Next year (1742) the Rehvar Rajputs
attacked and took Idar killing the Chief Raja Anandsing. On
hearing of this disaster his brother Raising, taking leave from
Momin Khan, went to Idar, attacked and drove out the
Rehvars, and placing Anandsirjg's son, Shivsing, a boy of six
years on the throne, himself acted as minister. Raising died
in 1750.

31. Maharaj Shivsing ( 1742-1791 ),— During the
Maratha and Musalman struggles which ended in the Maratha
capture of Ahmedabad in 1757, Shivsing would seem to have
sided with the Musalmans, and to have been, as a punishment,
forced to give up Prantij, Bijapur, and his halves of Modasa,
Bayad and Harsol.
9a

134

About the year 1766 the Geekwar army under Appa
Saheb came to Idar and demanded from Shivsinsf half of the
territory of Idar as belonginof to his uncle Raising who had
died without male issue. Shivsing tried to avoid compliance,
but was in the end compelled to write over a half share of
the revenues of the State. In 1778 the Peshwa's deputy afc
Ahmedabad, with the help of the brother of Surajraal, of the
Idar proprietors who had been put to death by the eldest;
son of Shivsinor, levied a tax in the Idar districts namedf
Ghanim Ghoda Vero or the robbers' cess. Thirteen years
later Shivsing died (1791). leaving five sons, Bhavanising,
Sagramsing, Zalimsing, Amirsing and Indrasing. His eldest
son Bhavanising succeeded him, but d3'ing after twelve days
was succeeded by his son Gambhirsing, then thirteen years old.

32. Maharaj Gambhirsing ( 1791-1855 ),— Maharaj

Shivsing died in the year 1791, leaving five sons, Bhawanising,
Sagramsing, Zalimsing, Amirsing, and Indrasing. Prior to
his death he had bestowed the districts of Ahmednagar in
Puta on Sagramsing. Bhawauising succeeded to the Gadi,
but dying immediately after, his son Gambhirsing, a youth
of fourteen years of age, assumed the reigns of Government.
Indrasing, the youngest son, being blind from his birth, his
mother, prior to immolating herself with her husband, request-
ed the village of VVasai might be made over to him for his
maintenance ; the other two brothers, Zalimsing and Amir-
sing, appear to have been left without any provision whatever:
all resided at Idar. Shortly after the death of Bhawanising-
at the instigation of Sagramsing, the two brothers conspired
to take the life of their nephew Gambhirsing, doubtless bought
over by the promises of Sagramsing, who would have suc-
ceeded to the Gddi. The wife of Zalimsing was overheard
by a slave girl reproaching her husband for the heinousness
of the intended crime, and remonstrating with him on the

135

folly of lending himself to assist the ambitious views of his
elder brother, who would alone reap the benefit, whereas the
odium would rest with him.

The slave girl repeated this coDversation to Gambhirsing
who on this occasion acted with much more spirit and de-
termination than could have been expected from one so young
in years. He left the palace, assembled all the Putavats
who happened to be at Idar in consequence of his father's
death and inquired if they were the servants of the Darbar,
or of Sagramsing and his uncles. On their replying in his
favour and, paying their respects accordingly, he communi-
cated the plot to them. They all rallied around him, and
finding himself sufficiently strong to defy his uncles, he de-
sired them to quit Idar, which they lost no time in doing,
Sagramsing retiring to Ahmednagar, and Zalirasing, with his
brother Amirsing, taking advantage of the minority of their
nephew, seizing upon the Purgunas of Morasa and Bayer.

Some time afterwards (A. D. 1795) the three brothers
acting in concert made a foray into the Idar districts, and
carried off a large quantity of cattle. This insult induced
Gambhirsing to collect his followers, and give battle to his
uncles, in which, however, he was defeated, and a gun was
captured. This was owing to the treachery of the Chowan
and Champavut tribes, who had been bought over by his
uncles, and remained neutral in the fight. When the gun
was taken, Gambhirsing, with the impetuosity of youth, wished
cither to recover it or to die in the attempt, but he was di-
verted from his intentions by the Kookria Thakore (Champa-
vut tribe, which remained faithful) and induced to leave the
field. By the influence of the Bhats, a reconciliation between
the uncles and nephew was effected, and agreements were
entered into, very disadvantageous to Gambhirsing ; for the
former were not only allowed to retain the two Purguuas of

135

Morasa and Bayer they had in the first instance seized upon^
but every subsequent possession, which included Dawur, Arora,
Veerawara, Bulochpoor, Vururawa, Senole, Gabut, and the
Kichadi payable by the Sabar Kantha.

All these villages, including Kuntaloo Bara, a Puta of
twelve villages under a Bhomeea Chief, had been taken pos-
session of by Zaliuising, either before or after the agreement
alluded to ; and on his dying without heirs some time after, a
further hardship was perpetrated on Idar by the widow being
allowed to adopt a younger son of the Ahmednagar family,
to whom they went in failure of direct male issue.

Gambhirsing seems soon to have been aware of the
imposition practised upon him ; for two years afterwards
(A. D. 1797) he informed his securities of his intention not to
abide by engagements so detrimental to his interests, and desired
them to make his uncles acquainted with his determination.
Preparations were made by both parties for a resort to arms.

Sagramsing of Ahmednagar died in 1798, leaving an
only son, Kanusing, a boy eleven years old, to succeed him.
Zalimsing, knowing the intentions of Gambhirsing against the
Puta, took the youth under his protection, and during hia
minority managed the affairs of his estate for him. As a
precautionary measure, he applied to the Peshwas Govern-
ment at Ahmedabad, and obtained its support in favour of
his young nephew. Gambhirsing was in consequence compel-
led to postpone his designs upon the Puta.

Gambhirsing, in the year 1800, at the head of a numer-
ous Seebundee, levied a tax termed "Khundnee" from Kuruk
Pura, Jawas Panora, and Sirwam ; he took security for its
regular payment, and in the latter place left a Thana.

In 1801 a force from Palanpur took possession of Gadh-
wada and expelled the Koli Chiefs, who appealed to Gambhirsing,

137

to whom they were tributary. Gambhil*sing was not a5
the time able to afford them assistance; but the next year,
the Moolukgiri force under Babajee Saheb came from
Kathiawar and encamped at Sidhpoor, whence Gambhirsing
was summoned to pay up his arrears of Ghanun Ghora.
Whilst there, for that purpose, Gambhirsing, who was most
anxious to expel the Mussalmans from Gadwara, made over-
tures to the Soobah, who agreed to assist his views, on con-
dition of some increase being made to the tribute payable to
the Gaekwar. After some difficulty it was settled at the
present sum, Rs. 24,001, and its name changed to Ghasdana.
These arrangements being made, Phureed Khan, in charge of
Gadwara, was driven out, and the Koii Chiefs, on being
restored, wrote over a half share of the revenues, which con-
tinues to be enjoyed by that State to this day.

The Thakore of Gorwara, a Rehwar Chief, having ( in
1804) been murdered by his brother, the son of the deceased
sought the assistance of Gambhirsing in recovering his
patrimony which his uncle had seized upon ; this was readily
granted on condition of receiving two-fifths of the produce,
which was accordingly written over to Idar, and subsequent-
Jy, at the intervention of Zalimsing, given to Ind rasing.

Thakore Bhatheejee of Amaliara, a Koli Chief of
great energy and determination, had for a number of years
rendered himself very obnoxious to his neighbours by hi<;
demands for Giras, which he was always ready to exact by
force of arms. Some of Zalimsing's villa;?es were not ex-
empted from the payment of this tax, which was a very
galling and humiliating one to Rathor pride. It is also said
that Bhatheejee, some years before, refused to make his
salam to any one below Idar, when called on to do so by
Zalimsing.

Bhatheeji's continued excesses and exactions eventually
induced the Baroda Durbar to interfere, and in the end of

138

Ihe year a force under Raghoba Tatia marched to coerce
h'ltn. Zalimsing, burning to revenge himself for all the in-
dignities he had suffered at the hands of this Chief, imme-
diately joined the Gaekwar force with all his followers, and
was present at the attack on Amaliara, which was obstinately
defended by the Kolies, who, screened by the thick jungle
and deep ravines around the village, occasioned their oppo--
nents great loss. The Kolies, in the end, were driven out,
and the village occupied by the Gaekwaris who dispersed
in all directions for the sake of plunder. Whilst so engaged,
the Kolies took the opportunity of attacking a gun slightly
guarded, as it was descending into the ravines. Zalimsing,
fearing that his gun might fall into the enemy's hands, went
with a few followers to protect it across the river; here he
was set on by the Kolies and mortally wounded. The firing
caused the troops to reassemble, and the fight recommenced,
and ended in the death of Raghoba Tatia and the retreat of
the Gaekwar force.

In the year 1808 Gambhirsing attacked Veeravar, one
of the Bhayats of the Rao of Pol, also Timba, a Koli
village, and the villages of Nawgam and Borna, belonging
to the Rana of Danta, from all of which he compelled the
payment of the Khichadi tribute. After this Pol was visited,
and the Rao Ratansiug was similarly obliged to give security.

Gambhirsing again rallied out, in 1809 and collected
Khichadi from the Koli villages of Karcha, Samera, Dehgamra,
Vungur, Wandeole and Khoosky, the last a Rajput posses-
sion, belonging to the Dabhee Rajputs. He subsequently
levied the same Huk from the Rehvvar Putas of Sirdoi, Mohan-
pur, Ranasan and Rupal.

Amirsing of Bayer died in 1823, leaving no male
issue, but two unmarried daughters. Both Idar and Ahmed-
sagar laid claim to the vacant Taluka, the former, on

139

account of its having formed originally, an integral part of its
possessions, and from its being the head of the family, to
whom all property devolved in default of male issue ; the latter^
on the plea of its never having been received in maintenance,
but wrested from the parent stem, whereby the connexion
between the two had been seered, and the latter rendered
independent of the former. Subsequently (1827), through the
instrumentality of Lieutenant-Colonel Ballantyne, an agree-
ment was entered into for the settlement of their mutual
claims on Modasa and Bayer. By this arrangement, Idar
agreed to relinquish all right upon the estate of Zalimsing,
which was to be exclusively enjoyed by Ahmednagar ; ia
consideration of this arranofement the district of Kuntaloo
Bara, a subsequent conquest of Zalimsing, was returned to
Idar, and the remaining one-third to Ahmednagar, after
deducting a certain yearly allowance for the widow of the de-
ceased ; the two daughters to be provided for in marriage, for
which purpose Ahmednagar agreed to advance Rs. 7,001,
the remaining balance to devolve on Idar.

This settlement appears, however, never to have been
acted upto; for the widow subsequently (A. D. 1833) wrote
over the whole estate to Gambhirsing, on the condition of
his effecting the marriage of her daughters, who were placed
under his protection for that purpose ; but the terms not
having been fulfilled, perhaps owing to the death of the Rajo,
the remaining surviving daughter escaped from Idar, and re-
turned to the protection of her mother, and the Ahmednagar
authorities, in whose favour a precisely similar document
was executed by the widow. Shortly after the execution of
this bond the widow died, and the daughter having declined
matrimony, she, with the assistance of Ahmednagar, continued
the management of her estate.

Gambhirsing dying in the midst of these discussions,
and there being no one to re-agitate them at the time, all

140

being occupied in looking after their own interests, the
subject dropped. A few months prior to the decease of
Gambhirsing, he having, it is said, forebodings of his ap-
proaching end, and knowing that his own conduct towards
his Chiefs had been such as to alienate their affection from
him and his family, took advantage of the presence of Mr.
Erskine at Idar, to make over his son to the care of the
British Government, rightly judging that this was the only
way by which the machinations of his Chiefs could be sub-
verted, and the integrity of his son's possessions preserved.
At his death, seven wives and the same number of concu-
bines sacrificed themselves on his funeral pile.

33. Maharaj Jawansing (1 833-1868 ).~-The conti-
nious gross mismanagement of the Idar State, exposed to the
rapacity of unprincipled Chiefs and Karbharis, together with
the helpless condition of the young prince, induced the Rani
to apply to the British Government, during Captain Outram's
Agency ( A. D. 1837), to place the same under attachment.

Shortly after the imposition of the attachment, the dis-
putes regarding the succession to Modasa and Bayer were
Teagitated, and referred by the Rani of Idar to Captain
Outram. From the investigation held by that Officer into
these conflicting claims, it appeared that the lady in posses-
sion of Bayer claimed the right of disposing of the property
in any way she thought proper ; but a reference to Rajus-
than proved fatal to this right of poprietorship, for, according
to Rajput custom, no female can inherit property in her own
right. The same authority, namely, the Rana of Udepur and
Eaja of Partapgadh, decided in favour of the Idar right
to succeed, as being the head of the family, apparently, how-
ever, overlooking the point upon which the whole difficulty
rested, namely, the possessions in dispute having been partly
taken by the sword. Had it been otherwise, no dispute

141

could bave arisen ; both parties, anxious to obtain more than
they were authorised to demand by the deed entered into in
1827, cautiously avoided any allusion thereto, and it was not
till 1840, when counter claims were advanced by the Collector
of Ahmedabad, that the Rani could be induced to produce
this document, which was sufficiently satisfactory to warrant
the settlement of the question upon this basis. The Ahmed-
nagar authorities have all along evaded producing a similar
document, in the hope of being able to effect a more benefi-
cial arransfement for themselves. In the meanwhile the death
of the Maharaja of Jodhpur, and adoption of Tukhtsing to
the throne of Marwar, to the exclusion of the Idar branch,
the present Raja of Idar, put a stop to any farther proceedings,
as the house of Idar, in right of its being the head of the
family, claimed the whole of the Ahmednagar possessions.

This claim the Maharaja of Jodhpur attempted to set
aside, on the plea of his son, and not himself, having succeed-
ed by adoption on the death of his nephew in 1841 ; aa
assertion at variance with truth, for the adoption took place
the day before his leaving Ahmednagar en route to Jodhpur
for the purpose of retaining the possession in his own family,
and on which account the adoption was antedated to corres-
pond with the demise of his nephew in 1841, and his own
succession denied.

It was finally decided by the Government of India, on
the 14th April 1848, that Ahmednagar and its dependencies
should revert to the elder of the Idar branch of the family,
and that these two principalities should, as they did previous
to A. D. 1784, again from one State, under the Raja of Idar,
and that Maharaja Tukhtsing should be required immediately
to remove his eldest son Jaswantsing, and the other members
of his family, from Ahmednagar to Jodhpur.

142

AHMEDNAGAR.

34. The Ahmednagar Taluka is next in size to that
of Idar, and, as it has been shown in the preceding narrative,
the two families are nearly related to each other, the father
of Maharaj Tukhtsingji of Jodhpur being a second cousin
of the Raja of Idar. Ahmed nagar was formerly a part of
Idar, and bestowed by Maharaj Shivsingji, some fifty or sixty
years ago, on his second son, Sugramsing, the Chief who
is supposed to have instigated his younger brothers, Zalimsing
and Amirsing, to murder their nephew Gambhirsing, then a
boy fourteen years old.

On their flight from Idar, the two younger brothers,
with the assistance of Sagramsing, seized upon the Purgunas
of Morasa and Bayer, and maintained possession of them in
defiance of all the exertions of Gambhirsing to dispossess them,
A very intimate connexion appears to have always existed
between the three brothers, who, knowing how little they
had to expect from their nephew, owing to their own ill
conduct, united cordially together, and proved too strong for
the attempts of Gambhirsing. When Sagramsing died, Zalim-
sing of Modasa took charge of his son, reared him to manhood,
and then placed him in charge of his estates. On the death
of Zalimsing in the attempt on Amaliara, his widow, supported
by Ahmednagar and Bayer, adopted as her child Purtap-
sing, the youngest brother of the Ahmednagar Raja : this
adoption was disputed by Idar, who claimed the estate as
head of the family, and through the Baroda Darbar caused
it to be restored again. It was, however, eventually, through
the influence of the Resident at Baroda, and the Collector
of Ahmedabad, returned to Purtapsing, upon whose death
ivithout heirs, it went to Ahmednagar, by the adoption of
the Raja's eldest son, who afterwards succeeded his father,
^ud thus kept both.

143

Amirsing of Bayer dying in the year 1823 without
male issue, both Idar and Ahmednagar laid claims to th*
vacant Puta, and after long disputing about their respective
rights, the deed of partition already mentioned was entered
into; Ahmednagar resigning Kunthaloo Bara in favour of
Idar, on condition of that State relinquishing all further claims
on Modasa, and Bayer being divided between them, two-thirds
to Idar and one-third to Ahmednagar.

Kurimsing, Raja of Ahmednagar, died in the year

1835, leaving two sons, Prithising and Tukhtsing. It was
on this occasion that the forcible Sutti alluded to occur-
red. Mr. Erskine, then present, endeavoured by pursuatioa
to prevent the intended Sutti from taking place; but
having reason to suspect that the authorities were merely
temporising until a sufficient force had collected to enable
them to carry their wishes into execution, he attempted to
disarm a numerous band of Kolies about to enter the town:
in the attempt, an Officer, Lieutenant Lewis, was wounded,
the gates were closed, and the walls manned, which compel-
led the small detachment to move to a short distance out of
reach of the fire from the walls. At midnight, the females,
with the corpse of the Raja, were taken through bye-paths,
and out of one of the breaches in the wall, to where tho
pyre was prepared, and the ceremony hurried over, after
which all the parties concerned in the rite fled to the hills.

Prithising and Tukhtsing were the first to avail them-
selves of the general amnesty proclaimed by Government ia

1836. Their possessions were restored to them on their re-
nouncing the practice of Sutti in their families, and engag-
ing not to entertain foreign mercenaries.

Prithising died on the Gth December 1839, leaving one
of his widows enceinte, who gave birth to a son. Owing to
the praiseworthy exertions of Tukhtsing, the widows of the
deceased Raja were dissuaded from burning themselves witk

144

tlieir husband's corpse. Government, on becoming aware of
his laudable endeavours in the cause of humanity, marked
its sense of his conduct by a suitable present. The infant
Haja dying during the reigns of 1841, Tukhtsing, who had
upto that time acted as Regent, succeeded as next-of-kin to
the vacant Gadi.

The death of the Raja of Jodbpur without male issue,
in the year 1843, led to numerous intrigues, which subse-
quently ended in the adoption of Tukhtsing to the throne
of Marwar, to the exclusion of Idar, the senior branch of
the family. The success which attended the Ahmednagar
intrigues may perhaps be attributed to the supineness of the
Idar Durbar, who, trusting in the protection afforded by
the attachment, may have neglected to use the means neces-
sary to conciliate those interested in the adoption at Jodhpur.

On the departure of the Maharaja ( Tukhtsing ) for
Jodhpur, the Ahmednagar Taluka with its dependencies was
placed under attachment, and, it was finally decided by the
Government of India, in the year 1848, that the Idar and
Ahmednagar principalities should be re-united under the Raja
of Idar.

35. Maharaj Jawansingji ( 1855-1868).— Maharaj

Gambhirsingji had two sons of whom the first Umedsing died
in his father's lifetime. Gambhirsing was succeeded by
Maharaj Jawansing, a prince whose intelligence and loyalty
gained for him the honour of a seat in the Bombay Legisla-
tive Council and the Knighthood of the Order of the Star
of India. He was formerly some what addicted to insobriety,
but his mother, and many of her relations having embraced
the tenets of the Hindu reformer Swami Narayan, a sect
which has gained ground in the Province, the Raja was also
induced to become a proselyte to a creed which in addition
to inculcating a stricter degree of morality, enjoins total
abstinence from meat and spirituous liquors.

145

Mr. Alexander Rogers, Commissioner, Northern Divi-
sion held a Darbar in Idar in 1868, where all the Chiefs of
the Mahi Kantha took part and the title of Knighthood was
bestowed upon the Maharaja on behalf of Her Majesty the
Queen Empress of India. The Maharaja was also given an
Adoption t*anad.

Sir Jawansingji's reign was in 186S cut short by his
death at the early age of 38. He was succeeded by his son
Keshrising.

3G. Maharaj Sir Keshrising, K, C, S. L (1868-1901),-

Maharaj Keshiisingji came on the Gadi at the age of 7 years
and so the State was taken under Acjency management and
the young Maharaja was sent to the Hajkumar College,
Rajkot, for training. The Maharaja attended the Delhi
Darbar in 1877 and after finishing his training in the College
he was put on the Gadi in 1882 by Colonel Wodehouse. In
1887 the Maharaja was given the title of Knight Commander
of the Most Exalted Order of the Star of India. The Maha-
raja was successful in introducing some reforms in his State.
His Highness gave scholarships to some students of his State
who resided for their education in Bombay, Through ill health
he was unable to move out of his capital. His Highness
died on the 20th February 1901 of heart f\iilure.

Colonel Ferris then proceeded to Idar and took the
State under management as one of the Maharanis was found
to be enceinte. The administration was conducted by him
in the name of '* Shri Darbar Idar State ".

Maharani Chowhanji gave birth to a son on the 4th
October 1901, who was named Knshnasiuhji. 'The infant
Maharaja died on the 30th November 1901. Colonel G. B.
O'Donnel was then appointed Administrator of the State till
the 12th February 1902 on which date His Highness Colonel
Sir Pratapsinghji was installed on the Gadi.

10

146

37. His Highness The Maharaja Major General Sip

Pratapsinghji (1902-1911). — His Highness Sir Pratapsinghji
was recognised by the Government of India as a successor
to the Idar Gadi in November 1901 on the death of the
infant son of the late Maharaja Keshrisinc;hji. His Highness
Sir Pratapsinghji'^ father, Takhatsinghji, was the last Raja of
Ahmednagar and was adopted to the Jodhpur Gadi after
the death of Mansingh. His Highness Sir Pratapsinhji enjoys
the rank: of Honorar}'' Major-General in the British Army.
He has served in the Tirah Campaign and the Mohmand
Expedition and the Command of the Imperial Service Lancers
in China. He is a Knight Commander of the Most Noble
Order of the Bath and a Knight Grand Commander of the
Most Exalted Order of the Star of India. He is also Honorary
L. L. D of the University of Cambridge. He was for several
years Aid-de-Carap to His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales
and has recently been promoted to the rank of Aid-de-Carap
to His Imperial Majesty the King Emperor. All these dis-
tinctions earned by him show the value of the services
rendered by him to the Empire. His Highness Major-General
Sir Pratapsinghji before his succession to the Idar Gadi for
a long time carried on the administration of Jodhpur in
an admirable manner. In June 1911 Sir Pratapsinghji abdi-
cated the Idar Gadi in favour of his adopted son Kumar
Dolatsinghji consequent on his appointment as Regent of the
Jodhpur State during the minority of Maharaja Samarsingh.

The adoption by His Highness of Maharaj Kumar
Dolatsinah, son of His Highness' brother Maharaj Madhav-
singh as his son and heir, to the Idar Raj, was approved and
sanctioned by the Government of India in April 1903 oa
the usual condition that Dolatsingh will succeed to the Idar
Gadi provided no legitimate son is hereafter born to His
Highness the Maharaja. The Maharaj Kumar was allowed to
carry on the administration under His Highness' supervision.

147

A satisfactory separation was made of the interests of
Darbar and the Thakore of Posina in the co-shared estate
of Posina, and the boundary line with Dungarpur, which
bad for many years been in dispute and a constant source of
trouble to the Agencies on both sides, was finallj' settled
by Major Chenevix Trench.

In 1909, Government bestowed another honour in the
shape of an increase of two guns as a personal distinction.
In 1910 the administration work was transferred to the
Maharaj Kumar. The marriage of the late Maharaja's dau-
ghter, Baijial Nand Kunwarjilal with Kumar Digvija^^sinhji
heir-apparent of the Limbdi State took place on 18th May
1910.

On the 26th March 1911 Champawat Dipsing was
deposed and declared unfit to hold the Tintoi Patta during
the rest of his life and the said Patta was placed under
management of a Darbur Japti Officer. In August 1910 the
administration of the Idar State was put in hands ot the
Maharaj Kumar and distributed under five general heads,
^'^2;., — the Chief Secretary, the Revenue Secretary, the Home
JSecretary and the Military Secretary.

38. Lieutenant-Colonel His Highness Maharaja

Dolatsinghji. — The present Kuler His Highness Mah^uaja
Dolatsinghji who is in his 42rid year, succeeded to the Gadi
on its abdication by his father His Highness Major-General
Sir Pratapsingh.ji and assumed the reigns of the State on 21st
July 1911 on which day the formal installation ceremony
vas j)erformed. His Highness had three sons. The eldest
Maharaj Kumar Shri Himatsinghji is the heir-apparent.
On 2Gtli May 1912, His Highness went to England to attend
the Coronation of Their Imperial Majesties King-George
V and Queen Mary. His Highness attended the Imperial
Darbar and other main functions in December I9l2.

148

His Highness replaced the old out-still system and establish-
ed the Central Distillery System to be worked under State
supervision and management. Mr. C. S. Middlemiss made a
geological survey and discovered Steatite and Asbestos in the
Meghraj Taluka. The A. P. Railway joining the South-west
portion of the State with Ahmedabad had its terminus at
Himatnagar. The extension from Himatnagar to Khed Brahma
was opened to public traffic on 1st July, 1911. In 1912, the
Sir George Clarke Leper Asylum at Bhavnath was founded.
The water and silt of the tank attached to the God Shiva's
temple at this ancient place of Hindu pilgrimage has long
been considered to possess the remarkable property of curing
that dread disease known as leprosy. The old and historic
name of the capital was changed from Ahmednagar, to
Himatnagar after the name of the heir-apparent. The mar-
riage of the heir-apparent with the third daughter of the
Maharaja of Tehri was celebrated on the 11th June 1913.
His Highness offered his personal services with those of His
Imperial Despatch Riders in the great war in Europe, which
were gratefully accepted. His Highness himself joined the
Indian Expeditionary Force E Division under General Arthur
Watson, C, B. at Deolali, and proceeded to Egypt with the
Force returninof to Himatnagar after some five months. During
His Highness absence, on active service, His Highness' powers-
were exercised by Her Highness the Maharaniji Saheba^
under the general supervision of the Political Agent.

149
Second Class States*

Name of
State.

Area in
sq. miles.

Popula-
tion
(1921).

No of
villages.

Revenue.

Jama.

Polo ...
Danta ..

135
347

5,858
23,023

58
174

34,958
83,476

165 to Idarfor
Verabar Estate.

514 to Idar,
2371toBaroda.

POLO.

1. General. — The State of Polo is a Second Class
State in Mahi Kantha and is known as Vijaynagar. It is on
the North-east frontier of Mahi Kantha in close proximity
to Mewar. The country is throughout hilly and wild and the
population consists mostly of Bhils. It maintains no local
force. The Chief has no salute, but is entitled to be received
by His Excellency the Governor of Bombay.

2. The Katcha Vahivat prevails in the recovery of the
land revenue, that is, the estimate of the standing crop
(Kultar) is made and the State's share is recovered accordingly.
The chief ao^ricultural products are wheat, gram and maize.
The Bhils being far from industrious, only cultivate what is
barely sufficient for their wants. In this State Vero is levied
every second year. There is no village police, but the regu-
lar police consists of 10 Sowars and 42 foot police. There
is one Court of a Second Class Maijistrate and the Aval
Karkun is invested with the powers of a Third Class Magis-
trate. The State being under Agency Management, the
Manager's Court hears all civil cases. There is one jail at
the head-quarters of the State, viz.., Ghodasar. There is no
municipality. There is no post office in Ghodasar but the
post is received from the Bhiloda branch post office. Nearly

10 a

150

75 per cent, of the population consists of Bhils, who being
very idle and indolent are not good cultivators. There is one
Parbar house, a dispensary and a school in Ghodasar. Thera
are two Mission schools in the State. As the Talukdar of
Verabar is minor, the estate has come under the manage-
ment ot the Pol State.

The revenue Vahivat is carried on by the Manager, but
the jurisdiction of this Taluka is under the Idar State. The
average revenue of this Taluka is about Rs. 34,958. The
loss of population in the famine of 1899 was over 23 per
cent. The revenue is therefore small and improvements diffi-
cult to accomplish.

3. History of Pol. — The rulers of Pol are called Raos
and are descendants of Jaychand, the last Rathod Chief of
Kaiioj (1193). Jaychand left two sons Shivaji and Soriangji.
The first founded the present family of Marwar, and the second
established himself at Idar in 1257. When Sonangji was
ruling at Sametri, Samalio Sord, a Koli by caste was ruling
at Idar. The latter wanted to marry the daughter of his
Nagar Karbhari by name Rupali. The Karbhari thereupon
induced Sonangji to come to Idar wiiich he did and after
killing the Koli Chief conquered Idar in 1257 A. D. Sonangji
assumed the title of Rao and his descendants reigned in Idar
for about 400 years. In the sixteenth century when Rao
Jaofannath was rulina in Idar Shahzada Muiad, son of
Emperor Shahjahan invaded Idar and he compelled Jagannatb
to come to Fol. His son Punja again conquered Idar from
the Musalmans in 1658, and his brother Arjundas got the
Gadi. In a dispute with the Rehwar Rajputs he was killed
and Idar once more fell into the hands of the Musalmans. Rao
Gopiuath again took possession of Idar and reigned therd
fur five years. Rao Chanda lost Idar for ever and established
himself at Pol, in 1720. The history of Pol upto 1859 A. D.
is not so important. In 1859 Kumar Navalsinghji succeeded

151

his father Rao Pahadsinghji. On his death his uncle's soa
Hamirsinghji succeeded to the Gadi on the 23rd November
1864. The village of Pol having been found unhealthy he
estnbiished Ghodasar as the capital of the State. Hamir-
sinhji died on 24th October 1889 and his son Prathiainghji
succeeded him. He being a minor at the time, the Agency
managed his affairs. After completing his education at the
Rajkumar College he came on the Gadi on 26th January
1893. He administered his Taluka satisfactorily. In corres-
pondence the State is to be addressed ^' apni'"' instead of
*Hamari" by Government Resolution No 4503, dated 12th June
1899. Rao Prathisinghji died on the oth November 1905. As he
had no son, his youngest half brother Bhupatsinhji succeeded
him under Government Order No. 1451, dated 22nd Febru-
ary 1906 in the P. D. Mohobatsingbji the elder brother of
Bhupatsinghji succeeded to the Verabar Estate under Idar
and renounced his claim to the Pol Gadi The Darbar
Coronation Medal was awarded to the Chief on the 11th
August 1913 and his elder brother Mohobatsinghji Tliakore
of Verabar Estate was allowed by Government to succeed to
the Gadi of the Pol State without relinquishing the Estate
of Verabar situated in the Idar State as per their letter.
Political Department, No. 6795, dated 17th November 1913.
Idar State submitted a memorial, but it was rejected and
the orders of Government as to the reversionary right of
the Pol State over the Verabar Estate were declared to
be final, under their letter, P. D., No. 2034, dated 1st
April, 1914. Rao Shri Mohobatsinohji died on the 27th
November, 1914. The succession of Kumar Hamirsinghji to
the Pol State and of his younger brother Jorawarsingliji to
the Gadi of the Verabar Estate was sanctioned by Govern-
ment letter, Political Department, No. 4728, dated the 27th
June, 1916. The two Chiefs being minors, their estates are
under Agency Management.

152

DANTA.

1. General. — Danta is a SecoDd Class State in thd
Mahi Kautha and next in importance to Idar. It is on the
North-west frontier of the Mahi Kantha, comprises 174 villages,
and marches with Palanpur and Sirohi. The country is very
hilly, piuturesque and wild. Its head-quarters are the town
of Danta, in 24°-12' North latitude and 72°-50' East longitude,
about 38 miles East of Deesa and 130 North of Baroda. Its
total area is 347 square miles. It has a population of 23,023
and an annual revenue of about Rs. 83,476.

2. Boundary, — It is bounded on the North by Sirohi,
South by the Gaekwad territory, East by Idar and West by
the Palanpur territory.

3. Animals, — The country being hilly and mountain-
ous wild animals are found in abundance. The chief are the
tiger, the bear, the panther, the wolf, the wild boar, the
hysena, the jackal and the fox. The following are also found,
the stag, the spotted deer, the antelope, the otter, the monkey
and the wild cat. Snakes of all sizes and sorts are met with.

4. Sub-divisions. — The State is divided into the fol-
lowing Mahals ( or Paragnas ):- Hadad, Tarsangma, Mataji,
Ghorad, Sadha, Borian and Waghad. Mahalkaris are appoint
ed in the Mahals of Hadad and Tarsangma and Thandars
in Joita and Mataji. They are invested with magisterial
powers. Sadha is the Sub-Mahal of Hadad. Tharad of
Tarsangma and Borian of Mataji and Waghak of Santh.

5. Rivers, — Sarasvati or Kunvarika is the sacred
river. It rises from Menagar mountain on the North of tha
State and passes by the Koteshwar Mahadev and Sidhpur.
Arjanvav rises from Trishulpala mountain and passes by
Nagel Moria and mixes with Sarasvati. The other rivers
are Sei, Kidi, Bhamroj, Dhainvav, Chandajina, Godavali,
Nagtodavati, Khari and Joyan.

153

6. Land. — The soil is of two kinds, light and black.
Near the hills to the North and North-east, though poor and
stony, if better tilled, it would yield rich crops. The chief
matured crops are wheat, barley, sugar-cane and garden pro-
duce. Of the total revenue of Rs. 83,476, the land revenue
is Rs. 32,205. The cultivators are Rajputs, Anjna, Kunbis,
Kolis, Thakerdas, Dungri Bhils, and Girasias. Hadad tank
is a big one and occupies 79 acres of land. Irrigation is
carried on a large scale from the water of the tank. Land-
revenue is recovered in proportion to the yield of the crop.

7. Legislation. — This State has no special laws of
its own. It is chiefly populated by Dungri Bhils and the
Maharana administers justice among them by means of Pan-
chayats according to their local and caste customs.

8. Police. — There is no military force. Two-thirds of
the population are armed with country muskets, swords and
bows and arrows.

The State maintains a police force of 78 men at a
cost of Rs. 4,908.

The State has no regular paid village police but there
are Chokiats, Vartania and Police Patels who have either
Pasayta land or are remunerated by Sukhdi (grain allowance)
by the village people.

9. Justice* — The jurisdictional powers of this State
are as under : —

Civil.— Upto Rs. 20,000.

Criminal. — All powers except that a sentence of death
requires the confirmation of the Political Agent and
the State cannot try a British subject witiiout the
permission of the Political Agent.

Appellate Court.— The Court of the Political Ageut.

154

Appellate powers of the Political Agent ia civil and
criminal matters and revisional powers of the Commissioner^
N. D , in criminal matters have, however, been withdrawn;
as a mark of personal distinction to the Chief.

There are 5 criminal Courts in the State. That of the-
Nyayadhish is in Danta, who exercises the powera of a Firsb
Class Magistrate. The remaining four are of the Mahalkari
and Thandars of the Mataji, Hadad, Tarsangraa and Joita.
who exercise the powers of a 2nd Class Magistrate.

There is one civil Court for the State-Danta Maharanaji,

There are two post offices, one at Danta and the other
in Ambaji. Both are connected with Kheralu.

10. Dispenaries. — There are two dispensaries, one inr
Danta and the other in Amba Mata.

11. Schools* — There are two schools, the control over
which is exercised by the State, but they are inspected an-
nually by the Deputy Educational Inspector. One is at Danta-

and the other at Navavas.

12. Press, — There is one printing press at the shrine of
Ambaji in the State called " Jesvantvijay " which issues a-
monthly magazine called ** Ambika Vijay ", the purpose oC
which is to add to the fame of the Goddess Ambaji.

13. Danta. — Danta is the capital town of the State
and is situated near a mountain. There are Darbar buildingSj,
gardens, schools and Dharamsalas. It is 20 miles from the
Palanpur Railway Station of the Rajputana Malva Railway,
There are two schools and one post office.

14. Amba Bhawani* — A celebrated shrine and place
of pilgrimage, lies near the source of the river Saraswati^^,
in the Arasur Hills, at the South-west end of the Aravali
range, oa the North frontier of Mahi Kantha, about 1^

155

aiHes North of the State of Danta. The shrine seems to
have been as celebrated in the days of Valabhi (746) as ife
-is now. The great pilgrimage time is Bhadarwa (September),
the Goddess birth month. On the eighth night of the Navratrl
\ibe Rana of Danta attends the worship, fans the Goddess
with a horse-heir fly-flapper, celebrates the fire sacrifice, and
fills with sweetmeats a huge cauldron, which, on the fall of
"the garland from the Goddess' neck, the Bhils empty. Among
the offerings are animal sacrifices and spirituous liquors.

15. History of Danta*— The following bardic history
of the Danta family is compiled from the Ras Mala. Rav-
palji Parmar, fortieth in descent from Vikram ( 56 B. C. ),
went on a pilgrimage to Dwarka and thence to Cutch. Ha
took a vow never to eat or drink without having first wor-
shipped Ambika Mata. She, pleased with his devotion, pro-
mised him any boon he might wish. He chose the throne of
Nagar Tatta and Sind, and founded three royal seats, at
Nagar Tatta, Bamanuva, and Bela ( 809 ). Damoji, twelfth
m descent from Ravpalji, having no son, prayed to the Mata,
and she from the blood of her own finger raised up a prince,
and ordered him to be called Jas Raj. At this time
Nagar Tatta was invaded and, after a nine years' struggle,
taken by the Muhammadans, and Damoji slain. Jas Raj
■continuinor the contest was at first successful. Afterwards
the Muhammadans, returning in strength, so polluted the
land that the Goddess told Jas Raj that she wished to retire
to Arasur. The Raja declaring he would follow her, was in
reward promised a throne in that country. Reaching Arasur
about the middle of the eleventh century, the Goddess gave
liim her tiger, and telling him to mount it, promised, that
whatever territory he rode round, should be his. The Raja
mounted the tiger and made the circuit of seven hundred
and sixty villages. On the North he included the country
wpto the Bharja's well in the lands of Sirohi ; on the North-

156

«ast upto Kotra ; on the East as far as Derol ; on the
South-east as far as Gadvada ; on the South as far as Khe*
ralu ; and on the North-west as far as Hathidura. With trea-
sure found in the Bandharo hill, now called Gabbar, he
raised an army, and, returning to Nagar Tatta, drove out
the Muhammadans and remained in that country till his death.

Meanwhile his son Kedarsiug or Keshrising stayed at
Gabbargad with the Mata. In 1069, slaying Tarsangia Bhil
of Tarsanghmo, he fixed his capital there. His son, named
Jaspal or Kulpal, while performing a great sacrifice at Rora
village, failed, and the officiating Brahman was so mortified
that, cursing Jaspal's race, he threw himself into the fire.

16. After several generations Tarsanghmo was taken
by Ala-ud-din Khilji ( 1295-1315 ), but was soon recovered
by Rana Jagatpal. Sixth in descent from Jagatpal was
Kanar Dev, whose brother Amboji seized the lands of Kotara.
Kanar Dev had two Ranis, one of whom of the Jhala family
of Halvad, built the eastern door of Kheralu and a well and
pond still known as the ' Jhali's well '. The second wife
Ratan Kunvari of the Sisodia family of Udepur founded
Eohilpur Pattan, now called Rora. Kd,nar Dev, returning
from the marriage of a third w^ife, was treacherously attack-
ed by his brother, and in the scuffle both were killed. Rao
Bhan of Idar ( 1445 ), hearing of the death of the two
brothers, collected a force and took Tarsanghmo, and leaving
a garrison there, seized Maru Ravat whom Kanar Dev had
left in charge, and carrying him to Idar, imprisoned him.
Insulted by the Rao in his captivity, he swore that, if he
ever got free, he would pull down the Idar palace and throw
it into the Rora Harnai river. After a time he was releas-
ed and went to Halvad where the two princes were. Taking
them along with him, he marched to Ahmedabad and had
^u interview with Sultan Muhammad II ( 1441-1451 ) who,

157

en conditioa that the brothers paid h'lLQ Ks. 1,00,000 sent
an array against Idar. On the approach of the army Rao
Bhan fled, Idar was taken, and the palace pulled down (1445).
Then Miiru Ravat promised a gold Mohar to every soldier
who would take a stono of the palace and throw it into the
Harnai. Many did so, and Maru's threat that he would cast
the palace into the river was carried out. From Idar the
army marched to Tarsanghmo, and taking the place made
it over to the j'oung Chief. The leader of the army demand-
ing their pay, Maru fled to the Sudasna hills, but afterwards
paid the troops by mortgaging the Kheralu district.

17. In the time of Askaranji Rana, one of Akbar's
princes, having given offence, fled and was sheltered by
Askaranji. He built a fortress upon the hill called Kalvan^
about three miles North of Tarsanghmo. After some time the
prince left for the West, where he was seized and sent to
Delhi by Rao Bharmal of Cutch for which service he got
the ]\Iorvi district. In reward for his loyalty to the prince
Askaranji Kana was given by the Emperor a dress of honour
and the title of Maha Rana. Askaranji left three sons.
Vagi), Jaymal, and Pratapsing. Rana Vagh, hearing of the
beauty of two of the Idar Ranis who had come to worship
at Khed Brahma visited the temple under the guise of a
Brahman. Enraged at this insult, the Rao of Idar offered
Vegarno Jaraadar, a Brahman convert to Islam, the villagQ
of Vadali if he would seizo R.uia Vagh. Establishing close
friendship with the Rana, Vegarno one day asked him to
drink opium at the Lank ford on the Sabarmati. The Chief
came with only two horsemen and v/as seized, carried to
Vadali and thrown into prison. Vegarno wrote to the Rao,
telling him of his success and asking him to confine Jaymal,
the Rana's brother ; l)ut Jaymal hearing of the plot escaped
and assembling a force took possession of Tarsanghmo, and
beat off an attack made bv Kalianmal. After a short timo

158

ilie Idar army again came against Tarsanghmo ; but, defeated
in a bloody battle, was forced to retreat.

18. A third attempt was more successful, and the
Kana with his family fled to Danta, where being followed
by their enemies they took shelter in the temple of the
Mata. Kalianmal left posts at every village, and liana
Jaymal, by degrees losing all his men and horses, at last
died. Though his son Jetraal succeeded in recovering several
villages, Tarsanghmo lay desolate and his head-quarters were
removed to Danta (1544), called after Dantorio Vir whose
shrine lies three miles to the West on the road to Navavds.
Kana Jetmal was succeeded by his son Jaysing. But he
failing to please some of the leading men, they recalled his
brother Punja, who was in hiding in Sirohi, and made him
Chief, Jaysing retiring to the villages of Gangva and Mankari.
Rana Punja was a successful ruler, establishing several claims
over the neighbouring lands He left three sons, Mansing
who succeeded him, Amarsing who received the village of
Sudasna, and Dhengoji who was given Gaucheru.

19. Mansing after ruling for four or five years died
leaving two sons Gajsing who succeeded him, and Jasvoji
•who was at first given the village of Ranpur, but later got
Sudasna on the death of his cousins Hathioji and Jagtoji,
and afterwards obtained Vasai and Jaspur-Chelanu in Danta.
Gajsing was succeeded by his elder son Pruthusing (1687),
while Viramdev the younjrer obtained the villaore of Nao-el.
During the time of Rana Pruthusing the army of Damaji
Gaekwar came to Danta, and did not withdraw till the Rauas
had agreed to pay tribute. Haidar Kuli Khan, Viceroy of
Gujarat (1721-22) also advanced on Danta, but was defeated.
About this time the Palanpur Chief, placing it in charge of
45ome Bhats, ceased to pay a claim of the Ranas on the
Palanpur village of Ghorialya. Disregarding the Bhats the

159

Rana plundered the village and seven of fcheir number com-
mitted suicide. This, it was said, was the reason why all the
Kana's seven sons died before him.

20. Karanji his nephew who succeeded him, quarellinnr
Avith Meghraj, one of his chief men, was attacked and forced
to fly before the strength of Meghraj and the Thakor of
Sudasna. Two years later, by the help of the Divan of Palan-
pur, Karanji was reinstated. Karanji was succeeded by his
son Ratansing and he, after ruling for five years, by hi»
brother Abhaysing. Finding his chief men and vassals trouble-
some, Abhaysing promised a fourth share of the Danta
revenues to a Maratha named Arjunrav Choparo. He, with
a hundred Gaekwar horse, after about two years began ta
build a small fort at Danta. At last his conduct became so
oppressive, that, with the help of the people, Mansing, the
Rana's eldest son, drove him out. Shortly after, Rana
Abhaysing died (1795) and was succeeded by his son Mansing
who acted with vigour and increased the power of the State.
Dying in 1800 he was succeeded by his brother Jagatsing,
who was also a vioforous ruler, chastising Bhil cattle stealers,
and spreading his demands over several villages. Afterwards
he tell into trouble with Vakhtoji Jitoji one of his vassals,
but by the help of the Diwan of Palanpur the dispute was
quietly settled.

21. In the second dispute between the Rana and one
of his vassals, the Rana agreed, on condition that the Diwan
of Palanpur helped him to keep order, to make over to him
nearly one-half share of the Danta territory. This arrange-
ment continued till 1848 when, on condition of a yearly pay-
ment of Rs. 500 it was cancelled. As Jagatsing had no son
lie proposed to adopt a son of Narsing his brother. But
Narsinn^ refused, sayin^'- that he would not do obeisance at

O 'JO

his own son's feet. After this Jagatsing suspected that Narsing^

160

liad designs on his life and fled from his capital. He was
persuaded to come back, but soon after, in 1823, died of fever.
Narsingji, who succeeded him, ruled till 1847 when he was
succeeded bj his son Jalamsingji. In 1854 Rana Jalamsingji
went to Ahmedabad to meet His Excellency the Governor
Mount Stuart Elphinstone. In 1857 the State assisted the
Sircar at the time of the mutiny. The State also assisted
the Sircar in the introduction of vaccination and also in
the arrangement of salt. The Maharanaji died in 1859 leaving
a minor son Sardarsingji who died after 6 months and so he
was succeeded by his uncle Harisingji. In his time many
tanks and public buildings were built. Maharanaji Shri
Jaswatsingji was looking after the State affairs during the
old age of Rana Harisingji. He died in St. 1933 leaving
behind him 4 sons, viz. Jaswatsingji, Mohobatsingji, Ratan-
singji and Bhimsingji. Rana Jaswatsingji succeeded Rana
Harisingji. The Rana signed the Opium Treaty in 1878.
The Government decided to address the Rana as "Maharanaji
Shri" from 1886 {Vide Government Resolution No. 908,
dated 15th February 1886). The Maharana gave Hs. 8,000,
to the Sadra Scott College and many public institutions such
as schools, Dharamsalas, tanks, wells and roads, were built
in his time. In 1899 the mode of address " tamari " was
changed into " cf^^iw '' ( Vide Government Resolution No. 4503,
dated 22nd June 1899). During the year 1898 Government
were pleased to restore to the Maharana his status as a 2nd
Class Chief. Jaswatsingji was a personal ruler and looked into
all the details of the administration himself. The Bhils held
him in awe and he ruled them with a firm hand. The grant
of a personal salute of 9 guns was made by Government itt
1903. The Maharana'8 brother Raj Saheb Mohobatsingji
i occupied a very prominent position in the State and materi-
ally assisted the Maharana in the administration. Raj Saheb
also continued to work during the time of the present

161

Maharanaji Saheb with the same zeal and usefulneea. But at
present he has retired from work. Yuvaraj Kumar Shri
Bhawanisinhji after completiug^ his education in the Mayo
Colleo^e is taking part in the administration, having due re-
gard for the welfare of the people. Jaswatsingji died on 27th
April 1908, and his eldest sou Hamirsingji aged 39 succeeded
to the Gadi. He went to Bombay in 1911 to receive Their
Imperial Majesties the King Emperor and the Queen Empress.
In 1914, in addition to the State contribution to the Imperial
Indian Relief Fund and Lady Willingdou's Fund Maharanaji
Shri Hamirsingji made a generous offer of Rs. 15,000 towards
providing Motor ambulances for the Indian Expeditionary
Force. The State has donated to the First War Loan
amounting to Rs. 53,000 over and above contributions to the
Imperial Indian Relief Fund. Further War Bonds amountintr
to Rs. 21,150 were donated to Government by the State
towards the expenses of the War. A personal salute of 9
j>uns was given to the Maharana of Daiita. The Chief is
entitled to be received by the Governor of Bombay.

Third Class Talukas.

Name.

Area

in

square

miles.

Popula-
tion
in 1921.

No. of

vil-
lages.

Revenue.

Jama.

1. Mai pur ...

97

11,767

74

46,111

) (2S0HHG.
V (430 B. G.
) (396 Idar.

2. Mansa ...

25

15,606

12

83,469

11,754HH.G.

3. Mohanpur.

89

12,565

53

35,648

\(4,750HH.G.
) (2.245 Idar.

11

162

MALPUR.

1. Malpur is a Third Class Taluka ranking first in
that Class. It is known as " Malpur ". The Chiefs are
called Ravals and are Rathod Rajputs, an offshoot from the
house of the Raos of Idar. It is bounded on the North and
the East by the Idar territory, on the South by the Magodi
Taluka and on the West by Idar State and Modasa Taluka,
It is in the district of Nani Marwar in the South-east of
the Mahi Kantha. The land is hilly and wild and the prin-
cipal cereals are bajri, tal, makai, and joowar. The popula-
tion mainly consist of Banias, Brahmins, Patidars, Rajputs
and Kolis. The Chief is known as " Ravalji Shri ". Malpur
village has got an old wall. There is one Darbar in the
village, one Gujarati school, a branch post office and a dis-
pensary. There are also Gujarati schools in the villages of
Sataida, Ubhran and Anior. Malpur is 35 miles from Talod
station on the Ahmedabad Prantij line. The Taluka pays
tribute and Ghasdana and Idar Khichdi. The family holds
no deed allowing adoption ; in matters of succession it follows
the rule of primogeniture. The State maintains no local
force, but maintains a police force of 14 Sowars and 35 foot
police at a total cost of Rs. 6,157. In the greater part of
the Taluka the Bhagbatai ( revenue in kind ) system is in
force and for some land a cash collection ( Udhad Vighoti )
is levied. The Ravalji has also introduced the Vighoti systeai
in the village of Ubhran. Ghoda Vero is recovered as a
binomial tax from the cultivators. The Taluka has no law
of its owt), but the judicial functions are carried on in accord-
ance with those which are in force in the Agency. There
is only one Court, that of the Ravalji, whose jurisdictional
powers are civil upto Rs. 5,000, criminal two years' imprison-
ment and fine Rs. 1,000, but cannot try a British subject
without permission of the Political Agent. Appellate Court
is the Court of the Political Agent. There are three schools

163

st Mai pur, Satida and Ubhran. The Chief has no salute
but he is entitled to be received collectively? with the other
Third Class Chiefs by the Governor of Bombay.

2. History of Malpur.— The Malpur Ravals, ranking
first of the Third Class of Mahi Kantha Chiefs are Rathod
Kajputs, an offshoot from the family of the Raos of Idar.
Virajmal, a younger son of Kiratsingbji, seventh Rao of Idar,
was provided with a grant of land, and in 1344 his grandson
Khanadji established himself at Man and his grandson Ran-
dhirsinghji moved from Man to Modasa. It was not till 1466
that Raval Vaghsinghji the great grandson of Randhirsingbji of
Modasa, and eighth in descent from Yirajraal, settled at Malpur.
At that time Malpur was ruled by a Bhil Chief named Malo
Khant. A Brahman of Malpur had a beautiful daughter
whom Malo Khant wished to marry. After trying everj'-
means in his power to dissuade Malo Khant the Brahman
fled to Modasa and begged the assistance of the Ruling Chief
Vaghsinghji, who shortly after attacked and conquered Malpur,
where his descendants have since ruled as Ravals. In 1780
during the reign of Indrasinghji, Fatehsingh Gaekwar attacked
and captured Malpur and took away its gates, and since
then the Ravals of Malpur have paid the Gaekwar a yearly
tribute, Ghasdana. In 1796 Jamalsingh of Modasa attacked
Malpur and killed the ruling Raval whose name was also
Jamalsingh. Nor was his son Takhtsingh allowed to succeed
till he had given up one-half of the Modasa tribute, choth^
and consented to commute the other half for a money pa}'-
ment under the head of giras. In 1816, during rhe reign of
Raval Takhtsingh the Maharaja of Idar stayed at Malpur
and since then the Ravals have paid Idar a tribute, fchich.di.
The Ravals Shivsinghji came to the Gadi. He was twenty-
two generations from Kiratsinghji, the seventh Rao of Idar.

Shivsinghji died in 1882 and was succeeded by his soa
Dipsinghji in April, 1SS2. The State was kept under Agency

164

management during the minority of the Thakore. The Ravalji
takes a personal interest in the management of the Taluka.
He is an intelligent and amiable Chief. During the year
1898-99 Government were pleased to allow him to be ad-
dressed in correspondence as Ravalji Shri. In 1903-04 a new
school was opened in Ubhran. Ravalji Shri Dipsinghji died
on the 25th February, 1914. Kumar Jaswantsinghji whose
succession was recognized by Government in their Resolution
No. 2637, dated 4th May 1914, Political Department, was
invested with the powers appertaining to his Taluka on the 2nd
May 1914. Of late the powers of the Chief have been raised in
Criminal matters upto 7 years and Civil upto Rs. 20,000 and
Appellate powers of the Political Agent in Civil matters ia
all cases and in Criminal matters so far only as summary
trials under Criminal Procedure Code are concerned and
Revisional powers of the Commissioner, N. D., in Criminal
matters in the above mentioned cases have been withdrawn
as a personal distinction. The foundation stone of a Girls*
school at Malpur was laid on the 6th May, 1914.

MANSA.

1. Mansa is a Third Class Taluka. The Chief is
descended from the Chavda dynasty of Anhilvad Patan ( 746-
942 ). The Chief is known as ' Ravalji '. The Taluka is
surrounded on four sides by the territory of the Kadi Mahal
of the Baroda State. It has an area of 25 square miles with
12 villages and a population of 15,606. The annual revenue
of the Taluka is Rs. 83,469. The land of this Taluka is
flat and the principal food-stuffs are bajri, joowari, wheat,
kodra and pulses. The population mostly consists of Rajputs
and Kolis. The Banias and Brahmins stay in Mansa, which
is the principal town in the Taluka. The Ravalji has his
Darbar here and the total population of the town is 8,509,
There is one post office, a dispensary, a library, one Gujarati

165

school, one Girls' school and well-built houses of the Sha-
bukars. There is an old temple of Gosaiji Maharaj. There
is one English school in Mansa which has more than 42
pupils. The Kesri Talao is a big tank from which the peo-
ple use water. In this Taluka there are schools at Itadra,
Punjapara, Dholakuva and Bapu}>ara. The Taluka maintains
no local force. The Chief has no salute but is entitled to
be received collective!}^ with the other Third Class Chiefs by
the Governor of Bombay. The Taluka is in the vicinity of
Sadra. The Vighoti system was introduced during the period
of Agency management and is working satisfactorily. There
has been a decrease in the population of all the States and
Thanas of the Mahi Kantha owing to the famine of 1898, but
Mansa showed an increase in its people since the census of
1891. The cultivating classes being mostly Kanbis, the
Thakore has not to open relief works in the years of scar-
city. The Taluka is quite free from debt and in a fairly
prosperous condition, with good soil mostly tilled by substan-
tial farmers and an enterprising and wealthy trading com-
munity. The Taluka pays Rs. 11,754-11-11 as tribute to
His Highness the Gaekwar. The Ravalji revised the Vighoti
rules framed in the time of management and has made pro-
visions to improve the condition of the cultivators. The
strength of the police is 24 foot and the liuvalji has a body
guard of 11 Sowars. The total cost of the police amounts to
Rs. 5,5G4.

2. History of Mansa.— The Chief of Mansa, ranking
iu the Third Class, is descended from the Chavda dynasty
©f Anhilwad Patau (74G-942). At what time he gained his
present possessions is not known. It is said that Sursinghji
transferred the capital from Ambasan to Mansa. On the
death of Joraji, Bhimsinghji came on the Gadi. He had two
eons called Rajsinghji and Kesrisinghji. Rajsinghji was a very
capable Chief and on account of his sincere loyalty to the

11 A

166

Sircar, the status of the Taluka was raised from Fourth Class
to Third Class. Havalji Rajsinghji died in 1886 and his brother
Kesrisinghji succeeded him. He introduced many reforms in
the Taluka and built a large tank called Kesri Talao. The
Bombay Government decided to address the Chief as " Ravalji
Shri " by their Resolution No. 8471, dated 19th December,
1888. Thakore Kesrisinghji died on the 17th August, 1889.
His son Takhtsinghji came on the Gadi. He was educated
at the Rajkumar College, Rajkot and was entrusted with the
full management of the Taluka in November, 1897. From
1889-1895 it was managed by the Agency Manager during
the Chief's minority, and from 1895-1897 the Ravalji was
associated with the Manager in the administration of the
Taluka. During the year 1903 the Chief's powers in Criminal
and Civil matters were raised as a personal distinction. At
the Coronation Darbar held at Sadra, on the 1st January,
1903, a Kharita addressed by His Excellency the Governor
of Bombay was delivered to the Chief and the orders of
Government raising his powers in Criminal matters upto 7
years and in Civil upto Rs. 20,000 were announced. The
Kavalji acknowledged in suitable terms the honour thus con-
ferred upon him. Government have sanctioned under their
letter, Political Department, No. 4994, dated the 22nd July
1919, the withdrawal of the Appellate powers of the Poli-
tical Agent, and the Revisional powers of the Commissioner,
N. D., in respect of the offences enumerated in section 260
of the Criminal Procedure Code and in respect of Civil cases
decided by the Chief as a mark of personal distinction during
the lifetime of the present Chief. A son named Sajjansinghji
was born to the Ravalji Shri on 3rd November, 1908. The
Ravalji was invited by Government in 1911 to assist in
receiving Thier Imperial Majesties the King Emperor and th&
Queen Empress at the Apollo Bunder.

1€7

MOHANPUR.

1. Mohanpur is a Third Class Taluka. The Thakore
is a Rehwar Rajput of the Indra race and is descended from
the Raos of Chandrawati near Mount Abu The name of
Mohanpur was derived from the ruler Mundasji who popu-
lated the villagre. The Taluka is surrounded on the North
by the territories of Idar and Prantij on the South and the
West by the Prantij Taluka and on the East by Kanasan
Taluka and Idar State. It has an area of 89 square miles
and a population of 12,565 and 53 villages. The land is wooded
and hilly and one river Meswo passes through the district.
Mohanpur is the important village in the Taluka and has a
population of 748 people. It has got a Darbargadh. The
Taluka is divided into 4 Tapas named Adpodra, Bakrol, Sardoi
and Mohanpur and each Tapa has one Taiati and one Police
Thana. There is one Thana at Kheradi. Vighoti system pre-
vails in all the Swang villages and the land revenue amounts to
Rs. 16,000. In the co-shared villages the Bhagbatai system pre-
vails. The Taluka pays Rs. 4,760-0-5 Ghasdana to the Baroda
State and Rs. 2,258-9-0 as Khichdi to the Idar Sttte. The
Taluka was visited by famines in Samvat years 1925, 1934,
1956, 1958, 1968 and 1972. The people and the cattle suf-
fered a great deal in the Ghhapania famine. The police strength
consists of 5 Sowars and 17 foot and the total cost amounts
to Rs, 3,000. There are four vernacular schools situated at
Mohanpur, Adpodra, Bakrol and Sardoi. There are mica
mines in Adpodra. Mohanpur is 10 miles fronj Talod Station
on the Prantij line. The Vighoti system was introduced into
9 villages in 1905 when the Taluka came under Agency
Management. The Taluka has not its own laws nur has it
any military force. Thakore Himatsinghji was appointed
joint Manager in 1910 on his showing signs of improvement.
He died on the 1st of March, 1916. without leaving any
male issue. The succession of Thakore Takhtsinghji to the
Oadi was sanctioned as per Government letter, Political

168

Department, No. 5828, dated the 9th August 1916 and h&
wfts installed on the Gadi on the 30th August 1916.

2. History of Mohanpur. — The Thakore of Mohanpur
taking rank in the Third Class, is a Rehwar Rajput of the
Indra race, and is descended from the Kaos of Chandrawati
near Mount Abu. His ancestor Jaspal emigrated from
Chandrawati to Hadol in the Mahi Kantha, in J 227, and
thence in the thirteenth generation Thakore Prathuraj moved
to Ghodvada, having received a grant of that and the neigh-
bouring districts, which in course of time were divided
among the different branches of the family. Of the origin
of the Rehvar Patavats the following account is given.
The Rehvar Rajputs are Parmars and came originally
from Ujain. They have since changed their place of abode
successively to Parkar, the Abu mouutain, and lastly t*
Taringa from all of which places they seem to have been expel-
led. They took possession of Taringa in 1226 A. D. Their deeds,
2oatas, are derived from the former Raos of Idar, and their
dependence on the present Raja is limited to the payment
of hhichdi. The name Rehvar is said to be derived from
the following circumstance : one of their great ancestors at
Abu living on his way to take charge of his bride, stopped
to pay his devotions at a temple of the Devi. As his futur©
father-in-law intended to kill him, the Goddess from compas-
sion is reported to have said reh var, i.e., bridegroom, go no
further. He remained and those who went were all murder-
ed. Thakore Harisingh, the brother of Kasamdas suppressed
the oppression of the neighbouring villages of Idar, and so
he was given the Taj^ci of Hathrol and 22 villages. So
Harisinghji was the founder of the Mahanpur Taluka and
the village of IMohanpur was populated by Mundasji one of
his ancestors. The notorious Koli Chanpla Hobadia was.
harassing the Idar State. Mundasji succeeded in killing
Chanpla and the village of Jamla was given as Inam by th©

169

Idar State. Mundasji also arrested the Ravalji of Dungur-
pur. Mundasji died at the age of 70. He was succeeded
by Manordasji, Sodhsinghji, Dalaji and Jitsinghji ia succes-
sion. In 1714 A. D. Jalamsinghji succeeded Jitasinghji, but
he died without an heir and so his brother Abhesinghji came
on the Gadi. He died in 1793. As he had no son, Thakore
Hindusinghji Prathisinghji of Sardoi came on the Gadi of
Mohanpur in 1795 A. D. When Maharaja Jamalsinghji of
Ahmednagar came to know of this he looted Sardoi. He
tried to conquer Mohanpur but failed. In 1801 A. D. Tha-
kore Hindusinghji died and his son Salamsinghji came on the
Gadi. When the British Government took over Mahi Kantha
Rajsinghji was on the Gadi. Rajsinghji died in 1850 and
Dolatainghji came on the Gadi and on his death Umedsingbji
succeeded bim. Kumar Himatsinf^hji was educated at the
Rajkumar College and succeeded to the Gadi in 1882 on the
death of Umedsingbji, Himatsinfjhji was entrusted with the
Taluka in May 1894 after an Agency Management of 12
years during his minority. This Thakore was of very weak
mind and no improvement was made in his time. The
Taluka had to be taken under manaijement in 1905 on account
of the misconduct of Thakore Himatsinghji and the conse-
quent mis-management and indebtedness of the estate. The
Chief has no salute but is entitled to be received collect-
ively with the other Third Class Chiefs by the Governor of
Bombay.

170
Fourth Class Talukas*

Area

Popula

No. of

Reve-

Name.

in sq.

miles.

tion in
1911.

villa-
ges.

nue.

Jama.

1. Varsoda ...

11

3,812

4

25,187

1,583 H. H. G.

2. Pethapur ...

11

5,233

3

16,888

8,632 Do.

3. Ranasaa ...

30

3,834

19

13,288

750 Idar,
373 H. H. G.
3 B. Govt.

4. Punadra ...

11

2,217

11

18,964

375 H. H. G.

5. Khadal ...

8

2,256

13

18,334

1,751 Do.
250 Atarsumba.

6. Ghodasar ...

16

5,596

15

16,806

3,501 H. H. G.
488 Kaira.

7. Katosan ...

10

5,311

8

24,582

544 H H. G.

428 Idar.

8. Ilol

19

3,931

7

20,662

1,863 H. H. G.
17 Ahmednagar.

9. Amaliara ...

60

7,544

35

42,276

317 H. H. G.

10. Sudasna ...

32

6,098

24

23,008

1,036 Do.
361 Idar.

VARSODA.

1. Varsoda is a Fourth Class Taluka. It is on the
Sabarmati River in the Sabar Kantha district. The family
are Chavda Rajputs of the same stock as the Thakores of
Mansa, and are descended from the Chavda dynasty of Anhil-
wad Patan (746-942). The Taluka is bounded on the North,
the South and West by the Vijapur and Kadi Mahals of the
Kadi Prant and on the East by the Prantij Taluka, The
village of Varsoda is at a distance of 6 miles from the
Prantij Railway Sfcatioa. There is a branch post office,

171

Dharamsalft and one Gujarati school. The police strengtft
consists of 3 Sowars and 10 foot and the total cost amounts
to Rs. 1,198. In 1905-06 the late Thakore introduced the
Vighoti system. The land is assessed at 4 different rates
according to the class to which it belongs, i.e., Aval, Doyam,
Soyam and Barkhali. The land revenue amounts to Rs. 15,009.
The jurisdictional powers of the late Thakore Surajmalji were
raised as a personal distinction from the Fourth to Third
Class, ride Government letter, Political Department, No.
3959, dated the 11th July 1914. There are three Gujarati
schools and one Girls' school. There is one dispensary int
Varsoda. One library was opened in 1917. Varsoda is G
miles from Sadra.

2. History of Varsoda* — The Talukdar of Varsoda is
the Ehayat of the Ravalji Shri of Mansa and the family are
Chavda Rajputs. Surajmalji one of the three sons of Jaysingh
got Varsoda Jagir. He was staying in Mehsana. Surajmalji
was succeeded by Punjaji, Shivdasji, Sardalji and Gangji*
Gangdev was succeeded by his son Askaranji in whose time
the Moghal arm}- came to Varsoda, but Askaranji succeeded
in driving them out. During the time of Badsinghji, Babaji
Ajaji brought the army from Baroda, but he succeeded ii>
driving them out. Thakore Kisarsinghji came on the Gadi
and governed the Taluka well. He died on the 31st Decem-
ber 1891 and was succeeded by his son Surajmalji, who be-
ing a minor at the time, the estate was taken under x\gency
management. He was given full control ou 4fch April 1892.
The residuary criminal jurisdiction over this Taluka was
transferred from the Hazur Deputy Assistant, to the Assistant;
Political Agent in 1910, vide Government letter No. 1531,
Dated 8th March 1910, Polical Department. Surajmalji died
on 6th March 1919 learing one son Jorawarsinghji who waa
born on 17th April 1914. The Taluka is under attachmenW
during the minority of the Thakore.

172

PETHAPUR.

1. This estate is known as the Pethapur Taluka and
the Chief is a Waghela Rajput and known as the Thakore
of Pethapur. It is bounded on the North and the West
by the Kalol Taluka of the Baroda State and on the
East by the Dehgam Taluka and on the South by the
Daskroi Taluka. It has an area of II miles and has three
villages and a population of 5,233. Before the great famine
of 1899 the estate had a population of 7,335. This small
estate lies on the North of the Sabarmati river, a few miles
from Ahmedabad. It has a revenue of about Rs. 10,000. A
survey of the estate was made in 1890 and the total area
measured was 13,346 Vighas of which 2,106 Vighas were
Kharaba waste and grazing, 2,756 Vighas as land paying
Vighoti or Vaje to the Taluka and the whole of the rest as
being in the possession of Bhayats, Dabhi Rajputs, Banias
and Pasaitas. At the beginning of the last century Petha-
pur was a very busy and flourishing mercantile centre. Di-
vision of trade, the construction of other routes and latterly
of railways have entirely altered the aspect of affairs. The
prosperity of Pethapur has never recovered and the revenue
has gone down considerably. In 1820-21 Major Ballantine
fixed the Baroda Jamabandi at Rs. 6,001, then at 7,000 and
in 1828 it amounted to 7,575 that is more than 50 per cent.
of the revenue. The tributary liabilities of the Mahi Kantha
States range from '88 to 22*47 per cent, of the assets where-
as they exceeded 50 per cent, in the case of Pethapur.
This impoverished condition of the estate attracted the notice
of the Home Government for more than half a century. The
Gaekwar was the ruling power in Gujarat and it was his
policy to absorb, either by diplomacy or force, the lands of
the petty Chiefs and landholders bordering on the Baroda
territory. The intervention of the British Government arres-
ied this process and settled the relations between the Gaekwar

173

and his feudatories in the form now existing. Pethapur
remained under management for a number of years. In 190S
by Government Resolution No. 2146, dated 19th March
1906, in the Political Department, the arrears of Jama upto
1904-05 were written off as irrecoverable and for the future
the tribute has been fixed at 35 per cent, of the gross income
calculated at the expiry of every 10 years.

2. There is a dispensary, one Vernacular school, on©
Girls' school and one Anglo-Vernacular school. Pethapur is
a handsome town, well known by its manufacture of match-
locks. In A. D. 1445 a Gohel Rajput by Pethaji was ruling
in the village of Sokhda on the Sabarmati river. Himlaji
killed his maternal uncle Pethaji and took Sokhda. Pethaji's
wife became sati and on her request Himlaji changed the
name of Sokhda into Pethapur. The Momnas of Pethapur
used to prepare Saris and the Lavars guns and knives, but
there are now very few houses of Momnas and Lavars. The
Bhaosars are known for their dyeing industry, the cloth
dyed being exported to Siam in large quantities. There are
two suburbs known as Fatehpur and Gambhirpur. The village
of Gadha in the Idar State and Jamla and Chaudisna in the
Kalol Taluka belong to the State. The State has also a
compact land of 2,300 Vighas in the village of Unava known
as guaranteed Wanta. The Vighoti system prevails in tha
Taluka.

3, The police strength consists of one Foujdar, one
Naik and G Constables. Four police Chokyats are also main-
tained. The total cost amounts to Rs. 1,946. There is one
Gujarati boys' school and one girls' school in which nearly
325 boys and girls are receiving education. The expenditure
amounts to Rs. 1,300. There is one private Anglo-Vernacular
school in which there are 50 students. There is one dispen-
sary in the village and a public library. The term of Pethapur

174

Tias got a good municipality, which has an income of Rs.
5,000, from which the dispensary, the school, lighting charges,^
and municipal servants as sweepers, Bhangis are paid. The
municipality is an independent body and has no connection
with the Taluka Vahivat.

4. History of Pethapur. — The Thakore is a Waghela
Kajput descended from a branch of the Vaghela Chiefs of
Anhilwad Patau. Siramshi or Sarangdev, one of the two
sons of Raja Karan, the last Raja of Patau, was allowed the
town of Kalol and surrounding villages as an estate. Descend-
ed from him on the tenth generation was Himatoji. His
mother's brother Pithoo Gol possessed the estate of Sokhroo
near the Sabarmati river. Pithoo was afflicted with an in-
curable disease and, as he had no ofifspring, he looked with
an eye of apprehension on Himatoji, it being no uncorauion
thing in those times, says the bard, for nephews to put their
uncles to death for their Giras. Pithoo's fears were not with-
out foundation but the precautions taken by him prevented
any open attack by his nephew. At length, however, Himatoji
pretending a pilgrimage to Sookhria Mahddev entered Sokhroo
with a band of Rajputs concealed in the closed carriages used
for the conveyance of women. These warriors made their
way into the mansion of the Chief, whom they put to death.
" Sat " having then come upon the Rani, she cursed Himatoji
and prophesied that the children even of his daughters should
meet an untimely death. The Thakore implored for forgive-
ness and said " Mother, you have no child. I am j^our son.
What has happened has happened, be kind to me and I will
obey any order you may give. "The Sati commanded him to
found a village in the name of his uncle and promised that
his descendants in the male line should maintain themselves
there but declared that as her word could not be altered the
daughters of his race should be childless. Such was the
origin of Pethapur, a handsome town on the Sabarmati river,

175

a few miles from the North of Ahmedabad, distinguished by
its manufacture of match-locks. The present Chief, Thakore
Fatehsingji, succeeded to the Taluka on the death of hia
lather Tbakore Gambhirsingji in 1896. The Thakore having
attained majority, he was entrusted with the affairs of his
Taluka with the powers appertaining to it in November 1913.

The Chief has no salute but is entitled to be received
collectively with the other Fourth Class Chiefs by the Governor
of Bombay.

RANASAN.

1. The Taluka is bounded on the North, the East and
the West by the Mohanpur Taluka and on the South by the
Prantij Taluka. It has an area of 30 square miles and 21
villages and a population of 3,834. The rivers Meshwa and
Kanja flow in this territory and both meet near the village
of Ranasan, where there is a beautiful temple of Sangamnath
Mahadev. Irrigation is done from the water of this river.
The land is flat and the principal cereals are bajri, jowari,
wheat, makai and kathol. The population mainly consist of
Bhils, Kolis and Rajputs. Ranasan is the capital town of the
Taluka, where the Thakore has got his Darbar. There is one
Gujarati school. The post is received from the Harsol post
office. The police consists of 1 mounted and 7 foot and is
maintained at a cost of lis. 780. The Vighoti system prevails
in all the villages of this Taluka. The total revenue of the
Taluka is Rs. 16,000 of which the land revenue amounts to
Rs. 10,000. The Taluka pays Rs. .350-1-9 as Jama to Baroda,
Rs. 734-2-7 as Khichdi to Idar and Rs. 3-4-1 aa SaUimi to
British Government.

2. History of Ranasan. -The ruling family are Rehwar
Rajputs of the Indra race and descended from the Raos of
Cbandravati near Mount Abu. Early in the thirteenth century.

176

i.e., 1227 A. D., their ancestor Jaspal moved from Chandra-
vati to Hadol in Mahi Kantha and from thence in the
thirteenth generation Thakore Prithiraj moved to Ghorwada,
having received that and the neighbouring districts. In course
of time these were divided into different branches, of which
Kanasan is one.

3. The estate was founded by Rajsinghji grandson of
Shivaji whose account has been given in the history of"
Mobanpur. Rajsinghji rendered good service to the Idar
State. He was succeeded by his son Sursingbji and the
second son Keshavdasji succeeded the estate of Vadagam.
Sursingbji suppressed the turbulant Bhils of Modasa and
Prantij and levied certain Haks on the neighbouring villages.
He was succeeded by Sarvarsingbji and Adesinghji. Jiwanji
got Bolundra in Jiwai, Bharatsinghji succeeded Adesinghji
and in his time Idar exacted the right of Khichdi. Kumar-
singhji came on the Gadi in 1768 and died in 1802. The
British connection was estabUshed in the time of Makansinghji
who suppressed highway robbery. He died in 1828. Makan-
singhji was succeeded by Raisinghji and Lalsinghji by turn.
As Lalsinghji had no son, he was succeeded by his uncle's
son Sartansinghji. Thakore Kisorsinghji succeeded to the
Gadi on the 17th July 1890. He was born in 1869. He
was not the direct heir and so his succession was recognized
by Government in 1890 on the payment of a Nazarana of
Rs. 4,000. Thakore Kisorsinghji died on 28th April 1914, Prithi-
singhji a Bhayat was recognized as the successor by Govern-
ment. He died on 5th August 1917, the present Thakore
Takhatsingbji was recognized as the successor and was put on
the Gadi on 12th November 1917. The Taluka maintains no
local force. The Chief has no salute but is entitled to be
received collectively with the order Fourth Class Chiefs by
the Governor of Bombay.

177

PUNADRA.

1, Punadra is bounded oa the North and the South by
the Atarsumba Taluka of the Baroda State, on the East by
Nirmali of Vatrak Kantha Thana and on the West by the
Kapadvanj Taluka. The land is flat and sandy and the
Vatrak river passes through it. The capital town is Punadra,
in which there is a Darbargadh of ancient times. There is
one Gujarati school. The post is received from the Atar-
sumba post office. It is 10 miles from Dehgam station of
the Prantij Railway. The Police consists of 2 Sowars, 8 foot
and is maintained at a cost of Rs. 575. The Taluka receives
Ks. 1,504-5-11 from the Baroda State on account of Giras
JHak and Rs. 905 from the Government, in lieu of certain
Haks which the Taluka used to get from the British villages,
and Ks. 56-6-1 from the Atarsumba villages on account of
Kothli Santh. Both the Vighoti and the Vaje systems pre-
vail in this Taluka. The State maintains three schools, one
in Punadra and others in Kavadia and Telnal. There is one
Abhesinghji Memorial Dispensary in Punadra.

2. History of Punadra.— The family are Makwana
Kolis and were converted to Islam by Mahomad Begda
(1459-1513). The family claims descent from the Jhala
Rajputs of Halvad in Kathiawar. Their ancestor, Harisingh
of the Mandwa house, in 1483 entered the services of Sultan
Mahomad Begda and became a Musalman. For this and his
services Harisingh received a grant of Mandwa and its depen-
dent villages, which he helped to wrest from Samatsingh, a
Kojput Chief of the Bevla tribe, and from him have sprung
the petty estates of Punadra, Khadal, Dabha and Ramas.
The family follows a mixed Mahomedan and Hindu religion.
Harisingh died in 1501 and his son Jamalmian succeeded him.
He had two sons Amiji and Piramian of whom Amiji got
the Gadi of Mandwa and Piramian got Atarsumba and 12

12

178

villages under it. The Gaekwar Sarkar took possession of
Atarsumba and so Joramian came to Punadra in 1804 A. D.
Narmian succeeded him, but he died in 1840 leaving Amar-
singbji a child of six months and so his mother Jitba carried
on the administration. The Mian died in 1865 and his son
Abhesinghji succeeded to the Gadi on the 17th September
1881. Abhesinghji died in Samvat 1963 and the present
Mian Saheb Shivsinghji came on the Gadi on 31st July 1907.
During the minority of Abhesinghji, his mother Dariaba
carried on the affairs to the great satisfaction of the Agency.
This Talukdar was addressed as " Miyan " but this form of
address is now changed into " Thakore '' as per Government
letter No. 3634, dated the 29th May 1919. The Taluka
maintains no local force. The Chief has no salute but is en-
titled to be received collectively with the other Fourth Class
Chiefs by the Governor of Bombay.

KHADAL

1. The Taluka is bounded on the North and the East by
the Kapadvanj Taluka, on the South by Atarsumba Paragna
of Gaekwar, and on the West by the Kapadvanj and Atar-
sumba territories. The population mainly consists of Koli
and Musalmans. Banias and Brahmins live in Khadal. The
Vatrak river passes through this district. The Vaje system
prevails. The Police consists of 2 Sowars and 6 foot police
and the cost amounts to Rs. 1,200. There is one boys*
school and one girls' school. A dispensary is also maintained
by the Chief. There is one post office in Khadal.

2. History of Khadal. — In the history of Punadra it
has been stated that Vajesingh, son of Mian Piramian inherited
Khadal. Vajesinghji was succeeded in turn by Sursinghji,
Kupsingh, Jagatsingh, Sardarsingh, Himatsingh and Kesri-
singh. The Taluka came under British protection in the time o£

179

Kesrisingh. Kesrisingh was succeeded by his son Dolatsinghji
in 1822, but he was murdered by Lakhamian and so his son
Fatesinghji came on the Gadi. In 1847 Sardarsinghji suc-
ceeded his father Fatesinghji, He ruled upto 1884 when his
son Sursinofhji came on the Gadi on 23rd April 1884 The
administration of the Taluka in his time was good and pro-
gressive. He undertook famine relief work in Chhapania and
rendered useful service. Sursinghji died in 1907 without
leaving an heir. His uncle's son Rajamian was recognised as
the successor but as he was not found fit for the Gadi, his
son Ratanainghji was recognised as the heir. Ratansinghji
died at Sadra while receiving education at the Scott College
and his brother Fatesingh has been recognised as his successor.
The Chief is now to be addressed " Thakore " instead of
" Miyan ".

GHODASAR.

1, This small outlying Tnlnka is situated in Kaira dis-
trict and is in charge of the Assistant Political Ai^ent. It
is bounded on the North by the villages of the Bavishi Zillah,
on the South by the Mehmdavad Taluka, on the East by the
Mehmdavad and Kapadvanj Taluka and on the West by the
Dehgam Taluka. The Thakore has his residence at Ghodasar
which has a post office, a boys' school and a girls' school.
Ghodasar is 7 miles from Mehmdavad Station of the Bombay
Baroda and Central India Railway. The village of Haldarvas
is four miles from Ghodasar and is a big village. There is
one dispensary and four schools in this Taluka.

2. History of Ghodasar.— The ruhng family i>j said
to be Rajputs. They are said to have come from Bundel-
khand. The family was reduced by Sultan Ahmed I (1411-
1443 ) but on submission, Myaji an ancestor of the present
Chief, was sent to the neighbourhood and after defeatino" a

180

tribe of rebel Rajputs, 'tvas allowed to enjoy their estate of
125 villages, his head-quarters beingr Barki^ida. For this act
of violence the family acquired the coornomeu of " Khant ".
Since then except for some property ces>es called Giras Haks
the family has lost nearly all its villages. When the British
connection was established in Mahi Kantha, Dada Saheb
was on the Gadi and was succeeded by his son Julamsincrhji.

3. The Taluka was put under the Kaira Zillah in 1819.
In 1845 it was noain put under Mahi Kantha on the request
of Tbakore Ajabsiiinihji. In the treaty of 1811-12 of IG
articles Ajabsintjhji's signature will be seen first. Kunvar
Chandrasinpfhji was murdered in 1850 by members of the
Thakore's lamily and the culprits were heavily punished.
Surajmalji, brother of ChandrasinLjhji came on the Gadt.
The Taluka remained under the supervision of the Collector
of Kaira during the minority of Surajmalji. In 1867 the
Taluka WHS again transferred to the Mahi Kantha Agency
on the request of the Thakore. In Surajmalji's time the
Taluka prospered He died in 1883 and his son Dada
Saheb succeeded him The Taluka was put under manaore-
ment during the minority of the Thakore, who was sent to
the Rajkumar College for education. The Thakore was put
in charge of the Taluka in 1889. Dada Salieh introduced
many reforms in the State. Schools were established and a
dit*pensary was opened in the village of Haldarvas. Dada
Saheb died on the 14th May 1912 and as he had no son,
his brother Ratansingh's scm has been recognized as hi»
successor and is »t present at the Scott College. The
Taluka is under management. The dispensary has been trans-
ferred to Ghodasar from Haldarvas and a new buildiiig at
a cost of Rs. 8,000 has been erected. The Chief has no
salute but is entitled to be received collectively with the
other Fourth Class Chiefs by the Governor of Bombay.

181

KATOSAM.

1. The Taluka is situated on the West of the province
and separated from it by Baroda territory. It is bounded on the
North by Balol of the Mehsana Taluka, on the East hy Modi-
pur of Baroda State and on the South by Bhoini of Gaekwar
and OQ the West by Bauchraji Mata. The Taluka had original-
ly 80 villages, but some were taken away by Baroda. Twent}'-
two villages are under the jurisdiction of the Agency Thana and
six villages are under the Thakore. two villages, viz., Suvala
and Sujpara are under the Viramgam Taluka in the British
district and the criminal and civil jurisdiction is enjoyed by
the Thakore as Honorary Magistrate appointed by the
Government. Six villages being joint with the Bhayats are
under the Agency Thana. The Taluka is well connected with
Railway. Katosan is 3^ miles from the Katosan Road
Station of the Mehsana Viramgam Line and is 5A miles from
Jhotana Station. The river Rupa passes through it. The
population consists of Kolis. The Thakore's head-quarters is
at Katosan. There is one school in this villaa;e. Santhal is
3 miles from Katosan and the Agency Thaudar's Court is in
that place. There are schools at Santhal and Jhotana. There
is one dispensary at Dhanpura. There are two ginning factories
and one press in Jhotana. The police strength is of 25 foot
and is maintained at a cost of Rs. 2,112.

2. History of Katosan,— -The Thakore is a Makwana
Koli of the Chavda race and the descendant of Shamtaji,
the third son of Keshar the Makwana, who was the son of
the Vehias of the Jhala tribe which sprang from the Anhil-
wud dynasty. Shamtuji took forcible possession of the town
of Santhal, and there, in the days of Mahomad Begda, his
descendant Kauoji lived. By marrying the daughter of a
Bhil Chieftain Kanoji lost caste. But serving with distinction

12a

182

under Sultan Mahmad he received a grant of the Katosan
State with 84 villages. These villages were subsequently
divided amongst his brothers, so the present Chief enjoys
only a small portion of the original estate. In the time of
Malbarrao Gaekwar, Banesincjhji came on the Gadi of Kato-
san, but during his minority Malharrao deprived him of his
villages and so Banesinghji made common cause with Bhupat-
singh of Bhandora and became an outlaw. They harassed
the Baroda district to such an extent that Malharrao had to
give back 42 villages, of which Banesitic»h gave 24 to his
Bhayats. Thakore Banesingb died in 181S and Ranaji, son
of Banesingh's brother Bhagwansinghji came on the Gadi.
During the minority of Ranaji the Gaekwar Sircar took
away six villages and so only 12 villages remained with the
Thakore. Ranaji rendered conspicuous services to the Sircar
and won the good opinion of the Political Agents. Ranaji
received a grant of Rs. 100 per annum from the Kadi Mahal
for his great hospitality to Khanderao Maharaj. Ranaji was
very religious. He died in 1869 at the age of 51. Kunvar
Kersansinghji succeeded Ranaji. He died in 1900 and was
succeeded by the present Thakore Saheb Takhatsinghji. He
received his education in the Rajkumar College, and came on
the Gadi on the 15th January 1901. He takes a prominent
part in the administration of his Taluka as he used also to
do in the lifetime of his father. In 1903 the Thakore was
given enhanced powers as a personal distinction. In 1911 tho
Taluka was raised to the Third Class. The appellate powers
of the Political Agent in civil cases and over summarily
triable cases in criminal matters and the revisional powers
of the Commissioner, N, D., in the above cases have also been
withdrawn as a personal distinction. The Taluka maintains
no local force. The Chief has no salute but is entitled to ba
received collectively with the other Fourth Class Chiefs by tha
Governor of Bombay.

183
ILOL

1. The Ilol Taluka is bounded on the Xorth and the
East by the Idar State, on the South by the Vijapur Taluka
of the Kadi Prant and on the West by the Kadoli Taluka.
The land is flat and the Ilolia \Yheat is well-known in the
district. The principal cereals are wheat, gram, jowar, banti,
kodra and kathol. The population consists of Banias, Brah-
mins, Memons, Anjwa Kanbis and Kolis. There is one Dar-
bar building in Ilol, a Gujarati school, boys' and a girls'
school, a branch post office and a dispensary. Ilol is 4 miles
from Ahmednagar Station of the Prautij Railway and 9
miles from Vijapur Station on the Kalol Vijapur Line. The
Vighoti syetem has been introduced and the land revenue
amounts to Rs. 17,000. The police strength is 15 foot of
Avhich the annual cost comes to Rs. 1,521.

2. History of Ilol, — ^The Thakore is a Makwana Koli,
claiming descent from Makwana Rajputs. Eleven generations
back Makwana Bhati came to the neisrhbourhood of Dedh-
rota and married the daughter of a Koli. From him are
sprung the families of Ilol, Derol, &c. The date is not
known, but as the Makwana is a branch of the Jhala tribe it
is probable that the settlement of these Chiefs and those of
Khadiil and Pumidra took place in the fourteenth century
when the Jhalas were driven by the Kathis out of Halar in
Kathiawar. Thakore Dipsinghji succeeded Naharsinghji. On
his death he was succeeded by Vakhatsinghji and the Taluka
taken under management owing to the minority of the Thakore.
The Thakore received his education in the Rajkuiuar College
and on his a.^suming charge of the administration, he made manj-
improvements. In his time the status of the Taluka was raised
to the Third Class as a personal distinction. Thakore Vakhat-
singhji died on COth April 1898 without leaving any heir.
Thakore Mansinghji succeeded to the Taluka on the death

184

of his cousin Thakore Vakhatsinghji. As Mansinghji was
illiterate the jurisdiction was enjoyed by the Sabar Kantha
Thandar and the Thakore had only revenue powers. The
Thakore succeeded to the Taluka on the 15th September
1899 and died in 1902. He was succeeded by his son Vaje-
singhji who being a minor, the estate remained under Agency
Management. He assumed the administration on 21st Feb-
ruary 191 G after completing his education. He is an intelli-
gent Thakore and manages the estate well. The powers of
the Thakore have recently been raised to those equal to Third
Glass Chief as a personal distinction. The family holds no
Sanad allowing adoption and in matters of succession it follows
the rule of primogeniture. The Chief has no salute but is en-
titled to be received collectively with the other Fourth Class
Chiefs by the Governor of Bombay.

AMLIYARA.

1. Amliyara is on the Majam river in the Vatrak
Kantha. It is bounded on the North by the Prantij
Taluka, on the South by Atarsumba Taluka, on the East
by Ram^s and Idar State and on the West by tiie Dehgani
Taluka. Amliyara is the capital town of the Taluka. It
contains the Dabar houses, a Gujarati school, a branch pjst
office, and a dispensary. There is one private dispensary in
the town. Mr. James Edward Gibbs of the Trigonometrical
Survey Department died in this place, and his grave is suitably
kept up in the garden of the State. There are three schools
in this Taluka. The town is 9 miles from the Kakhial Station
of the Frantij Railway.

2. History of Amliyara.— The Thakores are Hindus,
Khant Kolis by caste. They claim their descent from Chohan
Rajputs of Sambhar or Ajmer and are said to have received
the grant of Amliyara in the reign of Aurangzeh (1658-1707).
They are famous for the obstinate resistence they have mora

185

than once made to the Gaekwar troops. In 1798 Maharaja
Sagramsinghji of Ahmednagar and Maharaja Jalamsinghji of
Modasa attached Amliyara, but the then Chief Bhathiji brought
a counter attack and desolated 10 villages of Ahmednagar.
Bhathiji defeated the combined army of Ahmednagar and
Gaekwar, and in 1808 entered into treaty with Anandrao Gaek-
war. Bhathiji died in 1814 A. D. and his son Nathusinghji
succeeded him. Amarsinghji came on the Gadi in 1838 after
intrigues by the Thakranis and the State remained under
management during the Thakore's minority. He died at the
age of 39 and his son Thakore Jaiamsingbji came on the Gadi.
The Taluka was taken under management during the minority
of the Thakore and on the 15th August 1879 it was entrust-
ed to the Thakore with full powers. He adminisitered the
estate well. The Thakore had the interest of his people at
heart and had done his best to assist them in times of famine.
Kunvar Keshrisinghji the present Chief was invested with
the powers of the Taluka on the 7th May 1908. The Chief
has no salute but is entitled to be received collectively with
the other Fourth Class Chiefs by the Governor of Bombay.

SUDASNA.

1. Sudasna in the Nani Marwar, marching on the
West with Palanpur and comprising 22 villages, has an area
of 32 square miles, a population of 6,098 and a yearly revenue
of Rs. 23,068. The land is mostly flat. Sudasna is the capi-
tal town and is 9 miles from the Kheralu Railway Station
and receives its post from the Satlasna branch post office.
There is one school in the village and the Darbar Buildings.

2. History of Sudasna.— The Thakore of Sudasna,
Barad Rajputs of the Parmar tribe, ranking in the Fifth Class,
trace their descent from Amarsing the son of Punja brother
of Mansino- of Danta. In the latter half of the sixteenth
century, in Amar sing's time, the estate consisted of the single

186

tillage of Sudasna. Amarsing made frequent forays on his
cousin Jasvoji's estate of Kanpur. In revenge Mansing of
Danta, a friend of Jasvoji, hired a body of freebooters, who
shortly afterwards meeting Amarsing near the village of
Palkhari fell on him and put him to death. Amarsing was
succeeded by his son Hathioji and he by Khomansing, a
child of eighteen months old. Taking advantage of this
minority Jasvoji of Ranpur took Sudasna, giving Hathioji's
widow the village of Uderan. About this time the Gaekwar
army under Vithoba attacked Sudasna, plundered the village
and retired. After this they returned every three or
four years, and at last levied a fixed tribute. Sardarsing,.
Jasvoji's son and successor, was adopted by Gajsing of Danta,
Afterwards an heir was born to Gajsing and Sardarsing's
claims were aiet by the grant of Vasai, Davol, Dalisna
and several other villages. Amarsing, Sardarsing's grandson
and successor, greatly increased the estate and took the K hilar
district between Sudasna and Taranga. He repulsed a Gaek-
war arm}', and defeating the Danta Chief received from him,
five villages and a fourth share of the transit dues paid by
pilgrims to the Shrine of Amba Bhawani. Amarsing left a
son Fatehsing, whose sons were Mohbatsing and Punjaji* In the
time of Mohbatsing, in 1804, Kakaji, a Maratha Officer,
brought an army of the Gaekv/ar against Sudasna, but vv^as
beaten by the Thakore, who is said to have been helped by
the spirit of Maniknath Bavo and did not lose a man.
Mohbatsing left four sons, Harising, Ratansing, Parbatsing
and Mokansing. Harising enjoyed the chiefship for four
years, and was succeeded by Ratansing, who held it for two
years and died. His son Bhupatsing succeeded him, and
lived only for one year. In 1845 Parbatsing about sixty
years of age, succeeded, and died on 31st January 1885. His
son Takhatsinghji succeeded him but died in 1900 being suc-
ceeded by his son Prathusingji, the present Thakore, who was

187

educated at the Scott College and takes a most intelligent
interest in the management of his Taluka. The status of
liis Taluka was raised to Fourth Class by Government in 1919
as a personal distinction. Government have sanctioned the
withdrawal of the appellate powers of the Political Agent
and the revisional powers of the Commissioner, N. D., in
respect of certain offiinces and lu all civil cases decided by
the Thakore, as a mark of personal distinction. The Thakore
has withdrawn the civil and criminal jurisdiction of Bhayat
Jagatsingji of Dalisana owing to his insubordination and
incompetence.

Fifth Class Talukas*

Name

Area

Popula-

Reve-

Jama.

of Estate.

in sq.

tion

nue.

miles.

(1921).

4

1. Walasna

21

3,227

10,051

280

H. H. G.

2. Dabha

12

1,5G7

7,989

150
53

H. H. G.

Aniliyara.

3. Wdsna

10

3,19G

15,369

3,109

H. H. G.

4. Rupal

IG

3,894

13,025

362

Idar.

5. Dadhiilia

28

3,597

11,283

G99
GU

H. H. G.

Idar.

G. Magodi

23

2,776

9,470

93

Do.

7. Vadagiim

28

3,080

1G,459

• •«

8. Sathamba

18

3,549

23,887

5GI
401
127

Balasinor.
H H. G.
Lunavda.

188

WALASNA.

1, Walasna, with 12 villages on the Sabarmati in the
Nani Marwar district, has an area of 21 square miles, a popu-
lation of 3,227 souls and a yearly revenue of Rs. 10,051. The
Taluka is bounded on the North by the Udni Taluka and on
the South and East by the Kheralu Mahal of the Kadi Prant.
The river Sabar passes through it. The land is flat and stony.
The head-quarters of the Taluka is Walasna where the Taiuk-
dar has his Darbar building. The population of Walasna is
730. There is one Gujarati school. The Estate pays Rs.
1,200 to the Idar State on account of certain mortj^age Haks
on the lands of the Taluka being relinquished. The Bhag-
batai or Vaje system prevails. The post is received from a
branch office at Udhai. Walasna is 11 miles from Yadnagar
Station on the Mehsana Kherali Line.

2. History of Walasna. -The Thakores of Walasna, rank
iu the Fifth Class, they are Rathod Rajputs, and trace their origin
toViramdev, the famous Rao of Idar, a contemporary of Akbar,
who ruled about the beginning of the seventeenth century.
Viramdev dying childless, was unlawfully succeeded by his
younger brother Kaliaumal. Gopaldas the elder brother to
obtain his rights took service with the Emperor of Delhi.
Before leaving for Delhi, Gopaldas left his family with a
cowherd named Volo. He returned with a force from Delhi;
but on his way to Idar, was waylaid and killed by Lai
Mia, the Kasbati of Mandva whose town he had taken.
After his death Gopaldas' family remained with the cowherd
Volo, and founded a village naming it Walasna iu honour of
their protector. Gradually encroaching on the country round,
Harising and Ajabsing, Gopaldas' two sons, divided their
lands into the greater and lesser estates of Walasna. These
lauds are not now the sole property of their descendants, as
the Maharaja of Idar acquired a share iu part of the State,

J 89

The British connection took place in the time of Thakore
Nathusinorhji in 1812. On the death of Nathusinghji, Makan-
singhji and Mansiiighji succeeded him by turn. On the death
of Maiisinghji, his son Harisitiorhji came on the Gadi, but as
he was minor the estate remained in Agency Manageiuent;
upto 1899 The Thnkore took the control of the Taluka on
10 Aucjust 1900. The Thakore has improved the revenue
of the Talukn and has built a new Darbar buildinsf and a
garden. The family holds no deed of adoption ; in matter.<i
of succession it follows the rule of primogeniture.

DABHA.

1. Dabha, with 10 villages in the Vatrak Kantbiv
district is bounded on the North by Ramas Taluka and the
Amliyara Taluka, on the South by the Vatrak Kantha Zillah,
on the East by Idar State and on the West by Amliyara
Taluka. The rivers Vatrak and Majum pass through the
villages of Dabha and Sultanpur. The Taluka is divided in
two parts, viz., Dablia pata and Bhudasan pata. Bhagbatai
system prevails in the matter of land revetjue recovery. The
Mian has his Darbar house in Dabha. The post is received
from Amliyara post of!ice. Dabha is 14 miles from the
Rakhial Station of the Prantij Railwa3\

2. History of Dabha»-The Mians of Dabha, taking rank
in the Fifth Class, were like the Chiefs of Punadra, Makwana
Kolis converted to Islam, and follow a mixed Mahomedati and
Hindu religion. They gave their daughters in marriage to
Mahomedans of rank, and marry the daughters of Koli
Chiefs. They bury their dead. In 1822 Colonel Ballantine
interfered in the dispute between Dabha and Amliyara and
Naharn)ian got 5 populated villages and Balamian was giveo
5 deserted villages by Nathusinghji of Amliyara. Nahar-
mian established himself at Ramas in 1822 and Balamian
established at Dabha. In 1S30 the Gha^dana aukda wa.'^

190

€xed at Rs. 150. Balamian died in 1845 and was succeeded
by his son Gulabmiau, who incurred large debts during his
time and the estate was taken under manao^eroent in 1892.
Gulabraian died in 1893 and )us son Motaniian came on the
Gadi. In 1898 Motamian was given full powers, but like
his father incurred debts and the Taluka was again put under
manaffeaaent in 1915. The manaijement has since been removed
and the Taluka handed over to Miyan now called Thakore
Mohobatsinghji wit.li full powers appertaining to the Taluka.

WASNA.

1. Wasna, with five villages on the Sabarmati river in the
Bavishi district, is bounded on the North by the Sadra Civil
Station and the remaining sides by the Dehgam Taluka of
the Baroda State, The Cantonment of Sadra, the head-quarters
of the Mahi Kantha Political Agency, is situated within the
limits of Sadra, a village in this Taluka. For the land so
taken up the Thakore receives fioni the British Government
a yearly ground rent amounting to Rs. 260. This amount is
paid from the Sadra Cantonment Bazar Fund. The head-
quarters of the Thakore is at Wasna. There is one school in
the village and a branch post office. It has a population of
3,19G. The population consists of Bhav.sars who are known
for the dyeing of country cloth which is exported as far as
iSiam. There is one private Anglo- Vernacular school in the
village. Sadra Civil Station contains the temple of Radha-
valabhi, Mahadev temple and on the border of the river
there is one Jaxnimata tem{)le where a fair takes place on
the second Sunday of Bhadarva. On the North of the village
there is an old fort of the time of Einperor Alimedsha ins
which Colonel Ballantine built his residence in 1811-12,
There is a Bazar, the Political Agent's Bungalow, Civil
Hospital, Female Hospital, Ferris Pavilion, Jubilee Clock
Tower, Blako Gujarati school, English school, Girls' school^.

191

LeGeyt Rajasthanik Hall, Post and Telegraph Office, Bhati
Sindya Dharmashala, Sarkari Dharmashala, Police Choki, Polica
Lines, Assistant Political Agent's Bungalow and Scott College,
There is a Katcha road between Sadra and Prantij and a.
metalled road between Sadra and Dabhoda. The Vighoti
system prevails in the Taluka.

2. History of Wasna.— The Thakores of Wasna, rank-
ing in the Fifth Class, are Rathod Rajputs descended from ths
Joda Raja of Marwar. The fiimily came to Gujarat with
Musal Shah in 1476 (Samvat J 532) and received a grant of
Prantij. In 1506 they were removed from Prantij and went
to live at Chhalla near Sadra. Losing Chhalla in 1629 they
occupied \Yasna, now the family seat. Thakore Dolatsinghji
gave the plot of land for the Sadra Cantonment in 1811-12
to Lieutenant-Colonel Ballantine. An agreement was made
on 25th November 1843 when the annual rent of Rs. 250
was fixed. Dolatsinghji died in 1875 and was succeeded
by his grandson Takhatsinghji. The Taluka remained under
management during his minority. He was put in charge o£
the Taluka in 1896. He died on the 10th November 1917.
The Taluka was under Agency Management during the
minority of Bapusingbji. He was in charge of the Taluka
in 1918. The family holds no deed allowing adoption and
in matters of succession it follows the rule of primogeniture.

RUPAL

1. Rupal, with 13 villages, in the Rehvar district, is
bounded on the North and the East by Idar State limits and

on the South andWest by Mohanpur Taluka. The Kanjan river
passes through Rupal and Rampur. The land is liat and at
some places hilly. Rupal is the head-quarters of the Taluka
and contains a Police Thana of the Rehvar Zillah and oue
Gujarati school. The post is received from the Ahmednagar
post office. The Agency Police maintain law and order.

192

2. History of Rupal.— The Thakores of Rupul, rank-
ing in the Fifth Class of Mahi Kantha Chiefs, are Rehvar
Kxjputs of the Indra race, descended from the same stock
as the Mohanpur Thakores. Their seat is at Rupal, the
principal town of the Sfcate. Fatehsinghji got the Ghasdana
sum reduced after giving great trouble to the surrounding
villaores of the Baroda State. The Sardar of Mundeti took
Rupal in 1834, but Fatehsingh surrendered himself to the
British Government and was given back the Taluka. Hi-
matsinghji intrigued with the Thakrani of Amliyara and
Himatsinghji was kept in the Ahmedabad Jail where he died
in St. 1900. Pratapsinghji succeeded his father Himatsinjjhji
but died in 1847 A. D. His son Mansinghji came on the
Gadi. He died in 1896 and was succeeded by his son
HamirsinghjI. He was charged with abetting the murder of
Navalsingbji, a Jiwakdar of Dhudhar and deprived of the
management of his Taluka which is under Agency Manage-
ment. The family holds no deed allowing adoption ; in mat-
ters of succession it follows the rule of primogeniture.

DADHALIA.

1. Dadhalia is in the Rehvar district. It is bounded on
the North and the East by the Idar State, on the West by
Idar, Bolundra and Mohanpur Taluka and on the South by
Modasa and Idar State. The land is wooded and hilly. The
forest contains wild trees, teak wood and bamboo trees. The
population is mainly of Kolis and Kanbis. Dadhalia is the
head-quarters of the Taluka. It is surrounded by hills. The
JBhagbatai system prevails. The land revenue amounts to
Rs. 5,748 out of the total revenue of the estate which is Rs.
9,807. The Agency Police were withdrawn with effect from
1st September 1919.

2. History of Dadhalia.— The Thakores of Dadhalia,
ranking in the Fifth Class, are Sisodia Rajputs from Udepur

193

and Kajputana. About the middle of the seventeenth century,
Vahaji the first Thakore, with a body of horse entered the
service of KaHanmal, Rao of Idar, who gave him a grant,
patta, of the Bayad sub-division of forty-two towns and vil-
lages. Vahaji afterwards asked for a further grant and was
in 167-4, presented with Dadhalia and six other Bhil villages.
About fifty years later ( 1731 ), when the Jodhpur princes
Raising and Anandsing assumed the Government of Idar, the
Dadhalia Chief refused to serve under them, and the Bayad
estate was taken from him. Thakore Jaswatsinghji who was
21 degrees remote from Vahaji was given the Gadi. He
had two sons, Amarsinghji and Gangsinghji. The Taluka was
deprived of its jurisdiction in 1901, but Amarsinghji was
given the Gadi in 1915. His family holds no deed of adop-
tion; in matters of succession it follows the rule of primo-
geniture.

MAGODI.

1. Magodi in the Nani Marwar district is bounded on
the North and West by Malpur, and South and East by Lu-
navada in the Rewa Kantha Agency. The laud is partly
flat and partly hilly. The river Vatrak passes through the
district. The Bhagbatai and Vighoti systems prevail in the
Taluka. Magodi is 30 miles from Talod Station of Prantij
Railway and 33 miles from Sevalia Station of the Godhra
Ratlam Railway.

2. History of Magodi.—The Thakores of Magodi,
Rathqd Rajputs, belong to a younger branch of the Malpur
family and rank in the Fifth Class of Mahi Kantha Chiefs, They
trace their descent from Ramsinghji, second son of Govind-
singhji, second Raval of Malpur, who obtained the Magodi
Estate as a maintenance about the year 1537, when his
elder brother Panchsinghji, third Raval of Malpur, succeeded

13

194

to the Malpur Chieftainship. Himatsinghji came on the Gadi
on the death of his father Fatehsinghji, He was succeeded by
Mokawsinghji and then by Takhatsinghji. On the death of
Takhatsinghji in 1913 his son Jaswatsing came on the Gadi,
but he being a minor the estate is under Agency Manage^
ment. The Taluka pays Rs. 93-1-10 as hhichdi to Idar State,
but owing to dispute it is not paid at present. The faraiJy
holds no deed of adoption.

VADAGAM.

1. Vadagam on the Majam river in the Rehvar district
is bounded on the North by the Ranasan Taluka, on the
South by Akrand Taluka, on the East by Modasa Taluka
and on the West by the Prantij Taluka. The river Majam
is a big river passing through the villages of this Taluka,
There are two other small rivers called Bani and Kidi which
meet Majam near the village of Kaval. Irrigated crop is
raised from the water of these rivers. The Thakore stays in
Vadagam where there is a village school and a post oflBce.
There is one Sarkari liquor warehouse. Vighoti system is
observed in the collection of land revenue. The land revenue
is not increasing owing to the shortage of cultivators. The
estjite pays no Jama or hhichdi Hak to Baroda or Idar.
Vadagam is 11 miles from Talod Station on the Ahmedabad
Prantij Railway.

2. History of Vadagam.— The Thokores of Vadagam,
ranking in the Fifth Class of Mahi Kantha Chiefs, are Reh-
var Rajputs of the Indra race, descended from the same
stock as the Mohanpur Thakores. Their seat is at Vadagam,
the chief town of the Taluka. The family holds no deed
allowing adoption ; in matters of succession it follows the rule
of primogeniture. Hathisinghji succeeded Gulabsinghji and oa
his death ir\ 1820 Dolatsinghji came on the Gadi. He wa»
succeeded by Jalamsinghji and Rr^jsinghji, who was given danha^

195

mshan by Khanderao Gaekwar and gold anklet by Jodhpur
Maharaja. As Rajsinghji had no son he adopted Gulabsingbji,
son of his brother Gokalsinghji, which adoption was sanction-
ed by Government by their Resolution No. 3087, dated 16th
May 1890. Rajsinghji died in 1892, and was succeeded by
Gulabsinghji who died on 14th December 1907. His son
Dipsinghji came on the Gadi on 7th May 1908 and died on
16th April 1910. As he had no son his brother Jiwatsinghji
came on the Gadi on 29th November 1912. The minor
K-umar Natwarsiughji of Vadagam whose succession, was re-
cognised by Government in their letter, Political Department,
No. 488, dated the 21st January 1919, having died, Ehayat
Gopalsiugbji Kesurisinghji was recognised as his successor by
Government in their letter No. 1336, dated the I2th Febru-
ary 1920. He was installed on the Gadi on the 8th March
1920 and invested with the powers of a 3rd Class Magistrate
and to hear civil suits upto the value of Rs. 250. The
Taluka has 20 villages. One village called Lalinomath was
given in Dharmada to the Bava of that village. There is au
old temple of Nilkantli Mahadev in Kanal on the river
Majam.

SATHAMBA.

1. Sathamba in the Vatrak Kantha district is bounded
on the North, South and West by the Modasa Taluka of the
Ahmedabad Zillah and on the East by the Vadasinor State.
The land is flat. The principal produce consists of bajri,
jowar, kodra, and pulses. The population consists of Eauias,
Brahmins, Patidars and Thakerdas. It is 25 miles from the
Rakhial Station of the Prantij Railway. The population of
Sathamba, the head-quarters of the Thakore is 1,522. The
Vighoti system prevails in the Taluka.

2. History of Sathamba. -The Thakores of Sathamba,
ranking in the Fifth Class of Mahi Kantha Chiefs, are Bariya

196

Kolis, originally from Siiid, who held Patri, when Alauddia
( 1297 ) came to Guzerat. Driven from Patri they took
refuge with the Raja of Champaner, who gave them a grant,
jaghivy of Bariya. From Bariya one of the family, in the
time of Mahomad Begda, got possession of Sathamba. The
seat of the Thakores is at Sathamba, the chief town of the
Taluka. The family holds no deed allowing adoption ; in
matters of succession it follows the rule of primogeniture.

The present Chief Ratansing was educated at the Scott
College and succeeded to the Taluka on the death of his
father Vajesinghji in 1918.

197

Sixth Class Talukas.

Nome of Estate.

Area

in sq.
miles.

Popula-
tion.
(1921).

Revenue.

Jama.

1. Ramas

6

1,216

3,000

158 H. H. G.

2. Bolundra ...

6

957

2,500

134 Idar.

3. Derol ... ...

6

933

1,800

303 H. H. G.

93 Idar.

4, Khedawada...

27

1,197

3.400

513 H. H. G.

93 Idar.

5. Kadoli

llf

1,902

2,052

1,118 H. H. G.
486 Idar.

6. Vakhtapur ...

4

2,056

9,154

187 H. H. G.
47 Idar.

7. Prempur ...

25

1,809

8,653

699 H. H.'G.
74 Idar.

8. Dedhrota ...

1

551

6,250

699 H. H. G.

186 Idar.

9. Tajpuri ...

7

1,165

4,000

1,025 H. H.G.
219 Idar.

10. Hapa

2

871

6,227

...

11. Satlasna

1

5,735

6,500

...

12. BhalusDa ...

25

2,334

5,000

...

13. Likhi

9

269

1,100

...

14. Hadol... •..

27

2,961

5,000

113 H.H. G.

41 Idar.

13a

198

RAMAS.

Ramas, with nine villages, on the Vatrak river in the
Vatrak Kantha district has an area of 6 miles, a population of
1,216 gouls and a yearly revenue of Rs. 3,000. It is bounded oa
the North and the West by Amliyara Taluka, on the East by
the Bayad Paragna of Idar and on the South by the villages of
Vatrak Kantha Zillah. Vighoti system has been lately in-
troduced. There is an old fort on the Vatrak river near the
Darbargadh of the Thakore of Ramas. It is 13 miles from the
Rakhial Station of the Prantij Railway. The post is received
from the Amliyara branch post office. The Thakores of
Ramas, taking rank in the Sixth Class, are like the Chiefs
of Punadra, Makwana Kolis converted to Islam, and like
them, observe a mixed Mahomedan and Hindu religion. Their
seat is at Ramas the chief town of the estate. Naharmiaa
was given 5 populated villages in 1811-12 under the guarantee
of Colonel Ballantine. He made Ramas his capital. Kalu-
mian died in 1900 without leaving a son and so his brother
Nathumian's son Udesinghji was recognised as heir by Govern-
ment Resolution No. 6690, dated the 4th September 1900.
The Taluka remained under management during his minority
and it was restored to Udesing in 1913. The Talukdar is
now addressed as " Thakore " instead of " Miyan ". The family
holds no Sanad of adoption ; in matters of succession it follows
the rule of primogeniture.

BOLUNDRA*

Bolundra, in the Rehwar district, has an area of 6
square miles, a population of 914 souls and a yearly revenue
of about Rs. 2,500. The population consists mainly of Kolis.
The Bolundra Chiefs, Rehvar Rajputs, ranking in the Seventh.
Class, are the descendants of a younger branch of the Ranasaa
family. The present Thakore traces his descent from Thakore
Jivandas, who, about the year 1724, obtained the Bolundra

199

estate as a maintenance from the Thakore of Kanasan.
Thakore Jalamsino^bji succeeded in 1858, and on his death was
succeeded by Manaji, Salamsinghji, Budhsinghji and Hindu-
singhji the present Thakore, who is enjoying the revenue
Vahivat only. He is a tributary Talukdar paying a yearly
sum of Rs. 133-14-4 to the Idar Raj. The family holds no
Sanad of adoption ; in matters of succession it follows the rule
of primogeniture.

DEROL.

Derol, with three villages, in the Sabar Kaiitha has a
population of 933 souls and a yearly revenue of about Rs.
1,800. One of the ancestors Vijaypal was a Makwana Rajput,
a descendant of his Makwana Bhathi came to Dedhrota,
married a Khant Koli woman and obtained Derol from the
Kolis. The present Chief ranking in the Sixth Class is a
Makwana Koli paying yearly Rs. 513 to H. H. the Gaekwar
as (jhasdana and Rs. 46 to the Idar State as khichdi. His
family follows the rule of primogeniture, but does not hold
a Sanad of adoption.

KHEDAWADA.

Khedawada, with four villages, in the Sabar Kantha,
has a population of 652 souls and a yearly revenue of about
Rs. 3,400. It has the same history as Derol and is a branch of
that family. Vajesing died in 1894 and was succeeded by
Thakore Vakbatsinghji. He died on 7th August 1901, and
was succeeded by his brother Becharsingbji.

KADOLI,

Kadoli, with two villages, in the Sabar Kantha, has
a total population of 1,902 souls and a yearly revenue of about
Rs. 2,052. Kadoli is 8 miles from Ilimatnagar Station of the
Prantij Railway and the post is received from the Aglod post
oflfice. The Talukdar is a Makwana Kuli, paying yearly Rs.

200

513 to H H. the Gaekwar as ghasdana and Rs. 93 to tha
Maharaja of Idar as Jchichdi. His family follows the rule of
primogeniture, but does not hold a Sanad of adoption.

VAKHTAPUR,

Vakhtapur, with four villages, in the Sabar Kantha has
a population of 2,056 souls and a yearly revenue of about Rs.
7,000. The Hathmati river passes through the Taluka. Vakh-
tapur is the chief village, which has a population of 1,071.
It, is four miles from Himatnagar Station. It has got a
branch post office. The Kaltar system prevails in the col-
lection of revenue recovery. Half a milo from Vakhtapur
village is the Thana head-quarters of the Sabar Kantha
Thandar, with Police Thana, Thandar's office and dispensary.
The history of this Taluka also dates from Bhathi one of
whose descendants by name Vakhatsing established Vakhta-
pur. Thakore Adesinghji died in 1900 and Jaswatsingbji suc-
ceeded him. He died in 1913 and his son Shivainghji cam©
on the Gadi, but being a minor the estate is under Agency
Management. His family follows the rule of primogeniture,
but does not hold a Sanad of adoption.

PREMPUR.

Prempur, with five villages, in the Sabar Kantha Thana,
has a total population of 1,809 souls and a yearly revenue of
about Rs. 8,653. The Sabar Kantha Thandar enjoys the
jurisdiction over this Taluka. Himatsinghji got Prempur when
the estate acquired by Bathiji was divided among his heirs.
The present Talukdar Harisinghji having attained majority,
the Taluka has been handed over to him with the revenue
jurisdiction. His family follows the rule of primogeniture,
but does not hold a Sanad of adoption.

201
DEDHROTA,

Dedhrota, with two villages, in the Sabar Kantha, has
a population of 551 souls and a yearly revenue of Rs. 6,250. It
is situated on the Eastern bank of the Sabarmati river. The
jurisdiction is under the Sabar Kantha Thandar. The founder
of this house was Vijaypal, a Makwana Koli. The present
Talukdar Dolatsinghji was entrusted with the revenue Vahivat
in 1916. His family follows the rule of primogeniture, and
does not hold a Sanad of adoption.

TAJPURI,

Tajpuri, with six villages, in the Sabar Kantha, has a
population of 1,165 souls and a yearly revenue of about Rs.
4,000. The post is received from the Himatnagar post office.
The present Talukdar Kalusinghji, ranking in the Sixth CIas.s
is a Makwana Koli. The Taluka is under Agency Manage-
ment owing to the inability of the Thakore to manage the
Taluka. His family follows the rule of primogeniture, but
does not hold a Sanad of adoption.

HAPA.

Hapa is a Sixth Class Taluka. Its area is 5 square
miles with a population of LOOO souls. The laud is flat and
very fertile. The head-quarters station Hapa is situated ou
the river Hathmati, at a distance of 4 miles from Himatnagar
Railway Station on the Ahmedabad Prantij branch of the
B. B. & C. I. Railway. It contains an imposive Darbar
house recently built by the present Thakore, and also
temples ot the Mahadev and of the Jains. The hiatory of the
Taluka is as follows :— Raja Bhoj was the eighth in descent from
Vikram ( Vikram the great, the Chakravati Emperor of
Malwa). Raja Bhoj was the most distinguished ruler of
Dhar, he had two sons Dharmidas and Udedat. Udedat

202

succeeded him ia Dhar and Dharmidas left Dhar and went
to Marwar where he conquered the fortress of Kheralu. He
had nine sons who founded nine forts. Out of them Asuji
founded Nagarparkar. His sons Mehedaji, Verisalji, Ranoji,
Jagraji, Sodaji ( who is the founder of Soda family ), Ujoji,
Govindji, Chandan Soda, Sayarji, Jogodasji, Chopoparmalji,-
Ranji and Mujoji, owing to severe famine left Nagarparkar
and went to Tokra ( Kathiawar ) 7 miles from Wadhwan. At
that time Vishaldev Vaghela was ruling there. Vishaldev's
brother-in-law Sobhat Rajput went out hunting. He took
refuge in Mujoji's camp who refused to hand it over and so
a quarrel arose in which Sobhat Rajput was killed. As
Vishaldev was unable to oppose Mujoji, he agreed to give
him the four Talukas of Muli, then Chotila and Kundanor
provided he captured Pagi Asha of Asarva. Pagi Asha wa»
seized and delivered up. Mujoji had five sons, viz., Dadaji
Vagoji, Nanoji, Vikramdev and Dbiratsinghji. Dhiratsingbji
had two sons, viz., Vikramdev and Prathisinghji. Vikramdev
had two sons, viz , Vishaldev and Umedji. Vishaldev leaving
Muli went to Kosamkotda situated on the bank of the
river Sabarmati and founded Vijapur in his name. He had
a son named Jesingji and whose sons were Sujaji and Sarangji.
When the Emperor's army invaded Vijapur under the com-
mand of Behol Rajputs Sujaji leaving Vijapur went to Ladol
where he took refuge in the house of a Pagi named Lada.
He married Lada's daughter and later having killed the
Sumras and the Dabhis of Morvada made Morvada his
capital. Ravanji conquered Tajpuri and made it his capital,
Arjanji conquered Hapa in Samvat 1510 on Vaisakh Sud 2nd
from the Pagis ( Thakardas ) and made his capital there.
The Talukdars are Parmar Kolis. The present Talukdar
Vakbatsinghji is the son of Fatehsingbji, he has three son&
«;iz., Mulsinghji, Himatsinghji andBhagvatsinghji. He himself
was educated at the Scott College, Sadra and later worked

203

under the supervision of the late Captain Carter the then
Assistant Political Agent, Mahi Kantha. Thakore Vakhat-
singhji of Hapa, who belongs to the Sixth Class, was invested
with the powers of a Fifth Class Talukdar as a mark of per-
sonal distinction, as per Government letter No. 7865, dated
the 21st November 1919. Kumar Mulsioghji, the heir-apparent
<lied on the 8th November 1920. His family follows
the rule of primogeniture, but does not hold a Sanad of
adoption.

SATLASNA.

Satlasna in Gadhvada, with 19 villages, has a yearly
revenue of about Rs. 6,500. The Taluka was formerly known
as Mahavad Taluka. It has a population of 4,984 souls. Vera
which is recovered from the villages of the Gadhvada Zillah,
amounts to about Rs. 4,800. It is recovered by the Than-
dar and from it the Gaekwar Jama, Idar khichdi are paid.
From the Abkari revenue half is taken by the Talukdar and
half by the Thandar. Satlasna is the head-quarters of the
Gadhwada Thandar and contains an Agency Police Thana.
It is 7 miles from the Taranga Hill Station and 14 miles
from the Kheralu Railway Station. Mulaji was the founder
of this family and populated the village of Mahavad. The
family is known as Chohan Gadhia. The Jagirs of Bhalusna,
Umbri, Kotharna, Sudrosan were given in Jiwai to the sons
of Jetaji who died in 1703. In 1766 Diwan Bahadurkhan
of Palanpur attacked Mahavad and having plundered it took
Rs. 2,000 as a tine from the Thakore. The Thakores of
Mahavad and Bhalusna drove out the Palanpur army with
the assistance of Diwan Babaji Rao and Maharaja Gambhir-
fiinghji of Idar, but in return they had to hand over a third
part of Gadhvada. Ilarising died in 1903 and his soa
Hathising alias Takhatsing succeeded him. The present
Talukdar, ranking in the Sixth Class, is a Chohan Koli, and.

204

pays a yearly tribute of Rs 1,676 to His Highness the Gaekwar.
Government have in their letter No. 3769, dated the 4th
June 1919, sanctioned the grant of powers of a Third Class
Majjistrate and to hear civil suits upto the value of Rs. 50
to Thakore Takhatsinghji as a personal distinction subject
to the proviso that he shall exercise no jurisdiction over the
Thana area of Satlasna. His family follows the rule of
primogeniture, bub does not hold a Sanad of adoption.

BHALUSNA.

Bhalusna, in Gadhwada, with eight villages, has a yearly
revenue of about Rs. 5,000. It has an area of 25 square
miles and a population of 2,334 souls. The Taluka has also 11
joint villages. The river Luni passes through it. Bhalusna
is four miles from Satlasna. The jurisdiction is under the
Gadhwada Thana. Bhalusna is ten miles from Kheralu Rail-
way Station. The Thakore is a Bhayat of the Satlasna
Thakore. Himatsinghji, son of Saduji got the Giras of Bhalusna.
The Diwan of Palanpur attacked Bhalusna in the time of
Surajmalji. The present Talukdar K,atansinghji is a Chohan
Koli. Idar State has a share in Bhalusna and the Satlasna
villages. The Jchichdi due to Idar by Bhalusna and Satlasna
villages amounts to Rs. 1,163. His family follows the rule
of primogeniture, but does not hold a Sanad of adoption.

LIKHI.

Likhi, in the Naui Marwar district, is in the Sabar-
Kantha Thana, has an area of 30 square miles, 6 villages and a
population of 269. The Likhi Talukdars, Chohan Kolis by
caste, claim descent from Makwana Rajputs and are related
to the Thakore of Ilol. The present Thakore Himatsinghji be-
ing illiterate, his son Lalsinghji looks after the Jagir. He pay*
no tribute. His family holds no Sanad of adoption ; in matter*
of succession it follows the rule of primogeniture.

205
HADOL.

Hadol, in Nani Marwar, with eighteen villages, has an
area of 27 square miles and a population of 3,207 souls. The
annual revenue is about Rs. 5,000. Hadol is on the Sabar-
mati river. There is an Agency Police Thana in HadoJ,
which is 7 miles from Taranga Hill Station. Hadol Taluka
formerly enjoyed separate jurisdiction, but the Undni Thakore
claimed a share in the Jagir and it was taken under manage-
ment and put under Gadhvada Thana. Thakore Dalpatsinghji
of Undni and Thakore Jawansinghji of Hadol made a settle-
ment of their claims on 13th February 1907, which was .«!anc-
tioned by Government and the management removed in 1910.
The present Thakore ranking in the Sixth Class, is a Parraar
Xoli, paying His Highness the Gaekwar a yearly sum of
Rs. 112 as ghasdana and Rs. 41 to the Maharaja of Idar as
Jchichdi. His family follows the rule of primogeniture, but
does not hold a Sanad of adoption.

206
Seventh Class Talukas.

Names of Talukas.

Area
in sq.
miles.

Popula-
tion
(1921).

Revenue.

Jama.

1. Maguna

5

3,309

13,660

Ks-. A. p.
892 5 10 G.

2. Tejpura ..- ...

4

404

3,398

308 6 11 G.

3. Virsoda

3

702

2,464

446 13 2 G.

120 0 0 I.

4. Palaj

2

1,062

5,988

399 3 7 G.

5. Deloli

2

793

3,000

255 14 2 G.

6. Kasalpura

2

312

800

48 6 8 G.

7. Memadpura ...

1

462

600

174 9 4 G.

8. Ijpura

2

275

2,500

238 15 8 G.

9. Rampura

I

418

1,649

48 10 5 G.
50 0 0 I.

10. Banipura

1

1,744

1,629

11. Gabafc

10

946

5,421

43 1 0 I.

12. Timba

3

1,501

3,574

50 5 10 I.

13. Umbri

10

955

1,000

Included in Sat-
lasna&Bhalusna.

14. Mota-Kotharna

3

413

500

MAGUNA.

Maguna Jagir is in the Katosan Zillah. It has 5

villages and a population of 3,309 souls. The yearly revenue is

about Rs. 13,660. The Jagirdar lives in Maguna. There

is one school. The post is received from Dhenuj post office.

207

Salamsinghji got the estate in Jivai as a Bhayat of the Katosaa
Thakore. The family does not follow the rule of primogeni-
ture. The present Jagirdar, a Makwana Koli, ranks in the
Seventh Class, pays the Gaekwar a yearly tribute of Rs. 892
as ghasdana.

TEJPURA.

Tejpura Jagir, in Katosan, has four villages, with a
population of 404 souls, and a yearly revenue of about Rs,
3,398. The Jagirdars obtained the Giras from the premier
family of Katosan. Hemtaji was the founder of the family.
The family does not follow the rule of primogeniture. The
present Jagirdars, Makwana Kolis by caste, rank in the
Seventh Class, and pay the Gaekwar a yearly tribute of
ghasdana of Ks. 308.

VIRSODA,

Virsoda Jagir, in Katosan, has three villages and a
population of 702. The annual revenue is about Rs. 2,464.
The present Jagirdars, who do not follow the rule of primo-
geniture, are Makwana Kolis, and rank in the Seventh Class,
paying Rs. 447 to the Gaekwar and Rs. 120 to Patau.

PALAJ,

Palaj Jagir, in Katosan, includes three villages, with a
population of 1,0G2 souls and a yearly revenue of about Rs.
5,988. Upto 1877 it was the practice to write Katosan Bhag-
dar, but from 1877 when the jurisdiction was defined the
practice of writing Palaj Taluka has been introduced. The
Taluka has an area of 8 square miles and consists of three
villages, viz., Palaj, Jivapura and Ijpura. The river Rupea
passes through it. The Vighoti system has been introduced.
The present Jagirdars, Makwana Kolis, rank in the Seventh
Class, pay the Gaekwar a yearly tribute of Rs. 399 and do
not observe the rule of primogeniture.

208

DELOLI.

Deloli Jagir, in Katosan, has a population of 793 souls
:and a yearly revenue of Rs. 2,988. The Bhagdars, Makwana
Kolis, rank in the Seventh Class, pay the Gaekwar a yearly
tribute of Rs. 256 and do not observe the rule of primo-
geniture.

KASALPURA.

Kasalpura Jagir, in Katosan, has a population of 312
souls and a yearly revenue of Rs. 800. The ancestor Rupaji
was the Bhayat of the Katosan Thakore. He' was succeeded
by Manaji and then by Gambhirsinghji, The Bhagdars are
Makwana Kolis, rank in the Seventh Class, and pay the
Gaekwar a yearly tribute of Ks. 48. The family does not
follow the rule of primogeniture.

MEMADPURA*

Memadpura Jagir, in Katosan, has a population of 462
souls and a yearly revenue of about Rs. 600. Sujaji inherit-
ed the Jagir as a Bhayat of the Katosan Thakore. He was
succeeded by Kuberji, Punjaji and Manaji. The Bhagdars,
Makwana Kolis, are in the Seventh Class, pay the Gaekwar a
yearly tribute of Rs. 175. They do not observe the rule of
primogeniture.

IJPURA.

Ijpura Jagir, in Katosan, has a population of 275 souls,
and a yearly revenue of Rs, 2,500. The Bhagdars Makwana
Kolis ,rank in the Seventh Class, and pay the Gaekwar a yearly
tribute of Rs. 239. They do not follow the rule of pri-
mogeniture.

RAMPURA.

Rampura Jagir, in Katosan, has a population of 418
souls, and a yearly revenue of about Rs. 1,649. The Bhag-
dars, Makwana Kolis, rank in the Seventh Class, pay to the
Gaekwar Rs. 50 and Rs. 50 to Patan. They do not observe
the rule of primogeniture.

209
RANIPURA.

Kanipura Jagir, iu Katosan, has a population of 222
souls, and a yearly revenue of about Rs. 2,440 The Bhai^-
dars are Makwana Kolis, ranking in the Seventh Class and
pay no tribute. The family does not follow the rule of
primogeniture.

GABAT.

Gabat Jagir, in N"ani Marwar, has six villages with an
area of 15 square miles, a population of 946 souls and a
yearly revenue of about Rs. 5,421. Ghambhirsingbji founded
the Jagir of Gabat. Vighoti system is followed. It pays no
tribute, but receives certain amounts as Giras Haks. It enjoys
the status of the Seventh Class. The original founder is
Mehrusinghji. Yajesing. a Makwana Koli, succeeded in 1874.
During his minority the Jagir was managed by the Political
Agent. The head-quarters of the Jagir are at Gabat, a
village of which the Idar State has the revenue. Thakore
Rupsinghji came on the Gadi, in 1911, after receiving full
training in Sadra. He is a tributary Talukdar, rankicg in
the Seventh Class, and paying the Maharaja of Idar a yearly
sum of Rs. 25. The Taluka of Gabat was policed by the
Agency Police, but Government have sanctioned the main-
tenance of Taluka Police, who have since been employed by
the Thakore. The family holds no Sanad of adoption ; in
matters of succession it follows the rule of primogeniture.

TIMBA.

Timba Jagir, in Nani Marwar, has three villages with
a population of 1,501 souls, and a yearl3/ revenue of about
Rs. G51. It is in Gadhwada Zillah. Taranga, the famous

14

210

shrine of the Jains is three miles from Timba. It contains
the temple of Taran Mata and the Hill is known as Taranga
Hill. The Thakore of Timba is the Bhayat of the Satlasna
Thakore, He is a Gadhia Chohan. Sagramsingliji got the
Giras of Timba in Jivai. Sartanji conquered the Taranga
Hill from the Rehvar people. Following the rule of primo-
geniture, but not holding a Sanad of adoption, the present
Talukdar, a Chohan Koli, ranks in the Seventh Class, and
pays Idar a yearly tribute of Rs. 50.

UMBRI,

Umbri Jagir, has a population of 955 souls and a yearly
revenue of about Rs. 1,763. It has two villages and an area
of 10 square miles. There are many hills. There is a Police
Thana of Gadhwada in Umbri. The third son of Jetaji, v'lZ.^
Badarji got the Jagir of Umbri. Manaji died in a fight with,
the Palanpur Darbar. Amarsing came on the Gadi in 1825,
In the settlement Palanpur got Jodhpuria. Motising having
died without an heir Jaswatsinghji was recognised as the
Talukdar in 1916. The present Chief, a Chohan Koli, ranking
in the Seventh Class, pays no tribute. His family follows
the rule of primogeniture and does not hold a Sanad of
adoption.

MOTA-KOTHARNA.

Mota-Kotharna Jagir, in the Sabar Kantha, has a
population of 413 souls, and a yearly revenue of about Rs. 1,000.
The Jagir was originally derived from the Satlasna Taluka.
Jetaji, son of Samraji, got this Jagir in Jivai. The present
Talukdar is a Chohan Koli, a Chief of the Seventh Class,
pays no tribute and does not hold a Sanad of adoption. His
family follows the rule of primogeniture.

211

CHAPTER XIII A.

THANA CIRCLES,

The following are the-Thana Circles in the Mahi Kantba Agency.

.= ^ 1 es

03 '

"^ ?

Name of

a 'fl

3 =:

How con-

es 3

Tribute paid

o a>
bX3

Circle.

cu o

stituted.

O 0)

> >

to Baroda.

6^

i

<1 &,

^ CO I

Ph

< ^

'A->

Bawishi ...

67

24,539

24 chief
Matadari
villages
with sub-
villages in
all 103.

46,000

33,912 11 5

103

Mahisa

23

6,447

Division.

Gadhwada

52

11,304

8 non-

13,500

2,977 12 1

78

jurisdiotion-

al Talukas.

Sabar

27

10,329

13 Do.

37,000

8,785 2 11

48

Kantha.

Katosan...

24

13,063

10 Do.

35,000

5,198 6 2

23

Vatrak

21

6,138

5 Do.

7,000

1,433 5 4

21

Kantha.

Of these five Thanas, the Bawishi and Vatrak Kantha
are in charge of the Assistant Political Agent and the Gadh-
Avada, Sabar Kantha and Katosan are under the District
Deputy Political Agent.

1. THE BAWISHI THANA CIRCLE.

1. The Bawishi Zillah comprising 86 villages was
formerly part of the Bayeul Paragnah, which was managed
by a Deputy of the Ahmedabad kings. The Bayeul Paragnah
was formerly under the control of the Mahi Kantha Agency,
but in the year 1822, twenty-two of the most turbulent
villages were separated from it, and the District thus formed

212

was given its present name, the remaining part was given
over to the Gaekwar of Baroda, and is now the Paragnah of
Dehgam. These twenty-two villages with their hamlets
make a total of ninety-six villages. It contains number of
Mehwas villages.

2 It contains the following Talukas of one or more
villages as per details given below : —

Name of Taluka.

Nu

imber

of Amount of

Hi

jmarks.

vi]

1 lages.

Tribute

!.

1. Kurjodra...

...

7

1,111

9

0

It pays

an

(

extra Hak

of Rs

. 41-12-0

2. Anguthala

. . •

2

641

4

0

3. Rukhial ...

...

2

1,071

1

0

4. Bardoli ...

...

3

1,308

10

6

5. Sametrai...

...

1

535

9

0

6. Porda

...

1

1,330

13

6

Do. „

50

7. Sulki ...

...

1

541

1

6

8. Kalianjiiia Mu^

vara

2

278

5

6

9. Dana

• • t

1

657

9

11

Do. „

93

10. Kaprupur

...

^

1,932

3

9

Do. „

100

11. Palundra...

4

1,612

11

0

Do. „

7

12. Sidwada ...

...

2

585

0

0

Do. „

25-8-0

13. Khanpur

...

1

2,521

15

0

14. Harsoli ...

...

3

1,300

3

0

15. Watwa ...

...

3

690

9

6

16. Barmunada

7

901

0

0

17. Mabisa ...

...

5

4,079

7

4

Do. „

161

18. La war

2

901

0

0

19. Warodra...

»..

1

2,951

1

6

20. Sahebji-na-Muwara

2

290

3

6

21. Lihota ...

. .•

10

2,387

12

0

22. Harakji-na-Mu

wara

3

1,624

5

0

23. Amraji-na-Muwara

5

1,865

4

6

24. Dabhoda

• • •

2

5,235

10

0

213

3. Tribute Collection ♦— This Zillah pays a consider-
able tribute for which the Matadars are directly and per-
sonally responsible to the British Government. The Mata-
dars are proprietors to a certain degree, and hold the posi-
tion of Tributary Thakerda shareholders in their villages.
Six of the villages pay " Ghasdana '' only to the Gaekwar,
the remainder pay " Jamabandhi " besides. The former are
termed " Rajawat " villages and the latter "Patt^wat". The
amount of tribute depended more on the means at the dis»
posal of the Marathas to enforce its payment than on the
capability of the village to pay. At the settlement of the
Mahi Kantha in A. D. 1812 the tribute was fixed according
to what had been levied in previous years, consequently some
villages pay heavier tribute than others. In A. D. 1820 the
British Government gave gaurantee to recover the tribute
from the Rajwati and Matadari villages of the Eawishi
Thana and to pay to the Gaekwar. The settlement was
effected whereby the Gaekwar's Mulakgiri armies should
cease to perambulate the Province and the British Govern-
ment undertook to collect and pay the tribute free of cost.
By a subsequent arrangement in 1885 a sum amounting to
one lakh of the tribute was hypothicated for the payment of
the Agency Police, and this sum is paid into the Treasury
instead of to the Gaekwar. The British Government took
security from the Talukdars, whereby should the principals
default, recovery would be made from the security. In 1840
A. D. one man became security for all the villages and he
was styled a " Nishddar " or contractor. The " Nisha " or
contract was held for decennial periods and Mr. Brijlal
Ghelasha entered upon the " Nisha " in 1890. Under the
security system the Matadars, as principals were primarily
responsible, but as the number of shareholders was large,
the Agency to facilitate collection recovered from tho secu-
rity and he, in bis turn recovered from the Matadars. The
14a

214

Nisha system has been abolished by Colonel Ferris in 1897
and the old security system has been reverted to. Groups
•of villages provide securities acceptable by the Agency.

Matadari system,— Matadars, the headmen of the
villages manage themselves the collection of the revenue of
their villages and pay the amount to the treasury for tribute,
Thandari Falo and other Agency dues on the fixed dates,
for this they have to produce securities for a period of tea
years and if any Matadar fails to pay punctually, the amount
is recovered from his securities. The revenue of the alienated
land is recovered according to the rates fixed by the Thana
Karkuns. The tribute amount of Bawishi is not uniformly
recovered from all the villages, i. e., in some villages it is levied
according to the quality of the land, the amount being fixed
in a lump sum as Vero, in some villages it is levied as
the Vighoti of each field or salami standing in the names of
Khatedars. The Matadars also recover trade-tax, water-tax,
etc., from the non-agriculturists and the amount so collected
is paid as tribute and Gam-kharach. The tribute is not paid
from the Vero only. The Matadars are appointed hereditarily,
but preference is given to one who is fit for the work. If a
Matadar is unfit for work, the Agency can remove him.
One of the Matadars of the village works as Police-Patel
and he is paid some remuneration from the village revenue.
The Matadars have got free land in lieu of service or they
get Siri^av free gifts from village revenue. The whole of the
Bawishi Thana pays Jamabandhi to the Gaekwar and so the
land is known as the Jamabandhi paying land.

5. The Bawishi Zillah.-This is not a compact one, but
Baroda and British villages of Ahmedabad and Kaira Zillahs
intervene. The land is fertile. The Abkari system of this
Thana is managed by Government and the whole of the
Abkari revenue is credited into the Thana Fund. Dabhoda

215

is the head-quarter of the Thana where the Thandar has got
his office and Court and it is also the head-quarter of the
Police Thana.

6. Post Office.— There are three branch post offices at
Dabhoda, Rakhial and Mahisa and the school'masters look
after the work on payment of some allowance,

7. Education. — There are 16 schools for boys and
2 schools for girls, in which 763 boys and 115 girls are
receiving primary education. A local cess of one anna per
Vigha is levied and the Thandar recovers this cess from
which the schools are maintained. The average expenditure
on education comes to Rs. 4,500 per year. In the Bawishi
Thana, the Dabhoda school is considered as the Taluka school.

8. Dispensary. — The dispensary is maintained at
Dabhoda, which is the Thana head-quarter. The Sub-Assist-
ant Surgeon is a qualified man and looks after the medical
work of the Thana. There is one compounder and a peon.

9. Justice. — The Thandar is the Second Class Magis-
trate and in civil matters he hears suits upto Rs. 500. The
village of Mahisa is twenty-two Kos from Dabhoda and so
the Deputy Thandar of Mahisa who is doing the revenue
work is empowered with Second Class Magisterial powers
and he also hears civil suits upto Rs. 250.

10. Public works. — The Thandar looks after the work
and some time the work is entrusted to the Government
Public Works Department.

11. Railway.-The Ahmedabad Prantij Railway passes
through Dobhoda and Rakhial stations which villages belong
to the Bawishi Thana.

12. Climate, etc., — The weather is dry in most part
of the Taluka, except in the part of Mahisa where it is
moist. The rivers Khari, Vatrak and Meswo pass through
this Taluka. The laud is flat and fertile.

216

13. MiscellaneOHS.— This Thana is under the super-
vision of the Assistant Political Agent, who inspects the
Thana once or twice in a year. There is one Dabhodia
Hanuman temple in Dabhoda and a fair is held every year
on Aso Vadi 14th. There is one liquor distillery on a
scientific and modern basis and there are quarters for the
Officers of the Excise Department and Public Works Depart-
ment. The river Khari passes by the Thana buildings.
There is one pacca road between Dabhoda and Sadra a dis-
tance of 12 miles. The Thandar has to perform revenue duty
also. He recovers the Abkari revenue and the local cess.
All these revenues are credited into the Thana Fund. The
judicial receipts are credited into the Judicial Fund. The Thana
staff, schools and dispensary are maintained from the Thana
Fund. The Deputy Educational Inspector supervises the
schools of this Thana and so the Thana Fund pays the
Deputy Falo in proportion. The roads are repaired from the
Thana Fund.

2. THE GADHWADA THANA CIRCLE.

1. It is situated on the North-western corner of the
Province. It is bounded on the North by the territory of
Danta, on the West by the territory of Palanpur and the
Taluka of Sudasna, on the South and East by the territory
belonging to His Highness the Maharaja of Idar.

2. Origin of the word. — The name Gadhwada appears
to have been derived from the fact that there are mountains on
three sides and also from the fact that there are many hills
round about almost all the villages in the Thana. Gadh
means hills, and wada a fenced place, i. e., " a place fenced
with bills".

3. Satlasna. — The head-quarter town of the Thana is
at Satlasna, which is about 7 miles from the Taranga hill
station. Government have sanctioned a Railway line from

217

Taranga to Ambaji and it is proposed to construct a statioa
at Satlasna. A Thandar is stationed at Satlasna. He exer-
cises Second Class Magistrate's powers and tries civil suits
upto Rs. 500. Cases beyond his powers being tried by the
District Deputy Political Agent. There is also a Chief Con-
stable at Satlasna. There are police out-posts at Umri,
Bhimpur, Dharoi, Hadol, Chandap and Vajapur. There is
only one branch post office at Satlasna in the whole of
Gadhwada. The school master does the postal work. There
are schools at Satlasna, Bhalusna and Umri, where boys and
girls receive instructions in vernacular upto V standard.
There is also a dispensary at Satlasna. The cost of school
and dispensary is met out of local cess collected from holders
of lands and other persons who pay Vero or other tax to
the Talukdars.

4. Petty Talukas.— The Gadhwada proper consists of
55 villages with a population of 12,895 souls. In this Thana
there are two principal Talukdars, viz., Satlasna and Bhalusna.
The Gadhwada Thana consists of the following non-jurisdic-
tional petty Talukdars : —

1. Satlasna. 4. Umri. 7. Mohur.

2. Bhalusna. 5. Kotharna. 8. Gajipur.

3. Timba. 6. Chandup. 9. Hadol

and other scattered villages.

5. The Hadol Jagir,— The Taluka of Hadol consists
of 21 villages with a population of 3,123 souls. It was for-
merly a jurisdictional Taluka, but now the Thakore does not
exercise any jurisdiction and so it is included in the Thana-
of Gadhwada. It originally belonged to the Thakore of Hadol
and the Idar State, but the share of Idar was subsequently
given by His Highness the Maharaja of Idar to the Thakore
of Udni and so now it belongs jointly to the Thakore of
Udni and the Thakore of Hadol. Upto the May of 1909,

218

the management of the Taluka was in the hands of the-
Agency, but the partition is effected between the two share-
tiolders, and approved of by Government. The two share-
holders therefore began to manage their respective villages
separately from May 1909.

6. Population, — The population of Gadhwada and
Hadol chiefly consists of Thakerdas, some of whom are the
Bhayats of the Thakerdas mentioned above. There are a few
Banias in some villages of the Thana. They deal in groceries
and other petty things. Some of them are also money-lenders.
The Banias follow the Jain religion. There are also a few
Musalmans, Kunbis and Brahmins. They are all cultivators.
The Thakerdas, Brahmins and Kunbis are Hindu by religion.

The Kolis of Gadhwada were originally Chohan Rajputs.
They call themselves Gadhias. They assisted Raising and
Anandsing in the conquest of Idar, and the Salami they
formerly paid to the Bao was in consequence excused. In
1801 they fell under the control of Dewan of Palanpur, but
were attached to Idar by Babaji, the Gaekwar Officer, super-
intending the Mahi Kantha collections and officers in 1803.
A third share of the revenue of this district is taken by the
Raja of Idar, who also oppressed the inhabitants with his
Mulakgiri collections.

7. Produce, — The average rain-fall of the Thana is
25 inches. The principal products are Juwari, Kodra, Maize,
Sesamum, Adad, Mug and Banti, Bajri, Paddy and Sugar-cane
are produced in some places only. Gram, Wheat, Barley,
Linseed, Castor oil seeds are grown considerably. In fact
people have to depend more upon winter crops than upon
monsoon crops.

8. Tribute.— Excepting Timba all the Talukdars ia^
the Thana are required to pay tribute to His Highness the
Gaekwar of Bapoda, Timba and other Talukdars are also«

219

required to pay a Hak called Khiehdi to His Highness the
Maharaja of Tdar. The tribute and Khiehdi are now paid
by the Thandar who collects Vero from landholders and others.
Out of this Vero the amount of tribute and Khiehdi is paid
and the surplus after deducting the cost of collection, etc., is
distributed to the Thakores of Satlasna and Bhalusna.

9. Thana Fund, — For the cost of the Thana Office a
Falo is recovered from the Talukdars at the rate of 7 per cent,
of their income. The amount of this Falo is not fixed once
for all, but it is revised every ten years.

10. The Gadhwada settlement»-Formerly His High-
ness the Maharaja of Idar and His Highness the Nawab of
Palanpur had some villages shared jointly by them and other
Talukdars in the Thana Circle, but a settlement was effected
with the sanction of Government and now some separate
villages are allotted to Idar and Palanpur. The civil and
criminal jurisdiction over these villages vest in the Agency.
The jurisdiction over Vakhtapur was given to Idar.

11. Miscellaneous. — The principal river in this Thana
is Sabarmati. Near Timba on Taranga Hill about two miles
from the Railway Station of the Taranga Hill, there is an
old Shrawak temple where many Jains from distant places
go on the pilgrimage. The place is considered sacred by the
Jains. About two miles from Satlasna there is a small temple
of a Goddess, where many Hindus go to fulfil their vows.
The Goddess is known by the name of Dudhnimata.

The Chiefs are entitled to be received collectively with
other Chiefs of their Class by the Governor of Bombay.

3* THE SABAR KANTHA THANA*

1. This Thana Circle is situated in the North-west cor-
ner of the Province and is bounded on the North by the Idar

220

State, on the South by the Prantij Taluka, Modasa and
Ranasan Talukas, on the East by the Dadsu Taluka and on
the West by Vijapur and Kheralu Paragnahs of the Gaekwar.
It takes its name from the river Sabarmati. It consists of
the following petty Jurisdictional and Non-jurisdictional
Talukas :—

L Jurisdictional,

1. Kadoli. 2. Hapa. 3. Khedwada.

II, Non-jurisdictional.

1. Rupal.

2. Dedhrota.

3. Derol.

4. Tejpuri.

5. Likhi.

6. Vakbtapur.

7. Prempur.

8. Bolundra.

2. Population* — The total population of this Thana is
10,329 according to the census of 1921. It consists of Kolis,
Kunbis and Memans. The Talukdars are called Thakerdas
who were formerly Makwana Rajputs. They married Koli
girls. The Talukdars of Rupal and Bolundra are Rewar
Rajputs.

3. Jamabandhi and Varad»— The Talukdars pay Rs,
5,282-12-10 as Jama to His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda
and Rs. 1,379-6-3 as Idar Khichdi to His Highness the
Maharaja of Idar and Rs. 50-13-5 aa Majmudari Hak. They
also pay 7 per cent, of the revenue after deducting the Jama-
bandhi Hak as Thana Varad which amounts to Rs. 1,797-6-7.
A local cess of one anna is levied on culturable land. Half the
Abkari revenue is credited to the Thana Fund.

4. Post Offices and Schools ♦—There is a branch
post office in Vakhtapur. There are Vernacular schools in
Vakhtapur, Prempur, Kadoli, Khedwada, Derol, Dedhrota
and Tejpuri.

221

5. Constitution of the Thana*— Except Hapa and
Khedwada all are non-jurisdictional. The Thandar as a
Second Class Magistrate exercises criminal and civil jurisdic-
tion over the non-jurisdictional Talukas. The Thandar's head-
quarter is at Vakhtapur, a villaore at a distance of about 4J
miles from the Idar-Ahmadnagar Railway Station of the
Ahrnedabad Prantij Railway. He also hears civil suits upto
the value of Rs, 500

6. Abkari*— One-fourth revenue in opium is credited
to the Thana Fund and the rest is taken by the Taiukdars.
Government have fixed Rs. 11,477-1-9 as compensation for
liquor in this Thana of which half is credited to the Thana
Fund and half oroes to the Taiukdars.

7. Miscellaneous* — Hapa and Khedwada Taiukdars
enjoy limited jurisdiction. Tejpuri, Prempur and Vakhtapur
are under Agency Management. Rupal is also under managa-
nient.

4. THE KATOSAN THANA CIRCLE.

1. It is an outlying district situated to the North-west
of Ahrnedabad between the Viramgam Paragnah of that CoUec-
torate and the Kadi Paragnah in His Highness the Gaekwar's
territory. It belongs to a family of Makwana Kolis, said to
have been originally Rajputs of the Jhala clan who lost
caste in consequence of one of their ancestors having married
the daughter of a Bhil chieftain. Naranji, the ancestor
who thus degraded himself served with distinction under
Mahomad Begda, who made him a grant of the estate of
Katosan consisting of 84 townships, some of which are
situated in the Viramgam Paragnah. The family has been
ramified considerably ; and as a custom a-kin to " gavel kind '
has prevailed in it for several generations, it, according to
the author of " Ras Mala ", " exhibits perhaps the best
example which Gujrat can furnish of the effects of sub-

1.

Maguna.

6.

2.

Tejpura.

7.

3.

Virsoda.

8.

4.

Kasalpura

9.

5.

Deloli.

10.

222

^dividing landed property". In this Zillah there are 217 share-
holders and sub-shareholders, one of whom has three villages
shared by him and the rest of the Chiefs are under the
jurisdiction of the Thandar whose Court is at Santhal.

2. The Thandar exercises criminal as well as civil
jurisdiction over the following petty non-jurisdictioaar
Talukas :—

Mahamadpura.

Ijpura.

Rampura.

Ranipura.

Palej.

3. Miscellaneous. -The Thandar is stationed at Santhaly
a village at a distance of about 3 miles from the Railway
Station of Jhotana on the R. M. Railway. The population
is mostly Kolis. The estates of Maguna, Nugar, Deloli,
Rampur, Varsoda and Ranipura are under Agency Manage-
ment. Vighoti system prevails in the Thana Japti villages,
while in others Bhagbatai sj-stem prevails. There are branch
post offices at Santhal and Katosan. The Talukdars have
no status, but they are entitled to be received collectively
with other Chiefs of their Class by the Governor of Bombay,

5, THE VATRAK KANTHA THANA CIRCLE*

1. This Thana Circle comprising of 51 villages and an
area of 50 square miles, is bounded on the North by Khalsa
villages, on the East by Gaekwar territory, on the South by
Oaekwar territory and Mandva Taluka and on the West by
Kapadvanj Taluka and Gaekwar territory.

2. It derives its name from the river Vatrak. It is
in charge of a Thandar, who exercises powers of a 2nd Class
Magistrate and hears civil suits upto Rs. 500 under th&
general supervision of the Assistant Political Agent.

223

3. It contains the following Jurisdictional Talukas,
Dabha, Ramas and Gabat of otb, 6fch and 7th Glass respec-
tively. There are no Talukdars in Nirmali and Zer which
are in charge of Japtidars under the supervision of the
Thandar, by whom the revenue is collected. After deducting-
the amount of mamidi Jcharach, Thana Varad and Parclmran
Falo from the revenue, it is divided equally between the
Atarsumba and Mandva Darbars.

4. Jamabandhi and Varad.-The Talukdars mentioned
below pay to His Highness the Gaekwar tbe amounts written
against them as tribute : —

Nirmali Rs. 525 0 0 Dabha Rs. 150 0 0
Zer ... „ 340 0 2 Ramas „ 114 1 7

Besides this Rs. 5-12-4 are paid by Zer and Nirmali
Talukas as Majmudari. Dabha pays Rs. 53-6-0 to Amaliyara
Taluka and Gabat Rs. 43-1-0 to Idar State.

Talukdars pay Rs. 2,461 as Thana Varad including all
Varads according to their share towards the maintenance of
Thana establishment. Thana Varad includes Parclmran Falo
levied from Zer and Nirmali Talukas towards school masters'
pay, vaccination Varad and Deputy Falo.

5. Population* — According to the census of 1921 this
Thana Circle had a population of G,13S souls. It is composed
chiefly of Thakerdas.

G. Produce*— -The average rain-fall is about 28 inches
81 cents. Soil is sandy and slightly wooded. Water is found
at a depth of 15 to 20 feet. Chief products are wheat, bajri,
juwari, oats, sessamum seeds, rape seeds, castor oil seeds,
mug, udad, tuwer, etc.; Wheat, oats, juwari, chillies, fennel
«eeds, etc., are grown by irri<2;ation. The Matadari system is
the system in vogue in the Thana.

224

7. Abkari* — Revenue realised from Abkari, opium,
Bhang and Ganja from Zer and Nirmali Talukas is credited
to Thana Fund. Half of the revenue from Abkari and one-
fourth from opium and Ganja from Ramas and Gabat are
credited to Thana Fund.

8. Education*— There are schools at Zer and Nirmali
where education is given to boys and girls upto Gujrati VII
Standard. The schools are inspected by Deputy Educational
Inspector. The cost of the Deputy Falo and schools is paid
from Thana Fund.

9. Post Office* — There is one branch post office at
Nirmali, where post comes from Kapadvanj post office. The
work of the Post Master is done by the school master. There
is no telegraph office in this Thana Circle.

10. Dispensary ♦-There is no dispensary in this Taluka.
There is one vaccinator for this Thana Circle who does his
work in the Thana and the adjoining Talukas. Vaccination
Varad is paid from the Thana Fund. The climate is generally
healthy.

11. Police* — Agency Police station is at Nirmali.
Tliere is a Police Patel in every village who is appointed by
the Assistant Political Agent and paid from the village cess.
There is no village police in this Thana. People keep their
own paid watchmen.

12. Miscellaneous*— Chief town of the Thana and
the bead-quarter of the Thandar is Nirmali. It is 18 miles
from Dehgam and Rakhial stations. There is an ancient
temple of Kedareshwar Mahadev near Nirmali, where fair is
held every year on the JShivratri and Gokul Ashtami days.
There is another equally ancient and sacred place called
Zanzari near Dabha where water flows from the roots of a
Pipal tree. A fair is also held here on the Shivratri and
Gkoul Ashtami dasy.

225

CHAPTER XIV.
PLACES OF INTEREST.
1. Idar. — (1) At the foot of the Gadh or fort is the
cave-temple of Khokanatha Mahadeva partly ruined, suppos-
ed to be upwards of 400 years old. It is an oblong apart-
ment 30x20 feet and from 4 to G feet high, excavated in
the rock and used as a place of worship. (2) In a rising
ground South of the town, and close to the wall, is the cave-
temple of Dhanesvara Mahadeva, a natural rock cavern 20x10
feet and from 5 to 7 feet high. (3) In a rising ground f
of a mile South-west of Idar is the cave of Mankalesvara
Mahadeva. It measures 20x12 feet and the height varies
from 5 to 10 feet. (4) On the summit of the Gadh to the
North-east of the town the Ruthi Rani-nu-malium built of
brick plastered with chunam. It is said to be upwards of
600 years old. It has a domed roof, in the Mahommadan
style, with a courtyard in front and measures 25>fl9 feet and
12 feet high. It is visited by pilgrims and travellers. The
wife of a former Chief of Idar having some disagreement
with her lord was ordered to live on the hill, where this
palace is said to have been built for her and is thus called
after her name. (5) In the Gadh to the Noith of the town
the Radinali Choki appears to be an un6nished Jaina temple,
built of white sandstone. It measures 375x34 feet and 16
feet high, in the Jaina style. (6) On the Gadh is the cave
( a natural cavern ) of Vajar Mata with a wall and terraces
in front. It is 22x18 feet and 7 feet high and contains aa
image of Vajar Mata worshipped by all castes. It has a
ruined Dharmashala attached to it built of brick and plastered
with chunam. (7) In the Gadh, the temple of Santinatha of
white sandstone, sculptured, and brick plastered ; is upwards
of 400 years old and entire measuring 160x125 feet and 55 feet
high.

15

226

2. Limbhoi -There is a temple of Kalanatha Mahadeva
with a Dharmashala partly in ruins. It is built of white sand-
stone and brick plastered. It measures 37x15 feet and 30
feet high.

3. Ahmednagar— (1) The Bhadar palace in ruins, up-
wards of 400 years old ; built of white sandstone. The space
within the surrounding fortified walls measures 700x500
feet. The palace is said to have been originally constructed
in the reign of Ahmad Shah, the founder of the town. It
is also called Mohina-rani-na-mahal. (2) A Kunda or reser-
voir mostly in ruins, having a courtyard, is built of whit©
sandstone plastered. It measures 100x50 feet. The reservoir
is said to have been constructed during the reign of Ahmad
Shah as a bathing place for " Mohina-rani ", who, it is said
used to visit it daily by an under-ground passage from the
Bhadr palace.

4. Khed-Brahma. — There is a temple of Brahmaji sur-
rounded by a wall measuring 57x30 feet and 36 feet high, is built
of white sandstone and brick plastered. It has been recently
put in repair by the Brahman community of the town and
has an image of Brahma which is worshipped. The temple
is known by the name of "Bhrigu Rishi''. The river
Harnav on which the village stands, is considerded sacred.
A fair is held every year on Magha Sud 14th.

5. Desan. — There is a temple of Bhavanatha Mahadeva
upwards of 400 years old, measures 50x25 feet and 36 feet
high, is built of white sandstone and brick ; partly in ruins,
has a Dharmashala attached to it. This temple is known by
the name of Chuman ( Chyamana ) Rishi, a great sage. A
fair is held here annually in the month of Shravan.

6. Bhiloda. -There is a temple of Shri Chandraprabhuji,
of white sandstone sculptured and plastered. It measures 70x45
feet and 30 feet high. It baa a tower of four storeys 75 feet

227

high and a Dharmashala within the entrance gate. It has
been recently put in repair by a Jain merchant.

7. Posina-Sabli. — There are temples of Parsvanatha
and Neminatha measuring 150x140 feet and 26 feet high,
built of white sandstone plastered with chunam.

8. Samlaji. — The temple of Samlaji is built of white
aandstone and brick and is surrounded by a w^all with a
gateway. It is of two storeys supported on pillars and a
canopy with arches on each side. It is supposed to be up-
wards of 400 years old. It contains an image of Vishnu and
some old inscriptions. A city is said to have existed at this
place in the time of Raja Harichandraji, signs of which still
remain. A number of images of Brahma, Vishnu and Siva
are found in several places which are now in ruins. A large
fair is held here every year for fifteen days on Kartika
Sud 13th.

9. Tiraba»— Timba is in the Gadhwada Zillah. The
Taranga temples on the top of a hill surrounded by other peacks.
They are seven storeys high and are temples of Ajitanathaji
and Sambhunathaji built of white sandstone and brick. These
temples are said to have been built in the reign of Kumarpala
of Pattan 700 years ago (vide Forbes Ras Mala ).

10. Sudasna. — There is a cave-temple of Mokshesvara
about 44 miles North-west of Sudasna on the bank of the
river Sarasvati with a monastery close by, built of sandstone
and brick, now in ruins. This temple is iield sacred by all
castes from being on the river Sarasvati ( Kuniarika ) the
waters of which are oflfered to the idol and to a Pippala tree.
A fair is held every year, Bhadrapada Sud 11th.

11. Arasur. — Fifteen miles North-east of Danta. The
temple of Amba Bhawani, measuring 25x20 feet and 19 feet
high, is built of marble of inferior quality by Nagar Brahmans.
It has a Dharmashala. The floor is paved with marble.

228

Inscriptions. — (1) On tbe edge of a reservoir near the
principal shrine called the Manasarovar, of Maharana Shri
Maldeo dated A. D. 1359. (2) Also at the door of the adytum
of the temple of Ambaji is a tablet which records offerings
made in A. D. 1545 by the Rani of Rav Barmal of Idar.
(3) There are several inscriptions on the pillars of the temple,
principally of the 16th century, recording gifts of private
individuals and one dated A. D. 1723, when the lord of the
land Rajadhiraj Ranaji (one hundred and eight times repeated)
Shri Prathisingji was ruling, states that a Vania family built
a Dharmashala for the sake of a son, and adds by the kind-
ness of Amba, the hope was fulfilled ( vide Forbes Rasmala ).
It is visited four times a year by large Sanghas in the months
of Kartik, Margsars, Shravan and Bhadrapada. The revenue
of the temple is considerable ( Forbes Rasmala Chapter IX,
Vol. I ).

12. Four miles North-east of Amba Bhavani, the temple
of Koteshwara Mahadeva measuring 20x15 feet and 25 feet
high. There is a Dharmashala attached to it, partly ruined.
The pilgrims who visit the Amba Bhawani shrine visit this
also, as without doing so their pilgrimage would not be con-
sidered complete. The sacred river Sarasvati takes its rise
from near this temple, and the pilgrims consider that by
bathinf^ at this spot in its water they are cleansed from all
their sins.

Inscription. — On the Jamb and threshold are two of
Samvat 1156 and 1159.

13. Kumbharia.-The temples of Neminath built of white
marble were, according to tradition, 360 in number but were
afterwards reduced to 5 by volcanic disturbance. They are
much visited by pilgrims.

Inscriptions. — In the temple of Neminath there is an
inscription dated A. D. 1249 recording additions to the

229

edifice made by Brahmdeva, the son of Chahud, minister of
Kumarpal Soknki. On one of a group of Paliyas close by
is an inscription dated A. D. 1200, which states that Shri
Dharavar Shadeva, the lord of Arbuda the throne of all
Mandlikas on whom the sun shines, constrncted a well in this
city of Arasur ( Forbes Rasmala ). There are also other
inscriptions both in the temples and on the stones of these
groups.

These Jaina temples were constructed, it is said by
Vimalshah to the number of 360. They are dedicated to
Parshwanath. It is said that Amba Mataji gave great wealth
to Vimalshah and asked him by whose aid he had built these
temples, he replied, by the aid of his spiritual preceptor. The
Mataji repeated the question thrice and each time received
the same answer. She then said to him, escape as soon as
you can. He fled into the crypt below one of the temples
and emerged on Mount Abu. Then the Mataji consumed
all the temples by fire with the exception of 5 ( vide Forbes
Ra&mala).

14. Haldarvas— On the tank of the Vatrak, half a
mile South-east of the village in the Ghodasar Taluka, is the
temple of Muhadeva naaied Bhrigu Rishi, measuring 20x14
feet. On the other side of the river opposite the preceding
is a temple of a Parashara Mahadeo 36x18 repaired 70
years ago.

15. Bamnoli Ket. — A ruined fort about half way
between the village of Haldarvas and Barmuara on the right
bank of the Vatrak river. It is said to have been built by
Mahomad Bugda.

16. Jetpur. — Three miles from Gabat. The Khanera
Palava, a large tank with masonry Bund on the North side.
This fine tank and Bund are said to have been made by the
orders of Sidhraj Jayasinh.

15 A

230

17. PrantveL — About four miles from G aba t. fofa
mile East of the village, is a raised platform on which there
are three stones like Paliyas, a large one in the centre and
a smaller one on the either side. Round the platform there
are thirty or forty graves. The people of the neighbourhood
say that these stones were erected and are now worshipped
by a wandering tribe called " Chamthas ".

18. Magodi. — Three Paliyas, on one of which is carved
a Manoo and a horse. There is an inscription on one of the
Paliyas which is illegible. Another Paliyas is called Hathia.
A black stone on which are carved 3 snakes is called by the
natives " Gok Chuvan ". There is a crevice in the rock
called Bhemdta.

19. Punadra. — An old fort of the time of Mahomad
Begda.

20. Telnal, — On the Vatrak. The very old temple
of Kedareswar about a mile from the village. It has beea
recently repaired.

21. Ramas. — A step well, said to have been built by
the wife of the Nabob of Kapadvanja, 500 years ago.

22. Sathamba. — There is a step well and a Paliya
with an inscription.

23. Ambliara. — The temple of Nilkanth Mahadeo, aa
old Musalraaii tomb and the ruins of old Ambliara.

CHAPTER XV.
EXCISE.

1. Abkari System in Mahi Kantha.— The Abkari
administration of all the Thana Circles and the Talukas with
the exception of the States of Idar, Pol and Danta was
taken over by Government from the 1st October, 1912, and
the system of monopoly of vend of liquor was introduced

231

through the agency of contractors Messrs. Jamshedji Nas-
sarwanji and Hormasji Jamshedji Gin walla from that date for
a period of 3 years. The object of the lease was to render
possible the abolition of the outstill system in the leased area,
to substitute a system more conducive to the well-being of
the people and to assimilate gradually the Abkari arrange-
ments in the Agency to those in force in the neighbouring
British districts. The total amount of compensation payable
annually by Government to the Talukas and Thana Circles
comprised in the leased area amounts to Rs. 77,459-15-4 ex-
clusive of the amount of annual compensation payable to the
Kawalji of Mansa which has been fixed by Government equal
to the actual realisations in the Talukas. The provisions of
the Bombay Abkari Act have been extended to Sadra Bazar,
the Thana Circles and the Talukas under Agency Manage-
ment under the orders of Government contained in their
Resolution, Political Department, No. 7571, dated the 15th
October 1912. The Jurisdictional Chiefs in the leased area
have declared by notification the Abkari Act to be the law
of their Talukas. The liquor is manufactured at the Dabhoda
distillery and supplied to the shop-keepers from the ware-
houses at Timba, Vadagam and distillery at Dabhoda. The
term of the Abkari lease of the leased area havino- ex-
juried on the 30th September 1915, the Chiefs and Talukdars
renewed the lease for a further period of three years. The
contract for the manufacture and vend of liquor was given
to Messrs Ginwalla for a further period of three years. The
monopoly of vend system was abolished and the separs(|t8
shop system introduced with effect from the 1st October
1915, under the orders of Government contained in their
Kesolution, Political Department., No. 4220, dated
the 19th July 1915. In order that the arrangements for
the disposal of shops may be conterminous with that in
other areas where separate shop system prevails, the shops

232

were disposed of for a period of one year and six months
from 1st October 1915 to 3lst March 1917. The total amount
derived as the license fee was Rs. 28,970 durinc^ 1915-16.
As manufacture and supply of country spirits Messrs, Ginwalla
were given the contract to supply country liquor from t\\&
Dabhoda distillery at Re. 0-15-11 per London proof gallon.
The shop keepers are supplied with liquor at 15 annas jier
London proof gallon, the difference of 11 pies being paid to
Messrs. Ginwalla by Government. During 1916-17 the coa-
trol over the ware-houses was transferred from the Assistant
Collector of Excise to the Assistant Commissioner of Excise,
Bombay Presidency, and seUing rates were assimilated by
the Baroda State at the border shops. From 1st April
1918 the shops were disposed of according to the fixed fee
system which is also a part of the separate shop sj'stem.
The supply rate of liquor was raised from Re. 0-15-11 per
proof gallon to Rs. 1-2-0 in 1919 owing to the rise in the
cost of Mahura flowers and in the rate of labour charges.
The term of Abkari licenses for 1918-19 having expired on
31st March 1919 the shops were disposed of under the fixed fee
system. The license fees were fixed on the basis of the sales
of the previous year. The total fees realized for 1919-20
amounted to Rs. 15,692. The total quantit}" of liquor sold
during the year 1918-19 was 24,653 proof gallons. In the
leased area liquor of 3 strengths, viz., 25° U. P., 40' U. P.
& 60° U. P. is sold. The total receipts on account of Abkari
revenue amounted to Rs. 94,638 ia 1918-19. The annual
amount of compensation to all the Talukdars who have based
their Abkari rights to Government is Rs. 77,561-12-2.
Besides the yearly amount of compensation fixed for two
villages of the Ghodasar Taluka is Rs. 2,450 and that for tha
Khadal Taluka is Rs. 1,000. Statement showing the exeisa
shops and excise revenue for the year 1916-17 is given at
the end of the Chapter.

233

2. Abkari Revenue in Idar. — There were 200 liquor

shops in the Idar State in the year 1917-18 which yielded
the revenue of Rs. 1,59,675.

3. Opium Revenue. — The opium required for con-
sumption in this Agency is obtained from the Gazipur Fac-
tory in the United Provinces. The issue rate of opium has
been raised from Rs. 11 to 13 per seer from 1st April 1918.
The total consumption of the drug amounted to 3,424 lbs. ia
1918-19. The average consumption of the drug comes to
59 7 grains per head of population. In the Idar State the
opium revenue was Rs. 14,273 in 1917-18. Statement of opium
allotment to Native States under the Agency is given below^
Table showing opium consumption during last 10 years is
given below.

4. Ganja. — The revenue by the sale of Ganja was Rs.
8,636 in the year 1918-19 for the petty States and Thana
Circles and Rs. 6,443 in the Idar State.

TABLES

u

OPIUM.

Quantity in lbs. issued from

Total quantity

Year.

The Opium

issued to the

Depoc at

Bombay.

Malva.

States.

Sadra.

1908-09 •••

1,264

349

1,378

2,991

1909-10 •••

1,197

309

2,255

2,761

1910-11 **•

1,032

407

2,236

3,675

1911-12 •••

7r)G

269

2,435

3,460

1912-13 •••

2,801

5

2,80G

1913-14 ••*

3,340

...

3,340

1914-15 *•'

2,846

...

2,840

1915-16 •••

3,126

...

3,12G

1916-17 "•

2,372

...

2,372

1917-lS •••

3,566

• • •

3,56G

234

Table showing the Abkari Shops and their Revenue

Country
Liquor.

Opium.

G

anja.

Total.

Name of State.

No. of
Shops.

o

C5

No. of
Shops.

6

o
>

No. of
Shops.

>
o

D5

No. of
Shops.

o
>

Sadra Bazar.

1

2,312

1

303

1

160

3

2,775

JBawishi

14

6,795

13

1,891

10

497

37

9,183

Sabar Kantha

12

11,291

10

880

8

710

30

12,881

Gadhwada ...

9

2,979

4

120

1

158

14

3,257

KatosanThana

3

3,663

4

40

I

185

8

3,888

Vatrak

Kantha

2

4,612

2

451

2

72

6

5,135

Pol

13

5,528

1

40

...

. ...

14

5,568

Danta

14

4,176

8

1,152

7

261

29

5,589

Malpur

9

4,822

4

857

2

17

15

5,696

Mansa

3

4,889

1,100

1

1,514

5

7,503

Mohanpur ...

11

7,228

431

4

20 S

22

7,865

Katosan

1

705

6

1,170

6

155

13

2,030

Varsoda

2

3,919

2,241

1

28

4

6,188

Pethapur

2

4,266

407

1

223

4

4,896

Kanasan

1,945

662

3

168

10

2,775

Punadra

2

1,907

784

1

363

4

3,054

Khadal ...1

1)

1

750 j

1

''\

1

60

3

927

235
in Mahi Kantha Agency during the year 19i6-17<

Country
Liquor.

Op

iuin.

Ganja.

O a? 3

^^1 eg

Total.

Name of State.

No. of
Shops.

Revenue.

No. ot
Shops.

a
<r>
>

C3

JNo. ot
Shops.

o

a

>

D5

Ghodasar ...i

2

2,450

1
2

681

2

172

6

3,303

Amhyara ...

4

4,233

2

898

2

231

8

5,362

Vasna

1

2,578

2

177

2

152

5

2,907

Sudasana

2

2,497

1

951

1

112

4

3,560

Magodi

3

892

3

487

...

...

6

1,379

Vadagam ...

4

1,631

1

580

...

••^

5

2,211

Sathamba ...

1

1,092

1

1,081

1

38

3

2,211

Hapa

1

i

1,122

1

35

1

200

3

1,357

Walasana' ...

\

1,864

2

401

2

150

8

2,415

Ilol

1,826

1

160

...

...

2

1,986

Dabha

1,907

2

1 90

1

15

4

2,012

Gabat

t

449

1

1 35

...

!

2

484

Dadhalia

1 ^

926

1

363

1

I 7

3

1,296

Raiuas

^

085

1

180

1

41

3

906

Total...

129

95,939

90

18,765

G4

5,895

283

110699

236

Statement of opium allotment to Native

Ho.

Name of State,

Taluka and
Thana Circle.

^1 .

© 5 rjf

Popula-

Bv.^

No.

tion.

Alio
in 1

Name of State,

Taluka and

Thana Circle.

Popula-
tion.

3.2o
-t^ -e oi"

Sadra Bazar.
Mansa
Pethapur ...
Varsoda

1,683

15,936

5,753

.1 3,656

Derol

(SabarKantha)
Dedhrota .c.

Khedawada .
8! Kadoli

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Prempur ...
Vaktapur ...
Hapa
Tejpuri

Ilol

Ghed

Amliyara ..
Ramas
Dabha

Satbamba ...
Jher Nirmali.

20l Punadra

837

725

804

931

1,694

1,744

838

1,475

3,806

99

7,227

865

1,307

.3,022

4,664
2,662 1

140

21

Khadal

2,215

170

350

22

Ghodasar ••••

6,219

210

70

23

Wasna

4,494

80

180

24

Mohan pur ...

1,004

210

50

25

Ranasan ...

3,183

70

30

26

Bawishi

8,459

420

15

27

Vadagam ...

2,121

40

45

28

Rupal

3,113

35

25

29

Bolundra ...

740

15

35

30

Dadhalia ...

2,619

30

40

31

Katosan ...

7,174

210

25

32

Palej

1,033

15

30

33

Deloli

1,020

15

5

34

Kasalpura ..

307

10

210

35

Ijpura

342

10

35

36

Rampura ...

353

15

80

37

Mohmedpura

449

15

140

38

Virsoda

718

30

35

39

Rampura ...

199

10

16Q

40

Tejpura •..

1,218

20

states under Mahi Kantha Agency*

237

Name of State,
Sfo. Taluka and
Thana Circle.

Popula-
tion.

a (o ^
a. 2? No

^ ^ ^ .^'iV.
O O

< 5-^ 1

Name of State,

Taluka aud
Thana Circle.

Popula-
tion.

a. 2^

■*J -4-3 1-4

^ 2 r^

< 2""

41

Maguna ...

3,235

35

61

Idar State...

149995

1,440

42

•
Santhal

1,692

15

62

Kheroj

656

10

43
44

Malpur
Magodi

8,065
1,527

140
35

63
64

Derol

Yagalani.
Pol

1,934
4,436

5

25

45

Gabat

604

10

65

Taka Tooka.

844

10

46

Likhi

959

15

66

Pahala

674

10

47

Pol

3,959

15

67

Budheli ...

496

5

48

Valasna

2,749

70

68

Torda

526

5

49

?

• Hadola

2,665

30

69

Samera

784

10

50

Satlasna ...

4,603

70

70

Kahera

707

5

51

Bhalusna ...

1,864

25

71

Dehgamadi.

705

5

52

53

Timba
Umri

1,675
1,021

25
20

72
73

Mohri

Megraj.
Vandial

1,748
191

10
5

54

Sudasna ...

5,269

100

74

Jalia »..

364

5

55

Danta

15,262

250

75

Kuski

978

5

5G
57

Alota
Kotharna.
Cliandup ...

820
588

15

20

76

77

Tintoi
Mohri Devni

3,559
983

35
5

58

Nedardi

45

5

78

Posina

7.977

30

59
CO

Bhatwas ...
Mohar

272
370

5
5

Total

5,860

238

CHAPTER XVI.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Ceremonials to be observed in Mahi Kantha. Brief ac^
count of the ceremonials observed on the occasions of visits
of Native Princes and Chiefs of Mahi Kantha to the Political
Agent and vice versa.

Visits to Political Agent.

First Class Chief.
1. His Highness the Maharaja of

Idar.

Ceremonials,

Either the Assistant
Political Agent or the
HuzurDeputy Assistant
ofoes out about a mile
from Sadra to receive
the Maharaja. The Po-
litical Agent receives
him at the top of the
staircase, conducts him
to the reception room
and gives him a seat to
his right.

If available Guard of
Honour of 12 rank and
file under 1 Havildar
of the N. I. presents
arms; otherwise a party
of 12 Sowars under 1
Havildar or Jamadar of
the Contingent reform-
ed horse acts in the
same capacity. At close
of the visit thePolitical
Agent givesPa?i Supari
to the Maharaja and on,
the latter taking leave
the Political Agent con-
ducts him to tha top of
the staircase. The
Guard of Honour pre-
sents arms.

239

Second Class Chiefs*

^. The Rao of Polo.

3. The Maharana of Danta.

Third Class Chiefs,

4. The Rawalji of Malpur.

5. The Rawalji of Mansa.

6. The Thakore of Mohanpur,

Fourth Class Chiefs.

7.

The

Thakore

of Warsoda.

8.

The

Thakore

of Pethapur.

9.

The

Thakore

of Ranasan.

10.

The

Thakore

of Punadra.

11.

The

Thakore

of Khadal.

12.

The

Thakore

of Ghodasar.

13.

The

Thakore

of Katosan.

14,

The

Thakore

of Ilol.

15.

The

Thakore

of Amaliyara

10.

The

Thakore

of Sudasna.

Fifth Class Chiefs,

17.

The

Thakore

of Walasna.

18.

The

Thakore

of Dabha.

19.

The

Thakore

of Wasna.

20.

The

Thakore

of Rupal.

21.

The

Thakore

of Dadhalia.

22.

The

Thakore

of Magodi.

23.

The

Thakore

of Wadagam,

24.

The

Thakore

of Sathamba.

Ceremonialsr.

The Political Agenfr
advances few paces from
his seat to receive these
Chiefs and places thena
on his right ; on leav-
ing they receive Pam
5i(j9?m and the Political
Agent stands up bat
does not accompany.

The Political Agent
merely rises from his^
seat when receivinsr
these Chiefs and when
they take leave. It is
not customary to give
them Pan Suprai. They
are generally given seats

on the right.

As above with the ex-
ception that seating on
the right or left is op-
tional or as found con-
venient.

240

Sixth Class Chiefs.

25.

2G.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.

39.
40.
41.
42.

43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.

The Thakore
The Thakore
The Thakore
Thakore
Thakore
The Thakore
The Thakore
The Thakore
Thakore
Thakore
The Thakore
The Thakore
The Thakore
The Thakore

The
The

The
The

of Kamas.
of Bolundra.
of Derol.
of Kherwada.
of Kadoli.
of Waktapur.
of Prempur.
of Dedbrota.
of Tajpuri.
of Hapa.
of Satlasna.
of Bhalusna.
of Likhi.
of Hadol.

Ceremonials,

Seventh Class Chiefs*

The Shareholders of Maguna.

The Shareholders of Tejpura.

The Shareholders of Virsoda.

The Thakore of Palaj.

The Shareholders of Deloli.

The Thakore of Kasalpura.

The Thakore of Memadpura,

The Thakore of Ijpura.

The Shareholders of Kampura.

The Thakore of Ranipura,

The Thakore of Gabat.

The Thakore of Timba.

The Thakore of Umbri.

The Thakore of Mota-Kotharna.

The Political Agent
receives them seated and
places right or left as
is convenient.

N. B. — The above list is arranged in order of precedence
and relative rank. When the Political Agent holds a Dur-
bar, Chiefs of all the Classes are given seats on the right
and Fan Supari is given to all as under : —

First Class Chiefs. By the Political Agent.

Second Class Chiefs. By the Assistant Political Agent.

Third and Fourth Class Chiefs. By the Huzur Deputy Assistant

Political Agent.
Fifth Sixth and Seventh By the highest subordinate
Class Chiefs. official of the Agency.

241

Visits to Chiefs.

First Class Chief.

His Highness the Maharaja of Idar.

Second Class Chiefs.

The Rao of Polo.

The Maharana of Danta.

Third Class Chiefs.

The Rawalji of Mai pur.
The Rawalji of Mansa.
The Thakore of Mohanpur.

On arrival at Chief
Town,

The Chief goes out
with his Sowari about
a mile from his capital
to receive the Political
Agent and conveys him
tohis(PoHtical Agent's)
camp where the Chief
is seated on the right
of the Political Agent.
The Political Agent
then gives Pan SiqKiri
( only in the case of the
1st Class Chief ) and the
Chief takes leave. When
the Political Agent goes
to pay an official return
visit the Chief's Kar-
bhari goes to the camp
of the Political Agent
to bring him, the Chief
himself receiving at the
foot of the Darbar Hall.
The Political Acfent
taiies his seat on the
right. After conversa-
tion the Chief <^ives Pan
Supari to the Political
Agent (both standing)
and on his departure
conducts him to the
place of reception.

N. B, — The Political Agent does not pay visits to
Chiefs of any other Classes.

Sd. W. A. SALMON, Major,

Acting Political Agent, Hahi Kantha.
16

242

Cm

O

a

>»

CO

o

.

bfl

$13

^

&4

o

o

rs:

ft

(/i

o

&4

>i

ft

o

qj O

< < g^

-T "*^ ft

w a

fti 2 -«

w ^ 5

^ ^ ft

^ © 73

O ^ ©

o

'

ci^

>5

^

w

ft

Ut

c3

<T)

^

>

bfl

• r,^

o

P5

,S3

-»->

0^

*_!

o

^

o

tH

h4

-« Irf

.::: <D _;

-1-' ^

-5 S "^

Si

^^'^

'TS

.

3

«S o =3

•

^

'IT*

04

CS

fc- ^

•"^

c3

>*^

cS

)m

^

60 = o

^

&^

•"C?

;-i

CS

•T3

eS

c « ^

..4

_o

J3 ■

J3

o

•5 3

"g

,^

6C

g

n3

13

cS

-G

o

13
pq

m
1— 1

C/3

P5

•2 ^-g

•

•
•

:

:

•

•
•

•
•

=

c ca o :^

O c3 U 1- .

.— r3 o o a

-*^ d c3 a? P

S-i

c5 n - CD O

Ti

r3

Transliter

the R<

character

ing to pr

syst

-c3

S'

•
•

'5^

3

OS

"73

«s

"•^

o

cS

^

J3

o

5^

o

6

13
pq

g

CD

m

60

a

CS

13

OS
i«=5

,

:

•

•

;

•

•

•

1'

=: rt ti

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•-< G O

~2

^

S5

\

^
^

1 2 "J

<;7

/5

5

<=3

7f

C 5-«

.— O .

c5

es

-0-5 o

G

OO

g

60 S

a

C3

G
^73

.^

es

.~

cS

O eS Q

• >4

rt

.

OJ

-^

G

C

-T3

^ '^ r-^

-5

02

a

-a
<1

O
PL,

es

-a

:4

r^

;

;

«

;

*

•

I

;

•- T'^

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

G =3 ^-O

ct

03

o r= o -r; .

,-; ~ c3 K g

"^

60

5 ^ ' c;) <D

tad

.

<s

■ 1-^ /•I *^^

H-J

CS

I

-5

..4

c3

"^

^

c3 ■♦^ rt ao

'cS

CS

OS

.J

*3
o

G

a>

B -.2

:^

CZ2

l-H

<

>

Ph

Q

^

^

^

«

«

•

»

►1

G C3 ;^

*

•

»

•

:

•

• i

•— G a>

fv;

*-• t- -^

o*

-

<D <U CS 2

...#

T*

,

-»>>

a>'3 s

rt o ^ 5
^:5 -^

'1

243

e

Sni

ts

CH

ri

c3

CG
O

"cH

d

03

CS

c5

o

a

• ^

o

/-»

, ^

m

^

>

a

*r

ri

^c5

o

■^c^

v-5

«

c3

Ph

Q

K

Cl^

p:5

^-^

C/2

-22 CS

i I 5

t4 1^ H

o

P-l

C3

^-* O

o

o

S c >

^ -3

02 CO

^l^ Q Cc^ CW f§ a

c3

a

a

C3

:jd —

c

fl(

•

-TS

^

TL

- t

O

o

^

o

if

If

S5

S5

if

A7

5

if

r

i 5 ^ l2

c;

.«

t>^

.0

Nji

s-2

K

Ul

-a

-a
•-0

ci
0

CS

zn.

cr

Q

0

^
0
^

'0

•4->

"1 txi

a

CS

—

CS

t-t

CS

n3

<3

^

v>-»

rt

'>

v:^

.a

' cj

0

C/i

1-3

0

C/3

P

:

eS

0

■ 0

,13

r-^

-4J

rf

3

^C^

w

0

5! iL ii: ^

Ti

i^

7?>

,f S» <v

5 =^ '^

PT? /^

ur>

;^

?

/?

(O

AT

>-^»

;^

Atl

>">

244

— o

*" '2"^

a o

>^b -^

r- C3 a,

c^ o

.

ci

s^

hogr
nan
be a

-c3

a

CS

02

g

CS

P5

CS

„r2

NTS

a

c-
s

s

^

0

0

t^ o o

5

t4

CS

.

:

•

•

•

:

•
•

•

•
•

:

c= = S.-a

_

o c; 9 *-

• - ^ <^ o .^

■*;^ s cs o! a
£ o . ^ ®

CS

vj3

cS

a

CS

g

cS

3

^
s

s

cS

I

1-^

CS

0

5

ja
W

-4-»

C3

Q

il

0
1^

CS

,

•

:

•

2

:

ft

;

:

•

•

c: d i^

•

•

»

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

""a tt>

s_ S-. -t-

Name

theVe

cula

charac

r

S3

S5

.-V

r
-J)

5?

/Of)

- ^ -73

O <D

>. £ "S.

.^ c: o

^^ rs

08

cS

C3 O C3

S-i

«

•

i^

&i>

^

,

,

CS

n:3

CS

eS

&

-S3

l^a a.

CS

S-i

'iZ

£3

U2

5:

a)

02

^•

03

^

^1-"

-♦■a

v-3

o

CS

cS

■T3

cS

<-<

CS

p

CS

0

^

e3

a

6S2

Q

^

g

0

c3

m

^

M

0

<j

r- , ^__

;

•

:

•

:

;

•

•

•

1

•

•

•

O eS t) 1-

ansHterati
the Rom
aracter ac
g to presc
system.

eS

CS

cS

^:5

o

fcJD

Cv5

02

02

eS

>

CS

5

CO

CS
-*^

<S
02

CS

w

"Is

'0

CS

c3
«?

0

>>

"IS

3

P

^

1^

0

>

w

0

<3

,

;

;

•

•

;

•

^

•

;

:

.5 ^ ^^

•

•

•

tt

4

•

•

«

•

.

•- C ci>

,

2;

Name
tlie Ver
cular
charact

,5
'vo

;i9

3

73-

.V

245

o
o

H s:^ W

c3

J3

c

„^

.

c*

a

cS

eS

»>

fc;D

m

^

c

S

c

o

eS

c3

H

ES

H

>

C3

a-

c5

cS cS

.Id

t-? W tZ2

CS

c

eS

m

eS

H

Sv

Pi?

— JO C-

^ -? I ^

_^ r*'

a? t^ ^ XT

,

es

B

eS

>-•

,

(^

.

-c3

,

c

es

m

es

fee

&4

•
C5

c5
o

.>«

•

o

C

Q

CS

a
1

a

O
CS

pq

c3

o

>:5

CS

C
cS

CS

>

Ut

c

c3

n3

c5

o-

c

c3

Nre

o

tj

. ^1

TO

>:3

■^^

Jl

o

o

rt

«

:^

p^

>

c3

-o

Ut

ce

N:i

•-•

TS

>

&.

• ~^

• •«

O

-ci

s

o

o

' ^

<s

3

C3

O

:l^

w

m

«

«

3f - :;:

I ?

.-V fZf

3- ^5 (7

246

O <u

2 =^ «

'■♦3

a

6

R

>
«8

«3

a

•

• ■-«

li^

<D

cS

n:3

'E

a
,■-1

CO

CS

W

S

^

^

w

^c3

M

w

cS

•

;

•

;

J

:

'

.9 -a ^

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

4 •

-

ration
Oman
accor
escribe
em.

V2

•-^

.t? -^^ >^

>

1— I

cS

a

O

>

a

c3

M

>

C5

a

I

•
•

CS

Transl

the

charac

ing to

s

Ph

CD

>

s

02

• ^i4

t4

m

cS

;-■
CS

«5 t:

«

*
•

•

•

•

•
•

•

-

•

Name
the Ver
cular
charact

^
^
^

'■j:

A7
K

-J)

f

(V

Si

•- o^

thography

man chara

be adopt

6

CS

c5

•
c5

ei
CS

CS

-4^

o

2

6

"in

a

.2

o

a

CD

^ o o

.a

o

O

^

M

Q

^

m

a

•

I

•

•

;

•

-

^3 -73

•

*

«

•

•

•

■

«

ri ^4 as

ansliteratioi

the Roman

aracter acco

g to prescrib

system.

CZi

(J

o

>

CS

j2

-3
c3

'to

a

to

.a

a

CD

a

a

.5

CS

o

'-^

CD
c3

a

r-4

o

h:^

^

P^

^

fi

fc^

pq

•

•

•

.

a

^

,

.-■

= 5 5^

•

•

*

;

•

L •

•

•- = o

^ t4 -k:>

© O) cr o

/?

^

^
^

~7

r

'^

IT

53-

/^

/?r

.->'

^

-vj»9

-*7

/ci.

PART n.

TREATIES & ENGAGEMENTS.

249

PART II

TREATIES AND ENGAGEMENTS.

GENERAL.

The system oi perpetual settlement which was adopted
in Kathiawar in 1807, and which obviated the necessity of
the periodical advance of a collecting or Mulkgiri army, was
found to be beneficial to the country and people that it was
soon afterwards resolved to extend it to the Gaekwar's claims
over the Mahi Kantha. The first who entered into engage-
ments of the kind was the Chief of Ghorasar. It was not
till 1830 that the engagements (No. 1) were generally con-
cluded, by which the Chiefs bound themselves to pay the
Gaekwar's dues on the average of what had been collected
during the ten preceding years. These engagements, how-
ever only settled the Gaekwar's claims, and left unadjusted
the exactions levied by the Raja of Idar, and the black-mail
taken by the Koli Chiefs. Since 1820, when the Gaekwar
agreed not to send troops into the districts or prefer any
claims against the inhabitants in them except through tha
arbitration of the British Government, the paramount autho-
rity in the Mahi Kantha has been exercised by the British
Government alone.

2. It appears from the Baroda Residency records of
187G and 1877, that the question of collecting the copies of
security bonds for good behaviour and other documents passed
by the Rewa Kantha and Mahi Kantha Mehwasee Zamindars
and their translations and also the translation of the Gaekwar's
Memorandum of 1825 was taken up by P. S. Melvill, Esqr.
C. S. I., Resident at Baroda, and the translations were
got verified from the Ministers, Sir T. Madhavrao and Kazi
Shahabudin. Thirteen of the documents and their translations

250

xvere printed and formed the appendices to Mr. Melvill's
Memorandum on Giras.

3. The Mahi Kantha agreements may be classified as
follows according to their subject matter : —

1. Agreement on security bond of 16 paras. (No. 1).

2. Do. do. of 11 paras. (No. 2).

4. These bonds and agreements were not taken on the
same date nor was it the case that all documents of a parti-
cular class were executed on one date. The Mahi Kantha
Chiefs had in 1812 passed Fael Zamin Bonds to Colonel
Ballantyne but they were not completed till 1830 when the
Talukdars signed the bonds before Colonel Miles. Thus the
bond of 1812 was completed in 1830. Oometa was formerly
under the jurisdiction of the Mahi Kantha Agency about the
time when this bond was passed by the Chief, but it has
since been transferred to Rewa Kantha charge along with
four other petty estates of Dorka, Unghar, Raika and Bhadarva.
Document No. 2 is also a security for good behaviour passed
by the Talukdars of Bhadarva and contains 11 articles.

5. The Vahiwat Patrak shows the Way in which the
Jama was recovered and as the translation has been given
by Mr. Melville, it is given here.

6. An agreement or security bond was taken by Mr.
Stanhope in 1818 on behalf of the Gaekwar from the Zamin-
dars of Eahiyal, It is an agreement for the payment of
Jamabandi ( No. 3 ).

7. The following six agfreements were entered into with
Idar : —

1. Agreement of 9 articles entered into by Maharaj
Prithisinghji Karansinghji in 1836 which makes
reference to a certain agreement entered into ia
1812 with the British Government, which is not
forthcoming ( No. 4 ).

2. Agreement of the Idar Darbar to assist the
Sarcar in making the arrangement for the

251

prevention of salt passing into Idar from Marwar
in 1878 (No. 5).

3. Agreement of the Idar Darbar accepting com-
position for the salt and fixing rates for the
people, entered into in 1872 ( No. 6 ).

4. Agreement between the Idar Darbar and the
British Government in the matter of a weir in
the river, and of a canal through the Idar limits
in the year 1874 ( No. 7 ).

5. Agreement of 1881 by which the Idar State and
the British Government separated their interests
in the revenues of certain villages ( No. 5 ).

6. Agreement of 8 articles in the matter of the
purchase of opium from Government Depot and
the prohibition of poppy cultivation ( No. 9 ).

8. Maharaj Sbri Gambhirsinhji of Idar entered into

an agreement of 5 articles with Shri Maharaj Karan'^'^ng and

others of Ahmednagar in the year 1843 in the matter of the

amicable settlement of their mutual claim to the Bayir
Pargunah (No. 10).

9. The Danta State entered into two asfreements one
\vith His Highness the Dewan of Palanpur on 27th July 1819,
by which the Rana of Danta agreed to pay a share of Taluka
of Danta on certain conditions, and the other with the British.
Government on 20th February 1856 in the matter of salt
arrangement (Nos. 11 and 12).

10. The Pol State similarly entered into two agree-
ments on 12th September 1861, and 13th May 1873 with the
British Government in the matter of salt arrangement (Nos.

13 and 14).

11. Other Talukdars of the Mahi Kantha Agency also

entered into acjreements with the Baroda Darbar, and tho
British Government, and these aorreements are 11 in number.
Thus there were 25 agreements in all which are printed in
this Chapter.

252

I.
Mahi Kantba Security Bond of

16 articles of 1812 and 1830*

To

Sliri Sarkar the Honourable the British Company
Bahadur, througjh Colonel Miles, Acting Political
Agent, Prant Gujarat.

Written by Makwanas Kanaji Bhagwanji, and Rajaji
Jitaji and Hiraji Aduji, and Madhuji Sablaji and Hathiji
Pabji and Anji Viramji and Ranasingji Kuberji and others
of Taluka Katosan together with brethren and relations in-
habitants and those living in Wara-Vas and Palwar and all
the Dharala inhabitants of our Zilla, including ryots and those
being in "VYara-Vas and all others living within the gates
and in Palwars. To wit: — The Sarkar having desired us, in
accordance with the custom of the country ( Mulukshrista
pramane ) to behave in a peaceable and proper way, as ryots
according to orders of the Sarkar, we, in obedience thereto,
with our free will and pleasure and in possession of our
senses, execute to the Sarkar articles of security and Ar Zamin
and Fael Zamin, Hazar Zamin and Mai Zamin, &c. The articles
are as follows : —

We will not commit anywhere in the country offences,
disturbance ( fitur ), thefts and other crimes, nor will we cause
the same to be committed. We will not associate nor allow
any person to associate with any Barwatia, other criminals,
&c., &c., of the British Company Sarkar Bahadur or of the
Gaekwar Sarkar or of ( other ) Native States ( Rajasthan )
or of any other Talukdars, whether (he be ) Koli, Rajput,
Sipai or Kathi, or any other. We will not give him shelter,
food, Huka or water. If an offender, &c., come to our village
"we will seize and deliver him up to the Sarkar. If any
such should pass or repass through our limits, we will pur-
sue him ^nd seize aud make him over to the Sarkar. We

253

will then act as the Sarkar may order. We will in no wa}^
assist a disturber of the peace. If it be proved that we have
associated with such a character, we will be answerable for
the consequent liabilities ( huda muda ) together with penalty.
If foot prints of thieves ( offenders ) be brouf^ht to our vil-
lase or within our limits, we will trace them on to, and
establish the same against, the next village. If the thieves
belong to our village, we will seize and produce them, and
will give compensation for the stolen property. If we get
information of persons of other villages having committed
theft or disturbance, we will immediately, communicate the
same to the Sarkar. If we do not communicate it, we will
be answerable in penalty. We will be answerable if any
person of our village proceed for the purpose of committing
thefc in the Sarkar Mahals, or in the villages of Talukdars.
If he be killed we will not claim or cause to be claimed
Ranwatia from the people ( Gamwala ) of the village ( con-
cerned ).

2. We will manage our Taluka, village land, &c., as
heretofore according to the wishes of the Sarkar, and remain
obedient to the order of the Sarkar. We will not fail ( herein )►

3. We agree to such settlement as the Sarkar may
make of the Ghas-dana, Jaraabandi, Khichri and other right-
ful dues of the Sarkar, such as we have heretofore paid. VVe
will continue to pay accordingly from year to year. We
have given to the Sarkar, Sowkar security for ( the payment
of ) the Sarkar Hak and the customary dues of Zamindars
and others on village or villages ). We will act in accord-
ance therewith. We will make no excuse.

4. Should we have encroached upon, or by force got
written over to us, the Sim or village of a Zamindar, know-
ing him to be helpless, we will restore the same if the Sar-
kar justly order us ( to do so ). And in case we have got

254

%Titten over to us in ( consideration of ) a loan anybody's
Tillage, land or Giras, we will agree to what the Sarkar may
prescribe with regard to the amount of our debt which may
be rightfully proved. We have no claim to the land of the
village and the Giras. We will have no dispute in this
matter with the Mukhi and people of the village. Should
any dispute arise with any one in future regarding any money
transactions, we will petition the Sarkar and will receive or
pay what the Sarkar may decide. We will not quarrel direct
with the village people nor will cause any direct expense to
them. We will not in future get written over to us without
the permission of the Sarkar anybody's village, land or Giras,
in mortgage, purchase or gift.

5. We will not on any account quarrel or fight, or
cause quarrels or fights among ourselves or our brethren and
relations or between villages of the Taluka. If there be any
feud on any account we will inform the Sarkar thereof and
report particulars and then act according to the way the
Sarkar may prescribe. We will do anything direct in any
respect if villagers ( Gamkari ) and Zamindars should quarrel
between themselves and assemble people, we will not join the
assembly. We will act in conformity with the orders of the
existing Sarkar Thanas and those that may hereafter be
established. We will not act otherwise.

6. We will give a written detailed statement to the
Sarkar of rightful Haks, Giras, Wanta, Vol, Grain and Rakhopa,
such as have been continued from former times and of debts
due to us from any person in the Sarkar Mahals and in the
Talukas of Talukdars, Zamindars, wherever the same may
he. Whatever way the Sarkar may prescribe in this respect,
we for ourselves and for our brothers and relations from
generation to generation agree to. We will agree to what
ihe Sarjjar may cause to be given, we will accept the same

255

thankfully. Should there be a boundary dispute with any
one we will inform the Sarkar of it and abide by any settle-
ment the Sarkar may make after ascertaining what is just.

7. Should a Girasia of any place who may have come
and resided or who may come and reside in our village not
get his Giras, Ranwatia or Pasaita from where the same
may be, we will inform the Sarkar of the circumstances and
will not allow him to make direct quarrel. If we fail in this
and if loss ensues, we shall be answerable for the same or deliver
up the Giras to the Sarkar. If any Koli, Rajput or other
be now or hereafter engaged by us in service we will keep
in after taking measures to prevent his making disturbanca
anywhere in consequence of an alleged claim against us, while
in service, or after dismissal, or we shall be answerable for
the consequences ( of his acts ).

8. We will not in any respect molest travelling mer-
chants and other passing and repassing on roads. We will
make arrangements to protect the roads. If any loss takes
place within our limits we will produce the person causing
the same and be answerable for the loss. We will not take
from any trader more than the customary gadai and other
dues.

9. We will discharge the Sibandi horsemen, footmen,,
Sindhis, Arabs. Makranis and Pardesis who may be in our
service and will not in future engage in service any foreign
horsemen or footmen, nor allow anyone to do so. Should it
be proved hereafter, that we have employed such persons wo
will be answerable in penalty and we agree to any punish-
ment the Sarkar may give.

10. We will not resume the Giras Wanta, or Pasaita
we may assign to anyone from our ancestral land or frook
our coparcenery share in debt, or in Ranwatia or gift with-
out settling the debt, or giving other ( land ) in exchange^

256

We will continue to our brethren and relations and others"
their Giras maintenance ( Aida Jiwak land ), &c., as have from
old times been enjoyed ( by them ). We will not fail herein.
If there be any dispute in respect to these ( to matters ) we
will inform the Sarkar of the same and will abide by what-
ever just order may be passed.

11." We will make arrangements for watch and guard
for any person or force connected with the Sarkar passing or
repassing through our limits and will furnish guides and
Valavas ( guards ) and see him or it safe out of our limits
according to the custom of the country. We will not fail
herein.

12. Kolis keep horses in our village; we will inform
the Sarkar of the same, and then act according to the orders
we may receive from the Sarkar. With regard to the remain-
ing horses, we will act according to the orders we may
receive from Sarkar. We will not fail. In case we act
otherwise and the Sarkar take away our horses, we will on
that account have no claim whatever upon the Sarkar. We
will act according to Sarkar orders and not otherwise.

13. In compliance with the wishes of the Company
Sarkar we will take effective measures within our limits to
prevent illicit passage of opium either concealed in merchants
goods in transit or openly without a Sarkar pass or stamp.
Should anyone carry opium clandestinely, we will apprehend
him and inform the Sarkar of the fact. We will act according
to orders that the Sarkar may pass in regard to arrangements
about opium.

14. Should a Mehota or Sepoy from the Sarkar be
stationed in our village for the purpose of maintaining arrange-
ment we will furnish him that he may take down in writing
in all particulars, the account of the village, &c., according
to the Sarkar rules we will not say anything contrary to this.

257

15. With regard to theft that have taken place before
this we aojree that should the track in the case of any tbeffc
have been brought to our village or should any one by
undergoing expenses for Morkhai (detective) have proved the
thieves to be of our village ; or should anyone have discover-
ed stolen property in our village; and should this any other
matters in case of thefts be proved against us, we will make
good the stolen property including every pie on account of
the same and will be answerable with penalty according to
the Sarkar orders. We will not fail herein.

IG. Besides the foregoing articles we will act accord'-
ing to any order Sarkar ma}^ pass, we will produce any party
the Sarkar may order us to produce for the purpose of tak-
ing his answers and evidence about money transaction or
any matters whatsoever.

In this manner we have executed sixteen articles. In
accordance therewith, we from generation to generation will
act peaceably and properly. If we depart from the articles we
agree to what punishment the Sarkar may give. For fulfilment
of this agreement, our Watan, Giras, lands and other property
are pledges. As Fael Zamins for peaceable and proper conduct,
and Hazar Zamins, and Mai Zamins, Barot Zalamsing Kubersing
and llari Ilimatsingji inhabitants of Patau and the Ar Zamins
Panara Manaji Samtaji and all the other inhabitants of the
village of Panar Taluka Chual Parganah Viram^am have been
given, they will satisfy, have caused to have satisfied liabilities
as written above with reference to anyone else (Ghar Gharao)
from year to year continuous and perpetually. This is assent-
ed to Sharavan Vad 8th Samvat 1886, 11th August 1830
A. C, at Palanpur.

Here signature. Here attestation.

17

258

Makwana Ranaji Bhagwanji and Rajaji Jitaji and
Hiraji Aduji and Madhuji Sablaji and Hathiji Pabji and
Aduji Viramji and Ramsingji Kuberji and others including
brethren and relations and all residing within Waras and Vas.

What is written above is assented to.

Handwriting of Ranaji.

Signatures of Fael Zamins Barot Zalam
Kubersingji and Barot Hiri Himatsingji
of Patau.

We have become as above written continuous and per-
petual Fael Zamins from generation to generation for fulfilling
and causing to be fulfilled without reference to principals
( Ghar Gharao ).

What is written above is assented to.

In the handwriting of Kaval Rawa with
the consent of the above two persons.

Panara Manaji Samtaji of the village of Panar Parganah
Viramgam. I have become as written above continuous and
perpetual Ar Zamin from generation to generation for fulfilling
and causing to be fulfilled without reference to the principals
( Ghar Gharao ).

What is written above is assented to.

Handwriting of Mehta Kaval Rawa.

The above agreement was signed by some Chiefs in the
year 1812 and the bond was taken by Lieutenant-Colonel
Ballantvne.

259

Memorandum* — The following Chiefs in the Mahi
Kantha are bound by the foregoing General Engagement
of 16 Articles: —

1. Ghorasur.

2. Bharraoora.

3. Khural.

I. WiTRAK Kantha.

4. Punadra.

5. Jher.

6. Nirmali.

II. BruL Parganah.

7. Satoomba.

8. Amaliara.

9. Lobar.

10. Sametri.

11. Wuroda.

12. Dubora.

13. Wasna-Dolarana.

14. Hursolee.

15. Khaupur.
IG. Kalianji-na-

Mooara.

17. Rakhial.

18. Bhardolee.

19. Sahibji-na-
Mooara.

20. Kurjodra.

21. Sulkee.

22. Seeawara.

23. Leehora.

24. HurkjeeMooara.

25. Amraji Mooara.

26. Wutwa.

27. Porda.

28. Cuproopur.

29. Myheesa.

30. Paloodra.

31. Dana.

32. EIol.

33. Detrota.

34. Kheran.

35. Hapa.

44. Rupal.

45. Runasum.

48. Idar.

49. Ahmednagar.

50. Wurasa Tintor.

51. Lunawara.

III. Sabar Kaxtha.

36. Tajpooree.

37. Derol.

38. Vakhatapur.

39. Prempur.

IV. Rehwar Zilla.

46. Mohanpur.

47. Dudalya.

V. Nanee Marwar.

52. Walasna.

53. Malpur.

54. Danta.

55. Sudasna.

40. Kudole.

41. Pethapur.

42. Mansa.

43. Warsoda.

56. Gharwara.

57. Hard.

58. Chandup Gola-
wara.

59. Thara.

60. Kakore.

61. Sumaoo.

62. Sudurpur.

63. Seeoree.

64. Moondeta-no-
Vas.

65. Zabria.

66. Wurra.

67. Khemana.

260

VI. Kankrej Zilla.

68. Moondeta.

69. Baderwalee.

70. Bhalgaum.

71. Kumbole.

72. Bukolee.

73. Oorabree.

74. Raner.

75. Edurmana.

76. Bhundramlee,

77. Lunpoor.

VII. KUTHOSUN ZiLLA.

78. Ranikpnr.

79. Woon.

80. Urneewara.

81. Chutrala.

82. Angunwara.

83. Chapra.

84. Varjer.

^b. Ambulra-no-
Nes.

86. Kuthosun.

87. Soowala.

88. Nundasa.

89. Jakasan.

90. Zotana.

91. Ejpoora.

92. Ajubpoora.

93. Gunmanpoora.

94. Kusulpoor.

95. Paluj.

96. Tulwee.

97. Virsoda.

98. Ratayee Nanee.

99. Moolaji Poora.

100. Ratayee Motee.

101. Tej poora.

VIII. Mahi Kantha.

102. Gokulpoora.

103. Rampoora.

104. Santhul.

105. Mugoona.

106. Mahmudpoor.

107. Delolee.

108. Jateepoor.

109. Bbadruwa. 110. Oometa. 111. Unghur.

IX» SOWLEE PaRGANAH.

112. Ryeka.

113. Dorka.

261

IL '

Mahi Kantha Security bond of II
Articles of 1822.

To,

Major Ballantyue, Political Ajjeiit, Prant Mahi

Katitha, on behalf of Shri Sarkar the Hoaourable

English Company Bahadur,

Written by Rana Jalamsing Partapsing of Taluka

Bhadarwa with brethren and relations and others of the

village ( Bhadarwa ) and Dharalas of the villages of the

Taluka including ( those residing ) in Wara-Vas, &c., and

within gates and Palwar and all the inhabitants. We of our

own free will and pleasure give in writing to the Sarkar the

articles, &c., of Faei Zamin for good conduct, Ar Zamin

and Hazar Zarain and Mai Zamin, ko. The details whereof

are : —

1. We will not commit disturbances or thefts, or cause
them to be committed anywhere in the country; we will
not instigate others to do so ; we will not associate with or
harbour or cause any one to associate with or harbour any
Barwatia ( whether ) Koli, Rajput, Sipai and Kathi and
other criminals, offenders, &c , of the Sarkar and oftheGaek-
war Sarkar, &o. We will not give or cause to be given ( to
such characters ) shelter, food, huka, or water, nor will we
give or cause to be given ( to them ) support and counten-
ance. If criminals, offenders, &c., come into our village, we
will seize and deliver them up to the Sarkar. If in passing
and repassing they come within the boundaries of our vil-
lages, we will pursue and seize them, and deliver them up
to the Sarkar. We will then act according to orders we may
receive from the Sarkar. We will not give ( them ) any
assistance whatsoever, or send them supplies,

17 a

262

2. Should any Zamindar's Sim or land have been
encroached upon or by force caused to be written over, in
the belief that he was helpless, the same will be restored to
him in a just way. No claim will be made upon him for
the same in future. And if it be necessary to <yQt written
over any Zamindar's Sim or village or land, the same shall
be got written over on information the Sarkar and obtaining
permission. If it be necessary to write over to any person,
the same shall be written over on informing the Sarkar and
obtaining permission.

3. We will on no account quarrel or fight or cause
quarrel or fights among ourselves, or our brethren, or bet-
ween villages of the Taluka. If there be a feud on any
account, we will go to the Sarkar and acquaint it with the
particulars, and then act according to the way the Sarkar
may prescribe. We will in no respect act directly ( for
ourselves ). We will not entertain in service any Sibandi>
Pardesis, Arabs, Pathans, Makranis, Kathis, Rajputs, Mara-
thas or others.

4. We will not go about ( for criminal purposes ) or
commit thefts, &c., and depredations, &c., or cause any one
to do so in the Mahals of the Sarkar and of the Gaekwar
Sarkar. We will not shelter thieves, or cause them to be
sheltered. We will make arrangements for watch and guard
for traders, Sowkars, travellers and any other way farers who
while passing and repassing may come ( within our limits ),
and furnishin.g them with Wetli and Bigaries and Bhomiyas,
conduct them beyond our limits. Should any Sowkar, tra-
veller, or other way farer passing by sustain loss within the
limits of our village or of the villages of our Taluka we shall
be answerable for the same without reference to the anybody
( Ghar Gharao ). If footprints of thieves, &c., be brought to
our village or to a village of our Taluka, we will carry the»
true track on ( to another village ) and establish it. If wa

263

fail to establish it, we will be answerable for the liabiliiies
( Huda Muda ) without reference to anyone ( Ghar Gharao ).
"We will not fail.

5. Kolis keep horses in our village. We will make
this known to the Sarkar, and keep as many as the Sarkar
permit. With regard to remainder, we will act according to
the Sarkar's orders. We will make no default whatsoever.
If we act contrary to the Sarkar's orders and if the Sarkar
take away our horses, we will not make any claim what-
ever on the Sarkar on that account. We will act according
to orders received from the Sarkar. We will not fail in any
respect.

6. We have given security to the Sarkar for the custo-
mary Ghasdana, &c,, of the Gaekwar Sarkar. and for the
Huk any Zamindar, &c., ( may have ) on our villages. In ac-
cordance therewith, we will faithfully pay from year to year
the customary Sarkar Huk and tho Huk, &c , of the Hukdars.
We will continuously pay the same without making any
diftlculty.

7. We will inform the Sarkar of the particulars of
Giras and Vol and Wanta, and dues on land, trees, &c., which
we may have in any Zamindar's village and in villages of the
Sarkar Mahals, &c., or of the particulars of the dues of any
other Zamindars in the villages of our Taluka. We will then
act according to the way the Sarkar may prescribe in tho
matter. We will not take any direct action whatsoever.
We will act according to the arrangements, the Surkar may
make. We will not fail in an}- respect.

8. If a Sarkar's Mehta or other persons should come
to our village we will pay attention to his wishes and act
according to the Sarkar orders which we may receive- We
will not fail in any respect.

9. There are Sarkar Thanas ia the country.

264

We will act according to the orders we may receive.
Should the Sarkar proceed in pursuit of depredators, we, with
all the Dharalas of the villages of our Talukas will join and
render service, and not fail in any way.

10. Opium trade, &c. We will act according to the
orders of the Sarkar. We will not take a step.

The quit-rent ( Salami ) cash assessment ( Vighoti ), and
Malwaje ( share in kind ) of the land of the village, cultivated
by the inhabitants of Uparwadia villages shall be paid to the
village Patel according to the custom ( including dues ) up-
on trees, &c.

11. We will not commit thefts in village, Sims,
fields, &G. and will reassure the inhabitants and keep watch
and ward for their protection. We shall also adopt mea-
sures for keeping watch, ward, &c,, for the protection of any
Sowkars, travellers, &c., who while passing and repassing may
come ( within our limits ) and will act in regard to Ilansal,
Dan, Naka, according to the rules the Sarkar may lay down.
We will not in any respect molest travellers, &c., passing and
repassing and will act according to the Sarkar rules and laws.
We will not act differently in any respect.

Thus (we have entered into) the above articles ( in ful-
filment whereof) we have with our free will and pleasure
and being in possession of our senses joyfully furnished secu-
rities, continuous, perpetual, from generation to generation.
We and our posterity, from generation to generation, who-
ever may be in the enjoyment of the estate (Jaiga ) will ful-
fil the same as written above, severally and jointly without
reference to any other party (Ghar Gharao). We will not fail
in any respect. Against our default and non-fulfilment of
promise we have given as security Rao Jiba Gemalsing, resi-
dent of the City of Baroda. He shall fulfil and cause to be
fulfilled, as above, continuously and from generation to

265

generation, jointly and severally and without reference to th&
principal ( Ghar Gharao ), This is assented to ; and as Ar
Zamin Jadaw Amarsingji Gulabsingji, Thakores of the village
of Sindhrote Parganah.

He shall fulfil and cause to be fulfilled as above, conti-
nuously from generation to generation, jointly, severally, and
without reference to the principal ( Ghar Gharao ). This is
assented to. In this ruatter if a foot-man be sent as Mohsal
(the security) will fulfil and cause to be fulfilled without
reference to the principal ( Ghar Gharao ) ( this agreement )
including (payment of) the expenses consequent on the same.

Second A so Vad 5, Sam vat 1878, Sunday, i. e., 3rd
November 1822 A. C. at Fort Sadra.

Here siornature.

Signature of Rao Jiva Barot Gemalsingji resident of"
Baroda. As written above, I have become Fael Zamin con-
tinuous, perpetual, and from generation to generation. I will
fulfil and cause to be fulfilled, the same without reference to
the principal (Ghar Gharao), This is assented to.

Signature of Jadav Amarsingji Gulabsingji, Thakores
of the village Sindhrot, as above written I have become Ar
Zamin continuous, perpetual, and from generation to genera-
tion. I will fulfil and cause to be fulfilled the same without
reference to anybody ( Ghar Gharao ). This is assented to.

Particular Statement of the names of the villages of
Megra Taluka with which the above agreement was made : —
No. of Names of No. of Names of

villasres. villages. villafjes. villages.

1. Mouzah Dhulwanee. 5. Mouzah Toomaliah.

2. „ Koonail. 6. ,, Gundiah.

3. „ Jessodrah. 7. ,, Lhebodrah.

4. „ Rajpore. 8. „ Wausaah.

266

No.

of

Names of

No

. of

Names of

Tillages.

villages.

villages.

villages.

9. Mouzah

Bharaj Vulonab.

18.

Mouzah

Kumrodah.

10.

))

Royniah.

19.

i>

Peessaal.

11.

3>

Oodwah.

20.

>>

Kheroy Dhoodah

12.

}}

Dhoodah Mottah.

21.

5>

Kuttrah.

13.

J'

VVossoy.

22.

'>

Bellah.

14.

5»

Bhattuvara.

23.

1 J

Royawana

15.

}>

Sahrunpore.

Soorajdore.

16.

99

Lhebodrab

24.

;>

Sultbanah.

Mottah.

25.

a

Sheegaal.

17.

?»

Bheemapore.

26.

>j

Moolud.

III.

Mahi Kantha Security Bond of 1818*

To

Shri Sarkar the Honourable Company Bahadur
( represented by ) the Honourable Lincoln Stanhope Saheb
on behalf of ( Nisbut ) the Gaekwar Sena Khaskhel Sam-
sher Bahadur.

Written by Pagi Mef^haji Gokalji, and Pagi Lalaji
Khumaji and Patel Shankar Kuber, and others, together
with brethren and relations of the village of Kallianji-na-mo-
oara, Parganah Bahiyalj and all residing in Wara-Vas was and
within the gates of the village. To wit :- We of our own
free will and pleasure execute this security bond to the
Sarkar. Annual Jamabandi, Ghas-dana and other items are
due from us to the Sarkar, we will continue to the same from
year to year according to the Sarkar orders. In this matter
we will not behave badly in any way and cause loss to the
Sarkar ; and will continue to be answerable as ryots. Fur-
ther, we have Giras in villages of the Company Sarkar
Bahadur and of the Gaekwar Sarkar. We will according

267

to settlement made for us by the Sarkar regarding thafe
-Giras, present ourselves individually to the Sarkar and receive
the same on Posh Vad 2nd. We will not go to any village
and molest the Patel and ryots, nor cause any expense to
fall on the village. If we go to any place and the same
<3ome to knowledge of the Sarkar, we will submit to what
punishment the Sarkar may award ; we will refund any sum
we may have taken on account of expenses. Further, we
will not associate in any way with criminals coming to steal
and to commit depredations. We will not smoke Huka or
drink water ( in their company ) or give them either. We
will not give them shelter or food, nor take the same from
them. If criminals pass through our limits, we will be on
the look out and make them over to the Sarkar. We will
be answerable if they pass through our limits. We will be
watchful within our limits. We will seize and make over to
the Sarkar the criminals of the Sarkar who may come to our
village or pass through our limits. We will not associate
w'ith criminals and <ro to commit thefts. If we gret informa-
tion that offences are to be committed by person of other
•villages, we will immediately communicate the same to Sarkar.
Having got the information, if we withhold it we will be
answerable in penalty. We will inform the Sarkar of the
horses in our village and keep only as man}' of them as the
Sarkar may permit. The remaining horses we will sell. Wo
will not keep horses in excess of the orders. If we do, the
Sarkar may take away the excess horses. We will make no
claim for them. We will in no way molest travellers pass-
ing and repassing on the roads. If loss be sustained ( by
travellers) within our limits we will produce the robbers. If
we fail in this, we will make the good the same. Further
we will act according to the orders issued to us by the
Thandars of the existing Sarkar Thanas or of any others that
may in future be established ; and will produce any things

268

ihey may require. Further we will present ourselves before
the Sarkar and receive the Giras as settled by the Sarkar.
We will not go to ask for more money from the villagers and
will commit no offence whatsoever. Should a Barwatia come
to our village we will seize and make him over to the Sar-
tar. If we do not make him over, we will forfeit our claim
to our Giras and Watan. In these above written Sarkar
matters and others, we will act as the Sarkar may order.
We will not behave badly. For this Barot Hirji Daluji and
Hathi Vasta of Dehgam, are securties and ( following are )
Ar Zamins : —

Paoi Jiwan Harisingf and others of the villagre of
Khanpur of the said Parganah together with all
residing in Wara-Vas and brethren and relations.

Pagi Partapji Zbalji and others of the village of
Kajodra of the said Parganah together with all
residing in Wara-Vas and brethren and relations.

Pagi Dayalji Dhanuji and others of the village of
Silki of the said Parganah together with all resid-
ing in Wara-Vas and brethren and relations.

Pagi Umaji Joraji and others of the village of Sami-
trai of the said Parganah together with all bre-
thren and relations.

We, of our own free will and pleasure, together with all
residinc^ in Wara-Vas and within the orates of the village have
become Ar Zamins, perpetual and continuous from year to year
to the ( authorities ) of the Company Sarkar and the Gaek-
"war Sarkar if the principals do not act as above written we
will as ( herein ) stated, severally and jointly and without
reference to them ( Ghar Gharao ) satisfy such demands as
both the Sarkars ( in accordance to what is written above )

269

may make. This writing is assented to. Magasar Vad 3r(l
Samvat 1875, 15th December 1818 A. C.

Here signature. Here attestation.

Signature of Pagi Meghaji Gokalji.
Do. Lalaji Khemaji,

Do. Patel Shanker Kuber.
Do. Barot Hirji Daluji.
Do. Barot Hatbiji Vasta.

Signature of Pagi Jiwan Harising and others, includ-
ing Wara-Vas and Patel Kala Kuber and others, including
brethren and relations.

Pagi Partapji Zhalji and others, including all Wara-
Vas and brethren and relations.

Signature of Pagi Dayalji Dhanji and others, including
all Wara-Vas and brethren and relations.

Pagi Umaji Zoraji and others, including all brethren
and Wara-Vas.

IV.

Translation of a pai^cr addressed to Captain Outram,
Acting Political Agent, Malii Kantha, by Maharaj Pritliisimjji
Karansingjl — 1836.

In your letter to me, dated 18th February 183G, you
informed me that it was the intention of the British Govern-
ment to restore my throne and kingdom to me if I would
subscribe to certain conditions therein enumerated ; to thes©
conditions I agree as follows : —

Article 1. — I will abide by the said agreement that
was entered into in 1812 with the British GoY^irnmeat.

270

Article 2. — From this time forward neither I nor my
children nor my posterity will perform the ceremony of Suttee.

Article 3. — I will appoint a respectable and active
minister to manage the business of my State, subject to
the approval of the British Government.

Article 4. — I will pay my Ghas-dana and any balance
that may be due to His Highness the Gaekwar through my
Nishadar Oomed Sing Bharote, of Button, and in future I
will continue my Nisha as heretofore.

Article 5, — The expenses of individuals confined at
Sadra on account of the Suttee shall be defrayed by me.

Article 6. — I will retain no Arabs, Makranees, Purdessies
or others whether horse or foot, except those that are old
servants of my house.

Article 7.—- If there should be any quarrel between any
of my Thakores and any village, I will make known the same
to the Political Agent, and as he shall advise so will I do.

Article 8. — I will not attack the Thakore of any
Tillage without the permission of the Political Agent.

Article 9. — My minister Mahadjee Soobhavut is guilty
in the affair of the Suttee, I will not give him shelter within
my territory.

I will act according to what I have written above.

In Maharaja Prithisingji s handivriting.

What is written above is correct.

Ahmednagar \
ISth February, 1836. J (Sd.) Tukht Singhjee.

271

Translation of an Yadee, dated 28tli October 18G1,
passed hy the Edur Darhar when Major Whiteloch loas
Political Agent in the Mahi Kantha.

1. The duty on Mar war salt by way of Poseena
amounts to rupees 250, and the duty ou other merchandise
taken away in exchange for the salt from this Putta amounts
to Ks. 1,000, altogether Rs. 1,250, but from the stopping
of this salt and the consequent decrease of other merchandize
taken from the Putta, I claim Rs. 700 as compensation for
the salt which comes by way of Poseena, and Rs. 300 is the
revenue derived from the duty on the salt in Kheroje, for
this I claim Rs. 200.

The duty on salt which passes into the territory of the
Edur State amounts to Rs. 1,000, for this I claim rupees
700, altogether rupees 1,600. To please the Sarkar I have
only shown what is due on account of compensation for salt
alone, but the revenue derived from the duty on salt is
fluctuating, therefore in exchange for the duty on salt which
comes by way of Poseena, I should get a Jaghire, so that
in future I should receive no hindrance.

2. After the arrangements about the salt are complet-
ed, should anyone brini:^ salt from Marwar via Poseena and
other places into my State, and if such person is arrested
by Sarkar's men and handed over to me, I will put under
attachment the carts or bullocks on which such salt may be, [
and have it sold by auction, and divide the proceeds into
three shares, of which one share will be given to the persoa
who gave the news thereof, and one share will be given ta
the sepoys of the Sarkar's Chowkee and to the Karkun, and
half of one share to the Talukdar in whoso territory thci

272

capture is made, and the balance will be taken by my State
and beyond this the Sarkar will not be troubled in the matter.

3. After these arrangements are made, and six months
after a proclamation has been promulgated that salt from
Marwar is not to be brought into my territory ; if any Sar-
kar's official informs me that there is such salt from Marwar
in anyone's house or shop or other place in my State, I
will attach and have it sold by auction, and the amount
derived from the sale will be disposed of as laid down in the'
2nd paragraph ; but if after the six months has expired any
one informs me that either in his house or shop there are a
certain number of maunds of salt, and that he is not able to
sell it within the six months, then should purchase it at the
rate obtaiuingf then, if not then a Sanad should be given to
the owner permitting him to sell the salt, and after it has been
sold the Sanad should be taken back.

4. The inhabitants of my Taluka obtain Marwar salt
■ at a low price, and when that is put a stop to in ease salt

at an equally low rate cannot be obtained from the Sarkar's
salt pans. My subjects are not rich, so the Sarkar should
fix a price and enable them to obtain salt from the Sarkar's
salt pans at about the same low rate they at present get the
Marwar salt at, so that they may not feel aggrieved or
suffer loss.

In order to assist the Sarkar in making the arrange-
ments for the prevention of salt passing into my State from
Marwar, I have written as above, therefore if arrangements
are made in accordance with what is written above then I
acquiesce, therefore I should receive from the Sarkar an
agreement to the above effect, and I will make arrangements
as above about the salt.

28th October 1861, Edur.

273

VI.

Translation of a letter from Maharaja Joivansinghjee
of ^dur to Captain J. Blacky Political Agent.

wSlfter compliments — Your letter of the 22nd May last
on the subject of the exclusion of Marwar salt I received,
and I replied thereto on the 24th Idem, on which you again
wrote to me on the 26th Idem, and to that letter I replied
on the 2nd ultimo ; after that my Karbharee Kevalrara and
Sirdar Thakoor Urjansingjee being with you at Sadra,
you requested them to ascertain the price at which I requi-
red the salt should be sold by Government, so as to be
cheap enough for the Edur Sunsthan ryots : on this, Kar-
bharee Kevalram and Thakoor Urjansintr represented to
you that 1 had on a previous occasion presented a Yad (28th
October 1861 ) and that if Government were to give the salt
at Anwurpore gratis even, it could not be supplied at a rate
such as would suit the Edur ryots, but that the salt should
be supplied at the rate of one anna per (Bengal) maund, to
which you replied that you wished me to put in writing what
terms I wished for the information of Government. My
reply is as follows : —

1. You informed me at Edur that Government had
sanctioned compensation to me at the rate of Rs. 1,600 per
annum, provided I should agree to exclude Marwar salt, but
I, from the first, informed Major Whitelock that I required
a Jaghire of that value, on which that gentleman wrote to
the Duftardar, Mr. Heeralal Balkrishna ( then at Edur), to
inform me that when the division should take ]>lace of the
co-shared villages that matter would be considered, and you
also told me so ; and in receiving compensation as you are
aware many difficulties arise, and you are aware too that
my receipts on account of dan are of a fluctuating kind,
just like the revenues of a village, and should I receive

18

274

compensation I mi^ht be annoyed with Government taxes, ancf
the way to avoid all such annoyances is to give me a Jaghire,
therefore as before requested let a Jaghire be given of the value
of Rs. 1,600.

2. I stipulate for the division of smuggled salt that

One-third to informer. ^^y ^^ ^^'^^^ according to the scale

One-third to Govt, servants. I agreed to in my Yad of 28th
One-third to Maharaj of Edur. October 1861.

3. You informed me that Government wished that all
cases of smuggling should be made over to the Political
Agent for disposal by him, but should any offence, such as
smuggling, be committed, it should be disposed of by me if
it occurs within my jurisdiction.

4. With regard to any Marwar salt which may be in
the houses of my ryots after the Marwar salt has been de-
clared contraband, I require that the provisions of the 3rd
paragraph of my former Yad may be observed, viz., thafe
from the date of the proclamation excluding Marwar salt,
six months may be allowed to my Bunyas and others to dis-
pose of any Marwar salt they may have.

5. Should Government give me compensation in Jaghire
instead of money, I agreed in my letter on the 1st June to
take salt if it were given at such a price as would enable
the ryots to purchase it at the same rate as Marwar salt,
but to please Government and on condition that the price
shall never be raised, and that sufficient salt be given and
that price for all the inhabitants on my Sunsthan, on my
order to the person in charge of the salt work, and on con-
dition that Government give me a Sanad granting me these
conditions, I agree to take salt at one anna per Bengal maund.

True Translation f
Edur, (Sd.) J, Black,

The 2nd July 1862. Political Agent.

275
VIL

Translation of an agreement hetiveen the Edur State
and the British Government, 1874-

The following are the articles of agreement between
the Edur Darbar and the British Government : —

The river Hathmatee is near Ahmednagnr. The Honour-
able Government's Order No. 3509, dated 16th December
1868, in the matter of the canal from it. has been received.
It is directed therein that the consent of the Maharaja of
Edur should be obtained to the construction of a weir in the
river, and of canal through the Edur limits. The undermen-
tioned agreement has been passed in the matter : —

1. In the plan there is the red line D C showing the
site on which the weir is to be built in the river. It should

be built there. The Engineer first searched for a site for
constructing ( a weir on ) and found out the aforesaid site.

It is on the East and at the distance of about 350 feet.

2. By building the weir on the above-mentioned site
D C the whole of the water of the river will be confined, and
the inhabitants of Moujey Farbuda and other villages within
the jurisdiction of Edur, and the Sabar Kantha villages
which are situated along the bank of the Hathmatee river
until its junction with the Sabar river, will not get water
for drinkinof and for irrigatino: their land with. Government
have therefore agreed to keep an outlet for water on one
side of the weir, in order that people may get water for
drinking and irrigating their land with, in view to cultivate
•the same.

3. The Karbharee of the Edur Darbar stated certain
objections to the building of the canal from near the towa

276

of Ahraednuggur. Government thought that it would be
better if the Cfinal within the limits of Edur be excavated
agreeably to the Darbar's wishes. Thereupon the Karbharee
of the Edur Darbar expressed his desire to have the canal
built from another site and showed the same in the plan.
When an enquiry was made about that line, it was found
that the building of the canal in that line was highly ob-
jectionable, and that therefore it could not be built. After-
wards one line was fixed for the construction of the canaL
It is shown under C E F in the plan, and the line in
which it was first proposed to build, the canal joins it. From
thence the mark from F to G is made in the plan. The
Edur boundaries continue as far as that. The Engineer had
first fixed this site. Edur boundaries terminate at the mark G.

4. The line on the site for the land shown above is
from North to South. There are roads crossing the line
(between the two points). In order that the said roads may
not be interfered with, it has been decided to construct three
bridores over them. The sites of the bridcjes will be deter*
mined by the Political Agent and the Engineer. The bridges
will be constructed at the expense of Government.

5. Water will be supplied from the canal during twelve
months in the Rubbee, Khareef, and Hurree seasons to the land
under the jurisdiction of the Darbar, in the same manner ia
which it has been decided to supply water to the cultivators
of the villages belonging to Government. No Huk or allow-
ance will have to be paid to Government for taking the
water. But as regards the quantity of water to be given,
it is to be stated that the cultivators of the villages under
Edur will be allowed to take water in the same proportion
in which those under Government will be allowed to take
water for their land.

277

6. Owing to the construction of the weir, water will
accumulate for certain miles in the river. The people will
therefore find it difficult to ford the river, and the cultivable
land in the river will be submerged under water, in consequence
t)f which loss will be sustained. With reference to this, Govern-
ment have agreed that so long as the river is uufordable, that is
to say, until the river is filled up with sand and Kuruss (mud)
and becomes fordable as now, a double boat capable of con-
veying men, cattle, carts, &c , &c., will, as written by the
Political Agent, be maintained at the expense of Govern-
ment, By this means the inconvenience folt bv passen^^ers
in going and coming will be removed.

The cultivable land in the river will, owin*-*- to the
weir, be submerged under water ; the produce of the said
land will be taken into consideration. An averac^e thereof
will be taken, and compensation for the proportionate amount
that may be found for one year will be paid annually by
Government and thus until the land by tije Kuruss (mud)
and sand being dried is hardened and becomes as it is now
Government will pay compensation until that time.

7. By the construction of the weir, as mentioned above,
in the river, there will be an accumulation of water therein.
The cultivators under Edur have a right to convey water
therefrom to raise crops on their lands. But in what manner
and quantity should water be taken ? The provision about
taking water from the canal is stated in the preceding .^th
paragraph will be allowed to be taken in accordance therewith.

8. If, in consequence of the construction of the weir
in the river as stated above, the river is much Hooded and
loss is thereby occasioned, compensation for as much loss as
may be caused will be paid by Government. If per-ad venture
the river be flooded to such an extent as to oblige the in-

18 A

278

habitants of Dhanda and other villages on its banks to remove
their bouses, &c., the loss will be made up by Government
according to the estimate thereof framed by the Engineer.

9. A place will be required for the residence of the
Engineer. The Darbar will give ground Bighas 5 (five) for
it without taking any price. Government will pay the cost
of the bungalow or ony other building which may be required
to be erected thereon,

10. Land one hundred yards wide within the limits of
Edur Sunsthan has been given for the canal. As shown in
the plan the length of the land commencing from the mark
C on the South side of the Hathmatee river extends as far
as the mark G. The Political Agent or the Assistant Poli-
tical Agent in charge of Edur is authorised by the Edur
Darbar to enquire into and determine any revenue or criminal
case that may arise within the aforesaid locality, and the
British Government has consented to this delegation of autho-
rity and the exercise thereof by the Political Agent and the
Assistant Political Agent in charge of Edur, agreeably to
such orders as may from time to time be issued by His
Excellency the Governor in Council of Bombay.

Dated Sunsthan Edur, 20th July 1874.

The signature of Maharaneejee
Haleejee Sa.

VIII.

2nd November 1881 ♦

Agreement hetiveen the British Government and
His Highness the Maharaja of Edur.

Whereas the villages specified in the schedule hereto
annexed and situated in the Ahmedabad Collectorate in the

279

Presidency of Bombay have been since the year 1818 A. D.
and now are part of British India, but the Edur State has
received a share ot the revenue of the said villages; and
whereas a certain annual sum of Rs. 1,600 is payable by the
British Government to the said State as compensation for
the loss of certain salt dues on the Marwar Frontier of the
said State which are relinquished by the said State at the
request of the said Government; and whereas the said Govern-
ment and the said State, being desirous of separating their
interests in the revenues of the said villages and providing
for payment of the compensation payable as aforesaid, have
agreed that the said State shall grant and transfer to the
said Government its share in the revenues of the villac^es
specified in Part A of the said schedule, and that the said
Government shall cede and grant to the said State the villages
specified in Part B of the said schedule ; and whereas the
Secretary of State for India in Council has, by order of Her
Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland and Empress
of India, sanctioned the cession of the villages specified in
Part B of the said schedule.

Now it is hereby witnessed that : —

1. His Highness the Maharaja of Edur doth hereby
grant and transfer to the Governor-General of India in
Council all his rights, interests and share to and in the reve-
nues of the villages specified in Part A of the schedule hereto
annexed.

2. The Governor-General of India in Council, with the
sanction hereinbefore recited, doth hereby cede and grant to
His Highness the Maharaja of Edur, his heirs and successors,
tho villai^es specified in Part E of the schedule hereto
annexed, to hold the same on the terms and subject to the
rules and conditions on which he holds the rest of his terri-
tory ; and the said villages shall cease to be part of British

280

India, and shall become part of the Edur State on and from
the second day of November 1881.

3. His Highness the Maharaja of Edur doth hereby
for himself, his heirs and successors, promise and agree that
he and they will respect and protect all existing rights in the
villages hereby ceded, and in particular the rights of the
Thakore of Gabat in the villaga of Gabat.

And whereas the Thakore of Man is at present in pos-
session of the share in the revenues of the village of Punsri
(being one of the villages specified in Part A of the schedule
hereto annexed ), which share has been hereby transferred by
the said State to the said Government. And whereas such
share is valued at Rs. 742 per annum, and it is desirable
that the said State should compensate the Thakore for the
loss of the said share.

4. It is hereby agreed that the said State shall grant
to the Thakore of Man, in lieu of the share in the revenues
of the village of Punsri, of which he is at present in posses-
sion of land yielding an annual revenue of not less tiian Rs. 742
in some village in the said State convenient to both parties.
And whereas the amount of revenue to be received annually
by the said State under the cession of territory hereby made
to it will exceed by the sum of Rs. 672 per annum, the
amount now annually payable to the said State on account
of its share in the villages mentioned in the said schedule
and of the compensation hereinbefore referred to, and it is
desirable that some arrangement should be made for the
annual payment by the said State to the said Government of
the said excess of Rs. 672.

5. It is hereby agreed that the said Government shall^
without regard to the amounts actually collected from any of
the said villages, deduct annually the sum of Rs. 672 from
the compensation payable by the said Government to the said

281

State for the suppression of its transit duties, and the sum
so deducted shall be taken by the said Government in payment
of the said excess sum of Rs. 672.

Mahi Kantha Agency, ( Signed in the Vernacular ).
Sd. Charles Wodehouse, Major, i. e. Maharani Shri Jaliji,

Political Agent, Mahi Kantha. for His Highness the

The 2nd November 1881, Maharaja of Edur.

at Camp Edur.

(Sd.) RIPON,
Viceroy and Governor-General of India.

This agreement was ratified by the Governor-General
of India in Council at Calcutta on the 6th day of December
A. D. 1881.

(Sd.) Charles Grant,
Secretary to the Government of India>
Foreign Department.

SCHEDULE,

Being accompaniment to agreement between the British
Government and His Highness the Maharaja of Edur, exe-
cuted on the 2nd November 1881, between Major Charles
Wodehouse, Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, on behalf of the
former, and Maharani Shri Jaliji, mother of the present
Maharaja, on behalf of the latter.

Part A.

Names of villages, the rights, interests and share be-
longing to the Edur State and in the revenues of which,
are granted and transferred to the Governor-General of India
in Council by His Highness the Maharaja of Edur, for him-
self, his heirs and successors : —

1. Modasa. 5. Gulab-ni-Muvadi.

2. Harsol. 6. Sultanpur.

3. Gambhirpur. 7. Punsri.

4. Umed-ni-Muvudi.

282

Part B.

Names of villages ceded and granted to His Highness
the Maharaja of Edur, for himself, his heirs and successors,
by the Governor-General of India in Council with the sanc-
'tion of the Secretary of State for India in Council by order
of Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland and
Empress of India : —

1. Gabat. 3. Bayar.

2. Waniad. 4. Choila.

Sd. Charles Wodehouse, Major,
Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.

Sd. Maharani Shri Jaliji,

fur His Highness the Maharaja of Edur.

IX,

02num agreement of the State of Idar and
the Thakorc of Tintoi, 1883.

Translation of a letter from Maharaja Dhiraj Shree
Kesarisingji, of Sunsthan Ida.r, to Lieutenant — Colonel C,
Wodehouse, Political Agent, Prant Mahi Kantha, No. 1562,
dated the 15th November 1883.

After compliments-With reference to your letter No.
2036, dated the 10th November 1883, I have this day sent
(to you) a letter in English, No. 174, and do hereby pass
the following agreement to be attached thereto, consisting of
5 articles, in accordance with the draft supplied by you : —

1. I shall not cultivate poppy nor allow it at all to be
cultivated within the boundaries of my Sunsthan.

2. I shall purchase opium for my own consumption and
for that of the people of my Sunsthan under a license from
the Pohtical Agent, Mahi Kantha, from either Bombay,

283

Malwa, or such other place as Government may from tim^^
to time appoint iu this behalf.

3. I shall allow opium to be sold at the same rate af;
which it may, from time to time, be sold in the Government
districts, and shall never allow it to be sold at a cheaper price.

4. I shall not allow the importation into my Sunsthaa
of smuggled opium, i. e., opium on which the Government duty
has not been paid. Government has, in consideration of the
above granted to my Sunsthau a remission of the duty pay-
able to it (Government). But if I fail to act up to the above
conditions, Government may cancel the grant.

5. I shall without fail submit every six mouths, in the
form prescribed by Government, a statement showing the
quantity of opium purchased and sold, the balance remaining
in hand, &c., and shall cause accounts thereof to be kept in
the form prescribed by Government.

I send this agreement, meaning to act in accordance
with the conditions written above. Dated Simla, 16th Novem-
ber 1883.

(Sd.) Kesrisingji,
Maharaja, Suusthan Idar.

1843,

Translation of aa Agreement entered into hy Shree
Maharaj Kurunsing^ Kooer Pirthetsing, and Tukhtsing oj
Ahrnednuggur, with Shree Maharaj Gurnhheersing of Ednr,
on the amicable settlement of their mutual claim to the Baijer
Parganah, riz. —

Article 1. — Whatever revenue realized from the Talukas-
of Ahmednuggur, Morasa, and MegrajV and from the villages
of Saber Kantha together with whatever claims for ketcherea.

284

5ind salamee we may have on the Brahmins and Girassias of
the above three Talukas, and which we have enjoyed from
former times, to remain in our possession, retaining also our
right on Suchodur and Pepodur.

Article 2* — You have with your free will and pleasure
bestowed on the Morasa and Megraj Talukas : these will enjoy.

Article 3« — The Bayer Parganah, which Ameersingji
enjoys, and regarding which we have come to the following
amicable understanding :-

Whatever revenue ma}'' be collected from Bayer, Rupees
1,501 to be paid yearly to Kakajee Wagheljee and her two
daucjhters for their maintenance ; of the balance remainino^
one-third to be ours, two-thirds yours, to be divided according
to the sum realised. The share given to you will remain
yours as long as sun and moon may endure. Should Waghela
Kakajee die, or her daughters Phuljee and Phutjee marry or
die, then the sum allotted for their maintenance to be divided
amongst us, two-thirds yours, the remaining third ours.

Article 4. — We empower you to marry the three Baees,
Ajujee Lall, Phuljee Lall, and Phutjee Lall, to whomsoever
you please. We will pay Rs. 7,001 on account of the expenses
of the marriage any sum exeeeding that must be paid by
yourself. The marriage and household expenses of Ajujee
Lall you must yourself defray, with it we have nothing to
do ; the sum of Rupees 7,001 we give but once, and only on
iihe condition that you effect their marriage. If they remain
unmarried then that sum is not to be paid. The marriages
of Ajujee Lall, Phuljee Lall and Phutjee Lall being effected
by you, the amount above-mentioned will be paid by us.

Article 5.— The Taluka of Kuntaloo Bara, including
fines, property, customs, Ketcheree, Vera, etc., together with
ivhatever may be produced therefrom, we have bestowed on

285

you with the Ghasdana. We will never make any claini
thereto. Enjoy the same from one generation to another;
for as long as the sun and moon may endure so long will
it be yours, neither I nor any who may succeed to me will
prefer a claim thereto.

Iq this way have we, being in full possession of our
faculties, and with our free will and consent, and through
the instrumentality of Colonel Ballantine, entered into the
conditions of this agreement, which will be respected accord-
ingly. We will give no encouragement to the haramkhores
of your countr}', and you must not afford any to ours. The
enemies of both Talukas to be the mutual enemies of each.
I will enjoy the putta of Wurragaum, which is under Morasa;
you may take back all lands, villages belonging to Hursal,
which may have been forcibly taken possession of in Wurra-
gaum. There shall be no obstruction from me. Whatever
claims Hursal may have in Purosum shall be settled. The
Ghasdana of Dawaree Veerawala, which is included in the
tribute paid by Edur, we will pay to you yearly. What is
above written shall be respected, and Shree Samaljee is offered
as a guarantee that no difference will occur hereon, which will
be respected even as the words of a holy man.

Saravat 1883, By sack Soodh 10th, Shunewar, Camp Edur.

(Sd.) Maharaj Kurunsing*.
„ Kooer Pirtheesingji*
„ Tukhtsingji.

Above written is correct.

Written by Dessaee Oochul Kuttoo by
order of Maharaj Kurunsing.

Witness Ootegurn Ram Jeewau Kam
by order of the Huzur.

Sadra, Bharote Oomedsing Bunneesing.

The 4th May 1843. Kumpawat Pirtheesing.

286

XL

jTranslation of an agreement entered into hettveen the Ran(X>

of Danta and the Deivan of Palan2yury 27th July

1810, Samvat 1876, Shravan Sud 5th.

The Taluka of Danta being much harassed and injured
by the depredation of Kolies, etc., and nearly depopulated
from their incursions, in order that security and tranquility
may be re-established by the interference and protection of
Palanpur, I, Rana Ja^atsing, of my own free will, do make
over to Futteh Khan, Dewan, etc., by this agreement, a share
of the Taluka of Danta, agreeable to the following con-
ditions : —

Article 1, — I give a share of seven annas in the rupee
to the Palanpur from all towns and villages inhabited or de-
serted ; those of my brethren, Putavuts, Rajsoke, etc., and
of all descriptions of taxes and every kind of revenue. The
remaining nine annas to be my share.

Article 2* — I have pledged four towns and the sums
due on them are to be paid by me. When the accounts of
the creditors are settled, and the towns freed, your share of
seven annas will be allowed.

Article 3. — The Gaekwar Tribute (from Danta) shall
be punctually paid by me through you every year, commenc-
ing Samvat 1876. The amount now due on this head shall
be paid by four instalments, from the year 1876 to the end
of 1879, through you ; but if this agreement should not be
approved by the Gaekwar Government, I will arrange the
payment agreeable to their directions.

Article 4, — In the profits of revenue of the Hindu
Temple at Ambajee the Palanpur State has no share, neither
Las it any in the Vurkhasuus of the Temple.

287

Article 5. — Eight wells and the land depending oa
them, which belong to my family, are exempted from any
share; they are as follows: —

Danta ... ...1 well. Ratanpur... — -1 well.

Nowawass ...2 wells. Anodra ... ...1 well.

Great Bhinmal ...1 well. Koondal 1 well.

Thana ■••• ...1 well.

8 wells.

Article 6« — Of the four towns in the possession of my
brother Naharsing. that of Poojpore is exempted from any
share.

Article 7« — If any of my brethren or Putavuts have
possession of land or town to which they have no just claim,
on examination they shall be restored to rae.

Article 8. — I will pay every kind of Vole ( a kind of
tribute paid to Kolies ) which has been regularly established
to the present day, but no other hereafter.

Article 9. — Whatever charitable donations are ia
existence in my State shall be continued and preserved, but
none new shall be given except with your consent.

Article 10.— Whatever work is done by the ryots of
my Pargnah for me shall be done for your Vakeel at Danta.

Article 11. — My authority shall remain in my Taluka,
but in all cases on public matters I shall consult your Vakeel,
and we will act in accordance. He shall be consulted in all
quarrels, disturbances, etc.

In this manner eleven articles have been agreed to and
subscribed. They are to be in force as long as the interest
of the Honourable Company Bahadoor and the Gaekwar
Government continue in the State of Palanpur.

I will abide by the above, and in no way be the causa
-of disorder or disturbance.

288

The security for the performance of this coatract are
Meghraj Barote, Valadi Devising of Kodrah and Vakhta
Barote of Chundesar.

Seal of Jugutsing,

Rana of Danta.

Palanpur, 9th August, 1819.

Confirmed by the Governor-General in Conucil on 22nd
January 1820.

XII.

Translation of a letter from the Rana of Danta to Major
Whitelock, Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, dated the
20th February 1857, No. 3U-
After compliments — On receipt of your letter No. 4245,
dated the 15th November 1856, and other letters Nos.
4326, 53, 272 and 473 on the subject of putting a stop to salt
being brought from Byatra and Bakeysir through my Taluka
and of my relinquishing my right to take the duty on this
salt on receiving compensation in lieu of it from the Sarkar,
I sent to your presence my Vakeel, Narottamdas Ijatram, and
I have received a letter from him, telling me what instruc-
tions he has received from you, and therefore I now write :-
On Wallace Saheb requesting it, I had formerly furnish-
ed a statement showing the receipts on account of revenue
from duty on salt for 15 years from 1892 to 1905 Sam vat.
After this at your request a statement showing receipts of
revenue on the same account from 1908 to 1911 Samvat
was sent to you.

From the improvements in the roads and better arrange-
ments for the safety of travellers, the receipts for the four
years are considerably larger than those for the 15 years,
which will be perceived by you, and I am hopeful that
through proper arrangements the revenue in every way will
be increased, so that to relinquish my right to take the duty
on this salt and to take in exchange a fixed sum is not what

289

I wish to do at all, but as it is the wish of the Sarkar I do
not wish to oppose it, so to please the Sarkar I agree.

In the statement of the receipts for salt revenue for
four years, namely, from 1808 Sam vat to 1811 Samvat before
furnished, there is not mentioned the amount of duty on salt
which the Bheels and other poor people of my Taluka had
been excused from paying, and if this duty were to be taken
from them at any time again, they could not deny their
liability to pay it, but when the Sarkar fixes a certain sum
as compensation, then it can neither be increased nor lessened,
therefore you should take the revenue I receive on account
of the duty on salt into consideration, and estimate its amount
at an increased rate, but should you not be disposed thus
to increase it, then for such a trifling amount I am not will-
ing to give you trouble.

If an average is taken of the receipts on accouat of
revenue from duty on salt for the four years from Samvat
1908 to Samvat 1911 it gives one of Rs. 31 per annum, for
which sum I beg you will make an arrangement, and on
receiving your reply I will cease from taking duty on salt,
but for the sake of my subjects I feel it necessary to state
as follows for your favourable consideration that-when the
Palanpur Dewan and Thakore of Tharad agreed to stop taking
duty on salt and to receiving exchange a fixed sum ; it was
settled by the Sarkar that they should obtain as much salt
as was required for the use of their subjects from the salfc
pans of the Sarkar, and that the price of it should be some
what lower than the price then obtaining. I beg you will
write to the Sarkar and make a similar arrangement for my
subjects, and I am hopeful if you do thus write that the
Sarkar will give its consent.

Favour me with correspondence.

Metee-Mah Vad Uth, War Shooker, 1913 '' Sahi ".
19

290
XIII.

Translation of an agreement passed hy the Rao of Pol
to Major Whitelock, Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
dated 12th September 1861.

After compliments — The Sarkar's Hazur Karkun Amrut-
lal Gulabchand has informed me of the wish of the Sarkar
to prevent salt passing into the Mahi Kantha from Marwar
and other places of another jurisdiction. I agree to the wishes
of the Sarkar and beg to write that no salt passes into my
territory from Marwar and other places of another jurisdic-
tion, nor does it pass into the Mahi Kantha, and as it is the
wish of the Sarkar I agree and write that for the future I
will not allow my traders or others to pass and repass with
salt from Marwar and places of another jurisdiction through
my State of Pol into the Mahi Kantha, and I will stop them
from doing so.

Bunjaras and other traders bring salt from Marwar and
places of another jurisdiction for the use of the people in my
villages by way of the Poseena Putta, and thence through
the villages of Edur, and then passing through my territory
take it for sale into Meywar and other Zilks, and my Darbar
enjoys the revenue from the duty thereon, and I send a state-
ment showing the receipts for five years from Samvat 1912
to Samvat 1916, and after taking them into consideration
-whatever the Sarkar orders I will agree to. Further about
( 800 ) eight hundred maunds of salt are required for the
people of my Putta ; if the Sarkar will arrange that this may
be obtained at a low rate from Sarkar's salt pans, and give
orders to that effect, then I will put a stop to the bringing
of salt into my State from the Edur villages and to it passing
from my State into the Meywar Zillas.

291

Should any trader avoid paying duty to the Sarkar and
pass through any of the villages of my State, I will have
him apprehended and will hand him over to the Sarkar, but
should any one thus avoid paying the Sarkar's duty unknown
to me I must not be held responsible.

In the above manner I have agreed and write this
agreement, the Sarkar therefore should do as it thinks fit.

12th September 1861, Baderwa Sood 8th Samvat 1917,
" War Gerao ", Wazeanugger.

( Sd. ) Thakoorji Nuvulsingji.

XIV.

Translation of an agreement passed hy the Thahore of Pol

to Major Whitelocfc, Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,

dated 9th Se2Jte7nber, 1871.

After compliments — The Sakar's Huzur Karkun Amrut-
ial Gulabchand has informed me of the wish of the Sarkar
to prevent salt passing into and from the Mahi Kantha from
Marwar and other places. I agree to the wishes of the Sarkar
and beg to write that no salt passes through my Putta of
Pol into the Mahi Kantha from the salt pans in Marwar
and places of another jurisdiction, and as it is the wish of
the Sarkar, I agree and wTite that for the future I will put
a stop to any salt being taken from the salt pans in Marwar
and places of another jurisdiction through my Putta of Pol
into the Mahi Kantha, nor will I allow it to bo brought
into the Putta.

Salt is brought from Marwar and other places for the
use of tho people in my villages by way of Poseena Putta,
and other places passing through the villages of Edur, and
passing through my Putta it is taken into Meywar and
Wagar and other Zillas. The duty on this and on the salt

292

from the Sarkar's salt pans passing through my Putta is re-
ceived by my Darbar. A statement showing the receipts
for five years from Sam vat 1812 to Samvat 1916 is sent.
The Sarkar will take this into consideration, but I wish to
mention that except transit duties there is no revenue in my
Putta, so if the Sarkar will take this into consideration and
will make an arrangement to give rae compensation yearly
I will agree to it, and stop taking the duty on the salt from
Marwar and other places in Rajasthan which comes into this
Putta through Edur and other places, and which passing
through my Putta goes into Meywar, Wagar and Malwa,
and will not allow it to be brought into or taken through
my Putta.

In this manner if the salt from Marwar and places of
another jurisdiction is stopped from being brought, you, Sir,
should make arrangements for a sufficient quantity of salt for
the use of my subjects to be obtained at low rate from the
Sarkar's salt pans.

In the above manner I have agreed and write this
agreement. The Sarkar therefore should order as it thinks
fit, so that the order may be carried into eflfect.

The 9th September 1861, Bhadarwa Sud 5th Samvaft

1917 " War Some ".

(Sd.) Thakore Laxmansingji.

XV.

Translation of an agreement executed by Bharote Samulsing
Gomansing to the Sarkar Gaehvar — 1808.
The agreement is executed with the Shreemunt Maharaj
Sena Khas Kheyl Shumsher Bahadoor, that I, Samulsing
Gomansing, of my own free will and inclination, do hereby
stand perpetual security for Choowan Bhatfcajee Jaljee, of
Amalyara. and that I will not permit him or his people,
brothers, nephews, relations, dependants, servants, or subject*

293

to commit disturbance or thefts in the Sarkar Mahals, those
belonging to the Punt Prudhan, or the Honourable Company,

Bhattajee shall not offer any annoyance or connive at
others doing so in the Mahals of Cupperbund, Deogaum, Edur,
Ahmednagar, Mandwa, Moondassoo, Hursool, Puranta, and
all other Parganahs, and he shall also be prevented from dis-
turbing merchants travelling on the road or possessing himself
by bis own means or those of others of their goods or property.

The delinquents or criminals of the Sarkar shall have
no asylum with Bhattajee or in his territories, nor will he
give them countenance or encouragement ; and in the event
of any person coming to Bhattajee without the permission or
knowledge of the Sarkar and the Sarkar shall demand him,
he shall be delivered up.

In like manner if stolen property should be sold or
given to Bhattajee or his dependants without knowing it to
be such, the same will be restored on demand. The Mandwa
Parganah which belongs to the Sarkar shall not in the most
trifling degree receive annoyance or injury from Bhattajee.

Bhattajee is to enjoy his Giras dues from the following
Parganahs in the same proportion as it stood in the reign
of the late Futtehsing Rao Gaekwar, viz., Mandwa, Edur,
Moondasso, Ahmednagar, Cupperbund, Deogaum, Puranta,
Hursool, &c. All new claims for Giras on other villages or
places cease from this day. The Ghasdana, as settled by
Babajee Appajee in his Mahi Kantha Moolookgeeree to ba
given to the Sarkar, shall in future be annually discharged.

Bhattajee and his servants shall fiiithfully perform the
usual service to the Sarkar Thana at Mandwa. Bhattajee
shall not permit the Koli of Lobar to reside within the
limits of hia territories, nor will he allow him or his people
of every description even to stop or eat victuals at his villages.
nor will Bhattajee's subjects associate with the Lobar Kolies.
19 a

294

I am security and personally responsible that Bhattajee
shall conduct himself according to the tenor of this agree-
ment and if it should ever be necessary that the Sarkar
should send Mohsuls, the charges and expenses shall be de-
frayed by me. I am perpetual security.

Wherefore witness my hand.

(Sd.) Samulsing Gomansing,
Bharote of Cupperbund.

I agree to be Ar-Zamin for Bhattajee.

(Sd.) Ramsingjee Tellecksingjee,

Thakore of Agloode.

Dated Samvat 1804, Aswin Vad 4th, 8th October 1808.

Shree Malsakhant.
Perwannah of Anund Rao Gaekwar Sena Khas Kheyl
Shumsher Bahadoor to Bhattajee of Amalyara.

You are to conduct yourself according to your separate
writing.

The English Company Bahadoor are your hhandary ;
therefore you must remain quiet in your possessions.

Dated Assum Soodh 15th, 12th Shaban 1804.

Moortub Soodh.

On the part of the English East India Company.

L. S. of
Major Walker

XVL

Translation of a Khut of General Security by the Lohar

Zamindar to the Sarkar of Anund Rao Gaehvar Sena

Khas Kheyl Shumsher Bahadoor, 1809.

To wit. — Whereas do we, the Bhats of Cupperbund,
viz., Bechar Deepsing and Viram Bechar, of our own free
will and pleasure, and in behalf of Kotewal Nanajee Jaitajee*

295

and Soortanjee Sirtanjee and Roopa Gulljee, and Adjajee
Jalumjee, and Dhunajee Soozanjee, and Oomajee Suttaghee,
all the six sharers hereof, including also all brothers, nephews,
all friends and relations, all the Kolies residing respectively
iivithin the separate precints of each sharer, all inhabitants
and those bearing arms, all those residing within the Jarapa,
or town gate of the said place, and all those who may re-
side in outer Poorahp, designated Mowarah or Wara Vas, and
for the whole of whom we do hereby afford perpetual secu-
rity with further counter-security, to which fully assenting
we have executed this bond to the Sarkar, providing on the
part of the six sharers and all others concerned, of Lobar,
residing within their respective precints, that in all the dis-
tricts of the Gaekwar dominions, as well as the possessions of
the Punt Purdhan and the Mahals of the Honourable Eng-
lish Company, the parties aforegoing shall not commit any
act of irregularity or aggression ; and further that any fugu-
tive, thief, or plunderer of the dominions of three Govern-
ments above related or from the Parganah Mandwa, or
Taluka Edur, or Ahmednagar or Monassoo, or other place
from whence may come a culprit of the Sarkar, or person of
the description of Bharwatia, or criminal or ryot who may
come to Lobar, shall not be permitted to remain, nor shall
be given sustenance, nor be in any way aided or countenanc-
ed, nor entertained in the different asylums, nor shall the
Kolies of Lobar join, abet, or accompany others of such
description in acts of misdemeanour, or plunder, or theft ;
besides, all such description of persons who hitherto have,
unknown to the parties, come and take up his or their re-
eidence, all such person or persons to be given over to the
custody of the Sarkar ; and independent of persona belonging
to any of the three aforegoing Governments, persons such as
merchants from other countries, or Wunzaras or other, or
any description of traveller from any quarter, whether going

296

or coming, shall not be impeded at their place of encamp-
ment or temporary residence ; neither shall the parties con-
cerned instigate others to the commission of irregular deeds,
conducting all travellers of whatever description safely to
their country ; and whereas in regard to the Giras dues
of the parties from Deogaum and elsewhere of long standing
ar.d of the time of the late Futtehsing Rao Baba, the Sar-
kar will make the due investigation thereof in view to as-
certain the extent of the same, which, after such process,
being made permanent to them, they will realize the same
in virtue of and accordintr to the Sarkar's orders and permis-
sion, nor shall they otherwise show hindrance or injury to
the villages ; and of all property belonging to any of the
three aforesaid Sarkars or individuals thereof such as may
unknowingly have been brought to Lobar, all such des-
cription of property shall be restored ; nor shall the smallest
injury be practised on the Mandwa Parganah ; and hence-
forward are the parties entitled only to the Giras dues of
old and established date, all of a later date being here from
made null ; nor shall the parties show hindrance or injury
to the ryots in view to obtain from them the Giras already
realized by the Sarkar, and they shall be strictly confined to
the enjoyment of the Giras to be granted to them on ob-
taining possession of Lobar ; and whereas all Ghasdana dues
from Lobar or its dependencies, as well as Jummabundee, are
due to the Sarkar, we engage that all such description of
public revenue be yearly discharged to the proper authori-
ties without difficulty ; nnd whereas the parties will continue
in obedience to the Sarkar, and to serve in whatever they
may be commanded, and whereas we have become due secu-
rity for the parties in all acts of misdemeanour, or in mak-
ing them forthcoming, as provided for in virtue of this our
writing to the Sarkar, we do bind ourselves duly responsible
in all and every particular obligation hereof, and in any

297

instance of default in this our deed of bond, being, as we are,
united and equally responsible, and we will further pay all
the Sarkar monies as well as account for the due appearance
of the parties.

Done Sam vat 1866, Kartick Vad 3rd, 1809-10, November.

To which is affixed the followins: signatures, viz.,

Barole Bacher Deepsing,
Barole Veerum Bacher*

Ar-Zarain or counter securities are :—

1. Zallum Khant, of Ghorasur, security for Dhunaje©
and Gonduljee having both together 1| share.

2. Kassuria Me3\i, of Kaumail, security for Suntajee,
and Adjajee, and Bhuttajee, having in all 2j shares.

3. Joorah Meya, of Poouadra, security for Nathjee
Jaitajee having 1 share, making in all 5 shares. One still
remains, there being no heir thereto ; the concern and its
enjoyments rest with the parties above written.

Sree Mulsakhant.

Sicca.

XVIL

Translation of the Parivana of Rao Shree Anund Raa

Gaehvar Sena Khas Khcyl Shumsher Bahadur

to the Zamindar.^ of Lohar — WOO.

Nuthoo Jaite, Soortsinhjee Seertan, Roppa Gulljee,

Ahja Jalam, Dhuhna Soozain, Oomah Puttah, and othera

to wit.—

That you did practise a series of aggression on the
Sarkar dominions, wherefore you are punished, and Lohar,

298

"your possession, was taken by the Sarkar, whereupon you
lave been a fugitive for four or five years and suffered much
ill ; you, however, have lately altered your demeanour, and
through the medium of the Honourable Company's Govern-
ment preferred your petition to the Sarkar, stating your
errors and soliciting a forgiveness of your faults, and to re-
instate you as before to live in quiet at your place, and that
you would duly afford all description of security in behalf of
your better demeanour; which being the subject of your
petition, this Sarkar has in its pleasure and in view to that
of the Honourable Company's Government directed that you
be reinstated in your place of Lobar, where you wull remain
in perfect peace and quiet with your family without erecting
fortifications, digging ditches, rearing trees, strong brushwood,
or other unnecessary means of defence. All your Giras dues
that you were in the habit of receiving in the time of the late
Futtehsing Rao Baba Saheb you will enjoy the same of
long-standing, and in the due enjoyment of which continue
to serve the superior Government with all fidelity and due
attachment ; and whereas you have afforded the required se-
curities and counter-securities in executing a separate bond,
according to which you will continue to conduct yourself, ia
regard to the yearly Government dues of the description of
Ghasdana and Jumabundee, and others, you will duly pay,
according to the peculiar custom of such revenues and the
forms of the Parganah. From the time of your flight up to
the end of Samvat 1865 ( 1808-09 ), the Sarkar has taken
all your Giras dues, and on which account up to the same
period you are hereby enjoined not to show any hindrance
thereon. Your Giras dues are yet to be defined, according
to which you will receive them from the commencement of
Samvat 1866 (1809-10), being careful to avoid any kind of
hindrance throughout the country in view to obtaining too
,inore. And whereas in view to your observing such line of

299

tjonduct as herein provided for, you are allowed the guarantees
of Captain James Rivett Carnac, Acting Resident, on the
part of the Honourable English Company ; you have also the
Sarkar's knowledge.

Done Samvat 1866, Kartick Vad, 1809-10, 8th November.

NOORUB SOODH.

On the part of the English East India Company.

L. S. OF Captain J. R.
Carnac, Acting Resident.

XVIIL

Translation of Bar ate s Deed of Secimtij granted
hy Joorhaee Thahoor of Ahyma to the
Honourable Company. — 1811.

Granted to the Honourable Company's Sarkar by Dul-
put Kharshunjee Barote of the city of Neriade. Whereas
I have of my own free will become security for Baria
Joorbaee Goolabsing, of Ahyma, in the Neriade Parganah, with
all his brothers and other relations, and also his ryots and
Rajputs, Kolies, and sepoys, and all the armed men, with
every other kind of ryot belonging to his share, as also for
all the ryots and others inhabiting Bajeepoora ; for all en-
closed by the fence and gates, I have become security both
for good conduct and appearance if they shall be guilty of
any irregularity or disturbance of the peace, or by instigating
others to cause such crimes to be committed, or shall steal
or harbour thieves or other incendiaries, or give them any
kind of food, or shall permit them to live in the village, and
annoy any other person, or cause any to be so, or if any
horsemen, armed men, or others belonging to the village^

300

'sliaN go or come with thieves, on their being detected, I will
answer for it; if the footsteps of thieves are traced to the
village they shall be carried fairly on to the next village ; if
the Sarkar's people come to apprehend them they shall go
along with and assist the foot or horsemen ; no ofiFender
against the Sarkar shall be entertained nor shall any irregu-
larities be committed within the doniiuions of the Honourable
Company, or of Their Highnesses the Gaekwar and Peshwa,
and should any of them ( inhabitants of Ahyma ) be detected iu
committing any irregularity or disturbance I will deliver them
up, and should a complaint be made in the Adawlut against
any person for robbery, murder, or on account of debt or
other cause, and a Mohsul comes upon the defendant, he shall
go into the presence, no one shall obstruct his doing so; and
also for whatever fields may be held in mortgage the money
shall be taken and the field released, and of such Sarkar's
ground belonging to this or other villages as may be held
by sale or mortgage, and cultivated, the Vighotee and Salamee
shall be paid year after year ; also no Sarkar's land shall be
taken either by sale or in mortgage ; they will enjoy such
Giras or property as may be regularly inherited by them and
not create any new ; in this way I have become perpetual
security, and whatever answer the Sarkar may demand, agree-
ably to this writing, I will, from my own property, make ;
the above written is true. Joosabhaee Poonjajee, of Kulwar,
has become counter-security ; for all this his own property
also is responsible ; the security and counter-security are
equally responsible according to the terms of this writing ;
the above written is true.

Dated Samvat 1867, Vaishak Sud 3rd, corresponding
•with 15th April 1811.

(Sd.)Dulput KhurshuDJee»

301

XIX»

Translation of a Deed of counter-security granted hij Joosa--

bhaee, ThaJcoor of Ahyma, to the Honourable Company,

Saravat 1867, Chaitra Vad ISth, 1811.

I, Baria Joosabhaee Poonjajee, inhabitant of Kalwar, with
tny own band, write that I have become counter-security for
Baria Joorbaee Goolabsing, of Ahyma, as also his brothers
and relations, and all the ryots of his share, and all the
armed men, and all inhabitants within the boundaries, inclu-
ding people of every sort and description without any kind
of exception ; that in case the Ahyma, Baria Joorbaee, or any
other person of his share, shall commit any kind of irregularity
or cause any to be committed, I will immediately produce
them, as also answer for the crime for these purposes I have
become, year after year, perpetual counter-security to the
Government of the Honourable Company ; the people of every
description inhabiting his Bajeepoora, without any exceptioa
are included in this writinof.

(Sd.) Baria Joosabhaee Poonjajee*

XX.

Translation of an agreement entered into hy Kicnkajec

Chumjpavut , Chief of Titovee, and his son Lalijee,

ivith Captain William Miles, dated Chaiter

Vad 12th, or 20th April 1821.

Article 1. — I engage not to rob or plunder in any
part of the country nor be the cause of robbery or plunder,
nor will I cause any disturbance.

Article 2. — I engage not to receive or harbour any
outlaw or offender from the territories of the Honourable
Company, the Gaekwar, or any other part or country but
will seize and deliver up such offender or outlaw without
delay or excuse.

302

Article 3. — I vviU not fail to resist persons in oppo*
«itioa to the British Government or the Gaekwar to the
utmost of my power, and will not give them assistance in
any way, but use my best endeavours to cut off their sup-
plies and apprehend them.

Article 4. — I engage not to enter into any quarrels
among my brethren or neighbours, nor will I entertain any
foreign troops, as Sindees, Mukranees, Arabs, etc.

Article 5. — Whatever quarrels may arise between
me and my neighbours . I will submit them to the British
Government, and abide by its decision.

Article 6. — I engage to protect the passage of mer-
chandize through my limits, and to conform to whatever
regulations may be made by the British Government respect-
ing the collection of customs or transit duties.

Article 7. — I will not allow any trade in opium ex-
cept that regulated by the orders of the British Government.

Article 8.— On Magsir Vad 13th, Samvat 1875, or
the 25th December 1811 I gave security to the British
Government, which is still in force, and I engage to conform
to the terms of that security and not to deviate from them.

I have subscribed to the above eight articles, and will
strictly observe them. The perpetual security for this en-
gagement is Barote Khuta Humeer, and Barote Koosall
Gela, of the town of Etaree, Parganah Morassa ; they will
secure the performance of this contract,

(Sd.) Thakoor Kunkajising,
and his son Lalijee.
Securities. — Barote Khuta Hummeer, and Barote
Koosall Gela.

Similar engagements were made with the Chiefs of
Dhudalia, Bakrole, Soorpore, Churunwaree, Mohimpore, and
[ Kunaasur.

303

XXI,

Translation of the terms of security taken from Doodhoo

Kauntf the Chief of Gajun, and his KoUes, dated

VaishaJch Sud 7th, 1877 or 6th May 1821,

I, of my own free will, do engage to conform to the
following articles ; —

Article 1. — I engage to pay the amount of Jumma
due by me to Government from the year 1875 to 1877,
ihree years, Rs. 40 a year, in all Rs. 120.

Article 2. — From and after the year 1878 the Govern-
ment dues of Gajun shall be assessed, agreeable to the produce
of the village, by an inspection of the crops, etc.

Article 3. — I engage to restore all property proved to
have been stolen by the Kolies of my village from the year
1875 to the present day without excuse or delay.

Article 4. — From this day forward I engage not to
rob or plunder in the territories of the Honourable Company,
the Gaekwar, or in any other part or country, nor will I
cause the commission of any robbery or crime, or cause any
disturbance. I also engage not to be concerned in any matter
from which loss may result to Government, but answer all
demands upon me as a peaceable subject, and whenever I
am summoned by the officers of Government I will attend.

Article 5. — I engage not to join any parties of robbers
or plunderers nor will I give them the least assistance in
any way, and if any thieves should pass by my village I
will apprehend and deliver them over to Government, and
will be responsible if they pass my village ; I will also keep
a watch as far as my limits extend for this purpose. Also
if any offenders against the British Government, that of the
Gaekwar, or any other, should come to my village or itsk

304

limits I will apprehend them and deliver them up to Govern-
ment. I will not associate with thieves to plunder, and if
intelligence of the robberies of any other village should reach
me I will give instant information thereof to Government,
and failing to do so I shall be an offender and answerable
for the same.

Article 6. — I will not cause any hindrance to the pass-
age of merchandize, and will protect the roads to the utmost
of my power, and should any property be stolen in my limits
I will produce the thief or answer for the amount. If any
thief should be traced to my village or limits I will carry on
the trace or be responsible.

Article 7.^1 will make known to Government what
horses I have, and I will only keep as many as Government
shall direct and will sell the rest ; if I keep more horses
they may be seized by Government, I have no claim to them.

Article 8. — I will obey all orders of the Thanadar.

Article 9. — Besides the above articles, whatever
orders I may receive from Government I will obey without
fail or fault ; also in demands regarding offences whatever
orders may be sent by the Adawlut shall be obeyed, and
the offenders given up.

I will strictly conform to the above nine articles.

(Sd.) Doodhoo Kaunt, etc

Securities, — Barote Girder Wulud GuUa, of the village
of Bhautkooloo.

Ar-Zamins or counter-security — Khaunt Sahiba Wulud
Khoora, and Tral Fulla Wulud Soojee, Chiefs of the villages
of Wagheria and Mai wan.'

A similar engagement was made with the Chief of
Autrole.

S05

XXII.

Translation of the security given hy the Koli Chiefs of
Anoria to the British Government^
1st Jesht, or 1st June 1821.
We, the Chiefs and inhabitants of Anoria, do make
this agreement with the British Governmeut, and furnish
security to the following- articles : —

Article !♦— On the 4th Falgoon 1876, Jemadar Yaroo,
Kamaisdar of Bejapur, took the security of Anoria ; this en-
gagement was forwarded to Government, and from that day
to this all thefts proved to have been committed, or what-
ever injury may have been done by us, shall be answered
and satisfaction made without demur or excuse.

Article 2. — From thia day forward we engage not to
plunder, rob, or commit acts of violence in the Honourable
Company's Districts, those of the Gaekwar, or any other ;
nor will we cause any such acts, nor be parties to any vio-
lence or injury.

Article 3. — We engage not to join any robbers or
any pretence whatever nor will we afford them any aid or
assistance, and should any enter our limits we engage to ap-
prehend them, or should they pass we will be answerable.

We will keep a guard in our limits, and should any
offenders against the British or Gaekwar Governments enter
our town or pass our limits, we will seize and deliver him
or them up. We will not associate with thieves ; and if in-
formation of robbery or crime committed by the Kolies of
any other village reach us, we will declare the same to the
Sarkar, and failing therein we will be held as ofienders and
answerable.

Article 4. — We engage not to cause any hindrance
to the passage of merchandize and will provide for the safety
20

306

of the roads, and if any loss shall be sustained in our limits
we will deliver up the thief or be answerable for the amount.
If any thief should be traced to our village or limits, we
will carry on the trace, and if we do not we will answer
for the loss without delay or excuse.

Article 5» — We will make known to Government
whatever horse we may have in our village, and will keep
only as many as Government may direct and sell the rest ;
if we keep more they may be seized by Government.

Article 6* — We engage to obey the orders of the
Thanadar.

Article 7. — We engage to receive from the Collector
or his Agent on the 2nd Pous Vad, whatever Giras may
be due to us in the Honourable Company's districts and we
engage not to demand such Giras from the Patell or culti-
vators, nor cause any expense to them ; and if we act con-
trary to this we agree to submit to such punishment as may
be ordered or directed, and also to return any money so
obtained.

Article 8. — Two men belonging to the Sarkar were
murdered by some persons near the village of Nawagaum.
We engage to search for the murderers, and if they be of
our village we will deliver them over to the Sarkar, or should
they be discovered by other persons we also engage to giva
them up.

In addition to the above articles we engage to obey
all the orders of Government and to commit no crimes, and
in cases of dispute or offence whatever orders may be receiv-
ed from the Court of Adawlut shall be obeyed, and the
offender delivered up.

We will strictly conform to the above articles.

307

Perpetual security— Mai fael, and Hazir Zamin Bharote
Puthoo Guma. Perpetual security— Veera Guma, of Prantej,
Poonja Pergunal, of Bejapore.

Ar-Zamins or counter-security — Natbajee Sumbhoora-
thore and Soot Hauttijee, of Meyend ; Khaunt Ojumjee,
Nurirjee and Sooltanjee Bhanjee, &c., &c., Mohoori ; Thakor
Vukhtajee Anoopjee, Sungpore ; Bhowansing Sumtajee,
Lakeora ; Sewaji Soortajee, Vaugpore.

XXIII.

Translation of an agreement passed hy the Thakoor of
Sameyra to Major Whitelock, Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha.

Written by the Thakoor of Sameyra, Becharji Savji,
as follows : —

It is the wish of the Sarkar to make arrangements to
prevent salt from Marwar and places of another jurisdiction
beini^ brought into the Mahi Kantha. If the Sarkar makes
such arrangements then I agree to prevent salt being brought
through my State from places of another jurisdiction, but in
consequence of this I shall be a loser, therefore in exchange
for the duty on said salt, I am willing to take as compen-
sation annually Rs. 35 of the Bombay Currency, so
from the date the Sarkar orders it I agree from that date
to stop salt from places in another jurisdiction passing through
my territory, and from that date I should receive annually
Ks. 35, and if the Sarkar makes arrangements for prevent-
ing salt from places in another jurisdiction passing through
my territory, and if the Sarkar orders me to see to this and
to help in the matter, I will act up to such orders.

Shravan Vad lith Samvat 1917, " Shaniwar ", 31st
August 18G1.

Sadra. (Sd.) Thakoor Becharji Savji,

808

Written by Parick Lallu Pitambardas of Attursumba,
at the wish of the principal.

Given before me at Sadra on 31st August 1861.

(Sd.) C» R» Whitelock.

XXIV*

Translation of an agreement passed hy the Thakoor of

Deyrole ( Wageyla ) to Major WhitelocJc, Political

Agent, Mahi Kantha, dated 13th September 1861.

After compliments. — My request is that the Sarkar's
Hoozoor Karkoon, Amrutlal Gulabchand, has informed me
that it is the wish of the Sarkar to prevent salt passing into
the Mahi Kantha from Marwar and places of another jurisdic-
tion. I agree to the wishes of the Sarkar, and beg to write
that no salt passes through my Putta of Deyrole to the
Mahi Kantha from Marwar and places of another jurisdiction,
and as it is the wish of the Sarkar I agree and write for
the future I will put a stop to any salt being taken by any
trader, etc., through Deyrole or any of its villages into the
Mahi Kantha from Marwar or places of another jurisdiction.

Salt is brought from Marwar and other places by
way of Poseena Putta, and passing through my village of
Radeewar is taken into the villages of Edur, and so on to
Wazanagar and Pol, and it is also used by the inhabitants of
my Putta.

For the salt which comes from places in another Rajas-
than and passes through Radeewar I obtained a light duty,
but I keep no account of it ; however the receipts per annum
are about Rupees (51) fifty-one. If the Sarkar will take this
and the fact that about (900) nine hundred maunds of salt
are required for my subjects into consideration, and that yon

309

will make arrangements for me to obtain salt at low rate, I
will stop taking duty on and prevent the suit being brought
through my Talukas into Edur and other Zillas from Marwar
and places in another jurisdiction by way of Poseena Putta.

Further should it come to my knowledge that any one
is I ttempting to avoid paying the Sarkar's duty and is taking
away salt, I will have him apprehended and will hand him
over to the Sarkar, but should any one thus avoid paying
the duty unknown to me then I must not be held responsible.

In the above manner I have aorreed and write this aofree-
ment. The Sarkar therefore should do as it thinks fit : this
is my request,

13th September 1831, Baderwa Sood 9th Samvat
1917, "WarShukar", Deyrole.

(Sd.) Thakoorjee Mohobatsingji

Subulsingji*

XXV.

Translation of an agreement passed to Captain Blach,
Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, by the Thakoor of

Deygamra, dated A2')ril 18G2.
Written by Jessji Katooji Patwee Kooer of Thakoor
Katooji Ujumji of Deygamra in behalf of the said Thakoor
as follows : —

It is the wish of the Sarkar to make arrano^emeuts to
prevent salt from Meywar and places of another jurisdiction
being brought into the Mahi Kantha. If the Sarkar makes
such arrangements then I agree to prevent salt being brought
through my State from places of another jurisdiction,
but in consequence of this I shall be a loser as to the duty
on the said salt, therefore in exchange for this duty I am
20 a

310

willing to take compensation annually Rs. 10 of the Bombay
Currency, so from the date the Sarkar orders it I agree
from that date to stop salt from places in another jurisdiction
passing through my territory, and from that date I should
receive annually Rupees (10) ten, and if the Sarkar makes
arrangements for preventing salt from places in another
jurisdiction passing through my territory, and if the Sarkar
orders me to see to this and to help in the mat- ter I will
act up to such orders.

Chaitur Vad, Samvat 1818, April 1862. Edur.

(Sd.) In behalf of Thakoor Katooji Ujamjee
Koonver Jesingji Katooji,

written by himself.

Witnesses :— (Sd.) Patel Abechand Shamboo of Jotana.

written bv himself.

(Sd.) Patel Dwarka Punja of Jotana,

written by himself.

(Sd.) J, Black,

XXVI.

Translation of a letter from Deepsingji Dolatshigji,
Thakore of Tint oi, to Lieutenant- Colonel C. Wodehouse,
Political Agent, Prant Mahi Kantha, No. 1563,
dated the 3rd Novemher 1883.

Ill the year 1878 the British Government made agree-
ments with regard to the non-cultivation of poppy and other
matters with all the Talukdars in Mahi Kantha and those of
the Edur State, both on near the ( British ) frontier. At
that time as I was a minor, Tintoi was under the manage-
ment of the British Government and therefore no agreement
was then made with me. But the said arrangement was

311

applicable to Tintoi. This arrangement has hitherto been
carried into effect. But now, I having attained majority, the
charge of my State has been made over to me by the
Agency. I therefore hereby pass the following agreement
ivith regard to ( the cultivation of ) opium.

1. I shall not cultivate poppy, nor cause it to be
cultivated, nor allow others to cultivate it, within the limits
of my ( Taluka ).

2. I shall purchase and import opium required for my
own use as well tor that of the people for my Taluka under
a license from the Political Agent, Mahi Kautha, from
Bombay, Malwa, or such other places as Government may
appoint in this behalf.

3. I shall sell opium, and cause and allow it to be
sold, at the same rate at which it may, from time to time,
be sold in the Government districts, and shall never sell it
nor cause or allow it to be sold at a cheaper rate.

4. I shall not import nor allow the importation of
smuggled opium, i. e., opium on which the Government duty
has not been paid. Neither shall I allow such opium to
pass through my Taluka. Government have in consideration
of the above, granted to me a remission of the duty payable
to them. But if I fail to act up to the above conditions,
Government may cancel the grant, and no complaint made
by me in that matter may be entertained.

5. I shall without fail submit every six months or
otherwise, as Government may from time to time direct, a
statement in such a form as may be prescribed by Govern-
ment, showing the quantity of opium purchased within the
limits of my ( Taluka ) and the balance remaining in hand,
iind shall also supply such information as may from time to

312

time be called for by Government in connection with ofFences
relating to opium committed within the said limits.

I accept the above agreement, dated 3rd November
1883, Tintoi.

(Sd.) Thakore Deepsingji,

XXVIL

Adoption Sanad granted to the Chief of Edur, 1862.

Her Majesty being desirous that the Governments of
the several Princes and Chiefs of India who now govern their
own territories should be perpetuated, and that the representa-
tion and dignity of their houses should be continued, I here-
by, in fulfilment of this desire, convey to you the assurance
that, on failure of natural heirs, the adoption by yourself and
future rulers of your State of a successor according to Hindu
law and to the customs of your race will be recognised and
confirmed.

Be assured that nothing shall disturb the engagement
thus made to you so long as your house is loyal to the Grown
and faithful to the conditions of the Treaties, Grants or En-
gagements, which record its obligations to the British Govern-
ment,

Fort William, (Sd.) Canning.

The 11th March 1862.

PART III.

RULES AND REGULATIONS IN FORCE IN
THE MAHl KANTHA AGENCY.

PART III.

Government Rules and Regulations with Explanatory^
Memorandum on Procedure, etc*

h

Memorandum on the classification and jurisdiction
of States and Agency Courts.

There are three descriptions of States and Talukas ia
the Mahi Kantha Agency, viz., (1) those which exercise
primary jurisdiction, (2) those which exercise limited jurisdic-
tion, and (3) those which do not exercise any jurisdiction.

2. The following 'list shows the Jurisdictional States
in the Political control of the Government of Bombay in the
Mahi Kantha Agency as declared by Agency Notification
aSTo. 1028, dated the 14th May 1877 :—

First Class.

1. Idar.

Second Class*

2. Pol. 3. Danta.

4. Mai pur.

7. Varsoda.

8. Pethapur.

9. Ranasan.

16. Valasna.

17. Dabha.

18. Wasna.

Third Class*

Os Mansa.

Fourth Class.

10. Punadra.

11. Khadal.

12. Ghodasar.

Fifth Class.

19. Sudasna.

20. Magodi.

21. Wada£ram.

G. Mohanpur.

13. Katosan.

14. Ilol.

15. Amalyara.

22. Sathumba.

23. Rupal.

24. Dadhalya.

316

^5. Ramas.

26. Bolundra.

27. Likhi.

28. Halol.

29. Derol.

39. Gabat.

40. Timba.

41. Umbri.

35. Tajpuri.

36. Hapa.

37. Satlasna.
88. Bhalusna.

49. Mehmadpura.

50. Rampura.

51. Ijpura.

52. Ranipura.

Sixth Class*

30. Khedawala,

31. Kadoli.

32. Vaktapur.

33. Prempur.

34. Dedhrota.

Seventh Class ♦

44. Tejpura.

45. Varsoda.

46. Palaj.

42. Mota Kotarna. 47. Deloli.

43. Maguna. 48. Kasalpura.

In all these States the Political authorities concerned
possess the jurisdiction always vested in the Paramount power
in criminal matters relating to British subjects, Europeans
and Americans, and Government servants. But they pos-
sess further Residuary jurisdiction in the different States as
shown in the following account: —

Malpur, Mansa and Katosan have been given the fol-
lowing additional powers as a mark of personal distinction :-

Crirzinal matters. — To inflict rigorous imprisonment
upto 7 years and to inflict fines amounting to Rs. 20.000.

The appellate powers exercised by the Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha, over civil and criminal cases and the re visi-
onal powers exercised by the Commissioner, Northern Divi-
sion, over criminal cases have been withdrawn as a personal
concession in the case of the State of Danta in the Second
Class and Mansa in the Third class.

Among the 4th Class Varsoda has been given personal
additional powers to inflict rigorous imprisonment upto 2
years and a fine of Rs. 1,000 and to hear civil suits upto
the value of Rs. 5,000,

317

Sadasna among the 5th Class Talukas has been given
personal enhanced powers to inflict rigorous imprisonment
upto 2 years and a fine of Rs. 2,000 and to hear civil
suits upto the value of Rs. 5,000.

In the Mahi Kantha Agency the Class division of
States, reproduced in the above list, indicates the jurisdiction
possessed by the Courts of States, thus : —

MAHI KANTHA AGENCY.

Glass. Jurisdiction oj Civil Jurisdiction of Criminal
Courts. Courts.

1st. Unlimited ... ... Unrestricted except that the

sanction of the Political
Agent is required to the trial
of British subjects for capital
offences.

2nd. Limited to amounts of Unrestricted except that sen-
the value of Rs. tences of death are subject
20,000. to confirmation by the Poli-

tical Agent.

3rd. Limited to suits of the Sentences restricted to two
value of Rs. 5,000. years' rigorous imprisonment

and Rs. 1,000 fine.

4th. Limited to suits of the Sentences restricted to one
value of Rs. 2,500. year's rigorous imprisonment

and Rs. 500 fine.

5th. Limited to suits of the Sentences restricted to six mon-
value of Rs. 1,000. ths' rigorous imprisonment

and Rs. 250 fine.

Oth. Limited to suits of the Sentences restricted to three
value of Rs. 500, months' rigorous impiisuu—

ment and Rs. 100 line.

7th. Limited to suits of the Sentences restricted to one
value of Rs. 250. month's rii^orous imprison--

ment and Rs. 50 fine.

318

The States cannot try British subjects without the
permission of the Political Agent.

In the non-jurisdictional estates, of which there are
261 excluding sub-villages in the Mahi Kantha, jurisdiction
vests entirely in the British Government, represented by the
Politioal Authorities. The estates are grouped ( often along
with minor jurisdictional States ) into Circles ( Thanas ) in
the charge of Thandars as Sub-Divisional OfiScers under the
orders of the Political Agent and his Assistant or Deputy
Assistant.

The administered area is : —

The Sadra Bazar in the Mahi Kantha.

The various railways are included in the Western
Division of Railways.

In 1874, an agreement was concluded with the Idar
State under which a weir in the Hafchmati and a canal
through Idar territory were constructed and civil and crimi-
nal jurisdiction within canal limits was delegated to the
Britis^h Government.

319

r

• 2

2 ii^-^ ..

a?

^ tDo

CO

1— •

- > fc< ~ n^

a

a>

P5

o _ o
,o CS d

(-1

-^ n3 -- '^^ ^

w

C/3

C3

ti '^'^ -

•^

CO -T3

^

TS TS ^

o

O

S -»9

c OS

Q

«0 O

a>

QJ G -"

•4.3

a-^

a

CS CO

GO

CO j^
CO ^

3 *^
g CO

o

CO

CS

o °o

CS CO ^ oo
<:£> CO "w CO

<

o
o

o
<1

3

O
CO

6

"3

(M .-1

CO rH r-5 >-•

o *s -o :ii

6

5^

CO a

r-t

pd2

p»-T3 6 o

. CO 5^^

o
xn

s
.2

o

"-5

a

cS

o

"a*

3

9^ 1

a
o

.a '-3^

|o-§

HL_r CQ CQ

•

o

o
o

0?

=3

1 13

i ^

Si

1

i^

Dh 1 ^ 5

1 o ^ -^

02

1

o

*>

— ; o

11

"S ^

^ -o

'o -o

s

o

Q

"5

c3

J: -S-^H

• — CU CO fl->

C3

"5

^

5

tc

fi< a>

eS c^

*Sjc

,-», t/J

TS

'eo

M

' i^

a.-n

J-o

'tH

s >,

a

•n CI- 3 rt

cT

'm

-i>J

O

<-

3 1— 1

o<l-^

CS

o< " =

-3

_o_____

CO

o

• O)

•

B «-^

• ^— •

-If.s

;§f-s

_.

'5d

CQ cS

6J3

^

3 tC

t* —

3

ci

a. 2

ci .2

"5.2

"1

O o

^ a.

<-<

^

he follo>\

11
1-5

2 o

-♦->

O

m

CO

o

o

CS
-t-t

o ."1

^ 'fcn

|ft 2

^

C»

•"— s

s

fe

^'

_jj»

^—

.^

>^ ^

p^^

•

/■^

CS

1

-bA -1^

"*^ 3

CO

O

O

<^ a

P4

«3

3 3-

=3 CD ei

cx, to S

o

^

■*»

- C3

"g^

-1^

o

o ^

ci

tC CS

■^r-5:a

2-- -=3

a
:2;

o "^

CO

p^

<^

ft

''

820

-1

CO

^

^

e3

a

.

o

p:?

o 3

© C3

.^ -i.3

-

-4.9

's-i
O

1-!

gent's Ord
, dated 19

it letter N
dated 1
sr 1919.

gent's Ord
, dated 28
890.

.gent's Ord
i, dated 11
;r 1885.

gent's Ord
3, dated 29

89.

R., P. E

6, dated 5
er 1892.

.—4

< C^ CO

ernmer

t36,

ovembi

tical A
0. 715^
'arch 1

— -t^ a

•2 ^ >

tical A
0. 100:
pril 18

ide G.

No. 562i
Septemb

■

^J5^

^^^<

%^^

^^^

''Z^<

PLJ

O

^

P^

P-i

>

O

o

d>

o

o

o

o

in

o

o

o

o

d

lO

CT

Ui

lO

lO

»o

o

•

•

,

^

cc

o5

10

Oi

m

CO

^

Ph

05

Dh

^

P^

'S

o

o

o

o

o

o

«2

•4-»

a*

-1^

^4

P

p

D

0

D

p

•-3

1,

1

I

r

1^

,__;

■»c

,—!

_4

^.-4

"eS

eS

c3

CS

cS

"cS

>•

rj

g

a

.s

0

«

G

[5p

*53

'bjD

'bi)

To

[So

*S

*c

Si

«H

*»H

'E

O

o

o

o

O

O

cc

CQ

•

TO

Oi

02

..-H

• <-H

5aO

DC

&0

'SjC

bD

bfl

j3

es

C5

es

CS

es

es

-^.2

§

^

^

§

S

min
diet

CO

10
02

02
02

m

U2

to

03

to

02

.^ CO

CS .

tf

CS

CS .

CS

es

6'S

O^*

Q^

O^

oii

Qi

ha

c3

CS

1—! S-"

CS

CS

es

CS

a

a

a

2

!3

c

CM

CM

CM

(M

(M

(M

.1-1
02

C3
CS

Si

es

^ J3

a

CS
CO

C3
$1

C3
O

o

cS

pq

CS

r- ]
CS

Zilla

o

-4-»

c3

J

Cm

o

a

es

Thandar,
Zillah.

Deputy !
Mahisa.

Thandar,G
Zillah.

Thandar,
Kantha

Thandar,
Zillah.

Thandar,
Kantha,

321

4. The Political Agent is the Sessions Judge and District
Magistrate and enjoys full original and appellate jurisdiction.
He is Justice of the Peace and as such can commit Euro-
pean British subjects to High Court for trial. The following
States and Talukas are under his charge:- Idar, Danta, Pol,
Malpur, Mansa, Mohanpur, Katosan, Varsoda, IIol, Sudasna,
Valasna and Pethapur.

The Assistant Political Agent is ex-officio Superinten-
dent of Police. He hears original political suits. The fol-
lowing jurisdictional Talukas and Thanas are under him : —

Amalyara, Punadra, Rauasan, Dabha, Wasna, Vada-
garo, Sathamba, Magodi, Dadhalia, Ramas, Gabat, Bavishi
and Vatrak Kantha Thanas.

He is appointed Marriage Registrar under Indian
Christian Marriage Act. He is also Registrar of Births
and Deaths. He is First Class Magistrate and has unlimit-
ed original civil powers over the Talukas under his Politi-
cal charge and Bavishi and Vatrak Kantha Thanas.

5. Commissioner, N. D., hears appeals and applications
for revision from Political Agent's decisions in criminal
cases otherwise than murder cases ; Government reservinjr
the right to reverse or modify Commissioner, N. D.'s order
if necessary; G. R. Nos. 5852, dated 16th December 1878
and 770, dated 18th December 1880.

G. Government hear appeals, &c., from Political Agent's
decisions in civil matters and in the murder cases ; G. R.
>io. 5852, dated IGth December 1878.

7. The murder case is one in which the accused is
tried for the offence of murder whether he is sentenced to
death or transportation for life only on a conviction of mur-
der. If the accused is tried for murder but convicted under
Section 304 of the Indian Penal Code, that should also be
regarded as a murder case iu which au appeal lies to Govern-

21

322

ment ; G. R., Political Department, No. 1103, dated 10th
February 1896. The Commissioner shall exercise the juris-
diction of a High Court as described in Criminal Proce-
dure Code in respect of offences over which the jurisdiction
of a Court of Sessions is exercised by the Political Agent
subject to the following conditions :—

(a) In the case of every appeal by a person convict-

ed of an offence punishable with death or by
a co-accused of such convict, the said jurisdic-
tion shall be exercised by the Governor in
Council.

(b) In every case decided by the Commissioner, N".

D, 'the Governor in Council reserves jurisdiction
to call for the record and pass orders as he
thinks fit ; G. R., Political Department, No.
2118, dated 1st April 1905.

Commissioner, N. D., to exercise supervision over the
administrative proceedings of Political Agent but to avoid
interference in diplomatic matters ; G. R. Nos. 3376, dated
28th November 1877 and 5852, dated 16th December 1878.

All correspondence except that relating to civil mat-
ters in urgent cases, to be addressed to Government through
Commissioner, N. D. ; G. R. No. 3483, dated 5th July 1884.

Appeals from Bombay Government's decision to India
Government or Secretary of States for India to be regula-
ted by Memorial.

8. The District Deputy Political Agent, Mahi
Kantha, exercises the powers of a First Class Magistrate
and hears civil suits upto Rs. 5,000 in value in the Katosan,
Sabar Kantha and Ghadhwada Thana Circles (vide Office
Order No. 3501, dated 8th Desember 1890 ).

He prepares the Budgets of the above said Thandar-
ates for submission to Government, exercises control over the-

323

collection and expenditure of the Thana Funds, and scrutini-
zes the accounts iiept by the Local Officers ( vide Agency
No. 2909, dated 3rd September 1891 ).

He scrutinizes the civil and criminal work done by the
above stated Thandarates.

He is available for holding Border Courts under the
Border Affray Rules and also for the verification and
settlement of boundary disputes with Baroda, as required by
G. R. No. 5559, dated 21st October 1886.

He has under him the following Jurisdictional Talukas :-
Ghodasar, Khadal, Hapa, Khedawada and the petty non-
jurisdictional Japti Talukas.

The District Deputy Political Agent is also the
Superintendent of Managed and Attached Estates and as
such prepares their budgets, manages the revenue admini-
stration of such Talukas, enquires into cases under Encum-
bered Estates Rules and audits accounts, etc. He has also
civil appellate powers over decisions passed by the Managers
under his charge and has also to enquire into and dispose of
criminal cases beyond the powers of such Managers who
exercise magisterial powers except Khadal and Pethapur
over which this power is exercised by the Huzur Deputy
Political Agent.

9. The Huzur Deputy Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
is in immediate charge of the Treasury, Opium Depot
and Sadra Jail, and exercises the powers of a First Class
Magistrate and takes up civil suits not exceeding Rs.
5,000 in value in Sadra Bazar, and the residuary jurisdiction
{ Civil and Criminal, within the above noted powers) in
the States and Talukas under the direct supervision of
the Political Agent. He is also a Sub-Divisional Mairistrate
in Bavishi and Watrak Kantha Thana Circles.

324

10. The Talukas under respective Thana circles ar&
given below : —

1. Bavishi Thandar and 91 villages.

Aval Karkun.

2. Gadhwada Thandar. Bhalusna, Hadol, Satlasna,

Timba, Umri and Kotharna.

3. Sabar Kantha Thandar. Bolundra, Dethrota, Derol,

Khedavada, Likhi, Prempur,
Tajpuri, Vakhtapur, Hapa and
Kadoli.

4. Katosan Thandar. Deloli, Ijpura, Kasalpura, Ma-

guna, Mehmadpura, Palej,
Rampura, Ranipura, Tejpura
and Varsoda.

0. Vatrak Kantha Thandar. Ramas and Gabat.

II.

List of Laws in force in the Mahi Kantha Agency ^ 1919-20.
Description.

Whether adapt-
ed from British Remarks.
Indian Acts.

Indian Penal Code.

Code of Criminal Procedure

Foreiofn Jurisdiction Act.

Code of Civil Procedure.

Succession Certificate Act, \ The whole.
Bombay Regulation VIII

of 1827.

Revenue Recovery Act.
District Police Act.

Abkari Act No. 5 of 1878/

325

Whether adapt-
ed from British
Indian Acts.

The whole.

Desrciption.

Explosive substances Act
(VI of 1908).

Mamlatdars' Courts Act.

T. 1 T J r> /-! J \ Sections 86, 87

Bombay Land Revenue Code | ^^^ 203 to 212.

Liimitation Rules. \

Arms Rules.
Opium Rules.
Court Fee Rules.
Rules for Political suits.
Encumbered Estates Rules.
Registration Rules.
Border Court Rules.
Walter Rules.
Boundary Rules.
Alienation Rules.
Cattle Trespass Act.

In the Native States ♦

Indian Penal Code.
Foreign Jurisdiction Act.

Remarks.

Adapted from
British Indian
Acts with the
sanction of Go*
vernment.

Code of Criminal Proce-
dure.

Arms Rules.
Opium Rules.

Code of Civil Procedure.

Explosive substances Act
(VI of 19C8).

21 A

}

The whole.

Adapted from
British Indian
Act with the
sanction of
Government.

The whole.

In all the Agen-
cy Courts justice
is administered
by following the
spirit of the
British Indiaa
Laws.

In the Native
States they have
no Laws of their
own, but they
follow the spirifc
of the British
Laws as far as
practicable.

326

IIL

Rules for giving the appellate decision of the
Court of the Political Agent, Mahi Kanthay
finality as regards questions of fact.
( No. 6106, dated the 8th August 1891 in the P, D. )

Letter from the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, No.
864-30, dated the 16th March 1891 requesting the sanction
of Government to make the following rules, relative to giving
the appellate decisions of the Political Agent's Court finality
on matters of fact, published in the Kathiaivar Agency
Gazette, dated the 12th March 1891, applicable to Mahi
Kantha, as it is equally desirable that the appellate decisions
of the Court of the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, should
also be final of matters of fact.

" Whereas it is the wish of Government to give the
appellate decisions of the Political Agent's Court finality on
matters of fact, and in furtherance of that object Govern-
ment considers certain modifications in the procedure of the
Courts of first instance desirable, the following instructions
are issued for general information and guidance : —

" The Presiding Judge in all original suits in future is
to keep a minute of the proceedings in his own handwriting
containing the following particulars : —

'' When a plaint has been registered the judge shall
endorse thereon with his own hand, an order fixing the day
for the appearance of the defendant and directing whether
the summons shall be for the settlement of issues only or' for
the final disposal of the suit.

" On the day fixed for settlement of issues or final
hearing, he should begin a minute of proceedings, noting-
down the chief parts of the plaint as it is read and of the
written statement.

327

" He should next frame the issues with the aid of
pleaders or parties.

" On the issues he should bear the opening statement
for the plaintiff and note that he has done so.

" He should tai^e notes of the evidence produced and
of questions raised at the hearing and his decisions of them.
He should record his reasons for these decisions.

*' He is also to record all adjournments asked for,
granted and refused with reasons. The disposal of points of
limitation, admissibility of evidence and the like are also to
be recorded on the minute of proceedings. It will also shew
why parties are added, and why if a request to have parties
added has been refused, such refusal was made.

'• The proceeding in short must shew clearly and con-
cisely every material stage in the hearing of the cause, every
application that has been made which is not purely formal,
every witness examined and every piece of documentary evi-
dence tendered and dwelt upon as proof. It will be unneces-
sary to record in the proceeding such portion of the docu-
mentary evidence as are merely filed or may in British dis-
tricts be received by the clerk of the Court.

" The minute should also present all the important
points in the arguments addressed to the Court.

" The judgment may be \vritten either separately or
continuously with the minute. For the sake of clearness it
will be more desirable ordinarily to write the judgment sepa-
rately, in which case the minutes will be made referable and
ancillary to the separate judgment. If the judicial officer's
handwriting is not very legible, a fair copy should accompany
the original and a fair copy should be supplied to any party
who is willing to pay for it for the purpose of submitting it
as ao accompaniment to an appeal.

328

*' Appellate Courts are reminded that a Court of Appeal
is only warranted in reversing the finding on fact of a Court
of first instance when that finding is distinctly wrong. "

Memorandum from the Commissioner, N. D., No. 558,
dated the 14th July 1891 forwarding the above. Stating
that when the proposal was referred to the Political Agent,
Hewa Kantha, and the Political Superintendent, Palanpur^
for their opinion as to the advisability of introducing the
rules in question into their charges, the former officers con-
sidered that the rules were suitable and simple enough for
the lowest Courts in his Agency, but Colonel Goodfellow
was of opinion that before the introduction of the rules into
the Palanpur Superintendency, the Judiciary machinery in
the Thana Circles should be raised to a better footing as
was contemplated — vide Government Resolution No. 6524,
dated the 8th October 1890, Adding that he does not agree
with Colonel Goodfellow, and recommending that the rule
should be introduced into all the three Agencies.

Resolution. — It is disappointing to Government to find
that apparently no action has been taken in Palanpur to give
effect to Government Resolution No. 3014, dated the 13th
of May 1890. The Kathiawar Circular reprinted above seems
well adapted for general application to subordinate as well
as superior Courts, and the attention of the Political Agents
to whom Government Resolution No. 3014, dated the 13th
of May 1890, was addressed should be called to it.

IV*

Application of provisions of General Acts,
viz., Indian Penal Code.

No. 3800, dated the 13th June 1904.— In exercise of
the power delegated under the Indian ( Foreign Jurisdiction)
Order in Council, 1902, by the Governor-General in Council

329

in the Notification of the Government of India in the Forei^rr
Department, *No, 2859-1. A., dated the 19th June 1903, and
of all other powers enabling him in this behalf, the Governor
in Council is pleased, in supersession of all previous orders
on the same subject so far as they may be inconsistent with
anything herein contained, to apply to the whole of the terri-
tories included in the Political Agency in the Mahi Kantha,
as entered in the schedule annexed to the said Notification
of the Government of India ( other than those in which the
Governor-General in Council does not for the time bein^
exercise legislative jurisdiction ), the enactment specified in
the schedule hereto annexed, in so far as the same may be
applicable.

Provided, first, that references in the said enactment
as so applied to British India shall be read as referring to
the said territories :

Provided, secondly, that the further modification set
forth in the said schedule shall be made in the said enact-
ment as so applied :

Provided, thirdly, that for the purpose of facilitating-
the application of the said enactment, any Court in the said
territories may construe the provisions thereof with such al-
terations, not affecting the substance, as may be necessary
or proper to adapt it to the matter before the Court.

* Printed in Appendix III.

330

Enactment
applied.

THE SCHEDULE.

Further
modification.

To the Explanation to section 361 the follow-
ing words shall be added, namely : —
and where no person is so entrusted with
the care or custody of such minor or
other person, the latter shall be deemed
to be taken out of keeping of his lawful
guardian, without the consent of such
guardian, t( if he is removed beyond the
territorial limits of any State or Taluka,
without the consent of the Political or
chief executive authority exercising juris-
diction in such State or Taluka ).

General and Bombay Acts and Local Regulations applied.

Application of provisions of General Acts, viz., Revenue

The Indian
Penal Code
(Act XLV of
1860 ).

Kecovery Act, 1890.

V*

Order providing for the recovery in territories administered

hy the Governor-General in Council beyond British India

oj Revenue Arrears accruing in British India.

No. 1415-1., dated the 30th April 1890.— The Governor-
General in Council is pleased to apply the Revenue Recovery
Act (I of 1890), to all territories in India which are under
the administration of the Governor-General in Council, but
which are not part of British India, including the territories
for the time being administered by the Agent to the Governor-
General in Baluchistan as such Agent, and to direct that an
arrear of land revenue accruing in any part of British India,

t( Boml>Q>'ii GQv§rnmmt Gazette, 1904, Pt. I, p, 751.)

331

or a sum recoverable as such an arrear and payable to a CoF-
lector or other public officer, or to a local authority, in any
part of British India, may be recovered in any of thosa
territories under the said Act as hereby applied.

( Gazette of India, 1890, Part I, p. 342.)

VL

Orders providing for the Prevention of Dangerous Epidemic

Diseases in territories administered by the Governor-General

in Council hut not forming part of British India.

Application of the Epidemic Diseases Act, 1897 (III
of 1897). No. 443-1. A., dated the 4th February 1897.—
Whereas certain parts of India are visited by, and others
threatened with, an outbreak of dangerous epidemic disease
known as bubonic plague, the Governor-General in Council
is pleased to apply the Epidemic Diseases Act, 1897, to all
territories in India which are under the administration of the
Governor-General in Council but are not part of British India
including the territories for the time being administered by
the Agent to the Governor-General in Baluchistan as such
Agent, and including also all lands which are, or may hereafter
be, occupied by Railways, and in which the Governor-General
in Council has or exercises jurisdiction.

2. For the purposes of the said enactment so applied,
the expression " Local Government " shall be construed ta
mean the person who for the time being administers executive
Government in the territories concerned.

{Gazette of India, 1S97, Part. I, p. 106. )

VII.

Explosive Suhstances Act, 1908 ( Resolution of
the Bombay Government ).

No. 5702, dated the 25th August 1908. — In exer-
cise of the powers delegated under the Indian ( Foreign.

332

Jurisdiction ) Order in Council, 1902, by the Governor-General
in Council in the Notification of the Government of India in
the Foreign Department, No. 2859-1. A., dated the 19th
June 1903, the Governor in Council is pleased to apply the
Explosive Substances Act, 1908 (VI of 1908 ) to all places
within which the Governor in Council is authorised to make
rules and orders by the said Notification, including the Thana
Circles and the Civil Stations, the Cantonments of Deesa
( and Bhuj ), and the lands occupied by railways, which are
referred to in the Notifications of the Government of India
in the Bombay Regulation and Acts applied, Foreio^n Depart-
ment, *Nos. 1082-1. B., and 1083-1. B., dated the 2nd
March 1900.

Provided that all references to British India in the
said Act shall be read as including all the places to which
the said Act is hereby, or may hereafter be applied.
( Bom. Gov. Gazette, 1908, Part. I, p. 1323. )

VIIL

Bombay Government's letter No. 2052, dated the 28th
March 1911, Bombay Land Revenue Code^ 1879, Sec-
tions 86 and 87 and 202 to 212 applied to the
Thanas of the Agency.
Appeal from order passed by Revenue Officer to
HIS Superior.

In the absence of any express provision of this Act, or
of any law for the time being in force to the contrary, aa

♦Superseded now by Notifications Nos. 778, 779, 781 and 783-1. B.,
dated the 9th April 1913, printed in Volume V, at pages 35 to 45,
and 58 to 70, whereby Act VI of 1908 has been applied to all railway
lands in Western India over which jurisdiction has been ceded, includ-
ing those of that Division in Baroda, Hyderabad and Mysore for which,
though they are under the administration of the Bombay Government,
powers under the Indian ( Foreign Jurisdiction ) Order in Council, 1902,
have not been delegated to the Governor of Bombay in Council — See
Appendix III.

333

appeal shall lie from any decision or order passed by a.
Revenue Officer under this Act or any other law for the
time being in force, to that officer's immediate superior,
whether such decision or order may itself have been passed
on appeal from a subordinate officer's decision or order or not.

Appeal to Governor in Council.

An appeal shall lie to the Governor in Council from
any decision or order passed by a Commissioner or by a
Survey Commissioner, except in the case of any decision or
order passed by such officer on appeal from a decision or
order itself recorded in appeal by any officer subordinate to him.-

LiMiTATiON OP Appeals.

No appeal shall be brought after the expiration of sixty
days if the decision or order complained of have been passed
by an officer inferior in rank to a Collector or a Superin-
tendent of Survey in their respective departments ; not after
the expiration of ninety days in any other case.

In computing the above periods, the time required to
prepare a copy of the decision or order appealed against
shall be excluded.

Admission of appeal after period of limitation.

Any appeal under this Chapter may be admitted after
the period of limitation prescribed therefor when the appel-
lant satisfies the officer or the Governor in Council to whom
he appeals that he had sufficient cause for not presenting the
appeal within such period.

No appeal shall lie against an order passed under thia
section admitting an appeal.

334

Provisions where last day for appeal falls on
Sunday or Holiday.

Whenever the last day of any period provided in this
Chapter for the presentation of an appeal falls on a Sunday
or other holiday recognized by Government, the day next
following the close of the holiday shall be deemed to be such
last day.

What to accompany petition of appeal.

Every petition of appeal shall be accompanied by the-
decision or order appealed against or by an authenticated
copy of the same.

Powers of appellate authority.

The appellate authority may either annul, reverse,
modify, or confirm the decision or order of the subordinate
ofKcer appealed against, or he may direct the subordinate-
officer to make such further investigation or to take such
additional evidence as he may think necessary, or he may
liimself take such additional evidence.

Powers to suspend execution of order of subordinate officer.

In any case in which an appeal lies, the appellate
authority may, pending decision of the appeal, direct the
execution of the decision or order of the subordinate oflScer
to be suspended.

Power to call for and examine records and proceedings of
subordinate officers and to pass orders thereupon.

The Governor in Council and any Revenue Officer, not
inferior in rank to a Collector or a Superintendent of Sur-
vey, in their respective departments, may call for and exa»
jDaine the record of any inquiry or the proceedings of any

335

subordinate Revenue officer, for the purpose of satisfying
himself as to the legality or propriety of any decision or
order passed, and as to the regularity of the proceedings of
such officer.

The following officers may in the same manner call for
and examine the proceedings of any officer subordinate ta
them in any matter in which neither a formal nor a sum-
mary inquiry has been held, namely, an Assistant or Deputy
Collector, a Mamlatdar, a Mahalkari, *(an) Assistant Superin-
tendent of Survey, and an Assistant Settlement Officer.

If in any case, it shall appear to the Governor in
Council, or to such officer aforesaid, that any decision or
order or proceedings so called for should be modified, annul-
led, or reversed, he may pass such order thereon as he
deems fit.

Explanation as to decisions or orders expressly made final.

Whenever in this Act it is declared that a decision or
order shall be final, such expression shall be deemed to
mean that no appeal lies from such decision or order.

The Governor in Council alone shall be competent to
modify, annul, or reverse any such decision or order under
the provisions of the last preceding section.

Superior holders entitled to assistance in recovery op
DUES from Inferior holders, etc.

Superior holders shall upon written application to the
Collector, be entitled to assistance, by the use of precaution-
ary and other measures, for the recovery of rent or land
revenue payable to them by inferior holders, or by co-sharers
in their holdings, under the same rules, except that contained

* The word " aa " was substitiied for the word " and by the Re-
pealing and Amending Act, 1895 (16 of 1895), Vol. 1 of tlu^ Code, p. 20 U

336

in section 137, and in the same manner, as prescribed in
Chapter XI x x x for the realization of land revenue by
Oovernment.

Provided that such application be made witluii the
revenue year or within the year of tenancy in which the said
rent or land revenue became payable.

On application being made under section 8G to the
Collector, he shall cause a written notice thereof to be served
on the inferior holder or co-sharer fixing a day for inquiry
into the case.

On the day so fixed he shall hold a summary inquiry,
and shall pass an order for rendering assistance to the supe-
rior holder for the recovery of such amount, if any, of rent
or land revenue as appears to him upon the evidence before
him to be lawfully due.

But, if it appears to the Collector that the question
at issue between the parties is of a complicated or difficult
nature, he may in his discretion either refuse the assistance
asked for, or, if the land to which the dispute relates has
been assessed under the provisions of Chapter VIII x x*'
or any survey settlement confirmed by section 112 grant
assistance to the extent only of the assessment so fixed upon
^he said land.

Nothing in this section shall prevent either party from
Jhaving recourse to the Civil Courts to recover from the other
such amount as he may deem to be still due to him, or to
have been levied from him in excess of what was due as
the case may be.

* The words *' of this act " were repealed by the Bombay General
Clauses Act, 1886 ( Bom. Act 3 of 1886 ), Schedule B. This Schedule
is printed as an Appendix to the Bombay General Clauses Act, 1904>
< Bombay Act X of 1904}, Vol. lY of this Code.

337

IX.

No. 5702, dated the 25th August 1908.

Application of provisions of Bombay Acts,

viz., Womba?j Abkari Act, 1878.

No. 7572, dated the 15th October 1912.— JThe Governor
in Council is pleased to direct that the Bombay Abkari Act
( V of 1878) be extended to the limits of the Sadra Bazar,
the Thana Circles and the following Talukas under Agency
management : —

(1) Mohanpur Taluka including the villages of Davli
and Gadha.

(2) Pethapur Taluka.

(3) Ilol Taluka.

(4) Valasana Taluka.

(5) Vadagam Taluka.

(6) Ramas Taluka.

{Bombay Government Gazette, 1912, Part. I, p. 1831.)

The Chiefs of the following Talukas have declared by
vernacular notification the Abkari Act to be the law of
their Talukas : —

1. Idar for the village of Gadha of the Pethapur Taluka.

2. Malpur. 7. Punadra 12. Magodi.

3. Mansa. 8. Amalyara. 13. Satbamba.

4. Katosan. 9. Vasna. 14. Kadoli.

5. Varsoda. 10. Sudasna. 15. Hapa.

6. Kanasan. 11. Rupal. 16. Gabat.

( Vide Government Kesolution, Political Department,
No. 848, dated 6th February 1913. )

tSubstituted by Notification No. 7585, dated the 24th November
1905. Bombay Govt. Gazette, 1905, Part. I, p. 1611.
^Printed Bombay Code, 3rd Ed., Vol. II, p. 580.

22

338

X.

Revised Rules relating to Original and Appellate
Jurisdiction of Civil Courts.

Accompaniment to Government Rbsolutign
No. 723, DATED THE 29th Januart 1907.

In exercise of the power and jurisdiction delegated by
the Government of India, Foreign Department, Notification
No. 2859- I. A., dated the 19th June 1903, and of all other
powers enabling him in this behalf the Governor in Council
is pleased in supersession of all previous rules on the subject
to prescribe, with effect from 1st March 1907, the following
Revised Rules for defining the Civil jurisdiction (orio^inal and
appellate) to be exercised by the Courts of the Mahi Kantha
Political Agency, for regulating the right of appeal and the
payment of Court fees by parties and for ensuring punctuali-
ty in the discharge of judicial business. Nothing herein con-
tained shall he deemed applicable to political suits save as
may be expressly so ordered by the Governor in Council.

1. The Civil Courts of the Mahi Kantha Agency shall
be classed as—

(a) Subordinate Courts.

(b) Court of the Assistant to the Political Agent.

(c) The Political Agent's Court.

2. The subordinate Courts are specified in Appendix A.
Their jurisdiction shall be limited to civil suits of all des-
criptions of the values specified therein or such values not
exceeding in ease of any of the Thandar's Court Rs. 5,000
and in case of Court of the Aval-karkun of Mabisa Rs. 500
as the Political Agent shall hereafter with the sanction of
Government from time to time direct.

3. The Courts of the. Assistants to the Political Agenfe
are specified in Appendix B. Their original jurisdiction shall

839

at present be limited to civil suits of all descriptions of tha
▼alues speci6ed therein or such values as the Political Acjeut
ahall hereafter with the sanction of Government from time
to time direct. They shall also possess an appellate jurisdic-
tion in suits tried by the subordinate Courts up to the limits
specified in the said Appendix. The charges of the Courts may
be altered under the orders of the Political Agent.

4. If the Assistant Political Agent considers that a
suit which has been filed as a political suit, should be heard
as a civil suit, or if the Assistant Political Agent, Personal
Assistant Political Agent, Native Assistant Political Agent,
or a Thandar, considers that a suit has been filed as a civil
suit should be heard as a political suit, he should refer the
case to the Political Agent for orders. Any party to a
suit may apply to the Political Agent for an order that a
political suit may be heard as a civil suit or vice versa.

5. Any proceedings pending in any Civil Court of the
Agency in respect to any debt or liability of a Chief or Taluk-
dar whose estate is attached by the Political Agent, on ac-
count of its being encumbered shall, on the publication of
the order of attachment, be stayed; and the operation of all
processes, executions and attachments then in force for or in
respect of such debts and liabilities shall be suspended, and
80 long as such attachment continues, no fresh proceedings,
processes, executions or attachments shall be instituted in or
issued by any such Court in respect of such debts and
liabilities.

6. No suit for money against the proprietor of any
estate assessed for Government or Gaekwar tribute or holdino-
the position of a Chief or Talukdar shall be entertained
without the formal permission of the Political Agent and no
decree of an Agency Civil Court in a money suit ao-ainst
the proprietor of such aa estate shall have any force after

340

the death of such landed proprietor unless the debt was in-
curred with the sanction ot" the Political Agent.

7. An appeal whether on a matter of law or fact shall
lie from the decree of any of the subordinate Courts mentioned
in Appendix A to such of the Courts of the Assistants to
the Political Agent as the Political Agent may from time
to time direct.

8. If the suit be of a nature eongnizable in Court of
Small Causes and of a value not exceeding Rs. 500, the
decision in appeal of the Court of the Assistant Political
Agent shall be final.

9. In all suits relating to moveable property, but not
falling under Rule 8, and of a value not exceeding Rs. 1,000
if the Court of the Assistant to the Political Agent confirm*
the decree of the subordinate Court, its decision shall be final.

10. In all suits in which the Court of the Assistant
to the Political Agent reverses or modifies the decree of the-
subordinate Court and in all suits relating to moveable pro-
perty of a value exceeding Rs. 1,000 and in all suits relating
to immoveable property or to any interest therein a second
appeal on a matter of law shall lie to the Court of the Poli-
tical Agent.

11. An appeal whether on a matter of law or fact
shall lie from the original decree of a C*>urt of an Assistant
to the Political Agent to the Court of the Political Agent.

12. If the suit be of the nature cognizable in Courts
of Small Causes and of a value not exceeding Rs. 1,000 the
decision in appeal of the Court of the Political Agent shall
be final.

13. In all suits relating to moveable property, but not
fallitss: under Rule 12 and of a value not exeeding Rs. 3,000

341

if the Court of the Political Agent confirms the decree of
the Court of the Assistant Political Agent, its decision
shall be final.

14. In all such suits in which the Court of the Poli-
tical Agent reverses or modifies the decree of the Court of
the Assistant Political Agent and in all suits relating to
moveable property of a value exceeding Rs. 3,000 and in all
suits relating to immoveable property or any interest therein
a second appeal on a matter of law shall lie to the Governor
in Council.

15. All appeals preferred under Rule 14 to the
Governor in Council shall be presented to the Political Agent
in triplicate and shall be accompanied by authenticated copies
of the judgments and decrees of the lower Courts and by
certified translations of any documents on which the suit has
been brought or which may be relied on by the appellant
within 90 days from the date of the decree in respect of
which the appeal is preferred, exclusive of the time taken
up in obtaining copies in accordance with the rules laid down
in Government Resolution No. 7233, dated 1st October 1900.
In forwarding such appeals the Political Agent shall certify
whether they are barred by limitation or not.

16. The Political Agent shall not call upon the res-
pondent to submit a rejoinder to the appeal until it has been
asked for by Government. If Government call for a rejoinder
the Political Agent shall cause one copy of the special
appeal be served on the respondent with a notice requiring
him to submit in duplicate to the Political Agent any reply
Le may wish to make within 30 days form the service of
such notice, provided that such time may be extended to
90 days at the discretion of the Political Agent.

17. The Political Agent is empowered to call for
proceedings in non-appealable cases of the Courts of bis

22 A

342

Assistants and the subordinate Courts for revision and inspec-
tion and to prescribe forms of returns of civil work for each
class of Court and when such returns are to be rendered.

18. Returns of the Assistants shall be examined by
the Political Agent and those of subordinate Courts by the
Assistant Political Agent, who shall submit them with his
remarks to the Political Agent for disposal.

19. In suits in the Courts of first instance and in the
Appellate Courts of the Agency fees will be levied as per
annexed schedule ( Appendix C ).

20. No appeal to the Governor in Council will be
received without payment of the fee prescribed below unless
the appellant shall have been authorised by the Political Ageni
to appeal in forma 'pawperie.s : —

Where the value of the civil suit does not exceed
Ks. 25, the fee on the appeal shall be Rs. 2.

Where it exceeds Rs. 25 but not Rs. 50, the fee on
the appeal shall be Rs. 4.

Where it exceeds Rs. 50 but not Rs. 100, the fee on
the appeal shall be Rs. 8.

Where it exceeds Rs. 100 but not Rs. 150, the fee
on the appeal shall be Rs. 12.

Where it exceeds Rs. 150 but not Rs. 200, the fee
on the appeal shall be Rs. 16.

And so on, being at the rate of a fee of Rs. 4 for every
Rs. 50 or fraction of Rs. 50 of value claimed up to the
amount of Rs. 10,000. In suits of a value exceeding Rs.
10,000 the fee on the appeal shall be calculated at the rate
of 8 per cent, on the value, up to the sum of Rs. 10,000 and
of 8 per cent, on each additional Rs. 100 or fraction of Rs».
100 above the sum.

343
APPENDIX A»

XiiST OP THE Subordinate Courts of the Mahi Kantha
Agency referred to in Rule 2.

No.

Names of Courts.

Limit of
jurisdiction.

Rs.

1

Bavishi Ttiandar

500

2

Deputy Thandar, Mahisha ...

250

3

Katosan Thandar

500

4

Sabar Kantha Thandar

500

5

Gadhwada Thandar ...

500

6

Vatrak Kantha Thandar

500

APPENDIX B,

List of Courts of the Assistants to the Political
Agent referred to in Rule 3.

No.

Names of Courts.

Limit of ori-
ginal jurisdic-

Limit of ap-
pellate juris-

tion.

diction.

1

The Court of the Assist-
ant Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha

No limit

No limit.

2

The Court of the Personal
Assistant to the Political
Agent, Mahi Kantha ..,

Rs. 5,000 ...

Rs. 1,000

3

The Court of the Native
Assistant to the Political
Agent, Mahi Kantha ...

Rs. 5,000 ...

Rs. 1,000

344

The jurisdiction of the Personal Assistant's Court is
limited to the area comprised in the Thana Circles of Sabar
Kantha, Gadhwada, Katosan and the Managed estates. That
of the Native Assistant is limited to the area comprised in
the Sadra Bazar and the Talukas of Vasna and Sudasna.
The jurisdiction of the Assistant Political Agent is limited
to the area comprised in the Thana Circles of Bavishi and
Vatrak Kantha and in the jurisdictional Talukas under his
charge.

APPENDIX C.

The fees on plaints, petitions of appeal, and application
presented to the Civil Courts of the Mahi Kantha Agency
"will be computed and levied in accordance with the following
rules and regulations : —

(1) The amount of fee payable in the suits next herein-
after mentioned shall be computed as follows.

(2) In suits for money ( including suits for damages or com-
pensation or arrears of maintenance or arrears of annuities
or of other sums payable periodically ) according to the
amount claimed.

(3) In suits for maintenance and annuities or other suras
payable periodically according to the value of the sub-
ject matter of the suit, and such value shall be deemed
to be ten times the amount claimed to be payable for
one year.

(4) In suits for moveable property other than money where
the subject-matter has a market value according to such
value at the date of presenting the plaint.

(5) In suits : —

(a) for moveable property where the subject-matter
has no market value as for instance in the case of
documents relating to title ;

345 1

(h) to enforce the right to share in any property on
the ground that it is joint family property;

(c) to obtain an injunction ;

(d) for a right to some benefit ( not herein otherwise
provided for ) to arise out of land ; and

(e) for accounts according to the amount at which the
relief sought is valued in the plaint or memorandum
of appeal.

(6) In suits for the possession of land, houses and gardens
according to the value of the subject-matter and such
value shall be deemed to be : —

(a) where the subject-matter is land ten times the
gross produce arising from the land during the year
next before the date of presenting the plaint. The
rate of one rupee per bigha or third part of aa
acre may be considered to be the average annual
gross produce, unless the Court considers that the
rate is obviously insufficient ;

(h) where the subject-matter is a house or garden
according to the market value of the house or
garden.

(7) In suits for Vero or Manu Mapu or for the interest
of an assignee of land revenue or for Haks arising out
of the land, ten times the gross produce.

(S) In suits to set aside an attachment of land or of an
interest in land or revenue according to the amount for
which the land or interest was attached, provided that
where such amount exceeds the value of the land or
interest, the amount of fee shall be computed af if the
suit were for the possession of such land or interest.

(9) In suits against a mortgagee for the recovery of the
land mortgaged and in suits by a mortgagee to foreclosa

346

the mortgage according to the principal money ex-
pressed to be secured by the instrument of mortgage.

{10) If the Court sees reason to think that the annual gross
produce or the market value of any land, house or
garden has been wrongly estimated, the Court may,
for the purpose of computing the fee payable, issue a
commission to any proper person directing him to make
such local or other investigation as may be necessary
and to report thereon to the Court.

(11) If, in the result of any such investigation, the Court
finds that the gross produce of market value has beea
wrongfully estimated the Court, if the estimation has
been excessive, may in its discretion refund the excess
paid as such fee.

But if the estimation has been insufficient the Court
shall require the plaintiff to pay so much additional fee
as would have been payable had the estimate been right.

In such case the suit shall be stayed until the
additional fee is paid. If it is not paid within such
time as the Court shall fix, the suit shall be dismissed.

(12) In suits for mesne profits, or for immoveable property
and mesne profits, or for an account if the profits or
amount decreed are in excess of the profits claimed or
the amount at which the plaintiff valued the relief
sought, the decree shall not be executed until the differ-
ence between the fee actually paid and the proper fee
( payable if the suit had comprised the whole of the
profit or amount so decreed ) shall have been paid to
the Court.

(13) Where the amount of mesne profits is left to be ascer-
tained in the course of the execution of decree if the
profits so ascertained exceed the profits claimed, the

347

further execution of the decree shall be stayed untif
the difference between the fee actually paid and the fea
which would have been payable ( had the suit comprised
the whole of the profits so ascertained ) is paid. Ifthe
additional fee is not paid within such time as the ;
Court shall fix, the suit shall be dismissed.

(14) Every question relating to valuation, for the purpose of
determining the amount of any fee chargeable under
these rules on a plaint of memorandum of appeal, shall
be decided by the Court in which such plaint or memo-
randum, as the case may be, is filed and such decision
shall be final as between the parties to the suit.

But whenever any such suit comes before a Court
of appeal, reference or revision if such Court considers
that the said question has been wrongly decided to tha
loss of the Fee Fund, it may require the party by
whom such fee has been paid to pay so much additional
fee as would have been payable had the question been
rightly decided and the provisions of Rule XI shall apply.

(lb) If an appeal or plaint which has been rejected by the
lower Court is ordered to be received or if a suit is
remanded in appeal for a second decision by the lower
Court, which had thrown it out on a preliminary point,
the Appellate Court shall grant to the appellant a
certificate authorising him to receive back the full
amount of fee paid on the memorandum of appeal :

Provided that if in the case of a remand on appeal
the order of remand shall not cover the whole of the
subject-matter of the suit, the certificate so granted
shall not authorise the appellant to receive back more
than so much fee as would have been originally payable
on the part or parts of such subject-matter in respect
whereof the suit has been remanded.

848

(16) Where an applicatioa for a review of judgment is ad-
mitted and where on the rehearing the Court reverses
or modifies its former decision on the ground of mistake
in law or fact, the applicant shall be entitled to a cer-
tificate from the Court authorising him to receive back
the fee paid on the application.

But nothing in this section should entitle the ap-
plicant to such certificate where the reversal or modi-
fication is due, wholly or in part, to fresh evidence
which might have been produced at the original hearing.

(17) When any appeal is presented to a Civil Court, not
against the whole of a decision but only against so much
thereof as relates to a portion of the subject-matter of
the suit, and on the hearing of such appeal the respond-
ent takes an objection to any part of the said decision
other than the part appealed against, the Court shall
not hear such objection until the respondent shall have
paid the additional fee which would have been payable
had the appeal comprised the part of the decision so
objected to.

(18) Claims for inheritance, maintenance from or partition
of estates which have not hitherto supported the juris-
dictory rights of a ruling Chief may, unless the Political
Agent thinks fit to withdraw them, be heard as civil
suits.

(19) No document of any of the kinds specified in the annexed
schedule as chargeable with a fee shall be filed, exhi-
bited or recorded in any of the Courts of the Mahi
Kantha Agency, or shall be received or furnished by
any Political Officer, unless in respect of such document
there be paid a fee of an amount not less than that
indicated in the said schedule as the proper fee for
auch document.

349

(20) All fees referred to in the annexed schedule shall h&
collected by stamps.

(21) No document requiring a stamp under the annexed
schedule shall be filed or acted upon in any proceeding
in any of the Mahi Kantha Agency Courts until the
stamp has been cancelled.

Such officer as the Court or the head of the office
may from time to time appoint shall, on receiving any
such document, forthwith effect such cancellation by-
punching out the figure head so as to leave the amount
designated on the stamp untouched and the part removed
by punching shall be burnt or otherwise destroyed.

AGENCY COURT FEE SCHEDULE,

(Sanctioned as per Government Resolution No. 4167, dated
17th June 1903 in the Political Department).

Number.

Advalorem Fees.

Proper Fees.

When the amount

or value of the sub-

ject-matter in dis-

pute does not exceed

5 rupees.

Six annas.

When such amo-

unt or value exceeds

5 rupees for every 5

rupees or part there-

of, in excess of 5

rupees upto 100

rupees.

Do.

350

Number.

Advalorem Fees.

Proper Fees.

1. Plaint or

When such amo-

memorandum

unt or value exceeds

of appeal ( not

100 rupees for every

otherwise pro-

10 rupees or part

Tided for) pre-

thereof, in excess of

sented to any

100 rupees upto

Civil Court.

1,000 rupees.

When such amo-
unt or value exceeds
1,000 rupees for
every 100 rupees or
part thereof, in ex-
cess of 1,000 rupees

Twelve annas.

upto 5,000 rupees.

Five rupees.

When such amount or

value exceeds 5,000

rupees for every

250 rupees or part

thereof, in excess of

5,000 rupees upto

10,000 rupees.

Ten rupees.

When such amo-

unt or value exceeds

10,000 rupees for

every 500 rupees or

part thereof, in ex-

cess of 10,000 rupees

upto 20,000 rupees.

When such amo-
unt or value exceeds
20,000 rupees for
every 1,000 rupees
or part thereof, in
excess of 20,000

Fifteen rupees.

rupees upto 30,000

1

rupees,

Twenty rupees. ^Z

351

Number.

Advalorem Fees.

Proper Fees.

2. Plaint or
memorandum
of appeal in a
Buit by a per-
son disposses-
sed of im-
moveable pro-
perty other-
wise than by
due course of
law, where
the suit is
broufjht with-
in six months
from dispos-

When such amo-
unt or value exceeds
30,000 rupees for
every 2,000 rupees
or part thereof, in
excess of 30,000
rupees upto 50,000
rupees.

When such amo-
unt or value exceeds
50,000 rupees for
every 5,000 rupees
or part thereof, in
excess of 50,000
rupees.

Provided that the
maximum fee levi-
able on a plaint or
memorandum of ap-
peal shall be 3,000
rupees.

Twenty rupees.

Twenty-five rupees.

A fee of one-half the
amount prescribed in th»
forecroinar scale.

352

Number. Advalorem Fees.

Proper Fees.

session and is
for recovery
of possession
only without
reference of
title.

3. Applica-
tion for re-
view of judg-
ment if pre-
sented on or
after the nine-
tiethday from
the date of
decree.

4. Applica-
tion for re-
view of judg-
ment if pre-
sented before
the ninetieth
day from the
date of the
decree.

■^'"5. Copy of
translation of
a judgment,
order or decr-
ee or other
paper in a suit
(or from the
records of the
Agency Offi-
ce ).

6. Succes-
sion certi-
£cate.

The fees leviable on the
plaint or memorandum of
appeal.

One-half of the fee levi-
able on the plaint or
memorandum of appeal.

*One rupee as attestation
fee together with two an-
nas per 100 words or frac-
tion of 100 words of Eng-
lish and one anna per 1 00
words or fraction of 100
words of Gujarati as com-
paring fee and rupees two
as searching fee for each year
of which the Daftar is sear-
ched, if the number, date
and other necessary parti-
culars be not accurately
specified in the application.
Two per cent, on amounfc
or value of any debt or se-
curity specified in the certi-
ficate and three per cent, on
the amount or value of any

853

Number.

Advalorem Fees.

Proper Fees.

7. Certificate
of heirship.

debt or security to which
the certificate is extended.
NoTE.-(l) The amuunt of a
debt is the amouut includ-
ing interest on the day on
which the inclusion of the
debt in the certificate is
applied for so far as such
amount can be ascertained.
(2) Whether or not any
power witli respect ^.o a se-
curity specified in a certifi-
cate has been conferred and
where such a power has
been conferred ^vhether the
power is for the receivino^ of
interest or dividends on, or
for the negotiati(»n or trans-
fer of the security or for
both purposes, the value of
the security is its market
value on tl>e day on which
the inclusion of the security
in the certificate is applied
for, so far as such value can
be ascertained.

(1) As regards debts and
securities the same fee as
would be payable in respect
of succession certificate or in
respect of an extension of
such a certificate as the case
may be; and

(2) As regards other pro-
perty in res{)ect of wliicb
the certificate is j^rarited two
per cent, on so much of the
amount or vahieof suchpro-
perty as exceeds 1,000 Rs.

23

354

TABLE OF RATES OF ADVALOREM FEES LEVIABLE

ON THE INSTITUTION OF SUITS*

(As PER Government Resolution No. 4167, dated thb
17th June 1903. )

When the

When the

amount or

But does

amount or

But does

value of

not ex-

Proper fee.

value of

not ex-

Proper fee.

the subject

ceed.

the subject

ceed.

matter

matter

exceeds.

exceeds.

Rs.

Rs.

R3. a.

P-

Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

a.

P-

5

0 6

0

210

220

16

8

0

5

10

0 12

0

220

230

17

4

0

10

15

1 2

0

230

240

18

0

0

15

20

1 8

0

240

250

18

12

0

20

25

1 14

0

250

260

19

8

0

25

30

2 4

0

260

270

20

4

0

30

35

2 10

0

270

280

21

0

0

35

40

3 0

0

280

290

21

12

0

40

45

3 6

0

290

300

22

8

0

45

50

3 12

0

300

310

23

4

0

50

55

4 2

0

310

320

24

0

0

55

60

4 8

0

320

330

24

12

0

60

65

4 14

0

330

340

25

8

0

65

70

5 4

0

340

350

26

4

0

70

75

5 10

0

350

360

27

0

0

75

80

6 0

0

360

370

27

12

0

80

85

6 6

0

370

380

28

8

0

85

90

6 12

0

380

390

29

4

0

90

95

7 2

0

390

400

30

0

0

95

100

7 8

0

400

410

30

12

0

100

110

8 4

0

410

420

31

8

0

110

120

9 0

0

420

430

32

4

0

120

130

9 12

0

430

440

33

0

0

130

140

10 8

0

440

450

33

12

0

140

150

11 4

0

450

460

34

8

0

150

160

12 0

c

460

470

35

4

a

160

170

12 12

0

470

480

36

0

0

170

180

13 8

0

480

490

36

12

0

180

190

14 4

0

490

500

37

8

0

190

200

15 0

0

500

510

38

4

0

-200

210

15 12

0

510

520

39

0

a

355

When the

When the

amount or

But does

amount or

But does

value of

not ex-

Proper fee. |

value of

not ex-

Proper fee.

the subject

ceed.

the subject

ceed.

matter

matter

exceeds.

exceeds.

Ks.

Rs.

Rs.

a.

P-

Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

a. p.

520

530

39

12

0

890

900 i

67

8 0

o30

540

40

8

0

900

910 1

68

4 0

540

550

41

4

0

910

920

69

0 0

550

560

42

0

0

920

930

69

12 0

560

570

42

12

0

930

940

70

8 0

570

580

43

8

0

940

950

71

4 0

580

590

44

4

0

950

960

72

0 0

590

600

45

0

0

960

970

72

12 0

600

610

45

12

0

970

980

73

8 0

610

620

46

8

0

980

990

74

4 0

620

630

47

4

0

990

1,000

Ih

0 0

630

640

48

0

0

1,000

1,100

80

0 0

640

650

48

12

0

1,100

1,200

85

0 0

650

660

49

8

0

1/200

1,300

90

0 0

660

670

50

4

0

1,300

1,400

95

0 0

670

680

51

0

0

1,4()0

1,500

100

0 0

680

690

51

12

0

1,500

l.GOO

105

0 0

690

700

52

8

0

1,GOO

1,700

110

0 0

700

710

53

4

0

1,700

1,800

115

0 0

710

720

54

0

0

1,800

1,900

120

0 0

720

730

54

12

0

1,900

2,000

125

0 0

. 730

740

55

8

0

2,000

2,100

130

0 0

740

750

5G

4

0

2,100

2,200

135

0 0

750

760

57

0

0

2,200

2,300

140

0 0

7G0

770

57

12

0

2,300

2,400

145

0 0

770

780

58

8

0

2,400

2,500

150

0 0

780

790

59

4

0

2,500

2,600

155

0 0

790

800

60

0

0

2,600

2,700

160

0 0

800

810

60

12

0

2,700

2,800

165

0 0

810

820

61

8

0

2,800

2,1)00

170

0 0

820

830

62

4

0

2,900

3,000

175

0 0

830

840

03

0

0

3.000

3,100

ISO

0 0

.S40

<S50

63

12

0

3,100

3,200

185

0 0

850

800

64

8

0

3,200

3,300

190

0 0

860

870

65

4

0

3,300

3,400

195

0 0

870

880

6G

0

0

3,400

3,500

200

0 0

880

890

GO

12

0

3,500

3,600

205

0 0

When the

When the

amount or

But does

amount or

But does

value of

not ex-

Proper fee.

value of

not ex-

Propel

' fee.

the subject

ceed.

the subject

ceed.

matter

matter

exceeds.

Rs.

a.

p-

exceeds.

Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

Rs.

a. p.

3,600

3,700

210

0

0

11,500

12,000

535

0 0

3,700

3,800

215

0

0

12,000

12.500

550

0 0

3,800

3,900

220

0

0

12,500

13,000

565

0 0

3,900

4,000

225

0

0

13,000

13,500

580

0 0

4,000

4.100

230

0

0

13,500

14,000

595

0 0

4,100

4,200

235

0

0

14,000

14,500

610

0 0

4,200

4,300

240

0

0

14,500

15,000

625

0 0

4,300

4,400

245

0

0

15,000

15,500

640

0 a

4,400

4,500

250

0

0

15,500

16,000

655

0 0

4,500

4,600

255

0

0

16,000

16,500

670

0 0

4,600

4,700

260

0

0

16,500

17,000

685

0 a

4,700

4,800

265

0

0

17,000

17,500

700

0 a

4,800

4,900

270

0

0

17,500

18,000

715

0 0

4,900

5,000

275

0

0

18,000

18,500

730

0 0

5,000

5,250

285

0

0

18,500

19,000

745

0 a

5,250

5,500

295

0

0

19,000

19,500

760

0 0

5,500

5,750

305

0

0

19,500

20,000

775

0 0

5,750

6,000

315

0

0

20,000

21,000

795

0 0

6,000

6,250

325

0

0

21,000

22,000

815

0 0

6,250

6,500

335

0

0

22,000

i3,000

835

0 0

<3,500

6,750

345

0

0

23,000

24,000

855

0 0

6,750

7,000

355

0

0

24,000

25,000

875

0 a

7,000

7,250

365

0

0

25,000

26,000

895

0 0

7,250

7,500

375

0

0

26,000

27,000

915

0 0

7,500

7,750

385

0

0

27,000

28,000

935

0 0

7,750

8,000

395

0

0

28,000

29,000

955

0 D

8,000

8,250

405

0

0

29,000

30,000

975

0 a

8,250

8.500

415

0

0

30,000

32,000

995

0 0

8,500

8,750

425

0

0

32,000

34,000

1,015

0 0

8,750

9,000

435

0

0

34,000

36,000

1,035

0 0

9,000

9,250

445

0

0

36,000

38,000

1,055

0 a

9,250

9,500

455

0

0

38,000

40,000

1,075

0 0

9,500

9,750

465

0

0

40,000

42,000

1,095

0 0

9,750

10,000

475

0

0

42,000

44,000

1,115

0 0

10,000

10,500

490

0

0

44,000

46,000

1,135

0 0

10,500

11,000

505

0

0

46,000

48,000

1,155

0 0

11,000

11,500

520

0

0

48,000

50,000

1.175

0 a

357

When the

When the

amount or

But does

amount or

But does

value of

not ex-

Proper fee.

value of

not ex-

Proper fee.

the subject

ceed.

the subject

ceed.

matter

matter

exceeds.

exceeds.

Rs.

Rs.

Rs. a.

P-

Rs.

Rs.

Rs. a. p.

50,000

55,000

1,200 0

0

2,35,000

2,40,000

2,125 0 0

55,000

60,000

1,225 0

0

2,40,000 2,45,000

2

150 0 0

60,000

65,000

1,250 0

0

2,45,000 2,50,000

2

175 0 0

65,000

70,000

1,275 0

0

2,50,000 2,55,000

2

200 0 0

70,000

75,000

1,300 0

0

2,55,000 2,60,000

2

225 0 0

75,000

80,000

1,325 0

0

2,60,000

2,65,000

2

250 0 0

80,000

85,000

1,350 0

0

2,65,000

2,70,000

2

275 0 0

85,000

90,000

1,375 0

0

2.70,000 ; 2,75,000

2

300 0 0

90,000

95.000

1,400 0

0

2,75.000

2,80,000

2

325 0 0

95,000

1,00,000

1,425 0

0

2,80,000

2,85,000

2

,350 0 0

1,00,000

1,05,000

1,450 0

0

2,85,000 2,90,000

2

375 0 C

1,05,000

1,10,000

1,475 0

0

2,90,000 \ 2,95,000

o

400 0 0

1,10,000

1,15,000

1,500 0

0

2,95,000 3,00,000

9

425 0 0

1,15,000

1,20,000

1,525 0

0

3,00,000 3,05,000

2

450 0 0

1,20,000

1/25,000

1,550 0

0

3,05.000 3,10,000

2

475 0 0

1,25,000

1,30,000

1,575 0

0

3,10,000 3,15,000

2

500 0 0

1,30,000

1.35,000

1,600 0

0

3,15,000 3,20.000

2

525 0 0

1,35,000

1,40,000

1,625 0

0

3,20,000 3,25,000

9

550 0 0

1,4 0,000

1,45,000

1,650 0

0

3,25,000 3,30,000

2

575 0 0

1,45,000

1,50,000

1,675 0

0

3,30,000 3,35,000

2;

600 0 0

1,50,000

1,55,000

1,700 0

0

3,35,000 ! 3;40,000

2,

625 0 0

1.55,000

1,00,000

1,725 0

0

3,40,000 3,45,000

9

650 0 0

1,60,000

1,65,000

1,750 0

0

3,45,000 3,50,000

2,

675 0 0

1,65,000

1,70,000

1,775 0

0

3,50,000 3,55.000

2

700 0 0

1,70,000

1,75,000

1,800 0

0

3,55,000 1 3,60,000

2

725 0 0

1,75,000

1,80,000

1,825 0

0

3,60,000 3,65,000

2

750 0 0

1,80,000

1,85,000

1,850 0

0

3,65,000 3,70,000

2

775 0 0

1,85,000

1,90,000

1,875 0

0

3,70,000 j 3,75,000

2

NOO 0 0

1,90,000

1,95,000

1,900 0

0

3,75,000 3,80,000

2

825 0 0

1,95,000

2,00,000

1,925 0

0

3,80,000 3,85,000

2

850 0 0

2,00,000

2,05,000

1,950 0

0

3,85,000 3,90,000

2

875 0 0

2,05,000

2,10,000

1,975 0

0

3,90,000 3,95,000

2

900 0 0

2,10.000

2,15,000

2,000 0

0

3,95,000 4,00,000

2

925 0 0

2,15,000

2,20,000

2,025 0

0

4,00,000 4.05,000

2

950 0 0

2,20,000

2,25,000

2,050 0

0

4,05,000 4,10,000

2

975 0 0

2,25,000

2,30,000

2,075 0

0

4,10,000

• • •

3

000 0 0

2,30,000

2,35,000

2,100 0

0

23 a

358

Statement showing the revised list of fixed fees to be
levied by the Mahi Kantha Agency*

Number.

1. Application
petition.

or

Fixed fees.

Proper fees.

(a) When presented to
any Civil, Political or
Criminal Court or any Exe-
cutive Officer for the
purpose of obtaining a
copy or translation of any
judgment, decree or order
or of any other document
from the record of the
Agency.

(h) When presented to a
subordinate Civil Court
or to a Small Causes Court
in relation to any suit or
case in which the amount
or value of the subject-
matter is less than fifty
rupees.

(c) When containing a
complaint or charge of
any oifence other than an
offence for which Police
Officers may, under the
Code of Criminal Proce-
dure, arrest without
warrant and presented to
any Criminal Court.

(d) When presented to a
Civil or Criminal Court
or an Executive Officer
below the rank of an
Assistant Political Agent
and not otherwise provid-
ed for.

One anna.

One anna.

Eight
annas.

Four
annas.

359

Number.

2. Application for
leave to sue or appeal
as a pauper.

3. Bail bond or
other instrument of
oblioation given in
pursuance of an order
made by a Court or
Magistrate under the
Civil or Criminal Pro-
cedure Code or by a
Political Court.

4. Mukhatiarnama
or Vakalatnama.

Fixed fee?

(e) When presented to a
Civil, Political or Criminal
Court or an Executive
Officer of the rank of an
Assistant Political Agent
and not otherwise provid-
ed for.

(/) When presented to
the Political Agent or the
Court of the Political
Aoent and not otherwise
pro^'ided for.

ig) When presented to
the Political Agent or
the Court of the Political
Agent for the exercise of
its powers as High Court
and not otherwise provid-
ed for.

When presented for the
conduct of any one case —

(a) to any Civil, Political
or Criminal Court or any
Executive Officer except as
are mentioned in clause

Proper fees.

Eight annas.

One rupee.

Two rupees.

One rupee.

Eight
annas.

One rupee.

360

Number.

5- Memorandum of
appeal when the ap-
peal is not from an
order rejecting a
jjlaint or from a de-
cree or an order hav-
ing tlie force of a
decree and is pre-
sented.

6. Plaint or memo-
randum of appeal in
a suit to obtain pos-
session of a wife or
for conjugal rights.

7. Plaint or memo-
randum of appeal in
each of the following
suits : —

(^) to alter or set
aside a summary de-
cision or order of anv
Civil Court,

{ii) to obtain a de-
claratory decree where
no consequential relief
is prayed,

(Hi) to set aside an
award.

Fixed fees.

{h) of this number.

(b) to the Political Ao^ent
or the Court of the Poli-
tical Asfeiit for the exer-
cise of its powers as a
High Court.

(a) to the Court of the
Political Agent.

(6) to any other Court.

Proper fees.

Two rupees.

Three
rupees.

Two rupees.

Five rupees.

Ten rupees.

361

Number.

(iv) to set aside an
adoption,

(v) every other suit
where it is • not pos-
sible to estimate at
a money value the
subject-matter in dis-
pute and \vhich is not
otherwise provided for

8. Application of the
nature of that speci-
fied in section 523 of
the Code of Civil Pro-
cedure.

9. Application of the
nature of that speci-
fied in section 525,
Civil Procedure Code.

1 0. A green I en t o f the
nature of that refer-
red to in section 527
of the same Code.

11. Appeal from
order under section
244 of Civil Proce-
dure Code to an
Agency Court other
than the Court of the
Political Agent.

12. Appeal from
order under section
244 of Civil Proce-
dure Code to the
Court of the Politi-
cal Agent or to
Government.

Proper fees.

362

XL

Mules for defining the jurisdiction ( original and aijpellate )

to he exercised hij the Courts of the Malii Karitha Agency,

and for regulating the right of appeal, limiiation hy time,

and iKiyment of Court-fees hy parties in regard to

political suits and appeals.

^ Sanctioned hy Government Resolution, Political Department,.
No. 504o, dated the ISth July 1907.)

NOTIFICATION ♦

Political Department.

Bombay Castle, 18th July 1907.
No* 5044* — In exercise of the power and jurisdiction
delegated by then Government of India, Foreign Department,
Notification No. 2859-1. A., dated 19th June 1903 and of all
other powers enabling him in this behalf the Governor in
Council is pleased in supersession of all previous rules on
the subject, to prescribe with effect from 1st September 1907,
the following rules for defining the jurisdiction ( original and
appellate ) to be exercised by the Courts of the Mahi Kantha
Agency for regulating the right of appeal, limitation by time
and payment of Court-fees by parties in regard to political
suits and appeals.

I. Courts.

The Courts of the Mahi Kantha Agency which are
empowered to hear and dispose of political suits or appeals, are:-

(1) The Assistant Political Agent's Court.

(2) The Political Agent's Court.

II. Jurisdiction of Courts.

2. The following suits should ordinarily be considered
political : —

(1) Suits to which Chiefs from 1st to 3rd Class may
be a party.

363

(2) Cases affectinoj the interests of the tributory Chief*
of whatever Class in regard to sovereiga rights,
jurisdiction, tribute or allied payment, maintenance
to the members of the Chiefs family, comjjensa-
tion for injury done by outlaws or highway robbers
( Waltar), territory, boundaries, political status or
prerogative.

Explanation. — Claims for inheritance or partition of
estates in the families of Chiefs, other than those specified ia
clause I above, should ordinarily be heard as civil suits,
but this does not include cases which they raise the issue
of a right to succession to a Chiefship, to which jurisdictionary
powers are attached, or an issue of inheritance to, or parti-
tion of, any estate in which a jurisdictional Chief or tribute
paying Talukdar has an interest, direct or indirect.

3. The Court of the Assistant Political Agent, Mahi
Kantha, possesses an original jurisdiction in political suits of
all descriptions without limit as to value.

4. Political suits should be filed in the Court of the
Assistant Political Agent, Mahi Kantha ( whose jurisdictioa
for such puspose extends in the whole Agency in which the
cause of action arises as the lowest Court competent to try
them), but the Political Agent may transfer a suit for trial
from the Court of the Assistant Political Agent to his owa
Court, if considered necessary.

.5. If the Assistant Political Agent considers that a
suit which has been filed as a political suit should be hoard
as a civil suit, he shall refer the (juestion to the Political
Agent, whose decision, subject to the general or special orders"
of Government, shall be final. Any [)arty to a suit may
also apply to the Political Agent, for an order that a politi-
cal suit shall be heard as a civil suit.

364

III. Appeals.

6. An appeal shall lie from the decision of the Assist-
ant Political Agent's Court to the Court of the Political
Agent, Mahi Kantha.

7. A further appeal shall lie to the Governor in Council
in all Political cases.

IV. Limitation.

A.

Appeals to the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.

8. The period for presenting appeals to the Court of
the Political Agent from the decisions and orders of the
Assistant Political Agent in political cases, of which the
matter in litigation is of a kind that would ordinarily form
the subject of a civil suit or matter for orders by Civil
Courts, shall be limited to sixty days with the same qualifi-
cations as to the calculation of the period as apply to ordinary
civil cases,

9. Where such questions as sovereignty, jurisdiction,
tribute, territory, political status or prerogative are involved
a period of four months will be allowed, which such further
extension in any case as in the judgment of the Political
Agent may appear just and reasonable.

Appeals to Government.

10. The period for presenting appeals to Government
from the decisions of the Political Agent in political cases,
of which the matter of complaint is either of an administra-
tive or miscellaneous nature or of a kind, which would ordi-
narily from the subject of a civil suit or matter for orders of
Civil Courts as between private individuals, shall be ninety

365

days with the same qualifications as to the calculation of tha
period as apply to ordinary civil cases. All applications ta
Government for review of a decision by Government shall be
governed by a like limitation.

11. Where such questions as sovereignty, jurisdiction,
tribute, territory, political status or prerogative are involved,
a period of six months will be allowed for the presentation
of an appeal against the decision of the Political Agent, but
the appellant must obtain a certificate from the Political
Agent within thirty days of receipt of his decision that the
case is of a nature which entitles it to this extended period
of limitation.

3r.5. — It must be borne in taind that while periods to limit the right of
appeal in political cases are prescribed so as to bind the parties,
the Governor in Council reserves discretion to direct at any time
further enquiry in any political case or matter if it appears to liim
that there are good grounds for doing so.

V. Manner of submitting appeals and rejoinders.

12. Appeals to the Governor in Council shall be sub-
mitted to the Political Agent in triplicate, accompanied by
authenticated copies of the judgments and decrees of both
the lower Courts and by certified translations of any docu-
ments on which the suit has been brought or which may be
relied on in appeal.

13. The Political Agent shall not call upon the res-
pondent to submit a rejoinder to the appeal until it has been
asked for by Government. If Government call for a rejoinder
the Political Agent shall cause one copy of the special appeal
to be served on the respondent with a notice requiring Kim.
to submit in duplicate to the Political Agent any reply ho
may wish to make within 30 days from tho service of such
notice ; provided that such time ma}' be extended to ninety
days in all at the discretion of the Political Agent.

366

VI. COTJRT-FEES.

14. No court-fee for the institution of filing of politi-
cal suits or appeals or applications at any stage of the pro-
ceedings connected therewith shall be levied from the parties
■concerned provided that when —

(a) the suit is brought by any unprivileged person
whose claim is rejected or otherwise fails, or

(h) the Court which passes the final decision considers
that such claim was false and vaxatious or that
there was no reasonable or probable ground for
the same :

such Court may order the recovery from such unprivileged
person of court-fees for the institution of the suit at the
rates which would be leviable under the scale of the fees
for the time being in force under the Agency Civil Court
Hules.

XIL

Mahi Kantha Agenci/ Registration Rules.

No. 1271, dated the 22nd February 1913— The follow-
ing rules for the registration of documents in the Mahi
Kantha Agency are published for general information : —

Mahi Kantha Agency Registration Rules.

In exercise of the powers and jurisdiction delegated by
the Government of India, Foreign Department, ^Notification
No. 2859-I.A., dated the 19th June 1903, and all other
powers enabling him in this behalf the Governor in Council:
is pleased in supersession of all previous rules and orders on
the subject to prescribe the following rules for the registra-
tion of documents in the Mahi Kantha Agency.

*Printed in Appendix III.

367

1. These rules shall come into force from the 1st of"
April 1913 and shall be made applicable within the limits^
of all the Thana Circles, Managed Estates and Talukas. They
shall also be applicable within the limits of all other Talukas
directly administered by the Talukdars in which the Political
Agents or his Assistants exercise residuary jurisdiction, but
with regard to these documents only the value of which is
beyond the ordinar}^ civil jurisdiction of such Talukdars.

2. In these rules unless there is anything repugnant
in the subject or context: —

(1) " immoveable property " includes land, buildings,

hereditary allowances, riorhts to ways, lights, ferries,
fisheries or any other benefit to arise out of land,
and thinors attached to the earth or permanently
fastened to anything which is attached to the earth
but not standing timber, growing crops nor grass ;

(2) "lease" includes a counterpart hahulijat, an under-

taking to cultivate or occupy and an agreement to
lease ;

(3) " minor *' means a person who according to the

personal law to which he is subject, has not at-
tained majority ;

(4) " moveable property " includes standing timbers grow-

ing crops, and grass, fruit upon and juice in trees
and property of every other descriptions, except im-
moveuble property ; and

(5) " representative " includes the guardian of a minor

and the committee or other leo-al curator of a
lunatic or idiot.

3. The Assistant Political Agent and the two Deputy
Assistant Political Agents shall be Registrars in the Mahi
Kautha Agenoy up to their civil powers. The Tbandar&

S68

%vill be Sub-Registrars up to their civil powers within their
Thana Circles, and the Managers or Japtidars of jurisdic-
tional Talukas shall be Sub-Registrars up to the civil powers
of their respective managed Talukas subject to the control
of their Sub-Divisional Officers and Registrars. Similarly the
Huzur Deputy Assistant Political Agent will be Registrar
for the Civil Station of Sadra and for documents of a value
beyond the civil jurisdiction of the jurisdictional Taluka or
Talukas under his charge ( Wasna being only the jurisdic-
tional Taluka under his charge at present ) and the State
and Talukas under the direct charge of the Political Agent,
and will register the same.

4. The following documents shall be registered : —

(1) Instruments of gifts of immoveable property.

<2) Other non-testameutary instruments which purport
or operate to create, declare, assign, limit or ex-
tinguish whether in present or in future any right,
title or interest whether vested or contingent of
the value of Rs. 100 and upwards to or in im-
moveable property.

(3) Non-testamentary instruments which acknowledge
the receipt or payment of any consideration on ac-
count of the creation, declaration, assignment, limi-
tation or extinction of any such right, title or in-
terest ; and

(4) Leases of immoveable property from year to year
or for any term exceeding one year or reserving
a yearly rent.

5. Any of the undermentioned documents may be
jregistered : —

(I) Instruments which purport or operate to create,
declare^ assign, limit or extinguish, whether in

369

present or in futuro, any right, title or interest,
whether vested or contino^ent, of a value less than
Rs. 100 to or in immoveable property.

(2) Instruments acknowledging receipt or payment of
any consideration on account of the creation, de-
claration, assignment, limitation or extinction of
any such right, title or interest.

(3) Leases of immoveable property for any term not
exceeding one year.

(4) Awards relating to immoveable property.

(5) Instruments which purport or operate to create,
declare, assign, limit or extinguish any right, title
to or in moveable property.

(6) Acknowledgments, agreements, articles of partner-
ship, assignments, awards, bills of exchange, bills
of sale, bonds, composition-deeds, contracts, grants,
instruments of dissolution of partnership, instru-
ments of partition, powers of attorney, promissory
notes, releases, settlements, writings of divorcement,
wills and all other documents not hereinbefore
mentioned.

6. The Registering Officer may in his discretion refuse
to accept for reijistration any document in which any inter-
lineation blank, erasure or alteration appears, unless the per-
sons executinor the document attest them with their sio^na-
tuies or initials. If he registers such document, he shall at
the time of registering the same, make a no':o in the register
rif such blank or alteration.

7. No document relating to immoveable property shall
be accepted for registration unless it contains a description
of such property sufficient to identify the same. Houses in
towns shall be described as situated on the North or other
side of the street to which they front, other houses and lands

24

370

shall be described by their naiue, if any, situation, area, and
the roads and other properties on whicli they abut. If the
description is sufficient to identify the property, the docu-
ment may be registered.

8. No document shall be accepted for registration un-
less presented for the purpose to the proper officer within
four months from the date of execution. Provided, that
where there are several persons executing a document at
different times, such docutnent may be presented for registra-
tion and re-registration within four months from the date of
each execution. If owing to urgent necessity or unavoidable
accident any document is not presented for registration with-
in the above period, the Registering Officer in cases where
the delay does not exceed four months, may direct that on
payment of a fine not exceeding ten times the proper regis-
tration fee, the document shall be registered.

9. The document presented for registration should be
either in English or in Gujarati. A document in any other
language should not be registered unless it is accompanied
by an authorized translation of the same in Gujarati and
also by a true copy.

10. Every document mentioned above shall be present-
ed for registration in the office of the -Registrar or Sub-
Registrar within whose district or sub-district the whole »)r
some portion of the property is situate. The District Deputy
Assistant Political Agent shall register those for the Tiiana
Circles and Japti Estates over and above the powers of the
Thandars, and Managers who shall register the documents
of their respective Thanas and Talukas within the powers
conferred on them and those documents of a value beyond
the civil jurisdiction of the Jurisdictional Talukas under his
charge. The Huzur Deputy Assistant Political Agoit shall
reo^ister documents for the Civil Station of Sadra and thos^

371

of a value beyond the civil jurisdiction of the Jurisdictional
Taluka or Talukas under his charge and the States and
Taiukas under the direct charge of the Political Agent. The
Assistant Political Asjent shall register all documents exceedincr
the powers of the two Deputies and those for the Thana Circles
and Jurisdictional Talukas over and above the powers of the
Thandars and Jurisdictional Talukdars under his charge.

11. Every document to be registered under these rules
shall be presented at the proper registration office bv persons
executing and claiming under the same or by their represen-
tative or assign.

12. The Registering Officer shall thereupon inquire
whether or not such a document was executed by the per-
sons by whom it purports to have been executed, satisfy
himself as to the identity of the persons appearing before
him and alleging that they have executed the document and
in the case of any person appearing as representative or as-
signee or agent satisfy himself of the right of such persons,
so to appear.

13. If all the persons executing the document appear
personally before the Registering Officer and are personallv
known to hini or if he be otherwise satisfied that they are
the persons they represent themselves to be and if they all
or their representatives admit the execution of the document,
the Registering Officer shall register the document.

14. If all or any of the persons by whom the docu-
ment purports to be executed deny its execution or if any
such person appears to be a minor, an idiot or a lunatic, or
if any person by whom the document purports to be execut-
ed is dead, and his representative or assign denies its exe-
cution, the Registering Officer shall refuse to register the
document and give a v/ritten reply to the party applyin^^ for
registration stating his reasons for making the refusal.

372

15. Any person claiming under the document niay
within thirty dr.3'^s after the making of the order of refusal,
apply to the Political Agent's Court by petition in order to
establish his right to have the document registered.

Ifi. The petition shall be dealt with as a plaint under
the Code of Civil Procedure.

The Court shall fix a day for disposal and shall inquire :-

(1) v^hether the document has been executed, and

(2) whether the requirements of the law for the time
being ill force have been complied with on the part
of the petitioner' so as to entitle the document ta
registration, and shall after due inquiry pass sueh.
order as it thinks proper.

17. Where a document purports to convey an interest in
property, which according to the conditions of political tenure
standing rules, or circulars cannot be alienated, or can only be
alienated with the express sanction of tlie Agency or of a
Chief or other reversioner, a reference must be made for the
orders of the Political Agent before registration is effected.

18. If anv person presenting a document for registra-
tion desires the appearance of any person whose presence or
testimony is necessary for the registration of such document
the Pegistering Officer may, in his discretion on receipt of
the process fee, summon him to appear and examine him under
the provision of the Civil Procedure Code.

19. A registered document shall operate from the time
from which, it would have commenced to operate, if no
registration thereof had been required or made, and not from
the time of its registration.

20. All documents, duly registered under these rules,
and relating to any property whether moveable or imiuove-

373

nble shall take effect against any oral agreement or declaration
relating to such property unless where the agreement or
declaration had been accompanied, or followed by delivery of
possession.

21. No document whose registration is compulsory, shall
affect any immoveable property comprised therein or be received
as evidence of any transactions affecting such property unless
it has been registered in accordance with these rules.

22. Every Registrar shall keep —

(1) Register of documents relating to immoveable
property.

(2) Record of reasons for refusal to register.

(3) Miscellaneous register for documents not relating
to immoveable property.

23. The date, hour, and place of presentation and the
signature of every person presenting a document for registra
tion shall be endorsed on every such document at the time
of presenting it ; a receipt shall be given to the person pre-
senting the same, and every document admitted to registration
shall without unnecessary delay be copied in the proper book
in proper order and indexed as may be prescribed.

24. (1) On everv document admitted to resistration
there should be endorsed the following particulars : —

((() the signature and address of every person admitting
the execution of the document,

(Ij) the signature and address of every person examined
in reference to it,

(c) any payment of money or delivery of goods made
in the presence of the Registering Officer in refer-
ence to the execution of the document, and any
admission of receipt of consideration, in whole
24 a

374

or in part, made in his presence in reference to
such execution.

(2) If any person admitting the execution of a docu-
ment refuses to endorse the same, the Registering Officer shall
nevertheless register it, but shall at the same time endorse
a note of such refusal.

25. The Registration Officer shall affix the date and his
signature to all endorsements made under the last preceding
section and shall endorse thereon a certificate containing the
word " Registered " together with the number and page of
the book in which the document has been copied. Such cer-
tificate shall be signed, sealed and dated by the Registering
Offi.cer. The endorsement referred to in the preceding sec-
tion shall thereupon be copied into the appropriate column
of the register book.

26. Every Registrar or Sub-Registrar refusing to re-
gister a document except on the groutid that the property
to which it relates is not situate within his Bub-district, shall
make an order of refusal and record his reasons for such
order in his book No. 2, and endorse the words " Registra-
tion refused " on the document, and on application made by
any person executing or claiming under the document, shall,
without payment and unnecessary delay, give him a copy of
the reasons so recorded.

(2) No Registering Officer shall accept for registration
a document so endorsed unless and until, under the provi*
fiions hereinafter contained, the document is directed to be
registered.

27. An appeal shall lie from the orders of a Sub-
Registrar to the Registrar under whose charge he is placed
and an appeal shall lie from the Registrar's order to the
Political Agent. Any person claiming under the document
may within 30 days after the making of the order of refu-

375

«hl, apply to the appellate Court by petition, in order to esta-
blish his right to have the docutnent registered. The order of
the Registrar and the FoHtical Agent on appeal shall be final

28. The petition shall be dealt with as a plaint under
the Code of Civil Procedure. The Court shall fix a day
for disposal and shall inquire —

(1) whether the document has been executed, and

(2) whether the requirements of the law for the time

being in force have been complied with on the
part of the petitioner so as to entitle the docu-
ment to registration.

29. If it finds that the document has been executed
and that the said requirements have been complied with,
the Court shall order the document to be registered, and if
the document be duly presented for registration within 30
(lays after the making cf such order the registration shall be
made as hereinbefore provided.

30. A Registrar or the Political Agent may, for
the purpose of any enquiry under rule 28, summon and en-
force the attendance of witnesses and compel them to o^ive
evidence and he may also direct by whom the whole or any
cost of such enquiry shall be paid and such cost shall be
recoverable as costs in a suit.

31. The following table of fees shall apply to the
registration of documents and other matters connected with
these rales: —

(a) Compulsory registration of documents affect-
ing immoveable property, for every 100 words. 0-8-0
{h) Minimum fees... ... ♦,. .., ... 3-0-0

(c) Optiofial registration of documents affecting

immoveable property, for every 100 words... 0-4-0

376

(d) Minimum fees.., ... ... ... ... 1-8-0

(e) Reo^istration of documents affecting moveable

property onIj% for every 100 words ... 0-4-0

(/) Minimum fees 1-0-0

(g) Granting copy of document (besides copyin<2^

and comparing fees )... ... ... ... 1-0-0

(h) Searching for entry by Registering Officer for
every year of which the register or index
is searched ... ... ... ... ... 1-0-C^

:]2. Whoever —

(a) intentionally makes any false statement whether on
oath or not before any Registering Officer ; or

(6) intentionally delivers to a Registering Officer a false
copy or translation of a document ; or

(c) falsely personates another atid presents any docu-

ment in such assumed character or makes any
admission or statement or does any other act ia
any proceeding or enquiry under these rules ;

(d) abets anything made punishable by these rules ;

shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may-
extend to o years or with fine or both.

33 " Offences punishable under these rules shall be triable
by the Assistant «>r Deputy Assistant Political Agent.

34 Every person shall be legally bound to furnish in-
formation to a Registering Officer when required by him to
do so.

35. (a) The fee should be received in court-fee stamps
and those stamps should be affixed on the document and c;iii-
celled and an entry thereof should be made in the register.

377

(h) In the Matiaged States the fees should be levied
in cash and credited to the State accounts.

36 Nothinor contained in these rules shall be deemed
to require the registration of any of the following docu-
ments : —

(a) Certificates of sale of immoveable property
issued by Civil Courts of the Agency ;

(6) Notices of relinquishment of occupancies ;

(c) Agreements of occupancies ;

(d) Documents executed by the Political Agent
on behalf of Government.

( Bombay Government Gazette, 1913, Pt. I, p. 343.)

XIIL

Rules regarding sales bg the Courts of Political Agencies,

Circular No 7280, Political Department, 25th October 190G.

The Governor in Council is pleased to direct that
where an Agency Court acting on the civil side, is under
the necessity of preparing a proclamation of a sale, the pro-
clamation should be prepared in the Form A annexed to
this Circular.

If, in the case of a Hindu judgment-debtor, it is desired
to sell the interest of any other member of the family {e.g.y
that of a minor son or brother ), the name of such member
and the fact that his interest is beitio; sold must be stated
in the proclamation, as otherwise his interest will not pass
to the purchaser. To the proclamation should be appended
a list, in Form B, of all claims for which, in the opinion of
the Court, there is a reasonable and probable cause such a>i
claims of co -parceners, or reversioners in the case of Hindu.
fcmales, or mortgagees, or tenants, &c. The listi may ba
varied as occasion requires.

378,

Accompaniments to Government Circular, No. 7280^.
<lated the ^oth October 1906.

Form A.— Proclamation of Sale*
Court of ( Full designation ).
Criminal Suit No. of

Appeal in the Court of

Appeal in the Court of

Plaintiff' Defendant

(a) In execution of a decree of Court

in the above case, dated the

in virtue whereof

was adjudged to be

* This to be expressed in accordance
"with the decree in course of execution-

day of ,

a sum of

payable by * the said
unto the said
unto the said
, and

of a warrant, dated the
day of , for giving effect to the said

■decree by sale of property, notice is hereby given that on
the day of at o'clock A.M.

A. B. of this Court (or other person appointed) will

at in sell by auction to the highest bidder

and without reserve right, title and interest of the said

in the several articles of moveable and immoveable
property hereunder specified : —

Moveable property.

•

>

J3

c

o

O

a

-4->

-«^

cc ^^ ""

mber
scripti

tides.

CS

-^3

- 5 3-0 f?s <ii

5> >-»

o 2

^ ^ -"O a; _ a
-''' r- ~ a t^ a <»
0) d -' '-- o t- >:; .

o

S oj '^

^

-a^

-G .:i

^ .:: o j3 o rS "^

>-3

^n^ «

^

^ ^

^ -

1

2

3

4

5

6

379

<x>
o

a

>
o

s

S

QO

apoQ 9i|:j JO 21Z uoipgg jopun
qa«d ui JO ^[[oqAv papafaj :>ii©in

1>.

|iAiQ 10 9po;j aq) jo /g?' "«!^
-oag japun ijinbua .lo^j^ ^R^ll
9q 0) posoddns si :)0j oi^ ^Pl^-^^
0) siuiTjp puB saSjuqo ^H°1H

•ajnpaoojj jiaiq jo opoQ aip
JO c^g pu« ^.83 saoi:)08g jopun
epHia eq o; si Q\ns pu« panup
-uoo !i99q seq qu9niqoi;:))i? qoiqA^
o:> [joafqns uaq ao 9§oS:)Joj^^

•aA\oii5i ji '4UBdnooo :ju8S9jj

•^

"^o\ aq; uo Sui:|S9J aJ^jwqo p;os[)
nAiouj[ jaq^o Knv 'ssao pooy
.oMipnioui 0nu9A9J :)iionmjaAoQ

CO

-^uoisap jBOsg .laq^jo ao 'a-^qmnu
jedioiuniu 'joqainu .{aAjng

0-1

•iuoqA\ 0^ pii« 'sra.i9a
(juqAV uo *°(io| Avoq aoj 'pascai ji
pti« '9n[T?A |«nuuT? JO :)uaj po)vnu
-nsa io posoddns 'uoi;im:ns |t?ooi
Suipn[oni '}o\ jo uoiviuor^aQ

r^

•jeqiunu ^orj

380

m

o

o

-si§9j puTJ uoui:io^X9 JO p>VCl

Oi

•mnqo qons
o:j aouajGj9.i \\'ii\\ .io')ip9ao-:iU8ra
-^'pnf /{q paonppti s^^uaranooQ

CO

•auitjs 81]:^ JO iiou^.i:^
-siSaa puB uo!)n99X9 jo 9:)uq

i^

•cuicp pitJS
0% 90C9.iaj9j ipi.vv Jo:jC|9p-:)U9ra
-Spn[ /fq psonpp-c siusoinooQ

i

Mo:jip9.io-:)U9ai
-Spwi oq4 iCq pin; ao:)q9p-'ju9n3
-SpnC 9ii:^ .Cq poiuop .lo p8:):}iiLip'G
SI 'jo9.i9i|:j '^i-ed ijvq.w \)uv. 'aul' jo
'p90U^Ap^ iniup 9q:j .i9q^9i)^^

-

o

(auinjoo siiji ui p9J9:)U3
gq o; SI :^09j|9 :^uq) o-^ ^JmuDi v
p9j9:)S|^9j iie9q :)oa 9Avq qoiL|A\
siiisranoop 9i|7 o:) sv-"9:|on^)
•;ii9canoop i]0U9 |o uoqij.qsi;g
-9J JO pu« Tio|:)noax9 ^o oivrr

•^

( •;u9m
-noop aT|:j tit q^joj ^8s 'iiop^jop
■isuoo JO 'X9iiom p.7iuo5jora 's« jo
'aJ^juqo V s« mns Auv. ^o :^iinomT}
9(1^ pui3 'p9:|no9X9 st?M :)n9ai
-noop qoua jriOAVj 9so([a\ in puTJ
moq.u A'q suo5:M9d jo 69ravu 9q:)
p9.i9;u9 9q o; 9JT? uwitqoo siq5 uj
-■9:)0^) •p9;joddns si mi^p qons
qciqA\ iq 'iCne ji 'sjusmnooQ

eo

•OlIBjO JO 9n{UA

^9uora JO :)unoniB pau ojn^Bjyj

<M

•pgrai^p SI 5S9ja:)iii UB qoupw
III 'pgqot::):^^ A'?J9dojd jo uo\}
-dijosgp puB 8:^01 Jf> sjgqran^

I— 1

•)UBmiG[o JO etoB^

381

XIV,

Rides for the refund of impressed Court-Jee stamiDS and
adhesive labels in Political Agencies.

NOTIFICATION.

Government are pleased to direct that effect shall be
given to the following rules in all Political Agencies subordi-
nate to the Bombay Presidency : —

1. (a) When any person is possessed of impressed Court-
fee stamps for which he has no immediate use or
which have been spoiled or rendered unfit or useless
for the purpose intended, or

Qj) when any person is possessed of two or more (or in
the case of denominations below Rs. 5, 4 or more)
Court-fee adhesive labels w'hich have never been
detached from each other and for which he has no
immediate use, the Political Agent, shall on appli-
cation, repay to him the value of such stamps or
labels in money, deducting one anna in the rii/pee,
upon such person delivering up the same to be
cancelled and proving the Political Agent satisfac-
tion that they were purchased by him with a bond
fide intention to use them, that he has paid tlie
full price thereof and that they were so purchased
or in the case of impressed Court-fee stamps so
purchased, spoiled or rendered useless ivithin the
period of six months preceding the date on ivhich
they are so delivered.

2. When a licensed vendor surrenders his license or
dies, the Political Agent may at his discretion, if he con-
siders that the circumstances justify the application, repay to
him or his representative as the case may be the values oC

382

stamps and labels not spoiled or rendered unfit for use, re-
turned into t]ie Political Agent's store deducting one anna
in the rupee ; or lie may issue stamps and labels of other
values in exchange provided that in the ease of adhesive
Court-fee labels their value may not be refunded nor stamps
and labels of other values issued in exchange unless in cases
"where the value of each label is not less than Rs. 5, there
are at least two such labels ^vhich have never been detached
from each other; and in cases where the value of each label
is less than Rs. 5 unless there are at least four such labels
which havo never been detached from each other.

( Sanctioned by G. R. No. 6359, dated the l7th Sep-
tember 1906, P. I). ).

Rules regarding the suirphj of copies, dc,
of official documents.

No. 5814 — Revenue Department, 25th August 1904.

Resolution. — The following Notification should be pub-
lished in the Bombay Goverriment Gazette : —

'• It is hereby notified that the Governor in Council
proposes to cancel Government Notification No. 2302, dated
the 31st March 1890, published at page 289 of the Bombay
Government Gazette for 1890, Part I, and to make the
following alterations in and additions to the rules made under
Section 91 of the Indian Resistration Act, 1877, and Sec-
tion 213 of the Land Revenue Code, 1879, and published in
Government Notification No. 7368, dated the 6th December
1881, at pages 792-94 of the Bombay Government Gazette
for 1881, Part I. Persons who have any remarks or sug-
gestions to make should communicate them in writing to the
Chief Secretary to Government, Revenue Department, withiu
•<)ne month from the date of the publication of this Notification.

383

" In exercise of the powers conferred by section 91
of the Indian Kegistration Act, 1877 ( III of 1877 ), and
by Sections 198 and 213 of the Bombay Land Revenue
Code, 1879 (Bom. V of 1879 ), and of all other powers enablinor
him in this behalf, and in supersession of Government Notifica-
tion in the Revenue Department, No. 2302, dated the 31st
March 1890, the Governor in Council is pleased to make
the following amendments in the rules published with
Government Notification No. 7368, dated the 6th December
1881, namely :—

(1) In Rules 4 and 5 between the words ' on payment*
and the words ' of the fee hereinafter prescribed in
this behalf ' and in Rule G between the words
' under these rules' and the words ' there shall be
endorsed, ' the words and parenthesis ' ( except in
the case provided for in Rule 5A)' shall be inserted.

(2) After Rule 5 the following new rule shall be in-
serted, namely : —

' 5 A. Where any puljlic servant is departmentaliy

fined, reduced, suspended or dis-

Certified copies hissed, he shall be entitled to

to be given . ^ c v.

free in certain receive, free of charge, a certi-

cases. fied copy of the final order re-

c*)rded in his case. '

(3) To Rule 9 the following clause shall be added,
namely : —

' (7) For every authenticated translation of decisions,
orders, and the reasons therefor, and of exhibits
in formal or summar}^ inquiries under the Bombay
Land Revenue Code, 1870 : —

384

(a) for the first 100 or fraction of 100 words,
8 annas.

(6) for every subsequent 100 or fraction of 100
words, 4 annas. '

(4) After Rule 15 the foUowin^f rule shall be inserted,
namely : —

* 15A. Nothing in these rules shall apply to any
record or register kept under

Saving of cer- ^j^g Borabav Land Record of
tain records "

and registers. Eights Act, 1903, unless it is

specially applied thereto by any

rule under Section 14 of the said Act.'

XVL

Hides for the, regulation of the manufacture, conversion,

sale, import, export and transport of arms, ammunition

and military stores, in certain parts of the

Mahi Kantha Political Agency.

( No. 774-^, dated the 7th NovernheT 1901. )

1.— Preliminary.

1. Application. — These rules shall apply to (a) the
Civil Station, Sadra, (6) all Thana Circles and petty jurisdic-
tional Talukas subordinate to them ; and shall come into force
from 1st January 1904 from which date all

Commence- other existinor orders, notifications, rules or
ment. ^ ^ _ _

regulations on the same subject in force shall be

repealed, provided that all continuing authorities, permissions,

licenses and exemptions in existence on the said date which

are in accordance with these rules, shall be held to have been

granted and issued under these rules.

385

2. In these rules " cannon " includes also all howifc-

zer3, mortars, wall pieces, mitrailleuses and
JJetinitions. ,

other ordnance and machine guns, all parts of

the same, and all carriages, platforms, and appliances for
mounting, transporting and serving the same. " Arms " inclu-
des firearms, bayonets, swords, and daggers ; also cannon and
parts of arms and machinery for the manufacture or repairs
of arms or portions of arms.

" Ammunition or military stores " includes also all
articles specially designed for torpedo service and sub-marine,
mining, rockets, gun cotton, dynamite, lithofracteur and other
explosive or fulminating material, guu flints, gun wards, per-
cussion caps, fuses and friction tubes, all parts of ammuni-
tion and all machinery for manufacturing ammunition, and
includes sulphur in quantity more than 10 pounds weight,
leaden bird shots and bullets when possessed in quantities
exceeding one hundred weight at any one time, but not lead
or saltpetre.

" Import " means transmission from any place beyond
to any place within the limits to which these rules apply.

'' Export " means transmission from any place within
to any | lace be3''ond the limits to which these rules appl}^

" Transport " means the transmission through the limits
to which these rules apply from and to places to which they
do not apply.

" License " muatis a license granted under these rules
or by competent authority under the Indian Arms Act.

'* Pass " means a written permission granted to trans-
port undt-r these rules arms, ammunition or military stores
not covered by a license.

" Parwana " means a permit to manufacture, convert or
sell arms or ammunition.
25

386
IL Manufacture, Conversion and Sale*

3. No person shall manufacture, convert, repair or self

or keep, offer or expose for sale any arms, ammu-
Unlicensed .^. .,., , , , ,.

manufacture mtion or military stores except under a license

conversion, re- granted under these rules in the manner and

pair and sale ^^ ^^^^ extent permitted thereby. But nothing

prohibited. _ » -^ "=»

herein contained shall prevent any person from

selling an\^ arms or ammunition which he possesses bond fide

for his own private use to any person, provided always that

no such sale shall be affected until the permission of the

Assistant to the Political Agent has been obtained.

4. Licenses to manufacture or convert arms or manu-

facture ammunition may be granted by the

License to ma- Political Agent. But such manufacture or
nufacture and . ? , , . , , ,. . „

convert. conversion shall be restricted to the limits ot

the Agency Stations and Thanas.

5. Licenses to repair or sell or keep or expose for
License to re- sale arms or ammunition may be granted by

pair or sell. the Political Agent.

These licenses shall be in the forms annexed to these
rules.

G. No person shall manufacture or keep in his posses-
Licenses to sion or sell more than 10 Ws. of sulphur at a

manufacture, ^-^^^ except under a license granted by the
sell or keep ^ o -^

sulphur. Political Agent.

7. Every holder of a license under rules 4, 5 and 6 shall
keep a correct and true register in the form
Kegister of jj g,^^ gj^j^]] show in it correctly all stocks^
.stock. . J II 1 /»

manufacture and receipts, and all sales ot arms

and ammunition or sulphur in his possession. He shall ex-
hibit this register, when called upon to do so, to any magi-
strate or to any Police officer not below rank of a Chief
Constable.

387

8.; Any magistrate or Police officer, not below the
rank of a Chief Constable, may, at all reason-
Inspection of able times, enter and inspect the premises of
p em h . . ^^^ person licensed to manufacture, convertj

repair, sell or keep arms, ammunition or sulphur under these
rules, and every such person shall be bound to exhit>it the
■entire stock of arms, ammunition or sulphur in his possession or
under his control and all accounts and records relating thereto,

9. Every person licensed to manufacture, convert, re-

pair, or sell arms, ammunition or sulphur under

Eoard to be af- these rules shall affis a board on a conspicu-
fixed to shops ^ ^ i • i i i t ^ -

of licensed ^^^ P^""^ ^' "'^ sho^ or usual place of busi-

vendors, ness and shall cause to be painted thereon in

large letters in English and Gujarati his name
and the words *' Licensed to manufacture " or " Licensed to
deal in arms, ammunition and sulphur''.

10. The Political J^gent may at any time, for reasons

to be recorded in writinj?, cancel or suspend
of
license.

invocation o ^j^^ license of any manufacture or vendor under

these rules.

11. No manufacturer or licenbed vendor shall sell arms or
ammunition except sulphur in reasonable quan-

Sale by licensed cities, not exceeding 10 lbs. in weight, for
vendors. .• • » . , ,, .

medicinal purposes without the written per-
mission of the Assistant to the Political Agent to any per-
son and then only to such limited amount as may be sanc-
tioned bv the Political Agent.

in. Import, Export and Transport*

12. All importation of arras, ammunition or military

,^ ,. , . stores from places beyond Mahi Kantha is

(jnhcensed \\x\- p.-ii j. ^ i- ii

portation from i^" bidden except under a license granted by

beyond Main the Political Agent or by competent authority
bited^'' ^''''^''' ^° British India under the provisions of the
Indian Arms Act.

388

13. All importation of arms, ammunition or military
CTnlicensed im- stores from places within Mahi Kantha, but

other placer"* beyond the limits to which these rules apply,

within Mahi is forbidden except under a license granted by

Kantha prohi- ^^^ Political Agent,

bited. =»

14. All exportation of arms, ammunition or military
Unlicensed ex- stores to places beyond Mahi Kantha is for-

pkces^beyond ^^'^^^^^^ except under a license granted by the

Mahi Kantha Political Agent.

prohibited.

15. All exportation of arms, ammunition or military
SJnlicensed ex- stores tO places within Mahi Kantha, but

^ther places beyond the limits to which these rules apply,
within Mahi is forbidden except under a license granted by
hhT^ P'^^^^" the Political Agent.

16. All transport of arms, ammunition or military

,p ^ ,. stores through the limits to which these rules

Iransportation °

without a li- apply from and to places to which they do

cense or pass j^^f. apply nor otherwise covered by a license
prohibited. . .

is forbidden except under a pass granted by

the Political Agent.

IV. Penalties*

17. Whoever commits any of the following
Punishment. „

onences, viz : —

(a) Manufactures, converts, repairs, sells or keeps, offers

or exposes for sale any arms, ammunition or mili-
tary stores in contravention of the provision of
rule 3 if breaks any of the conditions of a license
granted under rules 4 and 5 ; or

(b) intentionally makes any false entry in the register

which by rule 7 he is required to keep ; or

389

(c) intentionally fails or refuses to exhibit anything-
which by rule 7 or 8 he is required to exhibit, or
to keep a board affixed to his premises as required
by rule 9 ; or

{d) sells arms or ammunition in contravention of rule
11 ; or

(e) inaports, exports or transports any arms, ammunition

or military stores in contravention of the provisions

of rules 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16;

shall be liable, on conviction before a Magistrate of not

lower than the Second Class, to imprisonment for a term which

may extend to three years or to fine which may extend

to 1,000 rupees or to both, and the arms, ammunition or

military stores in respect of which the offence may have

been committed as also any cart or baggage animal used to

convey the same shall be liable to confi.scation.

18, Any person violating any of these rules for the
Punishment for violation of which no penalty is provided by

breach of rules these rules shall be liable, on conviction before
"rovidlTfor ^^^ Magistrate, to imprisonment for a term
which ma}' extend to one month or to fine
which may extend to two hundred rupees or both.

V. Miscellaneous.

19. Whenever any Magistrate has reason to believe
g ^ J of ^^^^ ^"^ unlicensed person has in his posses-
suspected sion for sale arms or ammunition, or is kccp-
premises. '^^^ upon his premises without permission more

than 40 lbs. of sulphur, he mny, after recording in writing
the grounds of his belief, cause a search to be made of the
bouse or premises in which ha believes such arms, ammunition
or sulphur are, and, if found, may seize and confiscate them.

25 a

390

20. If any person is importing or exporting arms,

ammuQitioQ or military stores without a license

or is transporting them without a pass, such

arms, ammunition or military stores may be seized by any

Magistrate, Police officer^ Police Patel or by any person

acting under their orders.

21. (a) The Magistrate who has tried the case or any

other Magistrate to whom he is subordinate

Rewards to ^ award upto one-half the amount of any
mtormers. j r ^

fine inflicted under these rules and upto one-
half the sale price of any confiscated articles sold under these
rules to any person who has given information leading to a
conviction.

(b) Cases in which no fine is inflicted or in which ife
appears desirable to give a reward larger than is provided
for above shall be submitted for the orders of the Political
Agent by or through the Assistant to the Political Agent.

22. No prosecution under these rules shall be instituted
Sanctiou for except under the orders of which the sanctioa

prosecution ^f t^e Assistant to the Political Agent,
necessary.

23. The Political Agent may from time to time make

rules not inconsistent with these rules to de-
Powers to make termi'ie the forms in which and the terms and
subsidiary ,,•,,• , ,•

rules. conditions on and subject to which any license,

pass or Parwana shall be granted under these
rules, and may by such rules, among other things : —

(a) fix the period for which licenses, passes or Par—
wanas shall continue in force ;

(?)) fix the fee payable by stamp or otherwise for the
said licenses, passes or Paiwauas ;

391

<c) direcf) the holder of the license to keep a record
or account in a prescribed form, and exhibit the
same when called apon by an OfiScer of Govera-
ment to do ao;

{d) direct him to produce or account for the arms or
ammunition when called upon to do bo,

24. Kothing contained in these rules shall be deemed
to afiect any orders or notification published

Reservation under the authority of the Bombay Govern-
clause. ^ - . , •" . . ^ , . ,

ment, which are present m force or which

may hereafter be brought into force on this Bubject.

392

s;

0$

t<

ei
O

.2

«)
o

»

o

-♦-»
CO

>i

u
a

o
o

a

CO

a

<

o
B

o

o £ .2

0

<*< — ?

H 2

. '=• .2 3^ S

1 -^

a H
2 0

^ p:-^

£ fH

o _ o

^ rt O > <u O

CL fc^ -^^

03 g O -V c: «5

o -2 -o :s ^ ^

C5 O >!, t«

^•^ Oi ^- £ aj

9 o - 5< .

o ^ tC *— o

S- 'O • tn 9 •■

^ ■IJ r- <V

cc ® «> 2-2^

|:ii

O ^ fc-

£-^■5

D . cr

C^ J ^

«<—

tion
hur.

aaq.nn^

JO saaos

5 =5

ui4qSia^^\

s^

-

a ,

uon

3 -rs

-dl40S8Q

•jaquin^

CO

a

<

nou
-djJOsaQ

^ 00

a; 0)

-c tJO

u- 0 sj

^ 1

&J

0)

-o «t: 'T3

rt ' ^

"0 .£3

0 aj 0)

Nam
addr
icens

^

B

02

393

»

U4

o

•13 .2 ^ :=:

1

J

♦

o ^ C eS

a

o

o

0, ==

fe

H

- ' ■ ■ —

w

03 O o

d

.S3

Sue

.£3

a

S

-^ r^

•

^

o

M .2

&4

OJ .^3

cS

Q g

CO

_

O

S^ & ^ c :3
3 . - oj cr

b

P^ o 8 a £

b

C3

^^

-»j

^ ^

»>-<

C3 JC OT O

&4

P-"'^

o

O >>

•jaqranu

o

JO

a ^ P
3 .— o

tjqSfaM

S3

a

•uoi;

-13 o

-diJosaQ

1

-<

g

en

•jaqtan^

/^i-'>*

<

UOI')

O
A

-duos9Q

^- CO

Q>

0/ o

O

5 3 5

5z 5

-

fl

-fcj 1m

o

C 1>

6 o ^ •

^ '

#5..

^

<:?:».

**♦.

394

o

a

B

u

>
o

o
o

a

o s

a

Date on which license
expires.

0

•a

0
0

OQ
©

Description

of
Ammunition.

Description
of Arms.

Place of busi-
ness, factory
and shop.

Name, Ac, of License-holder
and place of residence.

CS

172

^
s

395

o

S3

B

B

<

o
B

u

a

o
X

o
u

o
o

KTk

£14

o

0

CD

ca

a

r-i

0

0

t-4

*"*

0

.0

.3 0

a

0

-a ^o

0

^"s-

0

£3 0
0

02

v-4

©

CO

"S

Q

0

H

<4-l

° a ^

1 c 0 CU,^

o*-i3 2 —

.9* s 0

Descri

amm

to b

aud

ns

-0 CS '73

0 DD

SI'S

Vy<

OQ

0

Q

1

1

§ g o-S

;r'3 S^

Pu) 5^ c

■^ -0 (S

0 ■;*-

uj 0

s

© <D

« 0

0-^ §

r = 'O

- 0 '^

ffi t3

So

^•G

:z;

1

1

396

^^

o

o

-»^
CO

o

u
o

CO

o

03

H

o

•s^u9ina|dmj j

^

rM

•anqditif;} 1 ^

•sdBO uowsnoj9^j

1718 19202122

•S59||nq napKarj

•s^oqg
•saSpiiWBD iC-jdrag;

•seSpu^ja^o pap^oq

S9sn^

•J9pM0d Sai^SBjJJ

id

»— 1

•jepModupjc)

•SpJOA\g

•sioisi^

•siaAioAs-vj

N

TO

w
O

pq

a

O
O

C CS

•Suipuoi

9jzznp\[

1—*

"SuipBoj
qoaajg;

o

•

o — :

O c8

Suipi?o|
0|Zznj)\[

o

:

•JoUipBOj
lj089.ig

oo

.5 5

•Suipvoj
9[zzn [^

o

•Suipeoi
qo9ajg

It-

O C3

•SlIlpHOj

9izznj^

lO

*JoUip<:0|

qo^9.ig

CO

•p9:jjo<irai
qoiqM rao.ij uoiie^g

>

JO G^ep pue jaqinn^

N

'Q^Vp 1

JUB q5"'»J\[

f— i

397

a

o

Cm

o

<1>

m

a;
-^

a

cS

Si

02
CS

Cm

o

(D

o

£3

•8:)uera8|dtDj

•jnqd|ng

sd^o uoissnoja^j

CO

•B:»oi|g

•

s9^'P|j:jjbo if;drag

•saSpu^jBO papeorj

o

•s9sn^

CO

•J8pMod SuUST!|q"

CO
CO

•japAVodun^

CO

•SpjOA^g

C3
CO

•SjO^SlJ

CO

'saaA(OA8>j ^

•

xn
O

w

H

o
o

m

set:

•53Uipuo(

9|Z2;ni^
•i^iiipKO|

CO

CO

•JoUipT?0|

o|zzni,\[

-

Suipeoi

q099J3

o

CO

CO
Ed

f5

•

aizzni,\[

CI

•Jo(IipBO[

qoagjff

oo

•i&uipwo|
0|zznp\r

•i^UlpBO|

qoaojg

(M

•e^cp 1

one q^uojr^

ID

398

Ui

bo

O
U

u

O

o

o

<
<

u

o

at

&4

4>

Name and

residence

of consignee

Desti-
nation.

Time for

which pass

is valid.

From-The
To-The

Place of
despatch,
route arid
mode of
transmit.

.2

'S

a
a
<

•saaos
ui :jqSi8Ai
JO jaqran^

•uoi^diJosaQ

<

•J9qranjy[

•noi;diJ0S9Q

Num-
ber of
pack-
ages.

Place of
license-
holder's
business.

Name, &c., of
License-holder

and agent, if
any, authoriz-
ed for the pur-
pose of this
consignment.

a>
a

c

Q

399

Conditions for the license-holder to manufactube
OR TO convert arms ( Smootli-hores only ).

1. This license is given subject to the provisions of the-
Mahi Kantha Political Agency Arms Rules.

2. I shall keep register of all Arms manufactured or con-
verted of all stock in hand, and of all sales in the form
E appended to the above mentioned Rules.

3. I shall exhibit my stock and my register on demand
by any Magistrate or by any Police officer not below
the rank of a Chief Constable.

4. If any arms covered by this license are lost or stolen,
I shall at once give notice to the nearest Police StatiOQ.

5. I shall affix on a conspicuous part of my shop or usual
place of business a sign-board, on which shall be printed
in large letters in English and Gujarati my name and
the words " Licensed to manufacture and sell arms ".

6. I shall not sell arms to anybody unless he produces
a written permission of the Political Agent, MahL
Kantha.

7. I shall at the time of sale endorse upon the license for
every purchaser holding license under Rule II from the
Political Agent (1) the name and address of the person
who takes delivery of the article sold, (2) the nature
and amount of the article sold, (3) the date of sale and
shall sign the endorsement.

8. The license only covers sales of arms effected upon the
premises shown on the face of the license.

9. I shall submit to the Political Agent through tho

of . at

the end of each month a statement showing the number
and description of arms in stock, newly manufactured,,^
sold during the month and those remaining in stocky

400

10. The license expires on the 31st March of the year in
which it is issued, but I can have it renewed by filling
an application for the renewal bearing a stamp of the
value of Rs. 20.

11. This license does not authorise me to possess Govern-
ment Arms.

12. This license is subject to revocation or suspension by
the orders of the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, for
the reasons stated therein.

Conditions for the Licence-holder to repair arms.

1. This license is given subject to the provisions of the
Mahi Kantha Political Agency Arms Rules.

2. I shall ke ep a register of all arms repaired by me in
the following form : —

1. Number.

2. Name of the owner of the arm.
S. Description of arm.

4. Number and date of the Political Agent's order
granting sanction to repair the arm.

5. Date of receipt.
G. Date of delivery.

7. Signature of the recipient.

8, Remarks.

3. I shall exhibit my stock and my register on demand by
any Magistrate or by any Police officer not below the
rank of a Chief Constable.

4. If any arms covered by this license are lost or stolen,
I shall at once give notice at the nearest Police
Station.

.5. I shall affix on a conspicuous part of my shop or
usual place of business, a sign-board on which shall be

401

printed in large letters in English and in the Vernacular,
uiy name and the words " Licensed to repair arms ".

6, This license only covers repairing of arms effected upon
the premises shown on the face of the license.

7. I shall not repair arm or arms of anybody unless he
produces a written permission of the Political Agent,
Mabi Kantha.

8. This license expires on the 31st March of ever^^ year
in which it is issued, but I can have it renewed by
filling an application for its renewal bearing a stamp of
the value of Rs. 10.

9, This liccnsa is subject to revocation or suspension by
the orders of the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, for
the reasons stated therein.

XVIL

'" Opiunv Regulations, 1895.
(No. 7207, dated the 18th September 1895.)

1. Opium includes also green poppy-heads, preparations
or admixtures of opium and intoxicating drugs prepared
from the poppy.

2. The cultivation of the poppy or the manufacture
of opium within the territory of the State is prohibited.

3. The import of opium from any place outside the
State limits is prohibited except under a pass signed by the
Political Agent, t

* These Regulations have also been adopted by the Chiefs in the
Jurisdictional States.

f No person entering the limits of any of the States, Talukas and
Thana Circles of the Mahi Kantha Agency and bringing with him small
quantities of opium for iramodiato personal consumption not exceeding in
weight 3 tolas shall be prosecuted under the Opium Kulcs in force for im-
porting this opium unless there is clear evidence that the opium is other-
Tvise contraband.

( Agency Wotification No. 243, dated the 12t^ January 1907. )

26

402

4. The export of opium to any place outside tlie
State limits is prohibited.

5. The transport from one place to another within the
State limits of any quantity of opium exceeding in weight
such maximum quantity as the Darbar has undertaken to
prescribe is prohibited, except under cover of a permit
granted by a duly authorised officer.

6. Except as provided in clauses 7 and 8, (i) no per-
son shall have in his possession any opium other than opium
purchased from the Darbar or from a farmer or licensed
vendor, (u) no person, not being a farmer or licensed vendor,
shall have in his possession more than such maximum quan-
tity of opium as the Darbar has undertaken to prescribe.

7. Clause 6 does not apply to —

[i) Opium in transit covered by a permit under clause
5, or

(ii) Opium imported according to rule, during transit to
its destination.

8. There may be j^ranted (a) to any medical practi-
tioner a license for the possession of opium for medical pur-
poses only ; (b) to any person a special permit authorizing
him for a specified period to have in his possession, for pri-
vate consumption only, a specified quantity of opium in ex-
cess of such maximum quantity as the Darbar has under-
taken to prescribe.

9. No person shall sell opium without a license to this-
effect, provided that any medical practitioner to whom a
license has been granted under clause 8 may sell opium in
quantities not exceeding in any one transaction such maxi-
mum quantity as the Darbar has undertaken to prescribe aa,
medicine or in medical preparations.

403

10. No person shall sell opium exceedincj such maxi-
mum quantity as the Darbar has undertaken to prescribe to
any person not legally authorised to possess the same.

11. No licensed vendor shall sell more than such
maximum quantity as the Darbar lias undertaken to pres-
cribe of the inspissated juice of the poppy, or oi any pre-
paration or admixture thereof, or of any intoxicating drug
prepared from the poppy or more than five seers of poppy
heads, except to a licensed vendor or farmer or to a medical
practitioner or other person holding n special permit granted
by the Darbar under clause 8.

12. Licenses for the sale of opium shall be granted
by the Darbar only ; such license shall contain such condi-
tions as the Darbar may think fit to impose. Such condi-
tions may from time to time be varied so as to assimilate
them to those in force in British territory.

13. Licenses for sale shall be granted for one year
only ; or the right to sell opium may be farmed fur a period
not exceeding five years.

14. Any person who, in contravention of these reo-ula-
tions (a) cultivates the poppy, {b) manufactures opium, (c)
possesses opium, {d) transports opium, (c) imports or exports
opium, (/) or sells opium, (^) and any person who otherwise
contravenes such regulations, shall, on conviction before any
officer duly authorised by the Darbar, be punished for each
such offence with impLisunment either simple or rigorous for
a term whioli may extend to one year, or with fine which
may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both, and where
a fine is imposed, the convicting ofHcer shall direct the of-
fender to be imprisoned in default of payment of the fine for
a term which may extend to six months, and such imprison-
ment shall either be simple or rigorous and in excess of any
other imprisonment to which he may have been sentenced.

404

15. la prosecutions under the preceding clause, it shall
be presumed, until the contrary is proved, that all opium, for
which the accused person is unable to account satisfactorily^
is opium in respect of which he has committed an offence
under these regulations.

16. In any case in which an offence under clause 14
has been committed —

(a) the poppy so cultivated,

(h) the opium in respect of which any offence under the
same clause has been committed,

(c) where, in the case of an offence under head (t?) or
(e) of the same clause, the offender is transporting,
importing or exportinsj any opium exceedino- the
quantity (if any) which he is permitted to transport,
import or export, as the case may be, the whole of
the opium which he is transporticjj, exporting or
importing,

{d) where, in the case of an offence under clause (/)
of the same clause, the offender has in his posses-
sion any opium other than the opium in respect
of which the offence has been committed, the whole
of such other opium

shall be liable to confiscation.

The vessels, packanres and coverings in which any
opium liable to confiscation under this clause is found and
the other contents (if any) of the vessel or package in which
such opium may be concealed, and the animals or the con-
veyances used in carrying it shall likewise be liable to confis-
cation.

17. When the offender is convicted or when the
person charged with an offence in respect of any opium is
acquitted, but the officer trying the case decides that tha

405

opium is liable to confiscation, such confiscation may be or-
dered by him.

When an offence acyainst these regulations has been
committed, but the offender is not known or cannot be found,
or when opium is not in the possession of any person cannot
be satisfactorily accounted for, any authorised officer may,
after due inquiry, order the confiscation of such opium.

18. Opium confiscated under the regulations shall
be forwarded to the Political Agent or Depot with a list
of rewards that may be ordered to be awarded under clause
19. The Political Agent, after deducting from the sale pro-
ceeds thereof the amoumt of pass fee duo on the quantity
of opium, and paying off the rewards to the persons concern-
ed, will make over the balance (if any) to the Darbar. All
other articles so confiscated shall be disposed of as the Dar-
bar may order.

10. Any authorised officer convicting an offender under
clause 14, or ordering the confiscation of opium under
clause 16 of these regulations may grant in such proportions
as he thinks fit, to informers and any other persons who
have contributed to the seizure of the opium or the conviction
of the offender, a reward not exceeding the value of the
opium and other articles confiscated in the case plus the
amount of any fine imposed, in all cases, except when other-
wise expressly ordered by the Darbar concerned, at least
one-half the value of the opium and other articles confiscated
plus the fine realized shall be distributed as rewards among
the informers and captors concerned.

20. Any authorised officer may —

(a) at any time enter upon, and search, any premises
on which he has reason to believe opium liable to
confiscation, under these regulations is manufactured,

26 a

406

kept, or concealed, and to seize any such
opium and all materials used in the manufacture
thereof ;

(fe) detain, search and arrest any person whom he has
reason to beheve to be guilty of atiy offence relat-
ing to such opium ;

(c) seize in any open place, or in transit, any opium
or other thing which be has reason to believe to
be liable to confiscation under clause 16 of these
regulations.

21. Any State officer who without any reasonable
ground of suspicion enters or searches or causes to be enter-
ed or searched any building, vessel or place,

or vexationsly and unnecessarily seizes the property of
any ])er3on oti the pretence of seizing or searching for any
opium or other thing liable to confiscation under these re-
gulations,

or vexatiously and unnecessarily detains, searches or
arrests any person, shall for every such offence be punished
with fine not exceeding Rs. 500.

22. Any authorised oflScer may issue his warrant for
the arrest of any person whom he has reason to believe to
have committed a breach of these rey:ulations relating to opium,
or for the search ot any premises in which he has reason to
believe opium liable to confiscation is kept or concealed.

23. The subsequent procedure in regard to persons
tirrested and seizures made shall be in accordance with that
generally in force for criminal purposes within the State.

( Resolution of the Bombay Government. )

407

XVIII ♦

Revised Abkari Rules for the Mahi Kaniha Agency.

1^0. 1729, Political Department, dated the 17th March 1910.

Resolution. — In supersession of the Rules approved in
Government Resolution No. 2149, dated the »50th March
1893, the Rules appended to this Resolution should be in-
■troduced into the Mahi Kantha, the Sadra Civil Station, the
Thana Circles, and, during teoaporary management, into such
States under management as the Political Agent may desire
and proclaim.

1. These rules shall be called the *' Mahi Kantha
Abkari Rules " and shall extend to the limits of the Sadra
Bazar, the Thana Circles and all the talukas under the
Agency management,

2. These rules shall come into force from

Definition.

3. In these rules, unless there be somethin£f
repugnant in the subject or context —

(rt) " Country liquor " includes all liquors produced
or manufactured locally. "Liquor" includes spirits
of wine, methylated apiritSi spirits, wine, toddy,
beer and all liquid consisting of or containing
alcohol, and " spirits " means any liquor contaning
alcohol and obtained by distillation tvhrther it he
denaturalised so as to render it unfit for htiman
consumption or not.

(b) " Intoxicating drug " includes Ganja, Bhang,
Charas, and every preparation and admixture of
the same and every intoxicating drink or svh^
stance prepared from hemp, grain or other mate-
rial not included in the term " liquor ", but does
not include opium or anything included within the

408

meaning of that word as defined in the Opium
Regulations in force in the Agency and '^hemp'*
■means any variety of the hemp plant from lultich
intoxicating drug can he 2^roduced.

<c) " Import" and "export" iuckide respectively the
conveying into or out of any part of the above-
said districts from or to any other part of India.

(c^) " Manufacture " includes every process, whether
natural or artificial, by which any spirituous,
fermented or intoxicating liquor or intoxicating
drug is prepared and also every process for the
rectification of liquor. Admixing is a i^rocess
ivithin the meaning of this definition.

(<) "Transport" means the moving of liquor and
intoxicating drugs from any one place to any
other place within the area to which the rules
are extended.

4. No lifjnor, hemp or intoxicating drug exceeding such

quantity as the Political Agent may from time

Transport of to time prescribe by notification shall be traris-

liquor an(i ported or removed from any one i)lace to any

intoxicating . .

(li-no-5 other place within the said area without a

permit from such authority as the Political

Agent may notif3^

5. No hemp shall he cultivated and no liquor or intoxi-

Ciitino; drusf shall be manufactured, no distillery'
Manufacture o o > j

prohibited ^i' brewery shall be constructed or worked and

except under ^^^y pg^'son shall use, keep or have in his pos-
these rules. ' • i .-ii i. m ■ i

session any material, still, utensil, implement

or apparatus whatsoever for the purpose of manufacturing
liquor or any intoxicating drugs except under the authority
atid subject to the terms and conditions of a license to bes
granted by the Political Agent or au officer duly empowered.

409

by him ia this behalf, and no new distillery or shop for
selling intoxicating drugs shall be opened without the sanc-
tion of Government.

6. Except as is hereinafter otherwise provided no liquor.
Sale prohibited '^^^ hemp and no intoxicating drug shall be sold

without a without a license or pass from the Political
or pdhs. _^gej^(- Qj. an officer duly empowered by him
to give such licenses.

7. No country liquor or intoxicatinof drusj exceedinsr
I imit of retail ^"^^ quantity as the Political Agent may from

sale and time to time prescribe by notification shall be

p se ion. g^^lj 1^^^ retail to one and the same person in

the aggregate on any one day or be possessed by any person,
without a license or permit obtained from an officer empo-
wered b}^ the Political Agent to grant such licenses or
permits.

8. The Political Agent may prescribe from time to

,-..,, time occasions on which special orders may be
Uccasional sale. *■ . .

granted for the retail sale of larger quantities

than those prescribed above and the conditions on which such

sales may be made.

9. The duty leviable on account of a license for the

privileges of manufacture and retail sale of
"^' liquor and intoxicating drugs will be fixed by

the Political Agent who before granting any such license
may order the said privileges to be put up to auction or he
may dispose of licenses in other way if deemed expedient
and auctions shall be held subject to confirmation of the
Political A^o.wt. The amount of the bid which he accepts
should be divided into instalments, and the conditions of sala^
and other details shall be fixed by the Political Agent.

410

10. Every license, permit or pass granted under these

^ , rules shall be ijranted on pa7jment of such fees.

Torm and con- '^ , ' l' .

ditions of if any, for such period, subject to such restric-
license, etc. tions and on such conditions, and shall be in

such forms and contain such particulars as the Political Agent

may from time to time direct.

11. The Political Agent may summarily

Power to recall j-gcall or cancel any license, permit or pass
licenses, etc.

granted under these rules.

(a) if any fee or duty payable by the holder thereof
be not duly paid, or

(6) in the event of any breach of any of the terms
or conditions of such license, permit or pass by
the holder of such license, permit or pass, or by
his servant or by anyone acting with his express
or implied permission on his behjjlf, or

(c) if the holder thereof is convicted of any offence
against these rules or any other law for the time
being in force relating to Abkari revenue or of
any crimmal offence.

12. All duties, taxes, fines and fees leviable under any

of the foregoing provisions of these rules or of
recovery of ^^y license, permit or pass issued under them

iillLieS.

and all amounts due from any farmer under
these rules may be recovered from the person primarily liable
to pay the same, or from his surety ( if any ) as if they were
arrears of Government or State revenue.

13. The Political Agent or any other officer duly em-
Powers of en- powered by him in this behalf, or any Magis-

Liv, search, trate of the Thana Circles or any Japtidar or

confiscation x i. r^^ • f r^ i ui

and arrest Inspector or Chief Constable may—

4il

(a) enter and inspect at any time by day or hy
night any shop or premises in which any licensed
manufacturer or vendor carries on the manufacture
or sale of any liquor, hem^) or intoxicating drug^
or stores any such liquor, hemj} or drug, and
examine test, measure or weigh any such person's
stock of liquor, hemp, drugs or materials ; or

(h) enter at any time by day or by nigLt any build-
ing, vessel or enclosed place in \»l/ich he has
reason to believe that liquor, hemp or any into-
xicating drug liable to confiscation under thesa
rules is manufactured, kept or concealed or that
any still, utensil, implement or apparatus is used,
kept or concealed for the purpose of manu-
facturing liquor or any intoxicating drug contrary
to these rules ; and

(c) in case of resistance break open any door anCf
remove any other obstacle to his entry into any
such shop, premises, building, vessel or other
place ; and

(d) seize any liquor, hemp or drug and any material
used in the manufacture thereof and any still,
utensil, implement or apparatus^, and any other
thing which he has reason to believe to be liable
to confiscation under these rules or under any
other rules for the time being in force relatin;jj
to Abkari revenue ; and

ie) detain and search, and, if he thinks proper, arresk

. any person whom he has reason to believe to be

guilty of any offence under these rules or any

other law for the time being in force relatinj^

to Abkari revenue.

412

Power to seize 14. Anj'- Magistrate of the Thana Circles or

iquoi e«c., in Tf^iuj^aa or any Police Officer or any other
open places ^ -^ "^

and to detain, officer duly empoivercd hy the Political Agent
search and ,-,^ ^/^^-^ lehalf—
iirrcBt.

{a) may seize in any open place or in transit any

liquor, hemp or intoxicating drug, or any other

thing which he has reason to believe to be liable

to confiscation under these rules or any other

rules for the time being in force relating to-

Abkari revenue ;

(b) detain and search any person whom he has reason
to believe to be guilty of any offence against
this or any other such law, and, if such person
has any such liquor, hemp drug or other thing
in his possession, arrest him ; provided that any
police constable acting under this rule shall at
once take the person arrested or property seized
to the nearest Masistrate or Chief Constable.

Searches bow
made.

Issue of
"warrants.

15. All searches under Rules 13 and 14
shall be made in accordance with the provisions
of the Coda of Criminal Procedure.
16. The Political Agent or any officer duly empower-
ed by him in this behalf, or a Magistrate of
the Thana Circles or attached Talukas, may
issue a warrant —

(a) for the arrest of any person whom he has reason
to believe to harve committed an offence as^ainst
these rules or any others for the time being in
force ; or

(b) for the search, whether by day or by night, of any
building, vessel or place iu which he has reason
to believe that any liquor, /icmp or intoxicating
drug is manufactured or sold or that any liquor.

413

hemp, intoxicatinof drug or any other thing liable-
to confiscation under these rules or any other
rnlea for the tima being in force is kept or
concealed.

All warrants issued under this rule shall be executed
in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Criminal
Procedure by a Police Officer or if the officer issuing the
warrant deems fit by any other person.

17. It shall be lawful for the Political Agent by

notice in writino^ to the licensee to require

Closing shop that any shop in which liquor or intoxicating

public peace ^^^g 's sold by retail shall be closed at such

times as he may deem it necessary for the sake

of public peace and order that such shop should remain

closed.

In the event of the occurrence of a riot or unlawful
assembly in the vicinity of any such shop it shall be lawful
for any Magistrate or Police Officer not under the rank of
Chief Constable who is present to require such shop to be
kept closed for such period as he deems fit.

18. Whoever in contravention of these rules or of any

rules or order made under these rules, or of

Penalty for ille- ^ license, permit or pass obtained under
gal import,etc. , ,

these rules—

(a) imports or exports liquor, hemp or any intoxica-
tinfj drug into or out of any part of the above-
said districts, or

(b) transports or removes liquor, hemp or any in-
toxicating drug from one place to another, or

(c) manufactures liquor or any intoxicating drug, or
{d) constructs or works any distillery or brewery, or
{c) uses, keeps or has in his possession any mate-
rial, still, utensil, implement or apparatus what—

414

ever for the purpose of manufacturing liquor or

any intoxicating drug, or
(/) sells liquor, hemi) or any intoxicating drug, or
((/) Cultivates hemp

sliall be punished for each such offence —

(i) with fine which may extend to one thousand
rupees, or

(ii) with imprisonment for a term which may ex-
tend to six months, or with both.

For misconduct 19. Whoever being the holder of a license^
i)j licensee, Qtc. permit or pass granted under these rules —

(a) fails to produce such license, permit or pass on
the demand of any officer duly empowered to
make such demand or of any officer specially
empowered by the Political Agent in this behalf; or

{b) wilfully does or omits to do anything in contra-
vention of any rules or orders made under these
rules ; or

(c) commits any act in breach of any of the condi-
tions of his license not otherwise provided for in
these rules; or

{d) wilfully contravenes any rule prescribed by the
Political Agent for the management of a public
distillery established under rule 5 ; or

(e) commits any act in breach of the conditions on
which he is permitted to manufacture liquor in
any such public distillery ; or

{/") permits drunkenness, riot or gaming in any shop
or place in which such liquor or drug is sold or
manufactured ; or

(g) permits persons of notoriously bad character to
meet or remain in any such shop or place

415

shall be punished for each such offence with fine which may
■extend to one hundred rupees.

20. Whoever, being the holder of a license for the-

sale or manufacture of liquor or of any intoxi-

hoY misconduct patina druff under these rules mixes or permits
by licensed . . .

vendor or to be mixed with the liquor sold or manufac-

manufacturer, tured by him any noxious dru^^ or any foreign
ingredients likely to add to its actual or apparent intoxicating
quality or strength or otherwise objectionable in the manu-
facture of liquor or of any intoxicating drug when such ad-
mixture shall not amount to the offence of adulteration under
section 272 of the Indian Penal Code shall be punished for
such offences which may extend to Rs. 500 or with imprison-
ment for a term which may extend to three months, or witlv
both.

21. Whoever, except under the authority of some license^

permit, pass or special order obtained under

tor illegal })os- iI^q^q rules, has in his possession within any
session oi li- , . , .

quor, etc. local area or place in which a uotificatioa

under Rule 7 is in force any larger quantity

of country liquor or of any intoxicating drug than may legally

be sold by retail under such notification, shall be punished

with fine which may extend to Rs. 200.

22. In jirosecutions under Rule 15 or 21 it shall hcf

presumed until the contrary is proved that tho

1 resumption as accused person has committed an offence under
to commission . .

of otlences in these rules in respect of any liquor, hemp, in- -

certain cases. toxicating drug, still, utensil, implement, or
apparatus whatsoever for the manufacture of liquor or intoxi- •
eating drunjs, or in respect of any material-; such as are or-
dinarily used in the manufacture of liquor or intoxicating-
drugs, for the possession of which he is unable to account
satisfactorily.

416

And the holder of a license, permit or pass under these
Tules shall be responsible as well as the actual offender for
any oftence committed by any person in his employ or acting
on his behalf under Rule 18, 19 or 20 as if he had himself
committed the same unless he shall establish that all due
and reasonable precautions were exercised by him to prevent
the commission of such offence.

23. All confiscations under these rules shall be adjudg-

ed by the Political Agent, provided that no

Order of con- Q^dej. of confiscation shall be made until the
iJ.scation by , .

whom to be expiration of one month from the date of seiz-

™^^^* ing the things intended to be confiscated or

without hearing any person who claims a right thereto, and

the evidence, if any, which he produces in support of his

claim.

Whenever confiscation is ordered under these rules the

owner of the thin^^ ordered to be confiscated

Redemption j^^^y ^^ ^^^ discretion of the Political Ai^ent
how made. "^ . . . . '^

be given an option of redeeming it on payment

of such fine as the Political Agent thinks fit.

24. The Political Agent may from time to time make

rules for regulating the payment of rewards to
^rewards^ officers and informers out of the proceeds of

fines and confiscations under these rules.

25. All orders passed by any officer other than the
J. , Political Agent under these rules shall be

appealable to the Political Agent at any time
•within sixty days from the date of order complained of,
provided that no appeal shall lie against an order passed by
the Political Agent on appeal.

26. Offences against these rules shall not be cognizr
Cofrnizance of ^^^® ^^ ^^^ Magistrate exercising lower powers

offences. than those of a Second Class Magistrate.

417
XIX*

Rules for the control and audit of the Excluded Local Fund
in. the Kathiaivar and Gujarat Political Agencies.

Letter No. 4378-1. A., dated the 9th December 1901.

From the Assistant Secretary to the Government
OF India, Foreign Department.

To the Chief Secretary to the Government of
Bombay, Political Department.

I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter
No. G909, dated the 4th October 1901, forwardinjr a set of
rules for the control and audit of the Excluded Local Fund
in Kathiawar and the Gujarat Political Agencies.

2. The effect of No. 6 of the rules is to delegate to
the controlling officers of the funds the authority to sanction
establishment at their discretion and the large proportion of
the appointments on these establishments are in Foreign
Service of the ord kind. Officers in this class of service are
treated in all respects as Government officers but the Bombay
Government request that the power which it is desired to
delegate to the Political Agent, Kathiawar, and the Com-
missioner, N, D , in rule G should not be restricted by that
consideration.

3. In reply I am to say that as the charges are local,
Government of India are pleased to comply with the request
of the Government of Bombay. It is of course understood
that the limitations laid down in the Codes and Regulations
will be duly observed.

No. 331, Political Department,
Bombay Castle, 13th January 1902.

Resolution. — A copy of the above letter from the
Government of India should be forwarded to the Account-
27

418

ant General, Bombay, with reference to the correspondence
ending with his letter No. 0. A. 27, dated the 22nd May
1901, and to the Commissioner, N. D. and the Political
Agent, Kathiawar, in reference to their letters Nos. 307
and 2450, dated the 30th April and 4th May 1901, respec-
tively to the address of the Accountant General.

2. The attention of the Commissioner, N. D. and the
Political Agent, Kathiawar, shall be called to remark con-
tained in the last sentence of para. 3 of the Government of
India's letter.

3. The Governor in Council is pleased to publish the
following rules for the control and audit of the Excluded
Local Funds in the Kathiawar and the Gujarat Political
Agencies : —

1. These rules apply to the funds enumerated in the
attached Statement A, and the Administering and Controlling
officers of the funds named shall be as shown in the
Statement.

2. Nothing in these rules shall be held to supersede
the order contained in Government Resolution, Political
Department No, 3700, dated 12th June 1890 as modified by
the orders contained in Government Resolution, Political
Department No. 4745, dated 16th June 1891, nor the rules
of account hitherto in force in the Mahi Kantha Agency, ex-
cept in so far as they are inconsistent therewith.

3. A Budget estimate of the receipts and charges of
each fund in detail of major head to be prescribed by the
Accountant General shall be submitted by the administering
officer of each fund to Government for sanction through the
controlling officer annually in the month of February.

4. Within the aggregate of the Budget estimate so
sanctioned, the controlling officer ahall have full powers t(x

419

sanction expenditure subject to the following rules and can
reappropriate grants at his discretion but the aggregate
budget grants may not be exceeded without the sanction ot
Government nor without the same sanction should any re-
appropriation be made which might affect pension liabilities.

5. Re-appropriation of grants from one major head to
another to the extent of Rs. 50 only and of grants within
the same major head can be made and non-recurring expen-
diture upto Rs. 500 can be sanctioned by the administering
officer without reference to the controlling officer except in
Kathiawar where the power will ordinarily be exercised by
the Political Agent but may be delegated by him to any
officer appointed to administer any of the funds.

6. The controlling officer has authority to sanction
establishment and other charges at his discretion subject to
the limitations laid down in the Civil Account Code and Civil
Service Regulations regarding the powers of Local Govern-
ment in regard to provincial expenditure and to the general
rule that expenditure may not be sanctioned for objects other
than those for which the fund in question exists.

7. The sanction of the Local Government or the
Government of India will be necessary to any expenditure in
excess of the limit laid in rule 6 and the same sanction will
be required to investments of any surplus balance of the
funds.

8. All bills for expenditure from the several funds
should be in the usual forms prescribed in the Civil Account
Code and should be signed by the administering officer. Bills
for contingent expenditure of an unusual nature and for
original public works or repairs costing more than Rs. 1,000
should be countersigned by the controlling officer.

420

9. The accounts of each fund will be subject to audit
by the outside audit branch of the Accountant GeneraFs
office and any order issued by Government on receipt of the
auditor's report shall become a standing order for the future
administration of the funds.

APPENDIX A.

Administering officer. — Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.
Controlling officer. — Commissioner, Northern Division.

Names of funds.

1. Sadra Bazar Fund.

2. Agency Consolidated Local Fund.

3. Scott College Fund.

4. Jubilee Pauper Patients Endowment fund.

5. Mounted Police Fund.

Mahi Kantha Alienation Enquiry Rules.

No. 3409, Political Department, dated the 6fch June 191.^
Resolution. — The rules proposed by the Political Agent
are, with certain modifications, approved.

2. The Political Agent proposes in paragraph 4 of
his letter of 26th September 1912 that the Chiefs of the
2nd to 4tl) Class States in the Agency should be advised
to adopt these rules with the necessary modifications, and
the jurisdictional Talukdars below the 4th Class should be
ordered to adopt them. He further suggests that the former
should have power to pass orders on the proceedings of
alienation enquiries conducted by them, while the latter
should submit such proceedings for orders to the Divisional
Political officers, and that the orders in both cases should
be appealable to the Political Agent.

421

Government see no reason why such distinction should
be made between the Chiefs and Talukdars of the several
classes in matter of purely revenue administration, and are
of opinion that the Political Agent should only recommend
the adoption of the rules in all gases that the Chiefs and
Talukdars of jurisdictional States should have power to pass
orders ia enquiry proceedings, and that except in a case
decided under Rule 12 no regular appeal should He to the
Political Agent from such orders. The Political Ao^ent and
the Divisional Officers have their usual, power of interven-
tion, with advice, in cases of manifest injustice.

3. Government agree with the Commissioner, N. D.,
that in the case of managed estates and non-jurisdictional
Talukas in the Thana Circles no appeal should lie beyond
the Commissioner. Tlie rules relating to appeals have been
modified accordingly.

Rules for the adjudication of titles to lands claimed

as rent free or 'partially exemjot jvom payment

of land revenue in the Mahi Kantha Agency.

1. All lands uninterruptedly held as wholly or par-
tially exempt from land revenue from before the year of
the Treaty, viz., 1812 A. D., and then in the authorized
possession of a son or grandson in male descent or male
heir of the body of such grandson of the original grantee
shall be continued to be so held so long as there shall be
in existence any male heir of the body of the person who
was incumbent at the time of the Treaty, provided the grant
is supported by a document which is proved cr about the
genuineness of which no doubt exists.

2. All lands uninterruptedly held as wholly or par-
tially exempt from land revenue since the Treaty of 1812 and
before the year 1848 A. D., and then in the authorized pos-

27 a

422

session of a son or male heir of the body of a son of the
original grantee should be continued on an annual payment
which shall not ordinarily be less than half the assessment,
so long as there shall be in existence any male heir of the
body of the person who was incumbent during the aforesaid
period, provided the grant is supported by documentary evi-
dence which is proved or about the genuineness of which no
doubt exists.

3. If any land wholly or partially exempt from land
revenue is held by a widow or any other female heir of a
male grantee before the year 1848 A. D., it shall be con-
tinued to her during her lifetime subject to the provisions of
Rules Nos. 1 and 2.

4. Land held as wholly exempt from payment of re-
venue or on partial assessment the possession of which by
the grantee is not continuable under the preceding rules
should be resumed. The holder should however not be de-
prived of the possession if he agrees to pay assessment as
fixed on adjoining assessed lands.

5. All lands held wholly or partially exempt from
land revenue from the State before the year 1848 for the
support of temples, mosques and charitable institutions should
be continued for so long only as the income from tbe same
if utilized for the purpose of the temples or mosques or cha-
ritable institutions for the support of which the grant is
made.

6. All lands held wholly or partially exempt under
any deed of grant executed after 1848 A. D. will be resumed
and allowed to be enjoyed by the present occupants and
their heirs on payment of assessment as fixed on adjoining
lands of similar quality.

423

7. Lands granted as rent free or partially exempt
from land revenue by any Talukdar will be so continued
durinc' the lifetime of that Talukdar and will be liable to re-
sumption at the option of the successor or the original
grantor.

8. If any land has been mortgaged or sold by any
Talukdar before the year 1848 A. D. but after the year 1812
A. D., and if the document is duly proved, the holder will
be entitled to get back his mortgage money of the purchase
price in case the said land is resumed subject to the provi-
sions of the Encumbered Estate Rules of the Agency.

9. If any land has been mortgaged or sold after the
year 1848 A. D.. and if the Talukdar executing the docu-
ment is dead, the land will be liable to be resumed and, if
so resumed, the mortgagee or the vendee will not ordinarily
be entitled to get back the mortgage money or the purchase
price.

10. If there be no document regarding any grant of
land between the year 1812 and 1848 A. D., but the un-
disputed possession of the land acquired between those years
by any lineal descendant of the original grantee for upwards
of 60 years is proved, such grant shall be continued to the
male heirs of the original grantee on payment of half the
assessment.

1 1. As no Chief or Talukdar in the Mahi Kantha
Agency has the power to alienate his land by sale or other-
wise without the sanction of Government, so no sale or other
alienation of land by a private individual will be recognized
without such sanction.

12. If any Jiwai lands held by Bhayats for mainten-
ance have been sold by any Bhayat, the sale shall be null
and void and the land shall be liable to resumption by the

424

successor or reversioner. The mortorase of the Jiwai land
or its produce by a Bhayat during his lifetime will be
recognized by bis successor or reversioner, only if such
mortgage has been agreed to in writing, at the time of
making it, by his successor in title if of full age at the
time of concurrence, or by his successor in title subsequent
to his succession, or by the Talukdar, or has been sanctioned
by the Political Agent.

13. Lands granted for service to village servants shall
be continued to them so long as the service is performed
according to the exigencies of the village from time to time.
If such land has passed out of their hands by sale or mort-
gage, the transaction shall not be recognized and the land
shall be liable to resumption or to full assessment.

14. Land alienated by a Talukdar for building purposes
shall not be liable to resumption so long as the land thus
alienated for the purposes for which it was granted or the
alienee or his heirs or assigns continue to pay the dues according
to the custom of the Taluka.

15. Nothing in these rules shall be deemed to afFeefc
leases of land for agricultural purposes.

16. In the case of Managed Estates and non-jurisdic-
tional Talukas in the Thana Circles, it shall be the duty
of the PoHtical Ofhcer in charge of the Taluka to investigate
the titles of the persons holding or claiming the possession
or enjoyment of lands held wholly or partially exempt from
land revenue and to submit his report to the Political Agent
who will pass orders in accordance with these rules.

17. Cases already decided, in which orders have been
duly passed and exceuted and in which no appeal has beea
preferred, will not be reopened under these rules.

425

18. A notice will be issued to any person holding or
claiming to hold any lands or any interest' therein, wholly or
partially exempt from payment requiring him personally or
by his Agent to show his title,

19. Service of notices will be effected in the same
manner in which notices in revenue cases are served.

20. Proceedings held under these rules shall be regarded
«s judicial proceedings.

21. An appeal shall lie, in respect of orders passed by
the Political Accent under Rule 16, to the Commissioner,
N. D., whose decision in every case shall be final.

22. The procedure as regards calling witnesses, etc.,
will be as prescribed in the Civil Procedure Code.

Resolution of Government.

No. 5152, Political Department,
Dated the 30th August 1915.

Government are pleased to direct that the wording of
paragraph 2 of Government Resolution No. 3409, dated the
Gth June 1913, regarding appeals under the Mahi Kantha
Alienation Enquiry Rules should be altered as follows : —

For " and that no regular appeal should lie to the Political
Agent from such orders " read " and that, except m
cases decided under rule 12, no regular appeal should
lie to the Political Aijent from such orders."

XXL

Petition Rules.

General Department, Bombay Castle, 26th July 1913.

No. 5528. — The Governor in Council is pleased to

prescribe the following revised rules for the preparation and

.submission of petitions to Government in supersession of

those published ia Government Notification No. 3G90, dated.

426

4he 19th July 1909 :—

Bules for the 'preiMration and submission
of petitions to Government.

1. Except in the cases of parties whose rank may
entitle them to correspond with Government through vakils,
petitions to Government made by or through agents will
be left unnoticed.

2. Petitions will be received, either through the Post
Office or in a box which will be affixed for the purpose out-
side the Secretariat door, and which will be opened daily
(Sundays and public holidays excepted) by the Separate
Department, and the petitions distiibuted to the different
departments of the Secretariat. When sent through the
Post Office, postage must be invariably paid.

3. Anonymous petitions will be disregarded.

4. All petitions to Government should be written as
concisely as the nature of the case admits of. If they are
found to be unnecessarily prolix, or to be couched in unin-
telligible, exaggerated or disrespectful terms, they will be
returned for amendment to the parties submitting them.

Petitions of appeal preferred by parties to civil and
political suits should invariably be submitted in English.
Petitions on other matters may be either in English or in
any of the vernacular languages of this Presidency. Those
written in any of the vernacular languages, when not accom-
panied by English translations, will be rendered into the
latter language by the Oriental Translator to Government
before being placed before His Excellency the Governor in
Council ; but manuscript petitions in the Modi character in
which the words are not properly separated and
Full stop ...» the sentences punctuated wherever necessary by
Mark of mter- i , • ^i. • -ii

jogation. •» oceans oi the marks shown in the margm, will

be returned to the senders to be re-drafted.

427

5. Petitions will not be received by Government
regarding any matters which form the subject of judicial
proceedings in the Courts, or which properly fall within the
jurisdiction of the Courts ; nor will Government receive
petitions containing complaints relating to the administration
of civil or criminal justice, under circumstances which leave
other modes of obtaining redress open under the regulations.

6. The mode and channels through which all ranks
of the Military Service should make known any complaint or
grievance to superior authority are clearly laid down by the
regulations of the service, and are in no respect affected by
these rules.

7. Applications for situations in the gift of local or
controlling authorities, or for admission into the public service,
will remain unnoticed by Government.

8. In the case of private persons appeals in admini-
strative matters outside the law are not admissible where
the person concerned cannot allege that he has been treated
unjustly or has sustained any actual loss, but merely claims
some pecuniary or other concession as a matter of grace.

9. Any person having cause of complaint against the
proceedings of any civil officer of Government, is, in the first
instance, to seek redress from that officer's immediate
superior, who, if he declines compliance, is to give the peti-
tioner a written endorsement, or order, setting forth the
grounds upon which the request is refused. If the petitioner
is dissatisfied with this order, he is at liberty to address the
chief local authority, and eventually the superior civil autho-
rity, by whom the chief local oflScer is controlled, or, in the
event of there being no such intermediate coutrolliug autho-
rity. Government.

428

Provided that where the issue terms on a question of
fact there shall be only one appeal in respect of the proceed-
ings of any gazetted officer or of a decision in appeal by
such an officer.

10. The preceding rule is not to be interpreted as
precluding chief local or controlling authorities from using
their discretion regarding the presentation, direct to them-
selves, of applications and complaints which have not been
previously submitted to officers subordinate to them.

11. Government, however will not receive a petition
on any matter, unless it shall appear that the petitioner has
already applied to the chief local authority, and, where
such exists, to the controlling authority. The petitions to the
chief local and to the controlling authorities, or copies of
them, and the answers to, or orders upon, those petitions, in
original, or copies of thera, must be annexed to all petitions
addressed to Government. The copies required by this rule
-are not required to be certified copies. Petitions by telegraph
■will in most cases violate this rula and will not generally be
answered or attended to.

12. Petitions to Government from persons in the ser-
vice of Government relating to any matter affecting their
official position will not be entertained unless forwarded
through their official superiors.

13. No appeal is admissible from a person in the
service of Government when the action desired by such per-
son is in the nature of a favour and not of a right or when
such person has failed to obtain an appointment to which
considerations of seniority are not usually held to apply.
When a petition of appeal of this nature is received, it will
be returned to the petitioner with an endorsement referring
him to this rule.

429

14. Government will not entertain an appeal from a
person in the employment of a local board, a municipality,
a notified area committee, or a sanitary committee in respect
of any action or decision on the part of the authority
-employing him affecting the terms of his employment.

This rule does not apply to the educational employes
of local boards, the terms of whose employment are regulated
by the Educational Department.

15. Government, after passing a final order on appeal
made to them, will not notice a second petition on the same
subject, unless new matter requiring especial consideration be
introduced.

IG. The exercise of special revisionary powers hj
Government or any high officer of Government will be res-
tricted to cases where it is necessary to remedy some flagrant
irregularity.

17. When a petition is to be returned as not being
drawn up or presented in conformity to the preceding rules,
it will be endorsed with a memorandum specifically pointing
out which of the rules has been infringed.

XXIK

Revised rules fo?' the qualification of persons to practise
as pleaders and authorised translators, and rules
for the practice of p/eacZer.5, in the
Mahi Kantha Agency.

Accompaniments to Government Resolution, Political
Department, No. 3256, dated the 31st May 1915*

NOTIFICATION.

No. 3256- A. In exercise of the powers and jurisdictioa
delegated by the Government of India, Foreiga Department^

430

l^olification No. 2859-1. A., dated the 19th June 1903, and
of all other powers enabling him in this behalf, and in super-
session of all existing rules on the subject, the Governor in
Council is pleased to publish, for general information, the
following revised rules for the qualification of persons who may
in the future ask for permission to practise as Barristers
or Pleaders in the Courts of the Mahi Kantha Political
Agency and for the qualification of all persons to practise
as Authorized Translators: —

1. Nothing in these rules shall be deemed to debar
any Chief from being represented by his duly accredited
Vakil, or from submitting a memorial or representation pre-
pared by any person in his regular service or any person
from conducting his own suit or defence in any Agency
Court, or from presenting a petition or memorial prepared
hy himself or by any person who is bona fide in his regular
service, provided the name of such composer or writer is
specified at the foot of it.

2. Persons of the undermentioned classes may, at the
discretion of the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, and if they
satisfy him as to their general character and fitness and
subject to the conditions hereinafter prescribed, be admitted
as Barristers or Pleaders to practise in the Political Agent's
Courts or any Court subordinate thereto, and to draft Eng-
lish petitions or appeals to any office or appeals to Govern-
ment from the decision of any officer under the Agency and
i^ token thereof will receive sanads on payment of the fees
specified below : —

Rs,

(1) Barristers and Advocates of the r ^^

High Court of Bombay.

}

30

431

(2) Attorneys-at-Law of the High
Court of Bombay.

(3) Pleaders of the High Court of
Bombay.

(4) Persons holding the degree of

Bachelor of Laws of the University

of Bombay.

*(5) Persons who have passed District
Pleader's Examination.

*(6) Persons who have passed an Exa-
mination under Government Noti-
fication, No. 6792, dated the 12th
October 1888.

* {vide G. R. No. 5401, dated
the 10th September 1915. )

iVoie.— Barristers who have not qualified as Advocates
of the High Court of Bombay will be called upon to pay aa
admission fee of Rs. 250 in addition to the above license fee.

3. Persons of the undermentioned class will, if they
satisfy the Political Agent, Mabi Kantha, as to their gene-
ral character and fitness and subject to the conditions here-
inafter prescribed, be admitted as " Authorised Translators '*
and in token thereof will receive sanads on payment of a
fee of Rs. 10.

(1) Graduates of any University.

(2) Persons who have obtained and may hereafter
obtain permission from the Political Agent t(^
practise as Authorised Translators.

(3) Persons who have already practised as Autho-
rised Translators.

4. Sanads granted to Barristers or Pleaders and
Authorised Translators will remain permanently in forf.e
subject to continued good behaviour, the disohargo of -duty

432

vith zeal and integrity under the rules, and the payment
of annual fees at the following rates :—

(a) Barristers-at-Law and Advocates of the High

Court of Bombay, Rs. 50.
{h) Pleaders whose sauads authorise them to practise

in all the Agency Courts, Rs. 30.
(c) Authorised Translators, Rs. 10.

Provided also that any Barrister, Advocate, Attorney or
Pleader of the High Court of Bombay or District Pleader
may, at the discretion of the Court having jurisdiction, be
granted permission to appear as a Pleader or may draft a
petition or appeal in any particular case on payment of a fee
of Rs. 5 notwithstanding the fact of his not having obtained
a sanad under rule 2.

5. No person who has not obtained a sanad under rule
2 or special permission under rule 4 shall be permitted to
practise in any Agency Court ; and no English petitions or
appeals prepared by persons other than the aforesaid will be
accepted by any Agency Officer in any suit or proceeding
or other business of a similar nature.

6. No translation of a vernacular document tendered
or required will be accepted by any Agency Officer in any
suit or proceeding unless it has been made and certified
by an Authorised Translator. The rate of fee fixed for the
remuneration of Authorised Translators is one rupee per folio
of 144 words, and this fee includes the charge for transcrip-
tion and authentication.

* Excei^tion. — A translation of a vernacular document
may be accepted by an Agency Officer if made and certified
by an Authorised Translator of the Palanpur or the Reva
Kantha Agency for any party residing or owning property or
carraying on business in that Agency.

^'( Vide Gov. Notification, P. D. No. 5086, lOth July 1916.)

433

7. Permission to practise in the Agency Courts will
extend to all cases of a judicial nature, whether classed as
Criminal, Civil or Pohtical, unless the Court shall, for reasons
to be recorded in writing, declare with regard to any parti-
cular case of a Political character that permission cannot be
granted. And this permission wiil not extend to the discus-
sion of confidential matters affecting the domestic concerns
of the Chiefs or their relation, with the Paramount Power.

8. Nothing in these rules shall be deemed to affect
provisions of the law analogous to those of Order I, rule 12,
Order III, rules 1 and 2, of the Code of Civil Procedure,
1908 (Act V of 1908), and of sections 4 (1) (r) and 340 of
the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (Act V of 1898),
and of any other similar enactments in force in the Agency
Courts.

9. All Sanads to plead held at the date of the publica-
tion of these rules are confirmed and shall be continued
subject to the provisions cf rules 4 and 7.

10. The rules for the practice of pleaders are contained
in Appendix A.

APPENDIX A.

1. A pleader or vakil shall not be allowed to act in
any suit or proceeding until he has obtained from the party
and filed in the Court a power-of-attorney (vakilatnama)
according to the form contained in Appendix B appointino-
him pleader in the cause.

2. If a party engages a pleader to act in his behalf,
he shall present him with one rupee as a retaining fee for
which the pleader shall grant him a written acknowledg-
ment specifying the date of payment, and if the said retaining
fee be not offered, the pleader shall demand it, and abstain
from all proceeding until it be delivered.

28

434

3. If after receiving the retaining fee a pleader shalF
engage with or act for the other party or refuse or omit to
act on behalf of his client, he may be punished by a fine
not exceeding Rs. 400 (four hundred) ; or if the matter in
litigation be less than Rs. 250, then not exceeding twice the
amount of the sum in dispute between the parties.

4, No order shall be passed under this rule excepb
after an mvestigatiou in writing, nor by oflficers of lower
degree than Assistant Political Agent and Deputy Assistant
Political Agents ; but the subordinate officers shall forward
their proceedings to the Assistant Political Agent, who shall
pass order, subject to appeal to the Political Agent's Court.

5, Where the circumstances are of an aggravated nature
the Political Agent will suspend the pleader or withdraw
his sanad. No punishment inflicted under these rules shall
protect pleaders from civil or criminal prosecution.

6. It shall be incumbent on a pleader, at the time of
receiving from his clients any accounts, writings, or docu-
ments, to give written receipts for them, and to restore them
when required, under penalty of fine not exceeding Rs, 100,
to be awarded by the officers described in rule 4. If the
circumstances are of an aggravated nature the Political Agent
will suspend the pleader or withdraw his sanad.

7. Each pleader employed in prosecuting or defending-
an original suit, or a regular or special appeal, shall be
entitled to a percentage on the amount sued for according
to the rates specified in the Appendix C, as a remuneration
for his trouble in acting on behalf of his client, until the
decree in the suit is passed, and thereafter until such decree
is fulfilled.

8. If an acknowledgment of the demand is entered^
or a suit or appeal withdrawn without being brought to trial^

435

the pleader shall be entitled to only one-quarter of the
established fee.

9. As against an opposite party, the fees may be
considered costs of the suit, but not so as between a pleader
and his own client. A pleader shall be left to his remedy
by regular suit against his own client.

10. The above rules shall not prevent an express
agreement being eutered into between pleader and client for
either a larger or smaller sum than the established fee; but
no excess over the established fee shall be levied as costs of
the suit.

11. Any party may engage two or more pleaders to
conduct his suit or defence, but the party found liable in
costs shall )iot be answerable for more than the established
fee of one pleader on behalf of the other party.

12. It shall be competent to a part}'' at any time to
withdraw the authority vested in a pleader to act in his
behalf on giving the Court notice in writing to that effect;
but it shall not be competent to a pleader to withdraw from
acting on behalf of his client without the consent or the
special permission of the Court.

13. If a pleader is unable to attend the Court in
consequence of indisposition or other necessary cause, he shall
notify the same to the Court in writing, in which case
proceedings in the suit shall be stayed for such time as the
Court deems reasonable, to enable the party to transfer by
endorsement or otherwise his power— of-attorney ( either
temporarily or until the suit is terminated ) to another pleader,
and any pleader absenting himself without written notice as
above prescribed may be punished by fine not exceeding
Ks. lOO to be adjudged by the officers designated in rule 4.

436

14. In case of the resignation, dismissal or death of at.
pleader, proceedings in the suit shall in like manner be
stayed.

15. It shall be lawful for a pleader (approved by the
Political Agent for that purpose) to act on a general vahcdat'
nama on behalf of Jurisdictional Chiefs provided a duplicate
be deposited. In all other cases the vaJcalatnama must be for
the particular case, and general vahalatnama will not be
recognised.

16. These rules shall take efiect from the date of
publication.

APPENDIX B.

See rule 1.

Form of po\ver-of-attorney to enable a pleader to act
in a suit.

In the Court of

Suit for Rupees

Plaintiff;
against

Defendant.

I , Plaintiff (or Defendant as the case

may be), do hereby authorise
to appear and act as pleader for me in the above suit.

Witness my hand, this day of 19 .

(Signed), or the mark of the Plaintiff or Defendant.

APPEENDIX €♦

Statement showing the fees to which pleaders are
entitled for acting from the beginning till the end of a suit

437

or regular or special appeal, including execution of decree^
when there is no special rule nor specific agreement.

Per cent.

In suits for not more than Hs. 2,000 ... 3

In suits from Rs. 2,000 to Rs. 10,000 in-
clusive, on Rs, 2,000 as above, and on
the remainder ... ... ... ... 2

In suits from Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 20,000 in-
clusive, on Rs. 10,000 as above, and on
the remainder ... ... ... ... 1

In suits for more than Rs. 20,000, on
Rs. 20,000 as above, and on the
remainder ... ... ... ... J

Accompaniment to Government Resolution,

Political Department, No. 1397, dated 24th February 1916.

NOTIFICATION.

No. 1398. — In exercise of the powers and jurisdiction

delegated by the

Rule 6 of the Rales puWished nnder Government of India,

Government Notincation IMo. 4174, dated '

the 21st June 1911. Foreign Department,

Rule 3 of the Rules published under Notification No. 2859.

Uovernment Notification iSo. 2556, dated

the 19th March 1912. I- A., dated the

Rule 3 of the Rules published under X9th June 1903, and

Government Notification No. 5538, dated

the 20th September 1913. all other powers en-
Rule 6 of the Rules published under ablint^ him in this

Government Notification No. 3256, dated . , ,"^ ., ^

the 31st May 1915. behalf, the Governor

in Council is pleased
to direct that in each of the rules noted in the margin the
following words shall be inserted after the words " An

28 a

438

Authorised Translator": —

" Provided that in appeals or applications in judicial
matters addressed to the Governor in Council or to the
Governor-General in Council translations of such documents
will be accepted if made and certified by any person holding
a sanad from the Governor in Council as a Special Trans-
lator, or if made and certified by an Authorised Translator/*

XXIIL

Hvles regulating the visits of Native Chiefs

and Thakors to Mount Abu,
* # * #

2. It will probably be convenient if the following rules

are specifically laid down for future guidance : —

1. No Chief or Thakor should visit Mount Ab»

without the special permission of the Agent to the
Governor-General obtained through the Political
Officer of the State. In the case of a Thakor or
Native gentleman of position, the previous per-
mission of his own Chief is necessary.

2. After the permission of the Agent to the Governor-
General has been obtnined, the Chief or Thakor
concerned should send intimation of his proposed
visit to the Magistrate of at least 15 days before
it takes place, and should state what house he
intends to occupy, and how many followers and
horses he will bring with him.

3. No followers should ordinarily be brought up to

Abu for whom accommodation cannot be found in
the building or outhouses attached to it which the
Chief or Thakor intends to occupy. Only ia
exceptional cases can tents be pitched and cbap>
pere be erected on the hill and then only with

439

special permission of the Magistrate, and on the
understanding that Municipal rules will be observed
and the cess fixed by the Municipality on such
erections paid.

4. Similarly horses for which permanent stabling does
not exist cannot be tethered in temporary stalls or
in any open place except by special permission
obtained through the Magistrate, and on the condi-
tions with regjird to sanitary control and payment
of cess laid down in rule 3.

5. Subject to rules 3 and 4 above mentioned when
a Chief of the first rank in Rajputana visits Mount
Abu, ho will be asked not to bring with him more
than 30 or, at the most 40 followers, all told,
including guards, servants and syces, or more than
10 or 12 horses.

Those of a lower rank should be restricted to a
maximum of 15 or 20 followers, all told, and 5
or 6 horses, and Thakors to 8 or 10 followers, all
told, and 3 horses.

It should be explained that these restrictions are
not intended to inconvenience those whom they
concern, but are necessary for the general welfare
and comfort.

G. All applications for the Agent to the Governor-
General's permission to visit Abu, made under
Rule 1 of this Circular, should be forwarded
through the Political Officer to the First Assistant,
Agent to the Governor-General.

* * *

( Vide G. R., P. D., No. 3037, dated the 9th May 1904.)

440

XXIV.

Order regulating the publication of Newspa2oers and other

Printed Works in Territories administered hy the

Governor- General in Council beyond British India.

No. 2651-1., dated the 25th June 1891.— ( An order
respecting the publication of newspapers and other printed
works in places administered by the Governor-General in
Council but not forming part of British India. )

Whereas some mis-apprehension has hitherto existed as
to the regulations in force in territory under the administra-
tion of the Governor-General in Council, but beyond the
limits of British India, with reference to newspapers publish-
ed within such territory, the Governor-General in Council
has been pleased to make the follov/ing orders: —

1. No newspaper or other printed work whether
periodical or other, containing public news or comments upoa
public news, shall, without the written permission for the
time 'being in force of the Political Agent, be edited, printed
or published after the first day of August 1S91 in any local
area administered by the Governor-General in Council but
not forming part of British India.

2. If after the day aforesaid any person shall, withoufc
such permission as aforesaid, edit, print, or publish, any such
newspaper or other work as aforesaid in any such local area
as aforesaid, the Political Agent may, by order in u'riting—

(a) require him to leave such local area within
seven days from the date of such order, and

(Jb) prohibit him from re-entering such local area with-
out the written permission of the Political Agent.

3. If any such order as is mentioned in the last fore-
going paragraph be disobeyed, the offender shall be liable to

441

forcible expulsion from such local area in pursuance of an
order to be made in writing by the Political Agent.

4. Any written permission granted by a Political Agenk
for the editing, printing or publishing of any such newspaper
or other work as aforesaid, may at any time be withdrawn
by the Political Agent or any of his successors in office,

5. The expression " Political Agent " has in these
orders the meaning assigned thereto by the Foreign Jurisdic-
tion and Extradition Act, 1879, and the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1882.*

{Gazette of India, 1891, Pt. I, j). 382.)

*See now the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 ( Acfc
V of 1898 ) which repealed Act X of 1882.

Printed General Acts, Vo.. V. Ed. 1909, p. 14.

XXV.
Encumbered Estates' Rules*

Sanctioned in Government Resolution No. 42G4,

dated the 8th July 1897.

Rides for the Management of Encumbered Estates in the

Reva Kantha and MaJii Kantha Agencies

and the Palanimr Super intendency.

Whereas it is expedient to provide for the relief of certain
indebted Talukdars and Girasias in the Keva.
Preamhie. Kantha anci Alahi Kantha Agencies and the

Palanpur Superintendency, and to maintain
the existing status of su'ch Talukdars and Girasias and at tha
same time to secure the punctual payment by them of tribute
and other Government dues, the following Rules have been
made with the consent, approval and sanction of His Excel-
lency the Governor In Council, and are hereby promulgated,
and shall come into force on and from the 1st September 1807^

442

These rules may be applied to Talukdars at present

exercising hereditary jurisdiction or whose

Definition •* Es- names are entered in the tribute list or who
tate-Holder." , , , , -r-i ^ i- • i ^

hold and possess Hjstates on political tenure,.

subject to administrative charges, and to Girasias who can prove

their direct descent from the ancestor of any such Talukdars

and who are still in the possession of their own Giras Estates.

Any Talukdar or Girasia to whose Estate these rules may

he applied is hereinafter designated the ** Estate-holder '*.

RULE I.

Whenever it shall appear to the satisfaction of a Poli-
tical OfiScer, not lower in rank than an Assist-

Hecommenda- ^^^ Political Agent or Superintendent, from
tion for . . , ^. , ^ ^/

application of enquiries made either ot nis own motion or

Kules to upon an application from a Talukdar or Girasia

encumbered , . , .• i i xi_ .^

Estate. to whom these rules are applicable, that any

such Talukdar or Girasia is, either personally
or in respect of his landed Estate, subject to debts or liabi-
lities of such an amount that there is no reasonable anticipa-
tion that they can or will be liquidated in any otlier way>
he shall recommend that these Rules be applied to the said
Estate as an encumbered Estate.

Provided that no application from tribute-paying Taluk-
Proviso as to dar in the Mahi Kantha Agency shall make
the Mahi \i incumbent on such Political Officer to take

Agency. ^^^ proceeding under this Rule.

RULE IL

Such recommendation shall be made in the form of a
report, containing full particulars regarding the

"^ecommenda- •^^*^*® ^°^ ^'^ liabilities and the inability of
tion. the Estate-holder to meet the liabilities, to

the Political Agent or Political Superintendent,
^s the case may be.

443

RULE III.

The Political Agent or Political Superintendent, oniv
receiving the report prescribed by the last
^n^^'umb'^^red ^^ preceding Rule, and after satisfying himself
Estate brought that there is a reasonable case for applying-

under manage- these Rules, may publicly notify that the said
ment. . » ». ^^ ^

Estate 18, from the date of such notification,

an encumbered Estate and is placed under management, and'

will be dealt with in the manner provided by these Rules.

Provided that no management under these Rules shall
extend beyond the period of twenty years from.

Proviso as to ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ aforesaid notification. At th©
duration oi ^

management. end of that time, all debts and liabilities^

except Government dues, existing at the tim&
of the said notification, and comprised in the scheme o£
liquidation hereinafter defined, shall be deemed to be fully
discharged and satisfied for all intents and purposes what-
soever.

RULE IV.

For every Estate so placed under management a
Manager shall be appointed, who shall, unless
' of Manager the Political Agent or Political Superinten-
Vesting of Es- dent in any case otherwise directs, be one of
'^^'^^^^^"^^°''- his Assistants. There shall vest in the Ma-
na<Ter, for the purposes of administering the said encumbered
Estate, all and wvery right to moveable and immoveable pro-
perty of or to which the Estate-holder was on the date of
the notificatioQ possessed or entitled, or which may there-
after, during the continuance of the management, be acquired,
by or devolve on him.

444

Provided that the words ** Moveable property " in this

Rule shall not be held to include household

-, ,r i^,^ (joods or wearinof apparel required for the

■** Moveable ^ ^ \^

p roper t3\ " personal use of the said Estate-holder or any

member of his family. The Estate-holder shall
be bound to furnish a list of all moveable property in his
possession, and the Manager may require that all surplus
ornaments and other property in the possession of the Estate-
holder shall be produced before him for disposal.

RULE V.

From the date of the aforesaid notification any proceed-
ings pending in any Civil Court in respect to

Effect of noti- ^ny debt or liability of the Estate-holder shall
iication, &c. -' ''

be stayed ; and the operation of all processes,

executions and attachments of or by any Civil Court, then
in force in respect of the Estate, shall become inoperative
and so long as the Estate remains under management as an
encumbered Estate, no fresh proceedings, processes, execu-
tions or attachments shall be instituted in or issued from or
ordered by any such Court in respect of the Estate-holder's
debts and liabilities.

RULE VI.

From the date of the aforesaid notifica-
^f^ES-holder *^^^" *^^ Estate-holder shall become and shall
to contract, &c. be, so long as the management continues, in-
competent-

(a) to enter into any contract involving himself or
the Estate in pecuniary liability,

(6) to mortgage, charge, lease or alienate the Estate
or any part thereof,

445

(c) to grant valid receipts for the rents and profits
arising or accruing therefrom.

KULE VII.

Within 15 days from the date of his appointment the

Manager shall publish in such manner as may

Publication of be most effective a notice in Gujarati calling

notice to claim- ^ ^jj persons having claims against the

auts against i ^^ so

Estate. Estate-holder or the Estate to present their

claims in writing to the Manager within 3

months from the date of the publication of the notice. He

shall also cause copies of the notice to be posted up in the

Thandar's Kacheries in the district in which the Estate is

situated.

RULE VIII.

Every claim so presented shall be in writing, shall be
explicit, shall give all the particulars withia

FiKng of claim, the claimant's knowledge, and shall, wherever
practicable, be supported by every document

upon which the claimant relies. The Manager may refuse to

accept documentary evidence not adduced with the statement

of claim at the time when it was presented.

RULE IX.

If the document relied on be an entry in any book, the
claimant shall produce the book to the Manager,
^books '"^ together with a copy of the entry. The Mana-
ger shall mark the book for the purpose of the
identification, and after examining and comparing the copy
with the original and recording a certificate, on the copy to
that effect, shall return the book to the claimant, and the
certified copy shall be kept with the statement of the claim^

446

RULE X.

Every claim other than a claim by
Effect of not Government not filed within the time and in

filing claim .^ ^ • t. i i n l

within pres- the manner prescribed in Kule 8 shall be
cribed time, deemed to have been duly discharged and shall
be for ever barred.

Provided that it shall be within the competence of the

Manager to allow to any claimant a further

W P^"°^ ^^ ^ months within which he may

satisfy the Manager that he had good and

sufficient reasons for not filing his claim within the prescribed

period.

Every order for allowing an extension of time under
this Rule shall be recorded by the Manager in writing and
in the form of a proceeding showing his reasons for allowing
the extension.

When the Manager refuses to allow an extension of time
under these Rules he shall record his reasons for such refusal
in writinor.

RULE XL

When a claim has been duly presented, the Manager

shall endorse the statement of claim in his

claims ^^^ handwriting and number it in its order of

priority. As soon as the period within which

<jlaims may be presented has expired, the Manager shall,

without delay, enquire, in their due order as far as may be,

or otherwise, as may best suit the public convenience, into all

the claims that have been presented against the Estate.

RULE XII.

Subject to the provision of Rule 20 such
enquiry. enquiries shall, in all cases, be conducted in

accordance with the following principles :—

447

(a) The first point to be ascertained, wherever
possible, shall be the amount of the principal sum
originally lent by each creditor. The history of
each claim should be studied carefully and tracecl
as accurately as possible with a view to obtaining
such information.

(b) When the Manager has satisfied himself as to tha
amount or approximate amount of the principal,
he shall allow upon it 6 per cent, simple
interest per annum from the date of the loan to
the date of the notification issued under Rule III,
and the aggregate sum so arrived at and nothing
more, shall be the sum awarded under these rules,
provided that in no case shall the amount of the
interest awarded be in excess of the principal.

(c) If, owing to the deficiency of the income of th©
Estate, it cannot provide for all debts or cannot
pay the interest due at the prescribed rate with-
in the aforesaid period of 20 years, such reduc-
tion shall be made (1) in the rate of interest,
and (2) in the admitted principal debt, as may
be necessary for the proportionate liquidation of
all debts in their several orders within the said
specified period.

(d) If it appear that the debt was incurred by the
predecessor in title of the Estate-holder without
his concurrence and was not subsequently recog-
nized by the Estate-holder, the claim shall be
dismissed.

Provided that in cases in which the Estate-holder is a.
minor, it shall rest with the Political Agent or Superinten-
dent to recognize any debts which may seem to hiux
reasonable.

448

RULE XIII.

If it appear that the interest already received by any

claimant amounts to double the principal.

Dismissal o ^^ ^j^^ principal plus 6 per cent, compound

interest, the claim shall be dismissed.

RULE XIV.

Subject to the above general principles, the investiga-
tion and settlement of all points of detail shall
Procedure. rest with the Manager. The procedure to be

followed shall as nearly as may be conveuient;
be the procedure followed by Civil Courts in adjudicating
upon Civil claims. But the Manager will always have consi-
derably more latitude than a Civil Court in dealing with
evidence ; as for instance, in going behind bonds for the
purpose of ascertaining what sums were really advanced to
the Estate-holder.

RULE XV.

Subject to the provisions of Rule 20, the Manager will

carefully investigate the real merits of every

Investigation ^j^^j^ ^^^j g^l-jgf himself that, where a debt

(ot merits oi

claim, appears to be for value received, value really

was received ; and that where a debt appears
to be for service rendered, the service was rendered and was
equivalent to the money value sought to bo recovered.

RULE XVI.
It shall be within the competence of the Manager to
refuse to award interest in any case when he

Refusal to ^^^g ^|^^|. ^^^^ accounts are not satisfactory,
award interest ^ _ "^

if accounts When the advance of the principal cannot be

unsatisfactory, satisfactorily traced, a deduction of 50 per eerti.

is to be made from the amount of the debt

as it appears at the time when first there is satisfactory

proof of it.

449
RULE XVII.

Ko interest payable in j,^ abseuce of a provision for

absence of express provi- . ^ ^ . ^ <iiii ,i i

gJQjj^ interest, no interest shall be allowed.

RULE XVIII.

All payments made by the Estate-holder to the claim-
ant or profits, which have been enjoyed by

Disallowance of such' creditor towards the liquidation of any
interest m . . , ,

certain cases. debt or liability, shall be deducted from the

principal sum of the debt of liability, and

interest on an amount equal to such deducted sum shall be

disallowed from the time of such payment or enjoyment, and

the Manager shall be empowered to decide on the amount of

profits realized under such enjoyment, after examining such

proofs as are presented to him.

RULE XIX.

The Manager may, with the previous sanctions of the
Political Agent or Political Superintendent,

Appointment of appoint, with such rates of remuneration as
Committee oi
Enquiry. T^^y he reasonable, a committee of 3 Native

gentlemen of experience, two at least of whom
shall not be in the service of the Agency, to assist the Mana-
ger in deciding what claims are admissible and to what
amount under these rule.s. Any expenditure incurred under
this rule shall be deemed to be a part of the expenses of
management.

RULE XX.
In any case where debts have been awarded against the
Estate-holder by the decree of a competent

^dl'cTee'of'civa ^'^'^ ^'''''^ ^'^"""^ *^^ ^^^^^® ^""^ declared to
Court. bfc ^n encumbered Estate, the Manager shall

accept the decree as conclusive proof of the

amount therein awarded.

29

450

Provided that —

I. The Manager shall be empowered, if he has
reasonable ground for believing that the amount
decreed is more than twice the amount of the
original debt, to go behind the decree and en-
quire into the history of the transaction, with
liberty to reduce the amount of the claim to
such sum as will represent the original debt, plus
interest thereon to an equal amount, minus any
sums paid on account, in satisfaction either of
principal or interest.

II. The Manager shall be empowered, in preparing
the liquidation scheme under rule 18, to reduce
the decretal amount in conformity with a general
rateable reduction of all debts due by the Estate-
holder.

III. The Manager shall likewise be empowered to
reduce the rate of interest awarded by the Court
which made the decree to the same general rate
of interest as is allowed by Rule XII.

RULE XXI.

Liquidation of Debts shall be liquidated in order of

debts. priority subject to the following provisos : —

(a) Debts secured on the Estates shall take prece-
dence of all debts not so secured.

(h) Decreed debts shall take precedence of bonded
and account debts.

Provided also that all debts shall be liable, in case
of necessitj, to rateable reduction under Rule XII, clause CL

451

EULE XXII.

In dealing with all claims against an encumbered Estate,

the Manager shall be guided by the Limita-

Lmiitation ^^^^^ Law, if any, and the Registration Rules,

Law and if any, for the time being in force in the

lufef'^'^^^^^ Agency or Superintendency Courts, so far as

they may be applicable.

RULE XXIIL

As soon as the total amount of debts and liabilities

has been finally ascertained, the Manager shall,

*'''^i,^i"^^^*^,f^ without delay, prepare and submit to the
bcheme . . , . .

Political Agent or Political Superintendent a

schedule of such debts and liabilities in the order in which
it is proposed to pay them off, and a scheme to be called
*' The Liquidation Scheme ", shewing the manner in which
it is proposed to pay and discharge the said debts and liabi-
lities out of the available revenues of the Estate, after
making provision for all expenses incidental to the manage-
ment including the payment of Government tribute and other
dues, charges for establishment, repairs and improvements,
allowance for the maintenance and education of members of
the Estate-holder's family and for necessary ceremonial
observances.

RULE XXIV.

The Political Agent or the Political Superintendent

may thereupon, immediately, or after such

Sanction and further enquiry as he may direct, sanction the
publication ot .

Scheme. Liquidation Scheme in the form of which he

finally approves. And the Political Agent or

Superintendent shall thereupon, without delay, publish the

Liquidation Scheme in the most effective manner with a

notification that be has sanctioned it.

452

RULE XXV.

The effect of such public noti6cation shall be to extin-
guish finally all debts other than Government
Eflfect of not)- ^jygg Q^yg^ ^ ^^Q Estate-holder; and every
ncation. . , , i

claimant shall be entitled to receive under the

Liquidation Scheme the amount (if any) finally awarded ta
him therein, in respect of his claim, and nothing more.

Provided, however, that if the condition of the Estate
.shall at any subsequent period durinor the management be
found sufficiently prosperous to justify payments considerably
larger than those awarded in liquidation of debts, nothing in
these rules shall be deemed to debar the Political Agent or
Political Superintendent from making a sup}ilementary award
on the general principles hereinbefore approved.

RULE XX VL

The Manager shall be empowered to require any mort-
gagee in possession of any part of an encum-

Recovery of bered Estate to deliver up his possession to
mortgaged
property. the Manager at the close of the revenue year

during which the Estates came under these
rules, and on the failure of the mortgagee so to surrender
possession, to summarily evict him, or any person obstruct-
ing or resisting on his behalf, from the said portion of the
encumbered Estates.

Nothing in this rule shall be held to affect the right of
such mortgagee to receive under the Liquidation Scheme the
amount ( if any ) awarded to him.

RULE XXVII.

If the Estate-holder dies after his Estate has beea
declared to be an encumbered Estate and

Death of Estate- ^^^^.^^^ ^^^^ management has terminated, all
hoiuers. °

claims against the Estate shall be extinguished

453

except debts due to Government or incurred with the sanc-
tion of Government or, where the successor to such Estate-
holder is a minor, such other debts as the PoHtical A^ent
or Superintendent may recognise as reasonable.

RULE XXVIII.

An appeal from any act done or order made by the

Manager shall lie within 6 weeks to the

Appeal against Political Agent or Political Superintendent,
Manager s act , i i

or order. ^"d the order passed on such appeal shall be

final.

RULE XXIX.

The Manager shall be assisted by a sufficient establish-
ment of auditors, sub-managers and other
^ot'^StorT* subordinates, and may depute to them such
and others. duties as the Political Agent or Political
Superintendent may determine. Provided that
all such, subordinates as may be entrusted with the collection
or custody of money shall furnish adequate security. The
Estate-holder or any member of his family shall, with the
Political Agent's or Political Superintendent's sanction, be
eligible for employment under this rule.

RULE XXX.

Every Manager appointed under these rules and every

subordinate of such Manager shall be

Managers and subordi* j^^^^j ^^ ^^ ^ ^^jj^ ^^^^^^^ ^j^^^j^

nates deemed to be ^

''public servants". Mana- the meaning of the Indian Penal
ger's proceedings deemed q^^^ ^^^ ^ investigation con-
to be " judicial proceed- i , r ^ •
ings'', ducted before a Manager in respect

to any claim preferred under these

rules, or to any matter connected with such claim, shall be

deemed to be a judicial proceeding within the meaning of the

Indian Penal Code.

29 a

454

RULE XXXI.

Suits barred in ^^ ^^'^^^ ^^ ^*^®^ proceedings shall h&

respect of maintained against any person in respect

hona-Me act ^f ^^^ thing done hona-fide in pursuance of
under rules. ^ a s-

these rules.

RULE XXXI L

For the purpose of any inquiry under these rules th&

Manager may summon and enforce the attend-
Summoning of c -^ j i i.u ^

witnesses and ance ot witnesses, and may compel them to

production of give evidence, and compel the production of

evidence. , , , 1.1^.1

documents ana accounts by the same means,

and as far as possible in the same manfier, as is provided in

the case of Civil Court by the Code of Civil Procedure.

RULE XXXIIL

Nothing in these rules shall exclude the jurisdiction of

the Agency or Superiutendency Court in suits

Saving of juris- j.^lating to the succession to or to a co-par—
diction of . 1 • 1 1

Af-ency and cenary mterest m any Estate to which these

Superinteii- r\x\Q,^ have been applied. Provided that in all

" such suits the Manager of the said immoveable

property shall be made a party to the suit, and that no Court

shall entertain any such suits without the sanction of the

Political Agent or the Political Superintendent.

RULE XXXIV.
During the period of management the Manager shall
ordinarily exercise the same powers in respect
Ordinary ^^^ ^j^g encumbered Estate as the Estate-holder

^Mana^^er. formerly exercised. He shall conduct the manage-

ment under the control of the Political Agent
or Political Superintendent and will in all cases submit for his.
information and approval such estimates, accounts and other
returns as the Political Agent or Superintendent may require.

455

EULE XXXV.

At any time before he has sanctioned a Liquidation
Scheme under Rule XXIV, the Political Agent
^fmanagl^rel"! ^^ Superintendent may publicly notify that on
a date fixed by such notification the manage-
ment shall be relinquished.

On the date so fixed —

(a) the management shall terminate,
(&) the owner of the property under management
shall be restored to the possession thei-eof subject
to any leases made,

(c) any residue of the rents and profits of the
said property shall be paid to him, and

(d) the proceedings, processes, execution and attach-
ments stayed and suspended under Rules V and
X and the debts and liabilities barred by Rule X
shall revive.

In calculating the periods of limitation applicable to
suits to recover and enforce debts and liabilities revived
under this section, the time during which the management
has continued shall be exckided

Provided that this rule is not applicable to, and shall

not be applied to, any Estate in the Reva

Proviso as to Kantha Agency; and that nothing in this
Reva Kantha i , ,, i

andMahiKan- rule shall render any tribute-paying Estate in

tha Agency. the Mahi Kantha Agency liable to any pro-
ceedings, processes, executions, or attachments
to which it would not otherwise be liable.

RULE XXXVL
When the debts and liabilities mentioned in the Liquida-
tion Scheme have been paid and discharged as
Termination of lu • -i j .• • i ^ i -r-» i

managemeut. ^"^rem provided, or extmguished under Rule

XXVII, the Political Agent or Superintendent

456

as the case may be, shall, unless the Estate-holder ( or
his successor in interest ) is then a minor, upon a report
from the Manager, publish a tiotice fixing a date for the
termination of the management. In cases in which the Estate-
holder ( or his successor in interest ) is a minor, the date to
be fixed for the termination of the manao^ement shall not be
earlier than that on which the minority will terminate.

RULE XXXVII.

On the date so fixed the manageraenfc

Restoration of ^^^^ terminate and the Estate-holder ( or his
Estate to Estate . . ^

liolder. successor in interest ) shall be restored to the

possession and enjoyment of his Estate.

XXVL

Border Court Rules*

Government of India's Letter No. 2173 P. of 8th Sejyteinher,

1877 ( Foreign Department ) sanctioning the loromulgatiou

of revised rides for the ivorhing of the Rajputana

and Gujarat Border Panchayats.

With reference to your letter No. 4785, dated 24th

August 1877, on the subject of the working

1 ."id". of the Rajputana and Gujarat Border Pancha-

dated heptem- '^ "^

ber 1877. yats, I am directed by the Honourable the

President in Council to forward a copy of com-
munication to the Officiating Agent to the Governor-General
in Rajputana, authorising the promulgation of the revised
rules for the future working of these Courts prepared by
Colonel Shortt, Political Superintendent, Palanpur, and Lieute-
nant Colonel Carnell, Political Superintendent, Serohi.

2. His Honour desires me to request that the special
attention of the Political Officers concerned in the Bombay
Presidency may be drawn to the expediency of holding ia

457

future early and regular meetings of those Courts and also
to the remarks contained in paragraph 5 of Mr. Lyall's
letter No. 1802/122 J., dated 7th July 1877. J

Rules for the guidance of Coiirts for the settlement of claims
hetiveen the Border States of Rajputana and Gujarat.

The Courts shall consist of the two British Officers
who may be in Political charge of the States concerned ;.
they shall be authorized to dispose of all cases which may
be brought before them, with power to refer any case or
cases to local Punchayets composed of persons on the spot.

2. Complaints brought by persons against the State,
or the subjects of the State to which they belong, shall nofc
be heard by the Court.

3. Complaints brought by persons against the State
to which they do not themselves belong, shall not be heard
by the Court, if at the ■'•inie of the act complained of, the
complainant shall have resided in such State for six months
continuously.

I The following is the material portion of the paragraph here
referred to : —

" 5. I should perhajDs explain that I by no means consider these
rules to contain the only procedure for enforcing more strictly the respon-
sibilities of the Darbars for apprehension and surrender of criminals. My
views would be that the opersition of tliese Courts should be confined as
much as possible to the settlement of border disputes amongst Bliils and
to the adjudication of punishment aud compensation in cases of tribal
affrays or homicides among the Bhils of the wild tracts and that whenever
heinous offences of the kind described in paragraph 26 of the report aro
committed, the Political A<2;ents should, immediately on receipt of com-
plaint or demand of surrender, bring very strong pressure to bear upon
the responsible State, for apprehension and extradition of otTcnders known
"0 be harboured. In seme cases the offender miglit be tried by the
Panchayat, in others he would l)e made over to the State against which
the offence was committed, under the procedure to be adopted in accord-
ance with a proposal now before the Government of India. In regard t<v
this proposal I have the honour to ask reference to my Uvtter of this day's..
date. No. 1801-121-J ".

458

4. Subject to the exception in Rule 3 the Court shall
"have power to hear all complaints of offences, including
abduction of married women, or forcible abduction of un-
married women brought by one State or its subjects against
another State or its subjects.

5. The State in whose limits a crime is committed
should be held primarily responsible for the arrest of the
offender, and for the restitution of property, or the payment
of such compensation to the complainant as may be awarded
by the Court.

6. Should an offender be followed in hot pursuit from
the State in whose limits an offence has been committed into
another State, or if he be subsequently discovered, or any
|jart of the stolen property be found in another State, the
responsibility for the arrest of the offender and the restitu-
tion of the stolen property is thereby removed from the
State first held responsible.

7. In the event of offenders of different State being
<;oncerned in an offence, the responsibility shall rest with each
State in proportion to the number of offenders proved to
Ijelong to it.

8. Whenever stolen property is identified by the
owner, it must be delivered up to the Coart or the State
to which the owner belongs, and the holder may, if he be a
hona-fide purchaser, sue the seller before the Court.

9. A complainant shall not be entitled to receive com-
pensation for an offence committed against him, unless he
gives information within a reasonable time to the authority
within whose jurisdiction the offence was committed. The
Court shall decide whether information was given in reason-
Able time.

459

10. lu cases of cattle stealing, a list containing th(^
colour, age, and marks of each animal must accompany the
complaint. Provided that, in the event of a large number
of cattle being stolen, it shall be sufficient if the list accom-
panying the complaint contain a description of ten of them,
and the description of the remainder be sent in a supple-
mentary list as soon as possible afterwards.

11. Directly a complaint is made to a State by any
of its subjects of an offence having been committed by foreign-
ers within its limits, that State shall be bound to take the
deposition of complainant and to make an investigation on
the spot as soon after the occurrence of the offence as pos-
sible. The case when completed, as far as the complainant
is concerned, must be sent to the Political Agent in whose
charge the State is. Should no action of the above nature,
be taken by the Durbar within six months of the complaint
being preferred, the Court shall ordinarily not entertain any
claim against the State to which tlie offenders belonged on
account of the offence complained of.

12. If a person having committed an offence in one
State abscond to another State and is there pointed out by
the complainant to the Gamethee or village authorities
thereof, the State in which he is found shall be bound ta
make him over at once to the complaining State, or to
produce hini at the following Court, and in default shall be
liable to pay compensation

13. If subjects of one State commit an affray in ano~
ther and any of the assailants are killed or wounded, they
or their relatives sliall not have any claim for compensation.

14. Travellers are bound to employ Wallawas or guards
to be supplied by the local authorities, and persons who do not;^^
take this precaution will not have any claim for compfjasation-

460

15. Complainants must attend before the Court in
person. If however any complainant should be unable to do
so from any causa satisfactory to the Court, a member of his
household may be allowed to attend in his place at the
discretion of the Court, or the case may be postponed.

16. A list of claims shall be drawn up annually and
transmitted by the respective Political Agents and Superin-
tendents at least 30 days before the day appointed for the
sitting of the Court. Cases which may have occurred within
thirty days of the assembly of the Court, may be heard,
provided that in the first instance the Chief against whose
State or subject complaint is brought has had an opportunity
of enquiring into the case, otherwise their settlement will be
postponed till the next Court.

17. The cases shall ordinarily be proceeded with accord-
ing to the order and date in which they are entered in the
lists of claims.

18. Two months' notice shall be considered sufficient
for the States to produce all parties required.

19. No claim shall be entertained by the Court, unless
it be preferred by the complainant or the State to which
he belongs within one year from the date on which the
offence was committed.

20. Wben defendants and witnessea named are not
present when required, an award may be given against the
defendants on the oath of the complainant.

21. In the case of a complainant not being present,
should the defendant plead not guilty the case may be
thrown out.

22. When a State wilfully neglects to produce any
witnesses or evidence required by the other side, it shall be
ia the power of the Court to award full compensation if the

461

witnesses are required for the prosecution, and no compensa-
tion if they are required for the defence.

23. The punishment by any State of its own subjects
against whom complaint is brought shall not relieve that
State from responsibility for payment of compensation awarded
by the Court, but compensation shall not be awarded if such.
State has surrendered its accused subjects to the complaining
State.

24. The evidence should be recorded in a language
which the deposing witness understands but the record and
decision should be in English.

25. The following shall be the scale for compensation :—
Wounding.
Abduction of married women.

Forcible abduction of unmarried I -p . , ^^

women.
Unlawfully carrying off, arresting or

detaining a person.

Riding Camels. Rs. 80.
She Buffaloe. ,, 35.
Cow. „ 15.

Bull. „ 10.

Sheep. „ 2.

Common poney. ,, 12,

26. In cases of murder the offenders should be sur~
rendered to the Court for trial, but in cases when they are
not produced, the responsibility will rest with the State or
States concerned, which after reasonable time allowed will be
liable to such fine as the Court may direct, any portion of
which may be paid to the relations of the deceased and to
the informer.

Baofcracre Camels.

Rs.

50.

Male Buffaloe.

V

15.

Bullock.

J»

22.

Calf.

>»

5.

Goat.

u

2.

462

27. Informers* fees shall be limited in amount to one
quarter of the amount stolen or compensation claimed, and
will not be paid at all without proof of the claim being a
jubt one.

28. All compensation awarded must be paid within
two months from the date of award; if paid by Hoondee
payable at 30 days that Hoondee must be despatched 30
days before the 60 days expire. In cases in which the
award may be of live stock, this rule will also appl3^ Com-
pensation must be paid at the rates given above for all such
n'6 may not be handed over within the appointed time.

29. These rules are to be considered as a general guide
for the Courts but they need not be too inflexibly applied.
When any deviation may prove necessary, the reason and
object should be recorded on the proceedings.

30. There shall be no appeal against decisions in which
the two Political Officers concur, but cases when they differ
should be refferred to the Agent to the Governor-General
for final decision.

Decisions of the local Punchayets in cases referred to
them by the Political Officers are final.

XXVIL

Waltar Rules.

G. R, P. D., No. S343, dated 2Gth May 1881.

Kesolution. — Government concur with the Commissioner
Mr. Sheppard, and direct that the Kathiawar rules should
Le adopted by the Agencies (Palanpur and Mahi Kantha )
rreferred to, wuth the conditions suggested.

The enforcement by the Political Officers of the liabi-
lify on the Kathiawar States to Waltar is regulated by their

463

treaty engagements and by subsequent rulings of Govern-
ment, which are instructions to the Political Courts.

1. By the Fael Zamin bond, Article 3 ( Englisli
version ), the Chief engages to make good to travellers any
loss by robbery on the way. And the duty of such Chief
is then to conduct an efficient pursuit. If his pursuit is
successful and the thieves are traced home to another Taluka,
the Chief of that Taluka is bound to repay the Waltar or
compensation for loss to the Chief of the Taluka whereia
the robbery occurred.

Pursuit is thus enjoined, and if it is ineffective the full
responsibility of Waltar remains on the Taluka where the
robbery occurred.

2. The Enorlish version of the Fael Zamin bond has
been acted on for many years and is authoritative. But the
Gujarati version ( which is the original executed by the
Chiefs) adds something, viz,, that the Chiefs in whose Taluka
a traveller is robbed is not responsible for compensation if ho
produces the robber or robbers. This must also be recognised.

3. It was formerly considered that, if the Paggies of
a Chief conducting the pursuit took the tracks into another
Taluka, he thereby transferred his liability to that other
Taluka. Colonel Keatinge in his letter to Government No.
20 W., January, 18th 186G, expressed his opinion that the
system of tracking foot-steps of criminals by Puggies had be-
come corrupt and untrustworthy, and proposed that the Puggica
should not be accepted as experts, but that the facts about
the tracks should be simply treated as evidence taken b}^ the
Police and that Waltar should not be awarded on the mero^
statement of a Puggie that he has traced the foot steps intcv-
the lands of a certain village. These proposals were not*,
rejected by Government and may be cousideied as approved..

464

l^riefly, the Chief first responsible is quit of his responsibility
by tracking the thieves home and capturing them not by
tracking them into some other Taluka and then leaving them.

4. In replying, Government, in letter 1918, of July
9th, 1866 (Political Department) laid down that, subject to
the Chief's engagements, which should be generally main-
tained, it claims Waltar for British subjects only.

(a) Where the state of crime in the district is notorious.

(h) Where neglect to assist the person plundered is
proved.

(c) Where connivance with, or abatement of, the plun-
derers by the officials of the Chief can be established.

The same rules were recommended for setting claims
by the subject of one State against another, the Political
Officer being the Court of final appeal.

These regulations are in force.

5. The tracking rules are published at page 329 of the
Kathiawar Directory. They lay down certain conditions
required of complainants and State officials if they would avoid
responsibility. But a breach of them is not ipso facto to
fcettle the case against the defaulter. The Political Officer
will give such weight to the facts as he thinks proper.

6. The complainant is expected to produce clear and
full proof of the nature and value of property lost, and his
disposition of it was reasonably prudent.

7. The procedure in Waltar cases is as follows : —
The complainant first seeks relief from the Chief in

whose Taluka he was robbed. If dissatisfied, he appeals to
the Assistant Political Agent, who hears his claim as a
Political case. Complainant, plaintiff-Durbar Defendant,
there is a further appeal to the Political Agent.

^§5

8. In the following cases no claim for Waltar lies : —

(a) In cases of burglary. The treaty engagement
provides for robberies of travellers en route only.

(5) In cases where the robbery is committed out of
Kathiawar by Kathiawar subjects. Govern-
ment Resolution 3309, of May 30th, 1873,
decided that Waltar is claimable under the
engagement only when the robbery happens
within the province, and that it is unreasonable
to demand compensation from the Chiefs for
acts done by their subjects in foreign lands.

9. There is, however, another engagement by the
Chiefs, viz., not to entertain thieves, and, in default to give
such satisfaction as Government may demand ( Fael Zamin
bond, articles 1 and 4 ). This is the authority for fining
Chiefs for defaults in Police arrangements. Under this en-
gagement, a Political fine can be inflicted in such cases as
the following amongst others : —

(a) For default in carrying on tracks of thieves
brought to a Talukdar's village.

(b) For defective Police on occasion of a burglary
or robbery, or pursuit.

(c) For harbouring thieves when it is clearly proved
that thieves who have committed robbery in
another province came from, and returned to, a
Kathiawar Taluka.

Part, or the whole of a fine may be marked as com-
pensation to the injured party at the discretion of the Poli-
tical oflScer who disposes of the case.

Kathiawar Political ^ gj j^ B p^jiLj,,

Agency, Rajkote — >
December 7tb, 1875. J Political Agent.

30

4G6

The following are the conditions suggested by the>
Commissioaer Northern Division in his letter to Government
No. 149, dated 6th April 1881.

No traveller should be awarded compensation who has
not, while travelling from villages to villages, availed him-
self of escort furnished on application by the village autho-
rities or of watchmen, if halting at, or near a village, during
the night.

The Political Agents may, at their discretion, reduce
the amount of any award which has been, or may hereafter
be made.

Complaints shall not be entertained unless made within
3 months from the date on which the loss was sustained.

The rules now in force in respect of compensation and
extradition as between Mahi Kantha and the adjacent Native
States of Rajputana and Baroda, ordered in Government
Resolutions Nos. .5468 and 5469, of 29th September 1877 to
be acted iipto as follows.

Poona, I Sd. G. F. SHEPPARD,

16th June 1881. ( Commissioner, Northern Division.

Circular No. 4 of 1865.

To all Assistant Officers in Kathiawar

The following rules reprinted with slight alteratioa
from the Kathiawar Political Agency Gazette of 6th August
1863, are published for general information.

When a crime has been perpetrated and the foot-steps
of the criminals are followed up, it is to be an invariable
rule that the complainant or injured party is to accompany^
the tracks.

467

2. When the principal, is uaable to do so from wounds
from ill health or infirmity or from urgent business requiring
his presence elsewhere, he must appoint some person to under-
take the duty for him.

3. The Puorories of the village where the crime occurred
and who traced the foot-prints in the first instance must also
invariably continue with the trackers as lotig as it is possible
for them to do so; after the first change of jurisdiction they
act as referees where the identity of the case is disputed.

4. The Puggies of all intermediate villages should
continue with the trackers as long as the foot-prints are in
the village lauds next to their own.

5. The intention of the above rules is to secure some
impartial evidence as to the place and the circumstances under
which the traces ware abandoned ; they are not now, but
they have of late often been neglected.

6. When the authorities of a village refuse to take
up the trace, or state that they have no Puggies, the Puggies
of the last village, and of the village where the crime occur-
red may conjointly carry it on.

7. In ordinary cases, three or four persons only from
any village should proceed beyond their own limits, but where
there is reason to believe that a large armed band of plunders
is in the neighbourhood, this rule must not be insisted upon.

8. When the trace can no longer be found, the com-
plainant, the Puggies of the place from whence the tracks
started, and of the last village through which it passed must
all proceed to the Talukdar or other responsible authority
whose place of residence may not be more than 5 miles dis-
tant, and report to him.

9. If neither the Talukdar nor any ofiicer of his, liv^e
within the prescribed distance, it will suffice for the partite

4er

iQ question to remain in the nearest village, sending informa*
tion of the facts of the case by a special messenger.

10. This is absolutely essential, as without such report
beine made he cannot institute a search within his own limits.

Kathiawar, 1 Sd. R. H. Kbatjnqe,

23rd May 1865. f Political Agent

XXVIIL
Boundary Rules*

Rules for the settlement of boundary disputes between the

Baroda State and the other adjoining Native

States and British Districts ( sanctioned

by Government in 1877-78 ).

1. A representative from each State or District con-
cerned shall attend the Boundary Officer at the disputed
boundary. Such representative shall be provided with full
written authority to act on behalf of the State or District in all
matters relating to the boundary settlement, and his acts and
proceedings in relation to the settlement shall be conclusive
and binding upon the State or District which he represents.

The written authority, with which each representative
is furnished, shall bs taken by the Boundary Officer and filed
in his records.

The Boundary Officer shall give written information to
the States or Districts concerned of the boundary disputes
which he proposes to take up with the approximate dates on
which he proposes to commence the inquiry or inquiries.

3. The Boundary Officer, in addition to the general
notice given in accordance with rule 2, shall, ten days before
taking up a dispute, warn the representatives of the exact
date on which the investigation will be commenced.

^9

4. Oq the arrival of the Boundary Officer on the
ground in dispute, he shall call upon the representatives to
shew their claims. Each representative shall mark out his
claim by flag^ in the presence of the Boundary Officer and
representatives. When they have done so, they shall be
allowed to have some reasonable time to understand full}'
and completely each other's claims in view to determine
accurately the points of dispute between them ; and if they
so wish, to amend the lines they had marked out to shew
their claims. After this the representatives shall be warned
that no fresh claim will after this be permitted, nor any
change in the ground, nature, or extent of the claim. The
claims shown shall be mapped, and the map, attested by the
signature of the Boundary Officer, shall be filed with the
record ; and a copy of the map shall be given to each repre-
sentative of the States or Districts cgncerned. The map
shall be drawn to scale, and shall sliow accurately the lines
or boundary claiaied by the contending parties, the cultivated
and waste ^j^round in the vicinity of the disputed boundarj^
and any other natural features which may tend to facilitate
the understanding of the case.

5. The authorized representatives of the Native States
and British Districts deputed to attend on tiie Boundary
Officer shall not, on any pretext, leave him without his per-
mission. Such permission, if given, shall be for a strictly
stated period ; and if the Boundary Officer thinks proper, he
may, before granting such permission, require the representa-
tive to be relieved by another representative furnished with
the authority described in Rule 1.

6. In cases in which the boundary in dispute lies bet-
ween one village on the one side and more than one village
on the other, or between more than one village on either

30 A

470

side, a separate record shall be prepared for each villao-e
concerned.

Examples : — (a) A bouadary is iu dispute between village A
in the State of X, and villages B, C, and
D, in the State of Y ; a separate record shall
be prepared for the dispute between A and
B. and A and C, and A and D.

(5) A boundary is in dispute between village A
in the State of X, and villages B and C ia
the State of Y, and between village D in the
State of X, and villages C and E in the State
of Y. A separate record shall be prepared
for the dispute between A and B, A and C,
D and C, and D and E.

7. Pending settlement of the dispute both parties shall
be forbidden to perform in the disputed tract any act involv-
ing proprietorship, and the Boundary Ofificer shall make such
temporary arrangements as may seem to him suitable for the
preservation of property on the land, or for the cultivation
of the land, or for the preservation of the produce, or the
proceeds of the sale thereof.

II. — Of Settlement by Agreement.

8. The disputing parties shall, in the first instance,
be allowed a definite time, usually one or two days, and in
no case, more than a week, within which to a^^ree on the
boundary between themselves.

9. If an agreement be thus effected, the Boundary
Officer shall cause the fact to be recorded, and shall file with
his record the original agreement signed by the representa-
tives of the States or Districts concerned, and attested by
him. He shall then map the boundary so agreed upon, and
cause it to be demarcated with masonry pillars.

471

10. The Boundary Officer shall prepare and file with
the record a full statement in narrative form of his proceed-
ings in the case and of the settlement effected, and shall
furnish to each representative a copy of this statement and of
the map referred to in the preceding rule as soon as possible.

11. There shall be no appeal in the case of a settle-
ment effected as above by mutual agreement.

III. Of Settlement by Arbitration, &c.

12. If the parties fail to effect a mutual agreement as
above, the Boundary Officer shall record the fact. The dis-
putants shall then be allowed a definite time, usually one or
two days, and in no case exceeding a week, within which to
agree to the settlement of the boundary : —

(a) By a Punchayat of men agreed to on both

sides ; or

(b) by a single arbitrator similarly agreed to ; or

(c) by one or more men agreed to on both sides

walking the boundary under an oath ; or

(c?) in any other way agreeable to the customs of the
Districts to which both parties give their consent.

13. The agreement to settle the case by one or other
of the modes described in the preceding rule shall be in
writing. It shall be signed by the Boundary Officer, as also
by the representatives of the States and Districts, and when-
ever practicable by the Zamindars concerned, and filed with
the record of the case before any steps are taken to effect
the settlement under the terms thereof.

14. The settlement shall be proceeded with in the
manner agreed on as soon as possible after the agreement is
£led under rule 13, and the Boundary Officer shall fix a

472

reasonable time within which the settlement shall be conclu-
ded. Such period may be extended by the Boundary Officer
for good and sufficient reason shown.

15. If a settlement be effijcted by any of the methods
provided by rule 12, )io evidence shall be adduced or recorded.
The Boundary Officer shall record the mode by which the
settlement was effected, and shall then proceed as provided
for in rules 9 and 10.

16. There shall be no appeal from a settlement effected
under rule 12, except on the ground of corruption or mis-
conduct on the part of one or more of the persons whose pro-
ceedings were material to the settlement. Any application
to set aside the settlement shall be made to the Boundary
Officer within ten days after the settlement has been
accorded.

IV. — Of Settlement by the Boundary Officer.

17. If the parties do not agree to the boundary as
provided in Rule 8, or to the settlement of it by any of
the modes described in Rule 12, or if, havino- af^reed, the
settlement be not effected within the time allowed under
Rule 14, the Boundary Officer shall record the fact and shall
then proceed to settle the case himself. He shall call upon
the representatives of each State or District concerned to
state whether they agree to abide by his decision, or desire
to reserve to themselves the ri^ht to appeal. He shall record
their reply, and then call on them to ^ive in. within a reason-
able time, which is to be specified, a written statement of
their claim, a list of the witnesses they propose to call, and
an abstract of the evidence. At the same time the parties
shall be called upon to give m, as far as po.ssible, all the
original documents they may wish to put in as evidence ;
and on the application of a party, copies of tha documents.

473

tendered by the opposite party shall be given and every
opportunity aftorded to inspect the originals. He shall then.
proceed to settle the case on its merits, unless intermediatelv
the parties tender a written settlement und-^r Rule 8, or
unless, in cases in which a written agreement ro settle under
Rule 12, has not already been made, the parti-^- tender such a
written ai^reement.

18. If, on the date fixed under v\i\e^. 'J dnd 3 or on
any other day to which the case may be postponed under
these Rules, the accredited representative ci' either party
does not appear; or if, durino- the investigat:iMn, the repre-
sentative of either party takes his departur-^ "without the
permission of the Boundary Officer, the Boaiidary Officer
shall record the fact, and investigate and deri-rmine the case
ex-parte.

19, The Boundary Officer shall hear ;»nii record the
evidence on both sides. The parties shall oe allowed to
produce rebutting evidence. The\^ may also I-" allowed to
produce new or additional evidence if suffi^-it^iifc cause be
shown for its non-production at first. The Boundary Officer
may call for evidence in addition to that produced by the
parties, and shall particularly inquire for, an-l have regard
to, old records or previous settlements beariiiu' on the dis-i-'
puted boundjiry. He is, in short, to adopt ev-vv practicable-
means fur arriving at a just decision.

20. TIiB decision of the Boundary Offi'--!* shall be in
writing and signed by him. It shall contain in narrative
form a full statement of his proceedings in tiis case, and
shall set foith the grounds advanced by eacli r.irty in sup-
port of its claim, and the grounds on which iiis judgment
is based, and it shall be delivered by the E in,dury Officer
in the presence of the parties.

474

21. At the time of giving his decision the Boundarj^
Officer shall invite the authorized representatives of the
States or Districts concerned to signify in writing their
acceptance of it. If they accept it, the acceptance shall be
attested by the Boundary Officer and filed with the record.
The decision shall thereupon be final, and there shall be no
appeal from it. If either or both decline to accept it, the
Boundary Officer shall record the fact.

22. On giving his decision the Boundary Officer shall
cause the line as settled to be carefully mapped, and shall
file with the record a map showing the claims of each party
and the line settled by him.

23. The Boundary Officer shall farnish to each repre-
sentative, as soon as possible, a copy of his decision, and of
the map, and of the acceptance thereof, if such has beSD
given and filed.

24. When the representative or both sides accept the
decision of the Boundary Officer, he shall cause masonry
pillars to be built demarcating the boundary settled. In
cases in which both parties do not accept the decision of the
Boundary Officer, temporary marks shall be made, and pillars-
built after the decision has been confirmed by higher autho-
rity; or, in the event of an appeal not having been preferred;,
after the time for appealing is past.

25. During the investigation of the case the Boundary
,' Officer may grant such postponement from time to time as

he may consider necessary.

26. If either party causes unnecessary delay, or in
any way wilfully obstructs the proceedings of the case afe
any stage, any additional expense that may be caused there-
by shall, if the Boundary Officer so determine, be charged

-to, and recovered from, the party causing delay or obstruction.

475

V. — Of appeal from the settlement by the Boundary

Officer in cases in which his decision hns not

been agreed to as final ( Kule 17 ).

27. An appeal may be made by either party to the Reve-
nue Commissioner of the Northern Division of the Bombay
Presidency, except where parties have agreed to abide by the
decision of the Boundary Officer as provided by Rule 17.

28. If the Revenue Commissioner of the Northern
Division confirms the decision of the Boundary Officer, the
decision shall be final, and there shall be no further appeal.
If the Revenue Commissioner of the Northern Division
modifies or reverses the decision of the Boundary Officer, an
appeal may be made to the Governor General of India in
Council, whose decision shall be final.

29. A certified copy of the decision of the Revenue
Commissioner of the Northern Division shall be given to
each party or transmitted to them as practicable.

30. Appeals shall be in the form of a memorandum,
which shall set forth, concisely and under distinct heads, the
grounds of objection to the decisions appealed against without
any argument or narrative, and shall, if the decision appealed
against be ^that of the Boundary Officer, be delivered to the
Revenue Commissioner of the Northern Division withiri si.^ty
days from the date on which the Boundary Officer gave the
representative a coi)y of his decision and of the map, and'
that of the Revenue Commissioner of the Northern Division- .
within sixty days from the date on which the copy of th»i
decision was given to the representative. In the case ofj
appeals to the Governor General in Council, the meraoranr-
dum of appeal may be accompanied by a Statement of t^je
arguments of the appealing party. It shall be competent to
the Appellate authorities to extend the period allowef'i for
appeal on sufficient cause being shown.

476

VI. <^E the preservation of the Boundary.

31. After the permanent pillars have been erected ou
a boundary, if Jiny be destroyed or injured, inquiry shall be
made into the circumstances. The State, to the subjects of
which the df^uinge is traced, shall be liable, on the jud;^ment
of the Agent to the Governor General, to a payment not
exceeding Rs. 1,000 by way of penalty for the offence of its
subjects. If ir is impossible to trace the actual culprits, the
State againsc wbich the decision was given, shall be held
responsible, aud be liable to the said payment.

32. If siii-h inquiry be done after the expiry of ten
years from the (late of the completion of the pillars, the
case shall be dt'.dt as the Agent of the Governor General
may at the tuM'; determine on a consideration of the circum-
stances of the «-;..se.

VII. — Miscellaneous.

33. Thes.-i Rules shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to
cases in whicli rhe dispute is not regarding the actual boun-
dary between one village and another, but whether a parti-
cular village (>T villages, the boundaries of which may or
may not be aisiuted, belong to one State or another.

34. Ill c (ses referred to in the preceding Rule, posses-
sion in the eiis-^ of disputes between Mahi Kantha and
Baroda and P;ilanpur and Baroda, in the year 1820, and in
the case of disputes between British Districts and Baroda in
the year 1826, .^ball determine the right, unless subsequently
the matter h^s been otherwise determined by competent
authority, or unless uninterrupted and disputed adverse pos-
session for a period of 25 years be proved.

35. The boundary Officer shall submit an English report
OQ each case settled by any of the preceding Rules, with copies
of the vernaculur papers given by him to the representatives.
to the Revenue Commissioner for the Northern Division,

477"
XXIX*

The Kathiawar Agency Limitation Law, 1890»

( Introduction of the Kathiawar Limitation Laio
into the Mahi Kantha Agency, )

PART I.

Preliminary.

1. (1) This Law may be called " The Kathiawar
Short title. Agency LimitatioQ Law, 1890. "

(2) It applies to all suits instituted, appeals presented
and applications made in or to the Court of the Political
Agent in Kathiawar or in or to any Court subordinate to
the said Court or subject to the superintendence thereof,
whether in the exercise of Civil or Criminal Jurisdiction, and
to all appeals from any decree or order of any of the Courts
aforesaid and to all applications founded of any decree, order
or proceeding of any of those Courts.

(3) It shall come into force on such date as may b^

fixed in this behalf by a notification, published
Commencement, in the Kathimoar Agency Gazette, which date
shall be not less than six months after tha
first publication of such notification.

2. (1) On and from that day all rules of limitation

hitherto deemed to be applicable to such suits.
Repealing section, appeals and applications as aforesaid shall be

repealed ; but nothing herein contained shall
be deemed to affect any title fully acquired or to revive any
right to sue barred under those rules or to aff'ect therecogni-
tion, continuance or revival, in accordance with those rules,
of any debt, engagement or obligation b}^ any instrumentiL
or transaction made before thia law comes into force.

478

(2) Any suit in which the cause of action has accrued

before the day ou which this law comes into

Suits of which f^ygg ^i^^n jjg brought -within the period of

<;ause of action .... .,,.." • t i .,, •

Las arisen be- limitation prescribed m the said rules or within

fore the date on the period prescribed by this law for a similar

"which this law •, <. i • i - , p ■•

comes into force ^^^* ^^ which the cause ot action accrues on

the said day, whichever shall end the sooner.

3. In this law, unless there be something repugnant
Definitions. in the subject or context —

'plaintiff' includes also any person from or through
whom a plaintiff derives his right to sue ; ' applicant ' in-
cludes also any person from or through whom an applicant
derives his right to apply ; and ' defendant ' includes also
any person from or through whom a defendant derives his
iiability to be sued.

' easement ' includes a right, not arising from contract,
by which one person is entitled to remove and appropriate
for his own profit any part of the soil belonging to another,
or anything growing in or attached to, or subsisting upon,
the land of another.

' bill of exchange ' includes also a hundi and a cheque.

' bond ' includes any instrument whereby a person
obliges himself to pay money to another, on condition that
the obligation shall be void if a specified act is performed,,
or is not performed, as the case may be.

' promissory note ' means any instrument whereby the
maker engages absolutely to pay a specified sum of money
to another at a time therein limited, or on demand, or at
flight.

' trustee ' does not include a benamidar, a mortgagee
Temaining in possession after the mortgage has been satisfied,
or a wrong-doer in possession without title.

•A

'*?9

^ suit ' does not include an appeal or an application.
' registered ' means duly registered.

(a) within the meaning of the rules regulating or-

recognising the registration of documents for the
time being in force in the Kathiawar Agency, or

(b) under and according to any law made by the

Governor General of India in Council or by the
Governor in Council of Bombay, and nothing
shall be deemed to be done in ' good faith ' which
is not done with due care and attention.

PART II.

Limitation of Suits, Appeals and Applications.

4. Subject to the provision contained in sections five

to twenty-five ( inclusive ), every suit institute

suits &c. in- ®^» ^Ppeal presented, and application made after

stituted &c., the period of limitation prescribed therefor by

limitation *^^ schedule hereto annexed shall be dismissed,

althouf^h limitation has not been set up as a

defence.

Explanation. — A suit is instituted in ordinary cases,
when the plaint is presented to the proper officer ; in the
case of a pauper, when his application for leave to sue as a
pauper is filed ; and in the case of a claim against a com-
pany which is being wound up by the Court, when the
claimant first sends in his claim to the official liquidator.

Illustrations.

(a) A suit is instituted after the prescribed period of
limitation. Limitation is not set up as a defence andjudgment;
is given for the plaintiff. The defendant appeals. The Appellate
Court must dismiss tlie suit.

(b) An appeal presented after the prescribed period
is admitted and registered. The appeal shall, nevertheless^
be dismissed.

480

5. (1) If the period of limitation prescribed for any

suit, appeal or application expires on a day
Proviso where ^^]^q^ ^j^q Court is closed, the suit, appeal or
Court IS closed ... , • • i. ^ i. i

when period application may be instituted, presented or

expires. made on the day that the Court reopens.

(2) Any appeal or application for a review of judgment

may be admitted after the period of limitation

Proviso as to prescribed therefor, when the appellant or ap-

dppe&IS 311(1 111 rrt •

applications plicant satisfies the Court that he had sufficient
for review. cause for not presenting the appeal or making
the application within such period.

6. When, by any special law now or hereafter in force

and in its nature applicable to the case, a
^K°°i?V^*^^ ^^ period of limitation is specially prescribed for

any suit, appeal or application, nothing herein
contained shall affect or alter the period so prescribed.

7. If a person entitled to institute a suit or make an

^ , application be, at the time from which the

Xjegal disability. .,.,...

period of limitation is to be reckoned, a minor, or

insane, or an idiot, he may institute the suit or make the appli-
cation within the same period after the disability has ceased.
-as would otherwise have been allowed from the time preBcribed
therefor in the third column of the schedule hereto annexed.

When he is, at the time from which the period of
limitation is to be reckoned, affected by two
cessive disabilities, such disabilities, or when before his disabi-
lity has ceased, he is affected by another
disability, he may institute the suit or make the application
within the same period, after both disabilities have ceased,
as would otherwise have been allowed from the time so
prescribed.

481

When his disability continues up to his death, his legal
representative may institute the suit or make the application
within the same period after the death as would otherwise
have been allowed fropa the time so prescribed.

When such representative is at the date of the death

affected by any such disabilit)-, the rules con-

Disabdityof tained in the first two paragraphs of this
representative. .

section shall apply.

Nothing in this section applies to suits to enforce rights
of pre-emption, or shall be deemed to extend for more than
three years from the cessation of the disability or the death
of the person affected thereby, the period within which any
suit must be instituted or application made.

Illustrations.

(a) The right to sue for the hire of a boat accrues to
A, during his minority. He attains majority four years after
such accrual. He may institute his suit at any time within
three years from the date of his attaining majority.

(b) A, to whom a right to sue for a legacy has accrued
during his minority, attains majority eleven years after such
accrual. A has, under the ordinary law, only one year
remaining within which to sue. But under this section an
extension of two years will be allowed him, making in all a
period of three years from the date of his attaining majority
"within which he may bring his suit.

(c) A right to sue accrues to Z during his minority.
After the accrual, but while Z is still a njinor, he becomes
insane. Time runs against Z from the date when his insanity
and minority cease.

(d) A right to sue accrues to X during his minority. X
dies before attaining majority and is succeeded by Y, his minor
son. Time runs against Y, from the date of his attaining majorifcy,

31

482

(e) A riofht to sue for an hereditary office accrues to
A, who at the time is insane. Six years after the accrual A
reoovers his reason. A has six years, under the ordinary law,
from the date when his insanity ceased within which to insti-
tute a suit. No extension of time will be civeu him under
this section.

{f) A right to sue as landlord to recover possession
from a tenant accrues to A, who is an idiot. A dies three
years after tlie accrual, his idiocy continuing up to the date
of his death. A's representative in interest has, under the
ordinary law, nine years from the date of A's death within
which to bring a suit. This section does not extend that time,
except where the representative is himself under disability
when the representation devolves upon him.

8. When one of several joint-creditors or claimants is

under any such disability, and when a discharge

pisability ^^^^ \^q given without the concurrence of such

of one joint-
creditor, person, time will run against them all ; but

where no such discharge can be given, time
will not run as against any of them until one of them be-
comes capable of giving such discharge without the concur-
rence of the others.

Illustrations.

(a) A incurs a debt to a firm, of which B, C and D
are partners. B is insane and C is a minor. D can give a
dischar<^e of the debt without the ccncurrenca of B and C.
Time runs against B, C and D.

(b) A incurs a debt to a firm, of which E, F and Gr
are partners. E and F are insane, and G is a minor. Tim»
will not run against any of them until either E or F bacomes
sane, or G attains majority.

483

Continuous 9. When once time has begun to run, no

running oi subsequent disability to sue stops it.

Provided that where letters of administration to the
estate of a creditor have been granted to his debtor, the
running of the time prescribed for a suit to recover the debt
shall be suspended while the administration continues,

10. Notwithstanding anything herein before contained,

no suit against a person in whom property has

Suits against become vested in trust for any specific purpose,

express trustees ^^ ao-ainst his Wal representatives or assigns

and then- re- , .

presentatives. ( not being assigns for valuable consideration )

for the purpose of following in his or their

hands such property, shall be barred by any length of time.

11. (1) Suits instituted in any of the Courts aforesaid

on contracts entered into in a place not subject

Suits on foreign ^o the iurisdiction of any of the said Courts
contracts. . *^

are subject to the rules prescribed by this law.

(2) No foreign rule of limitation shall be a defence to
a suit instituted in any of the said Courts on

Foreign hmita- ^ contract entered into in any such place as
tion law. . •' ^

aforesaid, unless the rule has extinguished the

contract, and the parties were domiciled in such place durino-

the period prescribed by such rule.

PAPwT III.

Computation of Period of Limitations.

12. (1) In computing the period of Limitation

d^^- on 'which prescribed for any suit, appeal or applica-

xight to sue t'O", the day from which such period is

^^^^^^^- to be reckoned shall be excluded.

484

(2) In computing the period of limitation prescribed
for an appeal, an application for leave to
appeal as a pauper, and an application for a
review of judgment,* the day on which the
judgment complained of was pronounced, and
the time requisite for obtaining a copy of the

decree, sentence or order appealed against or sought to be

reviewed, shall be excluded.

Exclusion in
case of appeals
and certain
applications.

(3) Where a decree is appealed against or sought to
be reviewed, the time requisite for obtaining a copy of the
judgment on which it is founded shall also be excluded.

(4) In computing the period of limitation prescribed
for an application to set aside an award, the time requisite
for obtainiug a copy of the award shall be excluded.

13. In computing the period prescribed for any suit.
Exclusion of the time during which the defendant has been
absent from places subject to the jurisdiction
of the Courts aforesaid shall, if during such
time it has not been possible to serve a sum-
mons upon him, be excluded.

time of defend
ant's absence
from places
subject to the
Jurisdiction of
the Courts
aforesaid.

14. (1) In computing the period of limitation prescribed
for any suit, the time during which the plain-
tiff has been prosecuting v/ith due diligence
another civil proceeding, whether in a Court
of first instance or in a Court of appeal, against
the defendant shall be excluded, where the pro-
ceeding is founded upon the same cause of action and is
prosecuted in good faith in a Court which, from defect of

Exclusion of
time of proceed-
ing bona- fide in
Court without
jurisdiction.

* Vide addition in Political Department Notificatioa No. .S.3.5.">.
dated 19fch November 1891.

485

jurisdiction, or other cause of a like nature, is unable to
entertain it.

2, In computing the period of limitation prescribed for
a suit, proceedings in which have been stayed
Like exclusion i^- ^^^j^j. ^^^^^ ^-^^ Qq^^ of Civil Procedure,
iu case of order . . ....

under Civil section 20, the interval between the institution

Procedure Code of t^e suit and the date of so staying pro-
s 0

ceedings, and the time requisite for going from

the Court in which proceedings are stayed to the Court in

which the suit is re-instituted, shall be excluded.

(3) In computing the period of limitation prescribed for
any application, the time during which the

Like exclusion applicant has been making another application

m case ot ap-

plication. for the same relief, shall be excluded, where

the last-mentioned application is made in good

faith to a Court which, from defect of jurisdiction, or other

cause of a like nature, is unable to grant it.

Explanation 1. — In excludinor the time durinfj which a
former suit or application was pending or being made, the day on
which that suit or application was instituted or made, and the
day on which the proceedings therein ended, shall both be
counted.

Explanation 2. — A plaintiff resisting an appeal present-
ed on the ground of want of jurisdiction, shall be deemed to
be prosecuting a suit within the meaning of this section.

15. In computing the period of limitation prescribed

Exclusion of for any suit, the institution of which has been
time durinfi . ji-* .• i i.\ x- />..

whicli commeu- ^^^y^^ by injunction or order, the time of the

cement of suit continuance of the injunction or order, the day

IS s aye y ^^^ which it was issued or made, and the day
injunction or ' -^

order. on which it was withdrawn shall be excluded.

31a

486

16. Ill computing the period of limitation prescribed
Exclusion of for a suit for possession by a purchaser at a

which, ^udf? ^^^® in execution of a decree, the time during

ment-debtor is which the judgment-debtor has been prosecu-

attempting to ^- ^ proceeding to set aside the sale, shall
set aside exe= => i o

cTition sale. be excluded.

17. (I) When a person who would, if he were living,

have a rigrht to institute a suit or make an

Effect of death application, dies before the riorht accrues, the
before right to ' \ ...

sue accrues. period of limitation shall be computed from the

time when there is a legal representative of

the deceased capable of instituting or making such suit or

application.

(2) When a person against whom, if he were living, a
right to institute a suit or make an application would have
accrued, dies before the right accrues, the period of limita-
tion shall be computed from the time when there is a legal
representative of the deceased against whom the plaintiff
may institute or make such suit or application.

(3) Nothing in the former part of this section applies
to suits to enforce rights of pre-emption or to suits for the
possession of immoveable property or of an hereditary office.

18. When any person having a right to institute a

,,^ ^ , , suit or make an application has, by means of
hffect of fraud. » , , ,

fraud, been kept from the knowledge of such

right or of the title on which it is founded,

or where any document necessary to establish such
right has been fraudulently concealed from him,

the time limited for institutinor a suit or makino- an

o o

application

(a) against the person guilty of the fraud or accessory
thereto, or

487

{b) against any person claiminfj through him otherwise
than in good faith and for a valuable consideration,

shall be computed from the time when the fraud first
became known to the person injuriously affected thereby, or,
iQ the case of the concealed document, when he first had
the means of producing it or compelling its production.

19. (1) If before the expiration of the period prescribed
for a suit or application in respect of any pro-
knowledgment ^^"^^^^ ^^ ^'^S^^t, an acknowledgment of liability
in writing. in respect of such property or right has been

made in writing signed by the party against
whom such property or right is claimed, or by some person
through whom he derives title or liability, a new period of
limitation, according to the nature of the original liability,
shall be computed from the time when the acknowledgment
"Was so signed.

(2) When the writing containing the acknowledgment
18 undated, oral evidence may be given of the time when it
was signed. But oral evidence of its contents shall not be
received.

ExPLANATiox 1. — For the purposes of this section an
acknowledgment may be sufficient, though it omits to specif}^
the exact nature of the property or right, or avers that the
time for payment, delivery, performance or enjoyment has not
yet come, or is accompanied by a refusal to pay, deliver,
perform, or permit to enjoy, or is coupled with a claim to a
set-off, or is addressed to a person other than the person
entitled to the property or right.

Explanation 2. — In this section 'signed' means signed
either personally or by an agent duly authorized in this
ijehalf.

488

20. (1) When interest on a debt or legacy is, before
the expiration of the prescribed period, paid
as such by the person liable to pay the debt
or legacy, or by his agent duly authorized ia
this behalf,

or when part of the principal of a debt
is, before the expiration of the prescribed period,
paid by the debtor or by his agent duly autho-
rized in this behalf,

Effect of pay-
ment of inter-
est as such.

Effect of part
payment of
principal.

a new period of limitation, according to the nature of
the original liability, shall be computed from the time when
the payment was made.

Provided that in the case of part-payment of the
principal of a debt, the fact of the payment appears in the
hand-writing of the person making the same.

_ „ . (2) Where mortsfaged land is in the pos-

Effect of receipt . ' , , . /

of produce of session of the ujortgagee, the receipt of the

mortgaged produce of such land shall be deemed to be a

1-/1

payment for the purpose of this section.

21. Nothing in sections 19 and 23 ren-

One of several ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^ several joint contractors, partners,,

ioint contrac- i i i

tors, &c., not executors or mortgagees chargeable by reason

chargeable by Q^]y gf ^ written acknowledgment signed, or

reason of ack- , i i i i» i. r-

nowlcdgment of a payment made by, or by the agent of,

or payment Q^y other or others of them,
made by an-
other of them.

22. When, after the institution of a suit.
Effect of substi- ^ new plaintiff or defendant is substituted or

din^new^pU- added, the suit shall, as regards him, be deemed

intiff or defen- to have been instituted when he was so mad «

^^^*^- a party.

489

Provided that, when a plaintiff dies, and the suit is

T, . , continued by his le^al representative, it shall.

Proviso where ^ => r i »

original plain- as regards him, be deemed to have been insti-
tiffdies. tuted when it was instituted by the deceased

plaintiff.

Provided also, that, when a defendant dies, and the suit
is continued against legal representative, it

Proviso where gj^^]| ^3 j-ggards him, be deemed to have been

original deien- . . ^

dant dies. instituted when it was instituted against the

deceased defendant.

23. In the case of a continuintr breach of contract

and in the case of a continuing wrong inde-

Continuing. pendent of contract, a fresh period of limitatiom
breaches and * _ ^ ,

wrongs. begins to run, at every moment of the time

during which the breach or the wrong, as tha

case may be, continues.

24. In the case of a suit for compensation for an act

c. .. r which does not give rise to a cause of action

Suit tor com- °

pensation or unless some specific injury actually results there-
act not action- ^ ^^^ -^^ ^f limitation shall be computed
able without » r ^ r
special damage, from the time when the injury results.

Illustrations.

(a) A owns the surface of a field. B owns the sub-
soil. B digs coal thereout without causing any immediate
apparent injury to the surface, but at last the surface
subsides. The period of limitation in the case of a suit by
A against B runs from the time of the subsidence.

{h) A speaks and publishes of B slanderous works
not actionable in themselves without special damage caused
thereby. C in consequence refuses to employ B as his clerk.
The period of limitation in the case of a suit by B against
A for compensation for the slander does not commence tilL
the refusal.

490

25. All instruments shall fur the purposes of this law,
■Computation of be deemed to be made with reference to the
thne iBentiooed Q.egOriHn calendar.

Illustrations.

(a) A Hindu makes a promissory note bearing a native
date only, and payable four months after date. The period
of limitation applicable to a suit on the note runs from the
expiry of four months after date computed according to the
Gregorian calendar.

(b) A Hindu makes a bond, bearing a native date
only, for the re-payment of money within one year. The
period of limitation applicable to a suit on the bond runs
from the expiry of one year after date computed according^
to the Gresforian calendar.

PART IV.

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession.

26. (1) When the access and use of light or air to and

. .... r. for any buildinor have been peaceably euioyed
Acquisition ot -'_ =• r j j j

right to ease- therewith, as an easement, and as of rights
^^^^- without interruption, and for twenty years.

And where any way or water-course, or the use of any
water, or any other easement ( whether affirmative or nega^
tive ) has been peaceably and openly enjoyed by any person
claiming title thereto as an easement and as of right, without
interruption and for twenty years.

The right to such access and use of light or air, way.
water-course, use of water, or other easement, shall be absolute
and indefeasible.

(2) Each of the said periods of twenty years shall be
taken to be a period ending within two years next before
the institution of the suit wherein the claim to which sucb
.period relates is contested.

491

Explanation. — Nothing is an interruption within the
meaning of this section, unless where there is an actual dis-
continuftnce of the possession or enjoyment by reason of an
obstruction by the act of some person other than the claim*
ant, and unless such obstruction is submitted to or acquiesced
in for one year after the claimant has notice thereof, and of
the person making or authorizing the same to be made.

(a) A suit is brought in 1881 for obstructing a right
of way. The defendant admits the obstruction, but denies?
the right of way. The plaintiff proves that the right was
peaceably and openly enjoyed by him, claiming title thereto
as an easement, and as of right, without interruption, from
1st January 1860 to 1st January 1880. The plaintiff is en«
titled to judgment.

(b) In a like suit also brought in 1881 the plaintiff
merely proves that he enjoyed the right in manner aforesaid
from 1858 to 1878. The suit shall be dismissed, as no exer-
cise of the right by actual user has been proved to havo
taken place within two years next before the institution of
the suit.

(c) In a like suit the plaintiff shows that the right
was peaceably and openly enjoyed by him for twenty years.
The defendant proves that the plaintiff on one occasioa
during the twenty years had f sked his leave to enjoy the
rij?ht. The suit shall be disnriissed.

27. Provided that, when any land or water upon, over,

or from which any easement has been enjoyed

Kxclusion in or derived has been held under or by virtue-

favour of revor- ^^ interest for life or any term of years

sioner ot servi- -^ • i r

ent tenement. exceeding three years from the granting thereot,

the time of the enjoyment of such easement

during the continuance of such interest or term, shall be

excluded in the computation of the said last-mentioned peiiotl

492

of twenty years, in case the claioi is within three years next
after the determinatioa of such interest or term, resisted by
the person entitled, on such determination, to the said land
or water.

Illustration.

A sues for a deelrtration that he is entitled to a right
of \vay over B's land. A proves that he has enjoyed the
Tight for twenty-five years; but B shows that during ten of
these years C, a Hindu widow, had a life interest in the
land, that on C's death B became entitled to the land, and
that within two years after C's death he contested A's claim
to the right. The suit must be dismissed, as A, with refer-
ence to the provisions of this section, has only proved en-
joyment for fifteen years

28. At the determination of the period hereby limited
to any person for instituting a suit for posses-

-fcixtinguish- gj^j^ ^^ ^ property, situated within the local
meiit of right ....
to property. jurisdiction of any of the Courts aforesaid,

his right to such property shall be extinguished.
THE SCHEDULE.

( See Section 4. )
First Division, Suits.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

PART L— Three months.

1. — For compensation for When the act or omission take?
doing, or for omitting to } place,
do, an act alleged and
in good faith intended to
have been done in pur-
suance of a law applicable
to the defendant

493

First Division, Smrs— continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period

begins to run.

PART Il—Six months.

2. — By a person alleging vio-
lent dispossession for an
order on that ground only
for restitution.

3. — Under the specific Relief
Act, 1877, section 9, to
recover possession of im-
moveable property.

4. — Under the Code of Civil
Procedure, chapter
XXXIX {of summary
procedure on negotiable
instruments).

PART III.^Two years.

5. — Upon any enactment for
a permlty or forfeiture
incurred thereunder.

♦j. — For the wages of house-
hold servant, artisan or
labourer.

7. — For the price of food or
drink sold by the keeper
of a hotel, tavern or
lodging house,

S. — For the price of lodging.

When the dispossession occurs.

When the dispossession occurgL

When the instrument sued upon.
becomes due and payable.

When the penalty or for-fei-
ture is incurred.

When the wages accrue due.

When the food or drink i»
delivered.

When the nrioQ becomes pay-
able.

494

First Division, Suits — continued.

Discription of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

9. — To enforce a right of
pre-enaption, whether the
right is founded on law,
or general usage, or on
special contract.

10. — By a person against
whom an order is passed
under sections 280, 281,
282 or 335 of the Code
of Civil Procedure, to
establish his right to, or
to the present possession
of, the property comprised
in the order.

11. — To set aside a sale in
execution of a decree of
a Civil Court.

12. — To alter or set aside a
decision or order of a
Civil Court in any pro-
ceeding other than a suit.

13. — To set aside any act or
order of an officer of
Government in his ofBcial
capacity, not herein other-
wise expressly provided
for.

When the purchaser takes
under the sale sought to be
impeached, physical possession
of the whole of the property
sold, or, where the subject of
the sale does not admit of
physical possession, when the
instrument of sale is resfistered.

The date of the order.

When the sale is confirmed or
would otherwise have become
final and conclusive had no
such suit been brought.

The date of the final deeisiou
or order in the case by a Court
competent to determine it
finally.

The date of the act or order.

495

First Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

14. — Against Government to
recover money paid under
protest in satisfaction of
a claim made by the reve-
nue authorities on acco-
unt of arrears of revenue
or on account of demands
recoverable as such ar-
rears.

15. — Against Government for
compensation for land
acquired for public pur-
poses.

16. — Like suit for compensa-
tion when the acquisition
is not completed.

When the payment is made.

The date of determining tho^-
amount of the compensation.

The date of the refusal to
complete.

17. — For compensation for When the imprisonment ends,
false imprisonment.

18. — By the executors, admi-
nistrators or representa-
tives of a person deceas-
ed in respect of any
wrong committed within
one year before his death
for which such person
might have sued.

19. — By the executors, admi-
nistrators or representa-
tives for compensation
to families for loss occa-
sioned by the death of
a person caused by ac-
tionable wronjj.

The date of the death of th».
person wronged.

The date of the death ot the
person killed.

495

First Division, S\jits— continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

20. — For compensation for any
other injury to the
person.

31. — For compensation for a
malicious prosecution.

22. — For compensation for
libel.

"23. — For compensation for
•slander.

24. — For compensation for loss
of service occasioned by
the seduction of the
plaintiff's servant or
daughter.

25. — For compensation for in-
ducing a person to break
a contract with the plain-
tiff.

26.' — For compensation for an
illegal, irregular or exces-
sive distress.

27. — For compensation for
wrongful seizure of move-
able property under legal
process.

When the injury is comitted.

When the plaintiff is acquitted
or the prosecution is other-
wise terminated.

When the libel is published.

When the words are spoken
or, if the words are not ac-
tionable in themselves, when
the special damage complained
of results.

When the loss occurs.

The date of the breach.

The date of the distress.

The date of the seizure.

497

First Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

PART IV.^ Three years.

28. — Against a carrier for com-
pensation for losing or
injuring goods.

29.— Against a carrier for
compensation for delay
in delivering goods.

SO. — Against one who, having
a right to use property
for specific purposes,
perverts it to other pur-
poses.

31. — Against an executor, ad-
ministrator or other re-
presentative of a person
deceased in respect of
any wrong committed by
such person within one
year before his death
for which he might have
been sued and for which
a right of suit survives.

32. — For the recovery of a
wife.

S3.— For the restitution of
conjugal rights.

34. — For compensation for any
malfeasance, misfeasance
or non-feasance indepen-
dent of contract and not
herein specially provided
for.

When the loss or injury occurs.

When the goods ought to be
delivered.

When the preversion first be-
comes known to the person
injured thereby.

When the wrong complained
of is done.

When possession is demanded
and refused.

When restitution is demanded
and is refused by the husband
or wife, being of full age and
sound mind.

When the malfeasance, misfea-
sance or non-feasance takes
place.

32

498

First Division, Svits-- continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Tirae frona which period
begins to run.

. PART V,—Five years.

35. — For compensation for ob-
structing a way or water
course.

36. — For compensation for
diverting a water-coarse.

37. — For compensation for
trespass upon immoveable
property.

38. — For compensation for in-
fringing copyright or
any other exclusive pri-
vilege.

39. — To restrain waste

40.- -For compensation for in-
jury caused by an injunc-
tion wrongfully obtained.

41. — Of the nature referred to
in the Indian Succession
Act, 1865, section 320
or 321, or in the Pro-
bate and Administration
Act, 1881, sections 139-
140 to compel a refund
by a person to whom an
executor or administrator
baa paid a legacy or dis-
tributed assets.

The date of the obstruction.

The date of the diversion.

The date of the trespass.

The date of the infringement.

When the waste begins.

When the injunction ceases.

The date of payment or distri-
bution.

499

First Division, Suits— conirrtwcc?.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

42. — By a ward, who has
attained majority, to set
aside a sale by his guar-
dian.

43. — By any person bound
by an order respecting
the possession of property
made under the Code
of Criminal Procedure,
Chapter XL, or by any
person bound by an
order such as is referred
to in Article 2, or by
anv one cluiminsr under
such person to recover
the property comprised
in such order.

44.— For specific moveable
property lost, or acquir-
ed by theft, or dishonest
misappropriation or con-
version or for compensa-
tion for wrongfully tak-
ing or (ietaininof the same.

45. — For other specific move-
able property, or for com-
pensation for wrongfully
taking or injuring or
wrongfully detaining the
same.

4C. — For the hire of animals,
vehicles, boats or house-
hold furniture.

When the ward attains majority.

From the date of the final
order in the case,

When the person having the
right to the possession of the
property first learns in whose
possession it is.

When the property is wrongly
taken or injured, or when the
detainer's possession becomes
unlawful.

When the hire
payable.

becomes

500

First Division, Svns— continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

47. — For the balance of money
advanced in payments of
ofoods to be delivered.

48. — For the price of ^oods
Bold and delivered where
no fixed period of credit
is agreed upon.

goods

49. — For the price of

sold and delivered to be
paid for after the expiry
of a fixed period of credit.

5C. — For the price of goods
sold and delivered to be
paid for by a bill of ex-
change, no such bill
being given.

51. — For the price of trees or
growing crops sold by
the plaintiff to the de-
fendant where no fixed
period of credit is agreed
upon.

52. — For the price of work
done by the plaintiff for
the defendaiit at his re-
quest, where no time has
been fixed for payment.

'J3. — For money payable for
money lent.

Time from which period
begins to run.

When the good.s ought to be
delivered.

The date
the goods.

of the delivery of

When the period
expires.

of credit

When the period of the propos-
ed bill elapses.

The date uf the sale.

When the work is done.

When the loan is made.

501

First Ditision, Suits — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

When the cheque is paid.

When the loan is made.

When the demand is made.

When the money is paid.

When the money is received.

54. — Like suit when the len-
der has given a cheque
for the money.

55. — For money lent under an
agrreement that it shall
be payable on demand.

56. — For money deposited
under an agreement that
it shall be payable on
demand.

57. — For money payable to
the plaintiff for money
paid for the defendant.

58. — For money payable by
the defendant to the
plaintiff for money receiv-
ed by the defendant
for the plaintiff's use.

59. — For money payable for When the interest becomes due,
interest upon money due
from the defendant to
the plaintiff.

60. — For money payable to When the accounts are stated
the plaintiff for money in writing, signed by the de-
found to be due from fendant or his agent duly
the defendant to the authorized in this behalf unless
plaintiff on accounts where the debt is by a simul-
stated between them. taneous agreement in writing

sin^ned as aforesaid, made pay-
able at a future time, and
32 A then when that time arrives.

502

First Division, Stjits ^continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

61. — For compensation for
breach of a promise to
do anything at a speci-
fied time, or upon the
happening of a specified
contingency.

62. — On a single bond where
a day is specified for
payment.

^3. — On a single bond where
no such day is specified.

64. — On a bond subject to a
condition.

■65. — On a bill of exchange or
promissory note payable
at a fixed time after date.

66. — On a bill of exchange
payable at sight, or after
sight but not at a fixed
time.

t)7.— On a bill of exchange
accepted payable at a
particular place.

68. — On a bill of exchange or
promissory note payable
at a fixed time after
or after demand.

When the time specified arrives
or the contingency happens.

The day so specified.

The date of executing the bond.
When the condition is broken.

When the bill or note falls duo.
When the bill is presented.

When the bill is presented at
that place.

When the fixed tioie expires.

503

First Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

69.— On a bill of exchange or
promissory not payable
on demand and not accom-
panied by any writing,
restraining or postponing
the right to sue.

70. — On a promissory note or
bond payable by instal-
ments.

71. — On a promissory note or
bond payable by instal-
ments, which provides
that if default be made
in payment, the whole
shall be due.

72. — On a promissory note
given by the maker to
a third person to be de-
livered to the payee after
a certain event should
happen.

73. — On a dishonoured foreign
bill where protest has
been made and notice
given.

74. *— By the payee against the
drawer of a bill of ex-
change which has been
dishonoured by non-ac-
ceptance.

The date of the bill or note.

The expiration of the first term
of payment, as to the part then
payable, and for the other parts,
the expiration of respective
term of payment.

When the first default is made,
unless where the payee or
obligee waives the benefit of
the provision, and then when
fresh default is made in respect
of which there is no such
waiver.

The date of the delivery to
the payee.

When the notice is given.

The date of the refusal to
accept.

504

First Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit aud
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

75. — By the acceptor of an
accommodatio n-bill
against the drawer.

76. — Suit on a bill of exchange,
promissory note or
bond not herein expressly
provided for.

77. — By a surety against the
principal debtor.

When the Bcceptor pays the
amount of the bill.

When the bill, note or bond
becomes payable.

When the surety pays the
creditor.

78. —By a surety against a When the surety pays anything

in excess of his own share.

When the plaintiff is actually
damnified.

The date of the termination of
the suit or business, or (where
the atorney or vakil properly
discontinues the suit or busi-
ness), the date of such discoa-
tinuance.

co-surety.

79. — Upon any other contract
to indemnify.

80. — By an attorney or vakil
for his costs of a suit or
a particular business,
there being no express
agreement as to the time
when such costs are to
be paid.

81. — For the balance due on
a mutual, open and cur-
rent account, where there
have been reciprocal de-
mands between the par-
ties.

82. — On a policy of insurance
when the sum assured is
payable immediately after
proof of the death or loss
has been given to, or
received by, the insurers.

The close of the year in which
the last item admitted or proved
is entered in the account;
such year to be computed as
in the account.

When proof of the death or
loss is given or received to or
by the insurers whether by
or from the plaintiff or any
other person.

505

First Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begfins to run.

83. — By the assured to recover
premia paid under a policy
voidable at the election
of the insurers.

84. — Against a factor for an
account.

85. — By a principal against his
agent for moveable pro-
party received by the
latter and not accounted
for.

86. — Other .suits by principals
against agents for neglect
or misconduct.

87. — To cancel or .set aside an
instrument not otherwise
provided for.

88. — To declare the forgery
of an instrument issued
or registered.

89. — To declare the forgery of
an instrument, attem[)ted
to be enforced against the
plaintiff.

00. — For property which the
plaintiff has conveyed
while insane.

When the insurers elect to
avoid the policy.

When the account is, during^
the continuance of the agency,
demanded and refused or where
no such demand is made w^hea
the agency terminates.

When the account is during
the continuance of the agency
demanded and refused, or^
where no such demand is mada
when agency terminates.

When the neglect or misconduct
becomes known to the plaintiff.

When the facts entitling the
plaintiff to have the instrument
cancelled or Bet aside become
known to him.

When the issue or registration
becomes known to the plaintiff.

The date of the attempt.

When the plaintiff is restored
to sanity, and has kuowledgo
of the conveyance.

506

First Division, Suits— conftnttccj.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

SI. — To set aside a decree
obtained by fraud, or for
other relief on the ground
of fraud.

D2.— For relief on the ground
of mistake.

J)3, — For money paid upon an
existing consideration
which afterwards fails.

34, — To make good out of the
general estate of a deceased
trustee the loss occasioned
by a breach of trust,

t)5. — For contribution by a
party who has paid the
whole amount due under
a joint decree, or by a
sharer in a joint estate
who has paid the whole
amount of revenue due
from himself and his
co-sharers.

96.— By a co-trustee to enforce
against the estate of a
deceased trustee a claim
for contribution.

S7. — For a seaman's wages ..,

S8.'— For wages not otherwise
expressly provided for by
the schedule.

When the fraud becomes knowia
to the party wronged.

When the mistake becomes
known to the plaintiff.

The date of the failure.

The date of the trustee's deaths
or, if the loss has not then
resulted the date of the loss.

The date of the plaintiff's
advance in excess of his owo
share.

When the right to contributioE
accrues.

The end of the voyage duriog
which the wages are earned.

When the wages accrue due.

507

First Division, Suits — continued:

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

99. — By a Muhammadan for
exigible dower [muivajjal).

100. — By a Muhammadan for
deferred dower {mu'waj'
jal).

101. — By a mortgagor after the
mortgafi^ee has been
satisfied, to recover sur-
plus collections received
by the mortgagee.

102. — For an account and a
share of the profits of a
dissolved partnership.

103. — By the manager of a
joint estate of an undi-
vided family for contri-
bution in respect of a
payment made by him
on account of the estate.

104. — By a lessor for the value
of trees cut down by
his lessee contrary to
tlie terms of the lease.

105. — For the profits of immo-
veable property belonging
to the plaintiff which
have been wrongfully
received by the defen-
dant.

When the dower is demanded
and refused or (where during
the continuance of the marriage
no such demand has been made>
when the marriage is dissolved
by death or divorce.

When the marriage is dissolved
bv death or divorce.

When the mortgagor re-enters
on the mortgaged property.

The date of the dissolution.

The date of. the payment.

When trees are cut down.

When the profits are received,
or, where the plaintiff has heeft.
dispossessed by a decree after-
wards set aside on appeal^
when he recovers possesaiou.

1508

^iR&T Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit an4
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

106. — For arrears of rent

107. — By a vendor of immove-
able property to enforce
his lien for unpaid pur-
chase money.

108. — For a call by a company
registered under any
enactment.

109. — For specific performance
of a contract.

110. — For the rescision of a
contract.

111. — For compensation for the When the contract is broken,

When the arrears become due.

The time fixed for completing
the sale, or (where the title
is accepted after the time
fixed for completion) the date
of the acceptance.

When the call is payable.

The date fixed for the perform-
ance, or if no such date is
fixed, when the plaintiff has
notice that performance is re-
fused.

Wlien the facts entitling the
plaintiff to have the contract
rescinded first become known
to him.

breach of any contract,
express or implied, not
in writing registered,
and not herein specially
provided for.

PART Vl.-^Six years.

112. — For compensation for the
breach of a contract in
writing registered.

or { where there are successive
breaches ) when the breach in
respect of which the suit is
institued occurs, or (where the
breach is continuing) when it
ceases.

When the period of limitation
would begin to run against a
suit brought on a similair
contract not registered.

509

First Division, Suns— continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

113. — Upon a foreign judgment
as defined in the Code
of Civil Procedure.

114. — To obtain a declaration
that an alleged adoption
is invalid, or never in
fact took place.

il5. — To obtain a declaration
that an adoption is valid.

FART VII.'-Tivelve years.

116. — Suit for which no period
of limitation is provided
elsewhere in this schedule.

117.— Upon a judgment obtain-
ed in another court, or a
recognizance, when such
a suit lies.

)18. — For a legacy or for a
share of a residue bequ-
eathed by a testator, or
for a distributive share of
the property of an in-
testate.

no. — For possession of
hereditary office.

an

The date of the judgment.

When the alleged acioptiou
becomes known to the plaintitf.

When the rights of the adopted
son as such are interfered with.

When the risrht to sue accrues.

The date of the judgment or

recognizance.

Wh{-n the legacy or share be-
comes puyable or deliverable.

When the defendant takes posf-
session of the office adversely
to the pluintiflP.

EsiLANATiON.— An hereditr^ry
office is possessed when th©
profits thereof are usually re-
ceived, or ( if there are n«>
profits ) when the duties there-
of are usually performed.

510
First Division, Sunm^coyiti/iiued.

DescriptioQ of suit and
period of lioaitatioo.

Time from which period
begins to run.

120. — Suit during the life of a
Hindu or Muharamadan
female by a Hindu or
Muhammadan who, if the
female died at the date
of instituting the suit
would be entitled to the
possession of land, to
have an alienation of
such land made by the
female declared to be
void except for her life
or until her re-marriage.

121. — By a Hindu governed
by the law of the Mita-
kshara to set aside his
father's alienation of an
ancestral property.

122. — By a person excluded
from joint family proper-
ty to enforce a right to
share therein.

123. — By a Hindu for arrears When the arrears are payable,
of maintenance.

The date of the alienation.

When the alienee takes posses-
sion of the property.

When the exclusion becomes
known to the plaintiff.

124. — By a Hindu for a declara-
tion of his right to
maintenance.

125. — For the resumption or
assessment of rent-free
land.

When the right is denied.

When the right to resume or
assess the land first accrues.

511

First Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period

begins to run.

126. — To establish a periodically
recurring right.

127. — To enforce payment of
money charged upon im-
moveable property.

Explanation — The allowance
and fees respectively called
mabihana and haqqs shall
for the purpose of this
clause be deemed to be
money charged upon im-
moveable property.

128.— To recover moveable pro-
perty conveyed or bequ-
eathed in trust, deposited,
or pawned, and after-
wards bought from the
trustee, depositary or
pawnee for a valuable
consideration.

129. — To recover possession of
immoveable property con-
veyed or bequeathed in
trust or mortgaojed and
afterwards purchased from
the trustee or mortg^aoee
for a valuable considera-
tion.

130.— Suit by a mortgagee for
possession of immoveable
property mortgaged.

When the plaintiff is first re-
fused the enjoyment of the

When the money sued for be-
comes due.

The date of the purchase.

The date of the purchase.

When the mortgagor's riglit to
possession determines.

512

First Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

131. — By a purchaser at a
private sale for possession
of immoveable property
sold, when the vendor
was out of possession at
the date of the sale.

132. — Like suit by a purchaser
at a sale in execution of
a decree when the judg-
ment-debtor was out of
possession at the date of
the sale.

1S3. — By a purchaser of land
at a sale in execution of
a decree, for possession
of the purchase land when
the judgment-debtor was
in possession at the date
of the sale.

134- — By a landlord to recover
possession from a tenant.

135. — By a remainderman, a
reversioner ( other than a
landlord ), or a devisee,
for possesi*ion of immove-
able property.

136. — Like suit by a Hindu or
Muhammadan entitled to
the possession of immove-
able property on the
death of a Hindu or
Muhammadan female.

When the vendor is first eo
titled to possession.

When the judgment debtor is
first entitled to possession.

The date of the sale.

When the
mined.

tenancy is deter-

When his estate falls into pos-
session.

When the female dies.

513

First Division, Suits — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

137. — For possession of immove-
able property, when the
plaintiff, while in posses-
sion of the property, has
been dispossessed or has
discontinued the posses-
sion.

138. — Like suit, when the plain-
tiff has become entitled
by reason of any forfei-
ture or breach of condition.

139.— For possession of im-
moveable property or any
interest therein not here-
by otherwise specially
provided for.

PART VIIL— Thirty years.

140. — Against a depositary or
pawnee to recover move-
able property deposited
or pawned.

PART IX.^Sixiy years.

141. — By a mortgacree for fore-
closure or sale.

142. — Agfainst a mortgagee to
redeem or to recover pos-
session of immoveable pro-
perty mortgaged.

143.— Any suit by or on behalf
of the Secretary of State
for India in Council.

33

The date of the dispossession
or discontinuance.

When the forfeiture is incurred
or the condition is broken.

When the possession of the
defendant becomes adverse to
the plaintiff.

The date of the deposit or
pawn.

When the money secured by
the mortgage becomes due.

When the right to redeem or
to recover possession accrues.

When the period of limitation
would begin to run under this
Act against a like suit by a
private person.

514

Second Division, Appeals.

Description of suifc and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
beofins to run.

Twenty-one days.

144. — Under the Code of Crimi-
nal Procedure from a sen-
tence of death passed by
a Criminal Court.

Thirty days.

145.— Under the Code of Civil
Procedure to the Court
of the Political Agent.

146. — Under the Code ofCrimi-
nal Procedure to any
Court other thuik the Gov-
ernment of Bombay.

Sixty dayn.

147. — Under the same Code to
the Government of Bom-
bay except in the cases
provided for by Nos. 144
and 149.

148,— Under the Code of Civil
Procedure to the Govern-
ment of Bombay except
in the cases otherwise ex-
pressly provided for.

149. — Under the Code of Crimi-
nal Procedure from'ajudg-
ment of acquittal.

The date of the sentence.

The date of the decree or order
appealed against.

The date of the sentence or
order appealed against.

The date of the sentence or
order appealed against.

The date of the decree or order
appealed against.

The date of the judgment ap-
pealed against.

515

Third Division, Applications.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

Tiventy dmjs.

150.— Under the Code of Civil
Procedure to set aside an
award.

151. — For leave to appear and
defend a suit under chap-
ter XXXIX of the Code
of Civil Procedure.

Thirty days.

152. — For an order under sect-
ion 629 of the same Code
restoring to the file a re-
jected application for re-
view.

Sixty days.

153. — By a plaintiff for an order
to set aside a dismissal
by default.

154. — By a defendant for an
order to set aside a judg-
ment ex parte.

155.— -Under the Code of Civil
Procedure, by a person dis-
possessed of immoveable
property, and disputing
the right of the decree
holder or purchaser at a
sale in execution of a de-
cree to be put into posses-
sion.

When the award is submitted
to the Court.

When the summons is served.

When the application for review
is rejected.

The date of the dismissal.

The date of executing any pro-
cess for enforcing the judg-
ment.

The date of the dispossession.

516

Third Division, Applications — continued.

Description of suifc aud
period of limitation.

J Time from which period
begins to run.

156 — To set aside a sale in exe-
cution of a decree, on the
ground of irregularity in
publishing or conducting
the sale or on the around
that the decree-holder has
purchased without the
permission of the Court.

157. — Complaininoj of resistance
or obstruction to delivery
of possession of immove-
able property decreed or
sold in execution of a de-
cree, or of dispossession in
the delivery of possession
to the decree holder or
the purchase of such pro-
perty.

158. — JB'or re-admission of an
appeal dismissed for want
of prosecution.

159.— For a re-hearinof of an
appeal heard ex ^3C6?'?e in
the absenceof the respond-
ent.

] (50. — For leave to appeal as a
pauper.

Four months.

161.— Under section 371 of the
Code of Civil Procedure
or under that section and
section 582 of the same
Code for an order to set
aside an order for abate-
ineut or dismissal.

The date of the sale.

The date of the resistance, ob-
struction or dispossession.

The date of the dismissal.

The date of the decree in appeal.

The date of the decree appeal-
ed aofainst.

The date of the order for abate-
ment or dismissal.

517

Third Division, AFPUCkTions-^ continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

162. — By a purchaser at an exe-
cution sale to set aside
the sale on the ground
that the person whose in-
terest in the property pur-
ported to be sold had no
saleable interest therein.

Ninety days.

163. — For a review of judsjment,
or for the exercise of
extraordinary Jurisdiction

Six months.

164.— For the issue of a notice
under section 258 of the
same Code to show cause
why the payment or
adjustment therein men-
tioned should not be
recorded as certified.

1G5.— 'By a creditor of an in-
solvent judgment-debtor
under section 353 of the
Code of Civil Procedure.

166. — For payment of the amount
of a decree by instalment.

167.— Under section 3G5 of the
Code of Civil Procedure
by the legal representative
of a deceased plaintiif, or

33 A

The date of the sale.

The date of the decree or order.

When the payment or adjust-
ment is made.

The date of the publication of
the schedule.

The date of the decree.

The date of the death of the de-
ceased plaintiff or of the deceas-
ed plaintiff-appellant or defend-
ant-appellant.

518

Third Division, Applications — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

under that section aad
section 582 of the same
Code by the legal repre-
sentative of a deceased
plaintiff-appellant or

defendant-appellant.

168. — Under section 366 of the
Code of Civil Procedure
by a defendant, or under
that section and section
582 of the same Code
by a plaintiff-respondent
or defendant-respondent.

169. — Under section 368 of the
Code of Civil Procedure
to have the legal repre-
sentative of a deceased
defendant made a defendant,
or under that section and
section 582 of the same
Code to have the lethal
representative of a deceas-
ed plaintiff-respondent or
defendant-respondent made
a plaintiff-respondent or
defendant -respondent.

170. — Under the Code of Civil
Procedure, section 516 or
525, that an award be
filed in Court.

The date of the death of the de-
ceased plaintifif or of the deceas-
ed defendant-appellant or plain-
tiff-appellant.

The date of the death of the
deceased defendant or of the
deceased plaintiff- respondent or
defendant-respondent.

The date of the award.

519

Third Division, ArPLicATiONS — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

Five years.

171. — Application for which no
period of limitation is
provided elsewhere in
this schedule, or by the
Code of Civil Procedure,
section 230.

JFive years or where a certified

copy of the decree or order

has been registered,

six years.

172. — For the execution of a
decree or order of any
Civil Court not provided
for by No. 173 or by
the Code of Civil Proce-
dure, section 230.

When the right to apply accrues.

1. The date of the decree or
order.

2. ( Where there has been an
appeal ) the date of the final
decree or order of the Appel-
late Court, or

3. (Where there has been a review of judg-
ment) the date of the decision passed on
the review, or

4. ( Where the application next hereinafter
mentioned has been made) the date of
applying in accordance with law to the
proper Court for execution, or to take
some step in aid of execution of the decree
or order, or

5. (Where the notice next hereinafter men-
tioned has been issued) the date of issuing
a notice under the Code of Civil Proce-
dure, section 248, or

520

Third Division, Applications — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
becjins to run.

6. (Where the application is to enforce any
payment which the decree or order directs
to be made at a certain date) such date.

ExpLANTiON 1. — Where the decree or order
has been passed Beverally in favour of more
persons than one, distinguishing portions of
the subject matter as payable or deliverable
to each, the application mentioned in clause
4 of this Number shall take effect in favour
only of such of the said persons or their
representatives as it may be made by. But
when the decree or order has been passed
jointly in favour of more persons than one,
such application, if made by any one or more
of them, or by his or their representatives,
shall take effect in favour of them all.

Where the decree or order has been passed
severally against more persons than one, dis-
i tinguishing portions of the subject-matter as
payable or deliverable by each, the application
shall take effect against only such of the said
persons or their representatives os it may be
made against. But where the decree or order
has been passed jointly against more persons
than one, the application, if made against any
cue or more of them, or against his or their
representatives, shall take effect against them
all.

521

Third Division, Applications — continued.

Description of suit and
period of limitation.

Time from which period
begins to run.

Twelve vears.

Explanation II. — '* Proper Court " means the
Court whose duty it is (whether under section
226 or 227 of the Code of Civil Procedure or
otherwise) to execute the decree or order.

173. — To enforce When a present right to enforce the order

an order ot the| accrues to some person capable of releasing th»

oecretary of . , ,

State forlndia ^'^^*-

in Council. Provided that when the order has been reviv-
ed, or some part of the principal money secur-
ed thereby or some interest on such money
has been paid or some acknowledgment of tha
right thereto has been given in writing, sign-
ed by the person liable to pay such principal
or interest, or his agent, to the person entitl-
ed thereto or his agent, the twelve years shall
be computed from the date of such revivor,
payment or acknowledgment, or the latest of
such revivors, payments or acknowledgments^
as the case may be.

PART IV.

CIRCULARS, ORDERS AND NOTIFICATIONS,

525

h ABKARL

G. R.f No. 4S, Political Department,
dated 5th January 1893.

Resolution. — The Thakore of Katosf\n, having properly-
relied on Colonel Seott's permission given on the 27th of
April 1891, cannot go beyond that permission, or open shops
in the rest of his jurisdiction villao^es. The Political Agent,
in his letter No. 3952, dated August 20th, 1891, correctly
interpreted Colone) Scott's order, and the Thakore must
strictly conform thereto. Otherwise Government will ba
compelled to withdraw the authority granted by their Agent
on which the still at Ajabpura was established.

IL ALIENATION*

English summary of Giijarati Circidars.

(1) Agency Circular No. 14(14, dated 1st October 1913,
regarding application of Alienation Rules contained in Govern-
ment Resolution, Political Department, No. 3409, dated 6th
June 1913 to all Jurisdictional States except Idar and Non-
Jurisdictional Talukas and Managed Estates under Thana
Circles except Bavishi Thana Circle in the Mahi Kantha
Agency.

(2) Circular No. 2315, dated 19th February 191G,
regarding adoption of revised Rules for the regular payment
of Vighoti on land held by virtue of sale or mortgage itt
Bavishi Thana Circle of Mahi Kantha Agency.

(3) Circular No. 198, dated 1st May 191G regarding,
use of deliberation and sound judgment, in cases where
onforcement of Alienation Rules would cause injustice in in-
dividual cases.

526

IIL ARMS.

English summary of Gvjarati Circulars.

(1) Agency Circular No 1567, dated 14th April 1904,
Tegarding enforcement of Rules relating to manufacture, con-
version, sale, import, export and transport of arms, ammuni-
tion and Military Stores in the Talukas of (1) Varsoda, (2)
Punadra, (3) Khadal, (4) Ghodasar, (5) Ranasan, (6) Amliara,
(7) Vadagam, (8) Sathamba, (9) Magodi and (10) Katosan.

(2) Agency Circular No. 228, dated 21st January 1909,
r8»ardin<T instructions to Talukdars under the charge of the
District Deputy Political Agent not to purchase arms, &c.y
direct without a license from the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.

(3) Agency Circular No. 1234, dated 23rd March 1911,
regarding furnishing of information necessary for the issue
of a license, in the form annexed to it to avoid delay and
unnecessary correspondance while applying for it to purchase
arms and ammunition &c.

(4) Agency Circular No. 210, dated 29th May 1911,
regarding mention in their report about the purchase of
arms and ammunition, &c., sanctioned for the Local State
or Taluka Police, of details as to necessity for them, full
address of the purchaser, route and mode of despatch,
whether by passenger train or goods train, &c.

(5) Agency Circular No. 152, dated 21st May 1912,
^prohibiting Chiefs and their family members from purchasing
arms and ammunition from British India without a license
from the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, as sections 13, 14,
15 and 16 of Indian Arras Act only allow them to possess
and carry arms in British India and not to purchase them.

(6) Agency Circular No. 850, dated 19th September
1912, prohibiting Europeans and Natives of all grades and

527

ranks from importing '303 and -450 Bores Rifles as required by
Government Reaolution, Political Department, No. 6598,
dated 2nd September 1912.

(7) Circular No. S. O./ 87 (A. S. O./ 9), dated 2nd July
1919, re- submission of the Memorandum for the. supply of
ammunition of Smooth Bore and Aluzzle Loadinor B.ifles for
State and Taluka Police, to tlie nearest arsenal throusfh the
Political A^ent, and supply of not more than 40 catridges per
piece of small arms of every description and issue of the
usual license when such ammunition is required for the
private use of the Chief.

IV, BOUNDARY.

English summary of (Jujarati Circulars.

(1) Agency Circular No. 1761, dated 17th March
1909, regarding the maintenance of boundary marks between
the land of Native States in Qujrat whose territory is adja-
cent to that of H. H, the Gaikwar in the manner prescribed
by Government letter No. 1583, dated 2nd March )909.

(2) Agency Circular No. 805, dated 2lst August 191.'),
regarding corrections to be made in article 27 of Revised
xlules relating to settlement of boundary disputes between
Baroda State, the States and Talukas of the Mahi Kantlia
Agency and British Districts, contained in Government Jie-
.solutioii, Politiciil Department, No. G148.

(3) Agency Circular No. 371, dated 4th July 1917, re-
garding sanction of Gorernment contained in G. R., P. D.,
No. 4890, dated 29th June 1917, to the confirmation of the
arrangement of direct correspondence between Baroda State
and States and Talukas of the Mahi Kantha on the subject
of repairs of boundary pillars.

(4) Circular No. B. N. D/ 64. dated 10th May 191'.),
re. — confirmation of the rules for the repairs of boundary-

528

pillars between the territory of the Baroda State and British
Districts except Dang, Palanpur, Rewa Kantha and Maht
Kantha except Varsoda Taluka and the States of Vanada/
Sachin and Cambay, as sanctioned by Govt. Order, Poll.
Dept, No. 2851. dated 29th April 1919.

V» CATTLE POUNDS*

Circular No. 1715 dated 6th May 1892.

It appears that no definite rules exist in this Agency
regarding the feeding charges of cattle impounded in the
cattle pounds in this Agency. The following rules are pro-
mulgated for the information and guidance of all concerned:-

I. The feeding and watering expenses of impounded
cattle should be paid to the Officer in charge of the pound
at the rates specified below: —

1. Buffalo whether male or female, per animal. 0-4-0

2. Horse, mare, pony, colt, filly, mule, bull,

bullock, cow or camel ... ... ... 0-3-0

3. Asa, whether male or female, pig, calf or

heifer of cow or buffalo ... ... ... 0-2-0

4. Sheep, goat or kid ... ... ... *., 0-1-0

The expenses sh(5uld be recovered from the owner from
the date of admission into the pound to the date on which
the animal may be handed over to him.

♦Elephant ...Rs. 2-0-0

Buffalo and a camel tt m. j r / i»

per animal ...Rs. 0-8-0 ^^ The pound-fee once for all

florae or mare, pony, at the rates * fixed in this office Cir-

^uUook';":wp:"' «»'" No. 7768 of the 28th January

animal 0-4-0 1887 should be recovered from the

Ass, calf or heifer or owner for each animal impounded.

pxg per animal ... 0-2-0 *^

-Sheep, goat or kid. 0-1-0

529

III. As regards the question of set off for value of
the produce of milch cow or buffalo impounded, it appears
that the point is one on which disputes may constantly
arise and it is not possible in any way to fix compensation
on that account, because it is by no means certain that all
the cows or buffaloes that may be impounded will yield the
same quantity of milk and such milch animals generally re-
quire additional grass and fodder, it does not, therefore,
appear reasonable to allow any set off for the milk in con-
sideration of the extra expenses incurred in such cases.

IV. If the owner of any such impounded animal do
not appear to claim the animal within 15 days after the
promulgation of a notice relating to it, it should be sold by
auction.

Should the owner appear within one month after the
date of auction, the sale proceeds may be given to him after
deducting the expenses. If he does not so appear, the sale
proceeds may be credited to the proper head.

English summary of Gujavati Circular.
Agency Circular No. 83, dated •23rd October 1907
regarding substitution of the period of 3 months from the
date of sale, for one month, during which the sale-proceeds
of impounded cattle after deducting the feeding charges may
be given to the owner and after its expiry it should be cre-
dited to the proper head in the accounts.

VL CIVIL.

Circular No. 615, dated 7th February 1899.

It has come to the notice of the Political Agent that
in some cases, matters which ought to be decided by Civil
Courts, are disposed of by Talukdara by passing miscellaneous

34

530

orders, which is irregular. The Political Agent is therefore
pleased to direct that matters which are of Civil nature should
be disposed of according to the provisions of the Civil Proce-
dure Code. Miscellaneous orders passed in such cases must
of necessity be set aside and the party referred to the Civil
Courts.

Office Order No. 5717, dated 19th December 1899.

The system in force in this Agency' for recovering
fees on copies of documents furnished to applicants ia for
the fees to be levied after the copy is prepared and before
delivery.

This is unsatisfactory for more reasons than one : —

Occasions may arise when the applicant fails to take
the copy prepared for him and has left the Court's jurisdiction,
under these circumstances the Institution Fee Fund and the
section writer is defrauded ; again the recoveries may tako
some months in effecting during which time the candidates
who have earned the fees are kept out of their emoluments
and in some instances have left the office.

Originally the fees used to be taken on application for
the copies, but, in as much as the copying fee for a Guzeratee
paper was 4 annas per sheet of the copy, an accurate estimate
could not be made before hand, and a simple matter wa»
complicated by the necessity of refunds and further levies to
make the exact cost of the copy.

It is v^ery desirable that the fees should be levied in
advance and this can easily be done with accuracy if the
charge is made of 4 aimas per sheet or fraction of a sheet
of the orginal and not of the copy, this will also do away
with the temptation to section writers to cover more paper
than is necessary in making Guzeratee copies. The PoliticaL

53f

Agent is pleased to direct, therefore, that all fees for copies
applied for be levied in advance until the fees are paid no
steps will be taken to satisfy the application and limitation
will not cease to run.

For Guzeratee copies, the rate of 4 annas per sheet will be
computed from the originals and not from the completed copies.

The section writers are candidates and there are a
certain number to each office ordinarily speaking^ the copying
fees should be divided equally between them irrespective of
the writer.

The fees should be disbursed at the end of the month.

Occasions will arise when one or more of the candidates
are absent on leave in which cases, the remuneration being
by results, it would be inequitable to pay the absentee a share
for work in which he has had no part. To meet the case,
the Political Agent is pleased to issue the following order :—

A candidate absent with sanction for 7 and more but
less than 15 days in any month will forfeit one quarter of
the share he would otherwise have earned.

A candidate absent for more than 15 but less than 21
days will forfeit one-half.

A candidate absent for 21 days and more will forfeit
his share of the earnings in proportion to the number of
days of absence.

There will be no forfeit for sanctioned leave upto 6 days.

The forfeited earnings to be divided proportionately
among: the other candidates.

Circular No. 4355, dated 22nd June 1900.

It having come to the notice of the Political Agent
that there is no fixed rule to recover certain expenses

532

from judgment-debtors in the matter of execution of decree
it is hereby ordered to preserve uniformity as follows : —

A decree-holder should fjive a separate copy of tha
decree sought to be executed along with the application for
execution and the cost of this copy is charcjed on the judgment-
debtor. Provided that if the application is made to a Court;
to which the copy of a decree has been sent under Section
224, Civil Procedure Code, it shall not be necessary to present
a fresh copy with the ftp[)lioation so long as the copy sent
under Section 224 is available in that Court. The cost of the
copies and certificates referred to in Section 224 is recoverable
also from the judgment-debtors. ( Vide High Court Civil
Circular 1889, page 45, Article 72. )

2. The expenses incurred in preferring an application
for execution of decree by the judgment-creditor are recoverable
from the judgment-debtor.

Agency Circular No. 0024, dated 27th August 1900.

iZeacZ— Political Agent's Circular No. 4 — 4288, dated
4th October 1898.

It has been brought to the notice of the Political Agent
that the orders promulgated in the above Circular operate some-
what harshly on suitors and others who have to make appeals
and applications within a time limit, in the following respects :—

(a) The Officers presiding over several of the Courts
are also District Officers, who for several months of
the year are absent from Head Quarters. It has
been pointed out that if notification is published on
the notice board outside the Court wherever it may
be sitting for the time being, it will be diflicull
for suitors or their representatives to become aware
of the fact owing to the movements of the Courts
and their different orbits.

533

(b) Under the rules, parties desiring copies are required
to pay the fees in advance. When the Courts are
touring this has to be done by postal money order,
and it is complaitied that in many parts of the
Mahi Kantlia money order facilities are so few and
far between that much of the period of limitation
is occupied in the transmission of the money and
parties are prejudiced because liniitation is only sus-
pended after the money has been actually received,
and commences to run again immediately the copy
is ready.

■ These are fair grounds for askinf^ for a modification of
the rules and the Political Agent is pleased to make the
following amendments to the rules promulgated on October
4th, 1898. viz. :~

By " outside the Court" is meant outside the Court at
Head Quarters.

Arrangements must be made by each Court when the
Presiding Officer proceeds into the districts for copies to be
notified as ready on the notice board at Head Quarters and
the copies must accompany the notice, limitation will recora-
cnence to run only from the date of such notice which will
be certified to by the clerk at Head Quarters or the Native
Assistant.

In the absence of any Court whose Head Quarters is
Sadra apj)lication for copies and the required payment in
advance should be made to the Native Assistant who will
endorse the fact and the date on the application, and for-
ward it to the addressee, crediting the money. From the
date of such endorsement until the fact of the copies being
ready is notified on the board at Head Quarters limitation
ivill cease to run.

34 iL

534

Ordinarily speakinf^ copies will be ready within 15 days
from date of application, but occasions may arise when the
Court is far separated by post from Head Quarters that the
copies are not read}' within such time, in such cases it will
be no argument for extention of limitation that the applicant
looked for the notice on the board for 15 days and did not
find it ; he is bound to continue lookinjj until it is noticed, and
if an undue period elapses it is open to him to send a reminder.

G. of I. Notification No 316-1. B, Foreign Department,

dated the 18th February 1913.

Tlie Governor General in Council is pleased to direct
that the Court of the Manai;er of the T;ilnka of Ghodasar
in the Mahi Kantha Agency shall be added to the schedule
annexed to the Notification of the Government of India in
the Foreign Department, No. 2444-1. B., dated the 26th
November 1912, as being a court (a) to which the provisions
of Section 29 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (V of
1908 ), apply, and {h) by which summonses issued by Courts
in British India under the said Code may be served.

II. Tiie Governor General in Council is further pleased
to declare that the decrees of the swid Court may be executed
i)v Courts in Britisii India in accordance with the provisions
uf Section 44 of the said Code, and that the Court shall
accordingly be included in the list of Courts appended to
the Notification of the Governmetit of India in the Foreign
Department, No. 2877-1. A, dated the I3th July 1906.

G. of I. Notification No. 512-1. B., Foreign Department,

dated the 17th March 1913.

Tlie Governor General in Council is pleased to direct that
in the schedule annexed to the Notification of the Govern-
ment of India in the Foreign Department, No. 2444-1. R^

535

^ated the 26th November 1912, of Courts (a) to whicli the
provisions of Section 29 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
1908 ( V of 1908 ), npply, and (b) by which suuiinonses
issued by Courts in British India under the said Code may
be served, the following further amendment shall be made,
namely ; —

For the entries relatint; to Mahi Kantha the followin<^
shall be substituted : —

Mahi Kantha.

■Court of the Sir Nvayadhish Court of the Manager of

of tlie Idar State. Khadal.

Court of the Rao of Pol. Court of the Manaixer of
Court of the ' Maharana of Ghodasar.

Danta. Court of the Manager of Ih)l.

Court of the Ravalji of Malpur. Court of the Thakor of Vasna.

Court of the Ravalji of Mansa. Court of the Thakor of
Court of the Nyayadhish of Sudasna (including the Court

Mansa. of the Tliakor of Dalisna).

Court of the Manager of C')urt of the Tliakor of

Mohanpur. Rupal.

Court of the Thakor of Court of the Thakor of

Katosan. Ma""odi.

Court of the Nyayadhish of Court of the Thakor of Vada-

Katosan. sram.

Court of the Thakor of Varsoda. Court of the Manafjer of
Court of the Thakor of Valasna.

Ranasan. Court of the Thakor of
Court of the Mia ofPunadra. Sathamba.

Court of the Thakor of Court of the Thakore of

Amliara. Kaduli.

Court of the Manager of Court of the Thakor of Hapa.

Pethapur. Court of the Thakor of GabaL

536

G. of I. Notification No. 513-1. B , foreign Department^
dated the 17th March I9l3.

In the list annexed to the notification of the Govern-
ment of India in the Foreign Department, No. 2053-1. B.»
dated the 22Qd September 1911, of Courts in Native States
by which the decrees passed by Civil Courts in British Indi*
may be executed, under the head of " Mahi Kantha " the
following shall be added, namely : —

" Court of the Mana<:er of Ghodasar. "

Notification showing Courts, established or continued
by the Governor General of India in Council, wliich hav»
power to serve summonses issued by Courts in British India
under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 ( V of 1908 ).

Government of India, Foreign Department Notification
Xo. 787— L B., dated the 9th April 1913.

The Governor General in Council is pleased to notify
that the Courts specified in the Schedule hereto annexed which
have been established or continued by the Governor General
in Council, have }iower to serve summonses issued by the
Courts in British India under the Code of Civil Procedure
1908 ( V of 1908 ).

The Governor General in Council is further pleased to
declare that the provisions of Section 45 of the said Code
apply to the said Courts except Courts of Thandars.

The notificatiojis of Government of India in the Foreign
Department Nos. 4049-1. A., and 4050-1. A„ dated the IStli

September 1902 are hereb}' cancelled.

537
Schedule.

Agency.

Mahi Kantha.

Courts.

The Courts of the Political Agent, the Assist-
ant Political Agent, the District Deputy-
Assistant Political Agent, and the Huzur
Deputy Assistant Political Agent in the Mahi
Kantha.

The Courts of the Thandars of the Bawishi
Zilla, Gadhwada, Katosan, Sabar Kantha and
Watrak Kantha, the Court of the Aval
Karkun at Mahisa.

The District Court and the Subordinate Civil
Courts of the sections of the Ahmedabad-
Prantij and the Mehsana Railways, respec-
tively, in the Mahi Kantha.

Introduction of the system of direct service of non—
compulsary processes, i. e., summonses and notices, between
the Civil and Revenue Courts of the Baroda State and those-
of the Native State in the Gujarat Agencies.

G. R., P. £>., No. 5874, dated 6th October 1913,

Resolution. — Government approve of the proposal that
the system of direct service of non-compulsory processes
between the Civil and Revenue Courts of the Baroda State
and those of the Native States in the Gujarat Agencies,
which was introduced for a period of two years by Government
Resolutions Nos. 2596 and 5020, dated the 19th April 191L
and 21st July 1911, respectively, should be made permaajeut^

538

lEnglish summary of Gujrati Circulars and Resolutions, (Sec.

1. Agency memorandum No. 799, dated 15th April 1887^
•contnining instructions for the Agency Courts regarding rules
«nd rates for process fees in Civil suits.

2. Government Resolution No. 5149, dated 18th
September 1888, directing Civil and Criminal Courts of Native
States, which send summons to Courts in British India for
service, to send a translation in the language of the Court to
which it is sent, of the summons, along with the original,
if the lano'uage of the issuinor Court is different from that
of the Court to which it is sent for service.

3. Circular No. 2358, dated 24th October 1900, re-
garding calculation of the period required to obtain copies of
papers tor calculating the period of limitation, contained in
G. R. No. 7233, dated 1st October 1900.

4. Circular No. 634, dated 8th October 1906, re. deduc-
tion only ot the period from the date of receipt of application
for copies of {)aper>!, to the date on which they are ready
for delivery from the calculation of period of limitation.

5. Circular No. 132, dated 17th April 1907, regarding
confirmation of the arrangement of reciprocity in the direct
service of summons on witnesses in Civil and Criminal cases,
between Courts of the Baroda State and those of the Agency.

6. Circular No. 59 of 1911-12, regarding application of
sections 86 and 87 and 203 to 212 of the Mamlatdar's Court
Act and Land Revenue Code respectively to the Thana
Circles in Mahi Kantha Agency to avoid delay and expense
in Civil suits for possession.

7. Circular No. 2851, dated 15th January 1912, re-
garding application of the Coda of Civil Procedure, Act V
of 1908, to Mahi Kantha Agency by Government letter,-.

jPolitical Department, No. 9938, dated I5th December 19H»

539

8. Circular No. 476, dated 15th May 1913 re^^ard-
irjo introduction of the system of reciprocity in the service
of summonses and execution of decrees between Courts of
the Native States in Mahi Kantha Agency and Courts in
British India as sanctioned by Government Kesolutiou
Political Department, No. 2444, dated 17th March 1913.

9. Circular No 1113, dated 18th July 1915 regard-
iuof substitution of the words " and tliere shall be no regu-
lar appeal acjainst his decision to the Court of the Political*
Agent, except in cases of suits decided in accordance with
rule 12," for the words '* and there shall be no regular
appeal against his decisions to the Court of the Political
Agent, " in paragraph 2 of Agency Circular No. 1464,
dated 1st October 1913.

10. Circular No. 1800, dated l2th November 1915,
regarding proper observance of the conditions, contained in
Circular No. 2153, dated 24th October 1900, concerning the
time from which peiiod of limitation is to be reckoned.

11. Circular No. L. A.W. 19, dated 8th: June 1920, ve.-*
previous sanction of the Political Agent to the institution
of Civil suits against tribute paying Talukdars and Bhagdars.

12. Circular No. L. A. W. S-V-1, dated 25th July
1920, directing the touring officers to notify their halting
stations for the infornjation of the parties.

VII. CLASSIFICATION OF STATES & TALUKAS*

G. R. No. 030, F. D. dated 15th February 1S77.

Letter from the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
No. 1292-155, dated 18th December 1870— Stating, with refer-
ence to Government Resolution, No. 2111 of 187G, that he
has been unable satisfactorily to ascertain the size of eacli
State under that Agency as the Mahi Kantha has never

540

"been surveyed. Submitting a statement showinsf as far as
possible the size ( as given by the Chiefs themselves ) and
revenue of each State ( excluding the States subordinate to
Edar) and also the number of eases from each State disposed
of by the Officers of the Agency during the year 1875-76.
Addinof remarks on the Civil and Criminal jurisdiction of
the several States.

Kesolution. — In the Mahi Kantha there are 51 States
besides the First Class State of Edar. The present system
of judicial jurisdiction in these States is as follows: — Two
of them Pol and Danta can try for any offence, heinous or
not heinous, but the other 49 can try only for offences which
are not heinous, and the trial of all the heinous offences
devolves on the Agency. From the decisions in Criminal
cases of all these Chiefs an appeal lies to the Political Agent.
Civil cases are disposed of through Punchayats.

2. It is proposed that the judicial jurisdiction of these
States should be classified as has been done in Kathiawar,
according to the following classification:—

Jurisdiction of Class.

2 in the Second Class — Full, subject to the confir-

mation by Political Agent
in capital cases. Upto Rs.
20,000 Civil jurisdiction.

3 in the Third Class — 2 years' imprisonment, Rs.

1,000 fine. Rs. 5,000 Civil.
9 in the Fourth Class — 1 year's imprisonment, Rs.

500 fine, Rs. 2,500 Civil.
9 in the Fifth Class — G months' imprisonment, Rs.

250 fine, Rs. 1,000 Civil.

14 in the Sixth Class. — 3 months' imprisonment, Rs.

100 fine, 500 Civil.

14 in the jSeventh Class — 1 month's imprisonment, Rs,
-- — . 50 fine., Rs. 250 Civil.

51

541

3. In the classification system however, as introducect
in Kathiawar, and as proposed for Mahi Kantha, there is
an important difference. In Kathiawar there is no recog-
nised right of appeal to the Agency from the decisions of
the Native States within the jurisdictional limits assigned to
them, and the Agency exercises only what is called th&
residuary jurisdiction. Whereas in the Mahi Kantha it is
proposed that there should be, as there is at present, an
appeal from all the decisions of the Native States. It is
also to be remarked that the Kathiawar States of the higher
classes are far larijer and richer than in the Mahi Kantha
States which it is proposed to place in the corresponding classes.

4. It seems doubtful whether any substantial alteration
in existing practice will follow on the classification proposed
for the Mahi Kantha. At the same time the principle of
classification is in itself good as including emulation, and
enabling the Government to mark their appreciation of the
Chiefs who are well educated, and good Rulers of their
States. The classification therefore as proposed by the Poli-
tical Agent should be introduced, a report on the working
of the system being submitted at the close of the present
year, with statistics showing the number of cases of each
State decided by the Chief, and in original or on appeal
by the Political Agency. Any suggestions for the improve-
ment of the system will at the same time be considered.

Xo. 1750, dated 2iid July ISOO,
With reference to his appeal dated 13th February
1889 to the address of the Secretary of State for India
against the order of the Government of India embodied in
Bombay Government Resolution No. lOGl), dated 13th Febru-
ary 1888, the Thakore of Dalisna is informed, under tho
orders conveyed in Bombay Government Resolution No.
3919, dated 20th June 1890, that the Government have

542

3approved of the detailed proposals contained in the last
paragraph of Colonel Wodehouse's decision dated the 5th'
of November 1883.

The Thakore of Sudasna should therefore permit the
Dalisna Thakore to exercise the powers of a 3rd class Magi--
strate in criminal affairs and in civil to hear oases up to
Hs. 250 in value as also to retain fees and fines in cases-
>vithin his powers. iVll returns of every description must be
forwarded through Sudasna. The Mahi Kantha Agency
officials are cautioned that except in the most urgent cases
correspondence regarding Dalisna should be conducted through
Sudasna and not direct, the position of the Thakore of Dalisna
having been recognised as that of a Bhayat of Sudasna.

This order necessarily cancels the previous arrangements
made by Colonel Phillips in 1885 in obedience to Bombay
Government Resolution No. 1303, dated 4th March 1885.

Investing Thakore Hamirsinghji Mansinghji of Rupal
tinder the Mahi Kantha Agency with the jurisdictional
powers of a Fifth Class Chief.

Letter No. 400o, dated the 16th August 1906,
Jrom the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.

« ;'.: Hi

5. Thakore Hamirsinhji is now 28 years of age and ap-
pears to be qualified to manage his Taluka and to exercise
the jurisdictional powers of a Fifth Class Chief of this-
Agency, and I beg to recommend that Government will be
pleased to take his application into favourable consideration.

Endorsement by R. M. Kennedy, Esquire, Commissioner,

Northern Division, No. 350, dated the 21st August 1906.^
Forwarded.

G. R. No. 6264, P. D. dated 10th September 1906.

Resolution. -The recommendations of the Political Agenfe
■supported by the Commissioner, Northern Division, are accepted^

543

Agency Memo. No. 6208, dated 9th October 1917.

To— The Assistant Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.

In forwarding herwith copies of the documents noted
in the margin, you are informed.

Political Agent Mahi ^jt^ reference to the correspondence
Kantha s letter No.7901, . '^

dated the 14th November ending with your No. 871, dated the

1912 to the address of 22nd Ultimo that as ruled by Govern-
Government and Govern-
ment letter, P. D.,No. 635, J^ent, all cases of an admm:strativo

dated the 29th January nature and domestic character are sub-

ject, in the first instance, whatever
■their value, to the jurisdiction of the States concerned. You
are therefore requested to be so good as to return all such
suits which have been filed in your Court, to the Chiefs coii'
oerned, for being heard and decided according to Law.

Agency Memo. No. A. D. M.-llb, dated 2Jt-th July 1919,

To— The Raolji of Malpur.

You are informed that Government have been pleased
to accord their sanction to the witlidrawal of the appellate
powers of the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, and the revision-
al powers of the Commissioner, N. D., (1) in respect of
offences enumerated in section 260 of the Code of the Cri-
minal Procedure, and (2) in respect of all Civil cases decid-
ed by you.

2. It may be noted that this concession is granted aa
a mark of personal distinction during your life time.

Similar Memos — To the Chiefs of Satlasua and Katosan.

Agency Notification No. A. D. M.^lo7, dated 21st

Nocemher 1919.
It is notified for general information that in recognitiort
of the meritorious administration of the Taluka of Sudasna^

544

l)y Thakore Prathisingji and of the good services rendered
by him during the late war, Government have been pleased
to raise the status of that Taluka from the 5th to the 4th

Class.

Agency Memo. No. A. D. M.-136, dated 27th November 1919.

To — Thakore Vakhatsingji of Hapa.

With reference to your petition dated the 7th Septem-
ber last, you are informed under the orders of Government
that in appreciation of the satisfactory administration of
' your Taluka, Government have been pleased to sanction the
exercise by you of 5th Class Jurisdictional powers as a per-
sonal distinction, but they are unable to consent the grant to
you of police powers.

English summary of Circulars , Memos., <&c,

(1) Circular No. 2556, dated 15 December 1911, re.
increase in the jurisdiction of Talukdars of Malpur, Katosan
and Sudasna as a personal distinction.

(2) Political Agent, Mahi Kanthu's Memo. No. 3876,
dated 13th June 1913, re. a salute of 9 guns to Danta Darbar
HamirsiDghji as a personal distinction.

(3) Political Agent's Memo. No. 4157, dated 24th June
1913, re. withdrawal of appellate powers of the Political
Agent and revisional powers of the Commissioner, N. D., in
civil and criminal matters over Mansa Taluka.

(4) Circular No. 803, dated 14th July 1914, re. con-
ferment of the jurisdiction of a 3rd Class Chief as a personal
^distinction to Surajmalji, 4th Class Chief of Vareoda.

545
VIII. COURT-FEE STAMPS.

Agency Circular No. 3763, dated 1st September 1899.

Although Rule 1 of the rules for the custody, sale and
account of stamp labels framed by the Political Agent and
communicated to the Assistant Political Agent, Personal
Assistant and the Native Assistant under this office No. 1807,
dated 11th May 1892, authorizes the levy of stamp fee only
by means of adhesive labels on miscellaneous petitions the
same procedure is applied to all cases where stamp fee is
required to be levied. In order to legalize this procedure the
Political Agent is pleased to order that after the words
** miscellaneous petitions " the wonis " regular civil suits,
appeals, processes, Mukhtyarnamas, registration of documents,
record room papers, licenses, &c. " should be added in Rule 1
of the rules for the custody &c., of stamps.

Agency Notification No. 4107, dated 25th September 1899.

It is hereby notified for general information that the
Institution fees on Civil Suits shall be levied by means of
adhesive labels upto Rs. 10 and above that sum in impressed
papers. These labels and impressed papers will be obtaiuable
at all Agency Courts and Treasury Officers and from licensed
vendors.

English summary of Gujarati Circulars, &c.

(1) Circular No. 1993, dated 7th December 1905, re-
garding application of Indian Court Fee Act, 1870, to the
Court of the Resident, Baroda, from loth June 1905 levying
Court fee in all Giras cases and on appeals and applications
for revision or review filed by Girassias in that Court.

35

546

(2) Circular No. 2471, dated 4th/6th February 1906^
regarding levying of a fee of Rs. 2 on all appeals to Agency
Court for the exercise of the powers of High Court on orders
passed in accordance with section 244 of Civil Procedure Code
(Act XIV, 1882) and Rs. 0-8-0 in all other cases.

(3) Government Notification No. 6209, dated 8th
September 1906, regarding Rules for the refund of the value of
impressed Court-fee stamps and adhesive lables in Political
Agencies.

(4) Circular No. 1507, dated 25th September 1906,
regarding application of the above rules to Mahi Kantha
Agency.

(5) Circular No. 830, dated 28th August 1908, regarding
cancellation of the sanction to the refund of the value of
Court-fee stamps returned by a vendor, who has resigned or
whose license has been suspended or by the heir of a
vendor who has died if not availed of within 12 months and
not renewed by the Political Agency after that period on
valid o;rounds.

(6) No. 714, dated 2nd August 1909 Circular regarding
abolition of the levying of Court-fee on applications for the
registration of documents in addition to the registration fee.

(7) Circular dated oth September 1915 regarding ex-
planation of certain doubtful points of Court-fee Stamps
Rules raised by Katosan Thandar.

IX» CRIMINAL

G. R., P. D., No. 1465, dated 11th March 188G,

Resolution. — The Political Agent, has under the
Extradition Act, to enter the place of surrender in the warrant
for arrest. The Governor in Council concurs with Colonel
Watson that Wadhwan should be generally adopted as tha
place for surrender for persons to be tried ia Kathiawar.

547

Political Agent, Maid Kanthd's order dated
11th May 1897.

To

The Jurisdictional Talukdars of the 3rd and lesser
Classes.

It has come to the knowledge of the Political Agent
that in certain Talukas the custom prevails for the Talukdar
to delegate the criminal and judicial jurisdictional powers
conferred upon him by Government to his Karadar who
independantly exercises the jurisdiction while the Talukdar
continues to sign depositions, &c , as having been taken
before him.

This is not only illegal, but a false record. It is under-
stood that in small Talukas when the Talukdar is away,
or sick, or some other valid and unavoidable cause prevents
him from attending to his criminal and judicial business, that
the work should be delegated to the Karodar but there
should be an order of delegation on such occasions and durinf'
its continuance the Kamdar should sign all depositions, &c.,
as before himself.

Talukdars must understand that the jurisdiction conti-
nued to them by the British Government is a very respon-
sible power which in many instances their Kamdars are neither
by education nor experience fitted to exercise and it is illegal
and improper for Talukdars to falsify records by certifying
that depositions, statements, &c., have been taken " Before
them '' when as a matter of fact ^hey have been taken in
their absence by the Kamdar.

1 must warn all Talukdars that any abuse of their
jurisdictional powers cannot be overlooked.

548

Government Order No. 1854, Political Department, dated 23rd
March 1898, addressed to the Commissioner, Northern Division,

" Adverting to your endorsement No. 105, dated the 18th
Ultimo, and the inquiry contained in the Political Accent,
Mahi Kantha's letter to your address No. 369 of the 28th
January last as to the authority who should exercise revisional
powers in respect of the petty jurisdictional States in that
Agency when deemed necessary, I am directed to state that
there is no doubt that if action is to be taken at all, it is
Political action and must be taken by the Political Ajjent.
But the Political Agent's reference appears to lay too little
stress on the following considerations. Such powers as have
been left with the petty Chiefs are just as much their own
as is the plenary jurisdiction of a First Class State its own.
The Political Agent is no more expected to "revise" or
intervene in the one case than in the other. He is guided
by the same principles of avoidance of minute interference
of support of whatever measure of authority has been granted
to the Chiefs, and he intervenes authoritatively only to pre-
vent gross and persistent mal-administration. He cannot,
sitting as a Court, cancel, modify or reverse particular sen-
tences passed by any Chief, within the jurisdiction he posses*
set", whether that jurisdiction be plenary or restricted to in-
fliction of sentences of tii;:c-3 months* imprisonment or less.
He can discuss matters with the Chief, advise him as a
friend, and, in extreme crises, advise him authoritatively as
representative of Government. But this last action is of
course to be taken onl}^ under a sense of personal responsi-
bility and in cases demanding such action.

2. Tile Political Agent will no doubt avoid any ten-
dency to regard the Chiefs' Courts as those of subordinate
judicial authorities, whose records have to be examined and.
all mistakes found corrected. "

549

Regarding the Jurisdiction of Criminal Courts in Native
States over Native Officers and Soldiers of the Indian Army.

Letter No. 1389-1. A., dated the I8th April 1905.
From-V. Gabriel, Esquire,

Under Secretary to the Government of India,
Foreiorn Department ;

To — The Honourable Sir James Bourdilion, K. C. S. I.,

Ptesident in Mysore.
I am directed to reply to Mr. Tucker's letter No. 4947,
dated the 4th October 1904, regarding jurisdiction of Criminal
Courts in Native States over native officers and soldiers of
the Indian Army.

2. The Mysore Darbar have been informed that the
jurisdiction of such Courts is limited to : —

(i) the case of a native soldier who while on leave
within a Native State commits an offence which
renders him subject to arrest,
(ii) that of a native soldier who while on leave
within a Native State is arrested for an offence
committed by him in that State on some previ-
ous oocasion : provided that the offence so com-
mitted is one of those entered in the Schedule
of the Indian Extradition Act.
They now enquire what is the correct procedure in
the followino; cases : —

(a) when a native soldier of the Indian Army com-
mits within a Native State, while not on leave,
an offence which does not subject him to arrest;

(b) when a native soldier of the Indian Army com-
mits within the State, while on leave, an offence
which does not subject him to arrest ;

35 a

550

(c) when a native soldier of the Indian Arnay com-
mits within the State, while not on leave, an
offence which does subject him to arrest ;

they also desire to know : —

{(l) whether an offence previously committed in a

Native State ( - ( in ) - supra - ) means an

off'ence committed by such soldier when not on

leave or when on leave ; and
(e) what steps thej' can take when the offence referred

to under (d) is not included in the Schedule to

the Indian Extradition Act.

3. I am to inform you that as regards (a) the Courts
of Native States have no jurisdiction over a native officer
or soldier of the Indian Army who, while not on leave^
commits any kind of offence within their territories.

As regards (b) the native officer or soldier who, while
on leave in a Native State, commits an offence of any kind
against the law of such State is amenable to the jurisdiction
of the State Courts.

As to case (c) the Darbar should be informed that the
offender may be arrested by State authority in any case in which
the law of the State permits of such arrest, but that he should
be handed over forthwith to the nearest Military authority.

With reference to (c?) the words *' an offence commit-
ted by him in that State on some previous occasion " ( para-
graph 2 (ii) supra), may be interpreted in their broadest
sense, the meaning of the phrase not being restricted to of-
fences committed while on leave. The jurisdiction of the
Native State Courts will not, however, extend to the case of
a native soldier, who has been charged with an offence pre-
viously committed while on duty, and who has already been
tried and either acquitted or punished by the British autho-
lities for such offence.

551

As regards (e) I am to say that the Government of
India are prepared to waive the restriction imposed by the
words ''provided that the offence so committed is one of
those entered in the schedule to the Indian Extradition Act "
(Paragraph 2 (ii) supra).

# # -s^ * *

p. D. No. 3018, dated 12th May 1905.

Order. — Ordered that a copy of the above papers be
forwarded for information and guidance to all Political Offi-
cers in continuation of Circular No. 6508, dated the 21st
October 1904, with a request that they will bring the orders
of the Government of India to the notice of the Native
Chiefs in their Agencies.

English summary of Gujarati Circidar^, Orders, &c.

1. Agency Circular No. 479, dated 15th May 1880,
directing Thandars and Talukdars to send an immediate
report to the Political Agent of the commission of serious
offences like dacoity, murder, robbery, suicide, &c,, within
their jurisdiction as required by a former Circular No. 1870.

2. Government Notification No. 5C59, dated 5th
August 1884, regarding examination as a witness of the
Police Officer who investigated the offence in important
cases and keeping of a diary of his enquiries and statements
of witnesses as required by Ss. 161-1 G2, Cr. P. C, with
bim, and its use to refresh his memor}^ at the time of question
about the deposition of witnesses.

3. Agency Circular No. 1677, dated 26th June 1885,
regarding obtaining sanction of the Political Agent, Mahi
liantha, to the trial of British subjects who may have com-
mitted an offence within the limits of Native States when
they demand their surrender.

552

4. Agency Circular No. 4745, dated 10th Noveaiber
1885, regarding information to the Political Agent by Chiefs
and Talukdars, as to whether the offender who is charo-ed
with bailable offence, can furnish bail, within twenty days of
his surrender to the State or Taluka for trial, as required
by Government Resolution, No. 6655, dated 4th November
1885.

5. Agency Circular No. 724, dated 2nd November 1896,
directing States and Talukas, that they should award the
proper sentence of imprisonment to the offenders and not merely
fine them, because the sentence of fine is fixed not to increase
the revenue of the State, but for the prevention of serious
offences, and that liability to meet the provisioning charges
of prisoners is no excuse for awarding fine.

6. Agency Circular No. 1836, dated 20th July 1886,
regarding recovery of provisioning charges of convicts trans-
ported to Andamans from the State within whose limits the
offence is committed.

7. Government Orders, Judicial Department, No. 1724,
dated 27th March 1906, regarding direct correspondence
between Police Officers of the Baroda State and those of British
India concerning information about habitual offenders and
persons of bad character.

8. Circular No. 613, dated 6th September 1907, inviting-
attention of all Agency Magistrates to Chapter XVI of the
Criminal Procedure Code and directing that before a noa-
cognizable case is taken on file, the complainant should be
examined and reexamined as to the validity of his complaint,
to avoid unnecessary trouble afterwards.

9. Circular No. 1109, dated 29th February 1908, re-
garding discontinuance of the practice of hand-cuffing a
prisoner while being taken to the Court and back except

553

where it; is likely that he will escape or attempt would b»
made to rescue him, as per G. R., P. D. No. 1705, dated
12th February 1908.

10. Circular Xo. 182, dated 26th March 1910, regard-
ing proper attention to the object for which jurisdiction has
been granted to Talukdars, as it is not to be used as a means
of earnincr an income.

11. Circular No. 104, dated 18th April 1910, regarding
discontinuance of the practice of information by District
^Magistrates of the final disposal of a case against an offender
of British India handed over for trial in the Ao^ency and
vice versa, but that States and Talukas should continue to
report the same to the Agency for their knowledge.

12. Circular No. 223, dated 13th June 1910, regarding
information to the local Military authority of the arrest of
a Native Officer or soldier of the Indian Army if according
to rule, he is not to be handed over to the nearest Military
authority; G. R., P. D., No. 250G, dated 21st April 1910.

13. Circular No. 224, dated 13th June 1910, regarding
information by the District Magistrate of ^British India of
the final disposal of a case against an offender of the Agency
handed over for trial in British India by virtue of a primct
facie case, in special cases if requested by the Political
Agent to do so.

14. Circular No. 458, dated 19th August 1910, regarding
information by the District Magistrate of British India ta
the Political Asrent of the final result of a case against a
criminal of Native State under the Agency handed over for
trial in British India by a virtue of a prima facie case, but
i*uch information to District Magistrate of British India is not;
necessary when a criminal of British India is handed over
for trial by the same rule to a Native State under th^

554

Political Agent, and that District Magistrate of British Iiidva-
should write to the Government if such information be neces-
sary in any case on account of special reasons.

15. Circular No. 1143, dated 13th March 1912, regarding
sending a subject of Native State who might be suffering
imprisonment other than one for life in British India jail^ to
his Native State, on his receiving a conditional pardon, ac-
cording to Sec. 401 of the Criminal Procedure Code, after
consultation with his Native State, and information by the
State to the Political Agent, or the nearest Police Station
of British India in case of his disappearance.

16. Yadi No. M. A. G./19, dated lOth March 1920^.
re, remand of undertrial prisoners by the Magistrate who
conducts the trial and not by another Magistrate at head
quarters, if the former is a touring officer, as required by
Sec. 344 of Criminal Procedure Code.

17. Circular No. M. A. G./lO, dated 7th June 1920,
re. sending of summaries of cases within the cognizance of
subordinate Magistrates, through them to the Police by sub-
-divisional officers and permission to them to enquire about
the progress oi a case, if need be, on special grounds at any
time.

18. Circular No. A. S. 0./3, dated 6th May 1919,
regarding permission to investigating officer to be present in
Court to give instructions to prosecuting officer and to exa-
mine him soon if he is tendered as a witness.

X. EDUCATION.

English summary of Gujarati CWculars, dc.
1. Agency Circular No. 4607, dated 3rd September
1887, regarding fees to be paid by students who attend
Crujarfiti schools in Mahi Kantha.

555

2. Circular No. 2343, dated 26th February 191G,
regarding establishment, administration and control of Schoot
Master's Pension Fund in Mahi Kantha Agency excepting
States of Classes I and II.

3. Circular No. 18, dated 8th April 1916, regarding
necessity of obtaining previous written sanction of the Political
Agent by the Christian and Missionary Alliance before openig
new schools in Agency Thana Circles or Talukas.

4. Circular No. M. S. C, 18, dated 29th May 1919,
fixing Rs. 0-3-6 as mileage to be paid to Mehtajis on
their transfers.

XL ENCUMBERED ESTATES.

Agency Notification No. 760, dated 17th Fehruary 1899.

In continnation of this office Notification No. 2020,
dated 19th December 1884, it is hereby notified for general
information that as tributary Chiefs and Talukdars (including
sub-sharers ) have only a life interest in their estates, they
cannot charge them with debts beyond their own lives. Tho
principle, therefore, that no debts incurred by the predecessor
of a Ruling Chief or a tributary Talukdar ( including sub-
sharers ) without his concurrence or subsequent recognition
or without the written consent of the Political Agent should
be recognised will be strictly observed.

2. It is farther notified that the Agency Courts are-
not intended as a general rule to interfere in monetary
transactions between Ruling Chiefs or Jurisdictional Talukdars
and their creditors. Xo Court of the Agency should, there-
fore, entertain a monetary claim against such Cliief or Talukdar
without a previous reference to the Political Agent for orders.

556

English summary of Gujarati Circulars, dc.

1. Circular No. 147, dated 18th April 1894, regarding
Teport to Political Aj^ent by the State or Taluka when there
is a case of necessity of lendinor money to Girassias, for
orders as to whether they should borrow the money from the
State or from other Girassias and that sanction of Govern-
ment of India is necessary to the lending of money by the
Girassias of one Taluka to those of another.

2. Circular No. 543, dated 9th July 1906, regarding
observance of the order in which the debts due by a Taluk-
ciar who has taken loan from Government are to be dis-
charged.

3. Circular No. 802, dated 8th August 1906, regarding
payment of the surplus remaining after paying the tribute
and other dues to Government for the current year as well
as the interest and instalments of Government and guaran-
teed debts for every year, in the order shown m above
Circular.

XIL ESTABLISHMENT OF A NEW VILLAGE.

Circular No. 4-873, dated 5th December 1892.

In pursuance of rulings contained in Government Reso«
lution No. 7548 of the 30th Ultimo, it is hereby notified
for general information that a limit of 1320 yards is fixed
as the ordinary distance at which any new settlement on a
foreign frontier may be made.

2. Should it be desired to create a new settlement
within 1320 yards of a foreign frontier, the case should be
reported to the Political Agent for special sanction on its
-merits.

557

3. The above Circular applies to all the States and
Talukas and Thana Circles under this Agency and it should
hd communicated to all concerned iti Vernacular.

XIII. EXTRADITION,

Rules under Section 22 of the Extradition Act, 1905
(XV of 1903).

Notification of the Government of India in the Foreign Depart-
ment, No. 1862'1-A., dated the 13th May 1904-.

In exercise of the powers conferred ^by the Indian
( Foreign Jurisdiction ) Order in Council, 1902, and by Sec-
tion 22 of the Indian Extradition Act, 1903 ( XV of 1903),
and in supersession of all previous rules on the same subject
the Governor General in Council is pleased with effect from
the 1st day of June 1904 to make the following rules,
namely :—

1. The Political Agent shall not issue a warrant uuder
Section 7 of the Indian Extradition Act, 1903 ( hereinafter
referred to as " the said Act " ), in any case which is provid-
ed for by Treaty, if the State concerned has expressly-
stated that it desires to abide by the procedure of the
Treaty, nor in any case in which a requisition for a surrender
has been made by or on behalf of the State under Sectioa
0 of the said Act.

2. The Political Agent shall not issue a warrant under
Section 7 of the said Act except on a request preferred to
him in writing either by or by the authority of the person
for the time being administering the Executive Government
of the State for which he is a Political Agent, or by any
Court within such State which has been specified in this
behalf by the Governor General in Council, or by the
Governor of Madras or Bombay in Council, as the case may
be, by notificatien in the Official Gazette.

558

3. If the accused person is a subject, the Political
Agent shall before issuing a warrant under Section 7 of
the said Act, consider whether he ought not to certify the
<;ase as one suitable for trial in British India, and he shall,
instead of issuing such a warrant so certify the case, if he
-^s satisfied that the interest of justice and the convenience

of witnesses can be better served by the trial being held in
British India.

4. The Political Agent shall, in all cases before issu-
ing a warrant under Section 7 of the said Act, satisfy hini-

-self by preliminary inquiry that there h a prima facie case
against the accused person.

5. (1) The Political Agent shall, before issuing a war-
rant under Section 7 of the said Act, decide whether
the warrant shall provide for the delivery of the
accused person : —

(a) to the Political Agent or to a British Officer
subordinate to the Political Agent with a view
to his trial by the Political Agent, or,

(b) to an authority of the State with a view to his
trial by the State Courts.

(.?) Before coming to a decision the Political Agent
shall take the following matters into consideration : —

(1) the nature of the offence charged,

(2) the delay and trouble involved in bringing the
accused person before himself,

, (3) the judicial qualifications of the Courts of the

State,

(4) whether the accused person is a British subject
or not and if he is a British subject ( other
than European British subject ) whether the

559

Courts of the State, either by custom or recog-
nition, try such British subjects surrendered toi
them, and

(5) whether the Courts of the State have, by custona
or by recognition, power to inflict the punish-
ment which may be inflicted under the Indiaa
Penal Code for an offence similar to that with
which the accused person is charsjed,

6. Notwithstanding anything in rule 5, the Political
Agent shall make the warrant provide for the delivery of
the accused persons to himself ( or to an officer subordinate
to himself), or to an authority of the State concerned, as the
case may be, if he is generally or specially instructed by the
Governor General in Council to try an accused person him-
self or to make him over for trial to the proper Court of
such State.

7. In the case of an accused person made over for
trial to the Court of the State the Political Agent shall
satisfy himself that the accused receives a fair trial, and that
the punishment inflicted on conviction is not excessive or
barbarous, and, if he is not so satis6ed, he shall demand the
restoration of the prisoner to his custody, pending the orders*
of the Governor General in Council.

8. Accused persons arrested in British India on.
warrants issued under Section 7 or Section 9 of the said
Act shall be treated as far as possible, in the same way a?i
persons under trial in Britisli India.

9. A person sentenced to imprisonment by a Political
Agent shall if a British subject, be conveyed to the most,
convenient prison under British Administration, and shidl
there be dealt with as though he had been sentenced under
the local Law.

560

Provided always that this rule shall not be construed
so as to give such persons any riorht of appeal other than
that allowed by the rules for the time beinoj in force for
regulating appeals from the decisions of the Political Agent.

10. Nothing in these rules shall be held to apply to
areas in Native States under British Jurisdiction in which the
Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 ( Act V of 1898) is in force.

Mules under Section S2 of the Extradition Act "KV of 1903.

No. 823-D.

Government of India, Foreign Department, Notification,
dated the 25th March 1913.

In exercise of the powers conferred by the Indian
(Foreign Jurisdiction ) Order in Council, 1902, and by Sec-
tion 22 of the Indian Extradition Act, 1903 (XV of 1903),
and of all other powers enabling him in that behalf, the
Governor General in Council is pleased to direct that the
following further amendment shall be made in the rules pub-
lished in the notification of the Government of India in the
Foreign Department, No. 1862-1. A., dated the 13th May
1904 as subsequently amended, namely : —

In rule 4 the words " or otherwise " shall be omitted.

Memorandum of the procedure folloived in Mahi
Kantha Agency in cases of extradition to and
from Baroda State.
<a) Case op extradition op Baroda Subjects to Baroda.

When the extradition of a Baroda subject is

demanded from the Mahi Kantha Agency for

<iat d th 14th ^^^ offence within the perview of the Indian

January 1891. Penal Code the demand of the Resident at

Baroda is complied with at once.

561

(h) Case of extradition to Baroda of the subject of a
Native State in which he is found or of a British
subject found in the Mahi Kantha Agency.

Extradition is not granted without the receipt of papers
establishing the prima facie case from the Baroda State
through the Resident at Baroda.

(c) Case op Extradition to Baroda of the subject of one
Native State found in another in this Agency.
The demand is compHed with at once.

{(l) Case of Extradition from Baroda of a subject of
Native State in Mahi Kaxtha Agency demanded by the
Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.

No prima facie case against the accused whose extra-
dition is asked for is submitted but a certificate to the
effect that sl prima, facie case has been established is only
attached to the demand.

(e) Case of Extradition from Baroda of a Baroda subject.

In all cases where the extradition of a subject of
the Baroda State is required from that State, the Political
A<,'ent, Mahi Kantha, in sendintr his demand, forwards
papers estabhshing a prima facie case against the accused.

(/■) Extradition of the subject of a Native State from
Baroda to a State ( in the Mahi Kantha Agency ) of
which he is not a subject.

The procedure is the same as in (c?), viz., no prima
facie case is submitted but a certificate that a ^:)ri7>iat
facie case is established, is attached to the demand.

Surrender of accused persons between Baroda and

Mahi ICantha is not limited to the offences

G. R. No. 1442 scheduled under the Extradition and Foreit^n
dated 1 st "

March 1898. Jurisdiction Act.

562

In the case of refusal on the part of the Resident

at Baroda to grant extradition where the refusal

G. R. No. 258, appears to the Political Agent not justified
dated 14th ^^ . • ^ ,

January 1873. by the circumstances the matter is referred

for orders of Government.

According to the present procedure a State in this
Agency demanding surrender of accused person»« either Baroda
subjects or the subjects of the State where the oflfence has
been committed or of another State, is required to submit a
2Jrima facie case to the Political Agent, for his satisfaction,
and the latter forwards his demand for extradition in accord-
ance w^ith the procedure mentioned above.

Resurrender.

Where at the trial of an extradited person the trying

Mao^istrate acquits or discharges such per-
G. R. No 3238, i r, A i i • ^ •

dated 22nd ^^^ ^"^ after his release his re-surrender is

May 1897. demanded by any competent High Court in

_, . . the exercise of its powers of revision, no prima

Ihis instance . . . • j i

took place in /(^cie case or ft certificate is required to be

April 1906 submitted with the demand, but the demand
with Baroda. . ,. i ■ , . -r ^ .

IS complied with at once it the person whose

re-surrender is demanded has taken refuge in a State in

this Agency.

Treatment of persons extradited to and by the Baroda
State who have subsequently been charged with second
offence not constituted by the facts on WHICH they werb
originally extradited.

Government have upheld the view that in case of an
offence committed by an accused person, other
G. R. No. 591, ^1^ ^i^j^^ f^^j, which he was originally extra-
dated 28th . 7 , i»
January 1898. dited, the papers of a prima facie case should

be furnished to the surrendering Political

Officer for perusal.

563

Surrender op person undergoing sentence.

In the case of Sardar Rupa in 1902 the Baroda State
agreed to surrender the accused to the Idar State before
the expiry of the sentence of imprisonment that he was
undergoing in the Baroda Jail as he was charged with the
serious offence of murder in Idar territory, on the terms of
reciprocity with the Mahi Kantha Agency.

Conveyance and maintenance charges.

The conveyance and maintenance charges of accused
« R N" 7«in P^'^^ons and of cattle in extradition cases arising
<1ated 20th ' between the Baroda State and this Agency are
November 1903. borne by the authority making the surrender.

Accompaniments to Government Resolution No. 1442,
dated the Ist March 1898.

Political Department, No. 5225 dated 22nd August 1873.

Letter from the Resident at Baroda, No. 128-648, dated
18th July 1873. — Submitting a Memorandum as an attempt
to meet the want authoritative direction in the variety of
extraditional cases which arise between Baroda and the
neighbouring States, &c., suggesting that a precis of the
Government Orders on such cases be drawn up for the infor-
mation and guidance of all the neighbouring British authorities.

Resolution. — The principal alteration of the former Law
of Extradition effected by Act XI of 1872 is that in the
event of a person charged with committing a crime in a Native
State escaping into British territory, the duty of determining
whether there is a prima facie case against him is placed on
the Political Agent is attached to the Native State in which
the crime has been committed instead of on the British

564

Magistrate before whom the accused is brought. The Political
Agent is empowered to issue a warrant for the apprehension
of the accused and the British Magistrate within whose juris-
diction the nccused is found has nothing to do but to execute
the Political Agei\t's Warrant.

2. This principle may be very advantageously introduced
into the procedure which regulates the surrender of criminals
between the Native States under this Government. As a
general Rule the Political A^enfc attached to the State where
the offence is committed cnn examine the case n^ore satisfactorily
and with less inconvenience to the witnesses than the Political
Agent attached to the possibly distant State in which the
accused ma\'' have taken refuge.

3. Accordini: to the present procedure a State requiring
a surrender from another State, has through its own Political
Ao"ent to submit a 'prima facie case which shall satisfy to
the Political Agent of the other State, and the other State
itself It would now be laid down that it will be sufficient
for the Political Agent of the State where the offence has
been committed to certify that a prima facie case has been
made out, and it will be the duty of the Political Agent of
the State in which the accused has taken refuge to cause
the accused to be apprehended through the Native State^
and surrendered without; any inquiry, either on the [)art of
himself or of the Native State, into the merits of the case.

The conveyance and maintenance charges of accused 2^erso7is

and of cattle in extradition cases arising hetiveen the

Barod'x State and British Districts or Native States

in the Bombay Presidenc?j are to he borne by the

authority makinrj the surrender.

Political Department, No. 7810, dated fmh NoveinheV 1003.

Resolution:— In modification of the orders contained in

Government Resolutions Nos. 4034 and 7490, dated respectively

565

the 3rd July and 30th November 1894 and Government
Resolution No. 5455, dated the 7th September 1896, the
Governor in Council is pleased to accept the proposal that
in cases of extradition between the Baroda State and British
Districts of the Bombay Presidency the conveyance and
maintenance charges of accused persons and of cattle should
be borne by the authorities making the surrender. The same
procedure will be followed in Thana Circles and Managed
States and will no doubt be adopted by Native States in
this Presidency. The Ai;ent to the Governor, Kathiuwar,.
should inform the Kathiawar States of this decision and will
ofcourse render no assistance in the recovery of charges by
States surrendering prisoners in the future should any such
be perferred.

English summary of Gujarati Circulars, Orders, &c.

1. Agency Circular No. 2143, dated 8th March 1902,
regarding great care to be taken to see that copies of papers
of prima facie cases of persons to be demanded from Baroda
State are invariably sent along with the original papers.

2. Circular No. 1135, dated 16th January 1905, contain-
ing names of States who agreed to the proposal of conveyance
and maintenance charges of accused persons and cattle in
extradition cases being borne by the authority making the
surrender as required by Government Resolution No. 972,
dated Sth February 1904.

3. Agency Order No. 2927, dated 2nd February 1906,
regardinjj discontinuation of the practice of verification before
an Agency Authority, of i\\Q prima facie case for the surrender
of a Native State subject arrested in 15ritish India.

4. Agency Circular No. 1254, dated 16th February
1902, regarding submission of a statement in the form annexed

36 a

566

to ifc along with the papers of the prima facie case by which
the surrender of an offender is applied for.

5. Agency Circular No. 532, dated 2nd Auj^ust 1907,
regarding surrender of the offenders who cannot be extradited
according to the Extradition Act, with the sanction of the
Bombay Government under section 9 of Act o of 1903 to
be applied for only in specially important cases.

6. Agency Circular No. 418, dated 8th July 1912,
regarding furnishing full information in the prescribed form,
about offenders of foreign jurisdiction and Atjency, arrested
in the Agency by foreign police or otherwise, along with
papers o{ prima facie case against them accompanying applica-
tions for their surrender.

7. Circular No. M. A. G,/24, dated 29th June 1920,
re. release on bail of an offender who has been remanded to
the custody of the Police Officer of the limits in which he
is apprehended, pending his surrender by a prima facie case,
by the local Magistrate under Section 497 of Criminal
Procedure Code in extradition cases even though the offence
be non-bailable.

XIV. GIRAS*

Government letter No. 1800, P. D , dated '22nd April 1857.

"I am directed by the Right Honourable the Governor
in Council to intimate for your information and guidance, that
in a recent despatch, the Honourable the Court of Directorii
have intimated to this Government, that a Tributary Stato
cannot raise at pleasure, the transit duties, this being an
imperial prerogative appertaining only to the Paramount
Government. "

567

English summary of Gujarati Circulars, Notijication, &c.

1. Circular No. 5987, dated 7th December 1841, regard-
in<» prohibition to people of Bavishi Zillah to sell and niort<^age
their lands and calling for docuraents of sale and mortgage
of lands prior to A. S. 1888 for orders of Government.

2. Agency Circular No. 5883, dated 1st December 1842,
prohibiting sale and mortgage of land by people of Mahisn,
and calling for all documents of sale and mortgage of land
prior to A. S. 1888 for the orders of Government.

3. Circular No. 249, dated 6th February 1868, on the
above subject in connection with people of the village of
Kallianji.

4. Agency Circular No. 1948, dated 1st January 1898,.
regarding registration of all lands liable to tribute dues held
by virtue of sale or mortgage by persons in Bavishi Zillah
^vhich were not registered in 1884 or transferred after that
year, within one month of the date of this Circular, failing
which their claim will not be entertained by any Court.

5. Bavishi Thana Notification No. 2555, dated 3rd
March 1898 regarding further extension by two months of
the period fixed in the above Circular.

6. Agency Circular No. 1258, dated SOrh September
1906, regarding period of limitation of 90 days, from the date of
decision, fixed for making application for Review or Revi-
sion of the decision passed by the Git as Court of the Resi-
dent of Baroda or the Giras Court of Baroda State.

7. Circular No. L. A. W./21 dated 15th July 1920,
re. submission of documents for the sale and mortgage of lands,
by Registrars through their Divisional OflBcers to the Political
Agent for sunction

568

8. Circular No. L. A. W. /14, dated 23rd August 1920
re. prohibition aojainst sale of lands of Khatadars of Non-
jurisdictional Talukdars in execution of a decree.

XV, JAPTI ESTATES.

Agency Notification No, M. A. N { S. 0. )-<?,

dated 28 th January 1921.

The Political Agent, Mahi Kan-
1. Ordinary bills of pay ^'^^ jg pleased to authorize the fol-
and fixed allowauces . • xi • a ♦

including permanent lowing officers in this Agency to en-
travelling allowance. dorse the marginally noted bills for

3 THbJTte.^'"'''''^'' payment from tha respective Japti

4. Usual charitable and States and Talukas shown against their
religious allowances. ^^^^^ ._

1. The Thandar of Bavishi... Mahisa and Khanpur.

2. The Thandar of Katosan... Virsoda and Katosan.

3. TheThandarof Gadhwada... Timba, Mota Kothasna

and Dedasan.

4. The Thandar of Vatrak

Kantha... Zer and Nirraali.

5. Tiie Manager of Polo... Polo and Nelaii.

6. The Manager of Varsoda... Varsoda.

7. The Manager of Ghodasar... Ghodasar.

8. The Manager of Kiuadal ... Khadal and Khadal

Bhayat.

9. The Japtidar of Magodi... Magodi.

10. The Japtidar of Rupal... Rupal and Rupal Bhayat.

11. The Japtidar of Mnguiia... Maguna and Nugar J

share.

English summary of Gujarati Circulars.
1. Circular No. 3579, dated 14th October 1887 by the
General Manager, Mahi Kantha, regarding the procedura

569

to be followed by Japtidars and house owners when a houso*
is to be newly constructed, rebuilt, or repaired.

2. Agency Circular No. 495, dated 2nd June 1914^
regarding assessment and collection of Japti Falo from Estates
which are taken under Agenc}'' Management.

XVI ♦ Legal aid to Government Servants*

Regarding the grant of legal assistance for the defence
of Government servants charged with criminal offences in
regard to their oflicial duties.

General Department No. 5160, dated SOlh Septemher 1903,

CIRCULAR.

In supersession of previous orders * on the subject.

Government are pleased to direct

Vide GoverDinenfc Resolu- i.\ l r^ *. i. i j

.• w 1 lAo 1 i. ] xu that a Government servant charged
tion No. 1408, dated the ... ,

12th March 1901. with a criminal offence in respect to

his official action who considers it
necessary to obtain legal assistance for his defence must, if
he proposes to seek re-inibursement from Government, im-
mediately refer to his official superior the question whether the
case is one in which it is necessary to engage such assistance.

2. In Bombay City the official superior of the Govern-
ment servant concerned, should, if there is time, immediately
refer the matter for the orders of Government, but may, if
time does not permit of such reference, grant or refuse
permission subject to the afiproval of Government, and at
once report his action to Government.

3. In the mofussil, Officers not of lower rank than
Heads of Districts or Political Agents are empowered to
sanction the employment of c<mnsel, without reference to
higher authority, in cases in which (1) the counsel engaged
is either («) the District Public Prosecutor or au Assistant

570

"Public Prosecutor, provided he can properly appear under
Ihe provisions of No. 51 of the Law Officers* Rules or (h)
when the services of the District Public Prosecutor or of an
Assistant Public Prosecutor are not available, any other duly
qualified pleader, and (2) the fees proposed to be paid do
not exceed the scale prescribed ft>r a pleader.

4. . The prescribed maxiraura scale of fees (inclusive of
travelling and all other expenses ) for a pleader which may
he sanctioned within budget limits is as follows: —

In a Court at head-quarters ...Rs. 25 per diem.
In a Court out of head-quarters... Rs. 50 per diem.

5. In cases in the mofussil where it is proposed to re-
tain special counsel the official superior of the Government
servant concerned should, if there is time, immediately refer
the matter for the orders of Government, but may, if time
^oes not permit of such reference^ grant or refuse permission,
subject to the approval of Government, and at once report
Ms action to Government.

6. All applications for the re-imburseraent of legal
charges in the cases referred to in paragraphs 2 and 5
above must reach Government within three months of the
conclusion of the proceedings.

XVIL MEDICAL DEPARTMENT^

G. E. No, 1603, G. D. dated 26th March 190j^.

•'•' V: :'? 'A' *

Resolution. — His Excellency the Governor in Council
considers that in cases where a Civil Surgeon certifies that
a Government servant is still St for further service, the
Surgeon-General may in his discretion, on receipt of an
application from the Head of the Department, order a-
further examination by a Medical Board of the person
-concerned.

571

Agency Notice, No. 6 640, dated 24th September 19 IS.

The following fees will be charged per day from Chief*
and Talukdars makirif^ use of the service of the Nurse
Mid-wife away from Head Quarters : —

In the case of Chiefs and Talukdars who have contri-
buted to the Nursing Fund Ks. 2 per diem.

In the case of Chiefs and Talukdars who have not
contributed to the Nursing Fund Rs. 3 per diem.

Apart from daily fees, Travelling and Board will be
charored at the followinof rates: —

Road journey ... As 4 per mile.

Rail ... 2nd Class double fare,

Bhata ... As. 8 per day.

These latter charges may be paid to the nurse direct.
A bill for the daily fees will be submitted by the Assistant
Surgeon, Sadra, to whom the fees should be paid direct.
He will then pay 25 per cent, to the nurse and credit the
balance to the Nursing Fund.

English summary of Gujarati Circulars, d'c.

1. Agency Circular No. 481, dated 11th September
1908, regarding submission of a report as well as the papers
referred to in the annexed form by the State or Taluka
Police Officer, when a corpse is sent to Doctor tor post-
mortem examination and sending the corpse immediately
without delay to avoid decomposition before examination.

2. Circular No. 234, dated 29th May lOll, regarding
fee to be paid by States and Tulukas to Medical Officera
for conducting post-mortem examinations.

572

XVIII. MEMORIAL, PETITIONS AND APPEALS-

Notification requiring all petitions to bear the name of
€he writer.

G. R. P. D. No. 7788, dated 29th December 1893.
# * * » . *

" Owing to difficulties occasionally experienced through
petitioners assertint^ that some arguments or expressions in
their petitions have been inserted contrary to their intention,,
it has been found desirable in several Ajjencies to require
that petitions should bear the name of the writer. The
Political Superintendents or Agents of the following places
are therefore authorized to issue the notification as amended :-

Khairpur. Palanpur. Mahi Kantha.

Rewa Kantha. Poona. Satara.

Dharwar. Savantvadi. Kolaba.

But the rule need not be introduced where the local
authorities do not desire it ; nor is it necessary to extend it
to Cam bay.

Owing to difficulties occasionally arising through peti-
tioners asserting that some arguments or expressions in their
petitions have been inserted contrary to their intention, it is
tiereby notified that no petition in English or the Vernacular,
bearing a date later than the 31st March 1894, will be accepted
%j any officer of this Agency, either addressed to Government
or to an Agency Officer, unless it bears the name and residence
of the writer of the petition legibly written at the foot.

The petitioner will be held responsible that the true
came of the writer is given."

573

Agency Notification No. 2276, dated 28th March 1900.

It is hereby notified, under orders of Government, for
general information that all ajipeals and petitions to Bombay-
Government, Government of India and the Secretary of Stat©
in Civil and Criminal cases and applications for the exercise
of the extraordinary jurisdiction of Government in Civil cases
should be accompained by 2 spare copies with appendices
duly completed and in Political at)d Political Miscellaneous
Cases' by 32 printed spare copies with com{)Iete appendices.

English nummary of Gujarati Circulars.

1. Circular No. 190, dated 17th May 1909, vc. rules for
the preparation and submission of memorials and appeals to
Government, aorainst the decision of the Agency Courts.

2. Circular No. 1751, dated 11th February 1911, re.
communication to the petitioners of the result of the memorials
and appeals to Government, by the local authorities, which is
sent in the form of a memo, by sendinof a special messennfer
and report of the date of communication within a week from
the date of receipt of memo, to the Political Agent.

3. Circular No. 1999, dated ISth November 1911, r(?.
submission of true translations of documents upon which an
appeal depends along with the Civil, Criminal and Political
appeals to Government in accordance with Rule 5 (12) of
Civil Appeal Pailes

4. Circular No. 50. dated 11th April 1912, re. submis-
sion of true translations of all exhibits wliich are submitted
in evidence, along with all kinds of memorials to Government.

5. Circular No G67, dated 4th September 1917, re:
submission to the Political Aoreut, alon;^ with the memorials
addres.sed to the Government of India and ti»e Secretary of
State of 5 and 35 spare copies complete with appendices, respec-
tively for submission to the Government of B'ombay.

574

6. Circular No. L. A. W.-S. 0/3, dated 12kh March
1921, re. presention of appeals to Government, in Civil and
Criminal matters in the form of ordinary memorandum of
appeal and submission of grounds in writing to Government
by clients for the continuance of the practice in vogue.

XIX. MINES AND MINERALS.

The mining rules were first framed in 1891 and a Cir-
cular was issued by the Government of India by their No.
81-1, dated the 8th January 1891. Under these orders the
Government of India possess all the control which is necessary
for the purpose of safe-guarding the interests of a State in
matters of the kind in question. Rules were framed in 1892
for the grant of license to explore and prospect for minerals.

2. The mining rules were then published in 1899 and
they have been printed at pages 869 to 874 of Part I of the
Bombay Govermnent Gazette dated the 8th June 1899. The
fipirit of the British rules have been made applicable to Native
States. These rules have been printed at pages 358 to 368 of
Volume I of the Palanpur Agency Directory.

3. The Palanpur Darbar gave three mining concessions
in 1902 without obtaining the previous sanction of the Gov-
ernment of India and so the rules have been clearly defined
by Government by their Resolution No. 4688, dated the 11th
July 1903.

4. By Government Resolution No. 1376, dated the 20th
February 1909, the Government of India delegated to the
Government of Bombay in respect of Native States under
their Political control the power to sanction the grant of
mining leases to outside capitalists whether European or Indian.

3. The mining rules have been finally revised in 1913
by Government Resolution No. 11393, dated the 16th Decem-
ber 1913, and printed separately in this chapter.

575

6. Government Resolution No. 12502, dated the 8tl»
December 1908, in the Revenue Department, gives the
definition of net profits as applied to mining leases. In the-
case of all reputable public companies which are duly rejjistered
the royalty should be calculated on actual declared dividend
(including interests on the debentures and bonuses ).

7. Government Order No. 1232, dated the 1st February
1915, in the Revenue Department, sanctions the following-
amendments in the revised rules for the grant of prospecting
licenses and mining leases : —

" In rule 2 in the definition of the word ' person ' sub-
sititute a comma for the word ' or * in the second line and
add the words " or in a British Colony " after the word
* Kingdom '.

" The following shall be inserted as rule 12-A : —

" No prospecting license or mining lease for reserved
minerals shall be granted to any person other than a British
subject, cr if the person be a company or firm, unless sucb
company or firm is shown to the satisfaction of the local
Government to be in the hands of British subjects.

" And every prospecting license and mining lease shall
contain such stipulations in regard to the working and transfer
of reserved minerals which may be discovered as may from
time to time be prescribed by the Government of India.

" Omit the proviso to rule 13."

8. Government Resolution No. 311, dated the 13tli
January 19 16, in the Political Department, explains the questions
of principle on which the Government of Bombay should
satisfy themselves before granting a mining lease in tha
following terms : —

" In the case of a valuable and important mining lease
in Southern India it recently came to the n(»tice of Hia
Majesty's Secretary of State for India that iuspita of tha

576

^irecautions taken to the contrary in the grant of tho lease,
the concession had by financial manipulation passed into
undesirable hands and special measures were found necessary
to release the concession from the control of the financial
group under which it had been allowed to pass. In addres-
sing the Government of India on the matter the Secretary
of State has emphasised the need for greater vigilance in
scrutinising the terms of all leases or sub-leases of mining
rights in Native State territory and has sngojested the fol-
lowing guiding principles as suitable for adoption in future
wherever circumstances permit: —

(^) There shall be no transfer of the interests confer-
red by a lease or sub-lease or of any part of them, without
the consent of the Darbar concerned, acting on the advice
of the Government of India or of the loc.il Governmeat
with which it is in Political relations.

{ii) The area covered by any lease or sub-lease shall
l>e such as to leave unallocated a substantial portion of the
oeposits, within the State territory, of the mineral affected —
this condition being of special importance when the mineral
is of rare occurrence.

(in) No lessee or sub-lessee shall be permitted to
enter into any arrangement with any other person or cor-
poration for the joint control of the price, output or sale of
the product.

"■ 3. The Government of India attach great importance
to the principles laid down by the Secretary of State, the
first two of which are amplifications of the instructions con-
tained in paragraph 3(1) and (2) of the letter from the
Government of India in the Foreign Department No. 906-1. B ,
<lated the 5th May 1911, and I am to request that, with
the permission of the Governor-in-Council, the necessary actioa
may be taken to ensure their careful observance in all cases

577

where the lessee or transferee is an outside capitalist. I am
at the same time to request that the desirability of adoptirig
the second and third of the principles in question in cases
where the parties concerned are subjects of a Native State,
may be brought to the notice of the Darbars under the
Pohtical control of tiie Government of Bombay. "

9. Government Order No. 7785, dated the 9th Aujjust
1916, in the Revenue Department, prohibits tlie grant of
mining concessions to Foreigners.

10. Government Order No. 80G9, dated 17tli August
1916, in the Revenue Department, prescribes the revised
forms of prospecting license and of agreements for use in
connection with the grant of concessions for reserved minerals.

11. Government Resolution No. 8247, dated 15th
November 1916, in the Political Department, contains the
following instructions which have been issued by the Government
of India from time to time on the subject of mining leases
in the Native States with a view to avoid ambi^^uity and to
facilitate references : —

*• 2. In view of the fact that a Native State is exposed
to risks by entering into direct transactions with capit;iii.sts
or financial agents, the Government of India desire that all
negotiations with a view to the errant of minino- concessions
between the Darbar and any person not being a subject of
the State should be conducted through the medium of the
Political Officer who will keep Government fully informetl.
A similar procedure should be followed in the case of proposals
for the transfer to such persons of concessions granted by
Darbars to their own subjects.

" 3. Refore any arrangement is concluded by Darbars
with such persons for the grant of a prospecting license or
mining lease or for the transfer of such concessions, the

37

578

conditions proposed should be submitted for the sanction of
Government. The Madras, Bombay and Bencjal Governments
have been empowered to sanction the orraiit of prospectinof
licenses and mining leases, and to sanction the transfer of
such concessions in respect of Native States under their Political
control, subject to the understanding that the Government of
India shall be consulted before sanction is accorded to a lease
whicli confers rights of unusual value or comrnerical import-
ance, as well as in any question of doubt or difficulty. The
Governments of the Punjab, United Provinces and Behar
and Orisa and the Chief Commissioners of the Central Pro-
vinces and Assam have been empowered to sanction the
grant of pospecting licenses, merely forwarding to the Govern-
ment of India, for information, a copy of the concession
approved of. In ail other cases the sanction required is that
of the Government of India.

" 4. The following are the main points which require
scrutiny when the termsof a concession are under examination: —

(a) that the Darbar fully realise their responsibilities
and obligations ;

{b) that every reasonable precaution has been taken
to protect the Darbar's interests ;

(c) that the contractors, European or Indian, distinct-
ly understand that Government disclaim all responsibility
whatsoever in respect of the soundness of the basis on which
their proposals may be founded and of the general success of
the enterprise to which they relate ;

(d) that proper provision is made for the control of
reserved minerals in accordance with the principles laid dowu
by the Government of India ,

(e) that there shall be no transfer of the interests
conferred by a lease or sub-lease or any part of them to any
person other than a subject of the State without the consent

679

of the Darbar concerned, acting on the advice of the Govern-
ment of India or of the local Government with- which it is
in political relations ;

(/) that the area covered by the lease or sub-lease
shall be such as to leave unallocated a substantial portion of
the deposits, within the State territory, of the mineral affected.
This condition which is of special importance when the mineral
is of rare occurrence, may be relaxed with the consent of the
Government of India in particular cases, on good cause being
shown ;

[g) that no lease or sub-lease shall be permitted, to enter
into any arrarigement with any other person or corporatiotv
for the joint control of the price, output or sale of the product.
This condition should, however, not be enforced in such a
manner as to prevent ordinary contracts for forward sales to
persons other than foreigners ;

(h) that reasonable rates of royalty are imposed ; and

(i) that necessary power is secured to the Darbar to
require the removal of undesirable employes.

" 5. Prospecting licenses and mining leases and trans-
fer of the same are granted by Darbars without reference
to Government, when the parties concerned are the subjects;
of the States. Darbars should, however, be advised, wheii
mining operations in the State are likely to be extensivcj
either to take the British rules, including those prescribed
in the case of reserved minerals, and forms of lease as a guide
on all points (;f serious importance, or to adopt the British
rules and forms with such modifications as may be required
by local circumstances. The chief points on which it is desir-
able that regulations should be framed are the imposition
of reasonable royalties and rents, the limitation of the period
in and for which concessions are granted, the control of reserv-
ed minerals and the maintenance of so much control over

580

transfers and assifruments as will enable the Darbar to satisfy
itself of the propriety of the transaction. Darbars should
also be advised to adopt the principles explained in clauses
(e) and (/) of paracjraph 4 above, in the case of all such
concessions.

" 6. The M3^sore Government which has adopted min-
ing rules on the lines of the Government of India rules,
has been authorized to sanction the grantor transfer of pros-
pecting licenses or mining leases in normal cases without
reference to Government."

12. Government Order No. 779, dated the 22nd Janu-
ary 1917, prohibits the grant of certificates to aliens under
the Naturalization of Aliens Act XXX of 1852, if there is
reason to believe that their object in applying for naturali-
zation is to secure the right of obtaining certificates of
approval for mining concessions.

13. Government Order No. 2072, dated 21st February
1917, in the Revenue Department, sanctions the following
amendments in the revised mining rules : —

" 1. For Rule 3 read the following : — A certificate of
approval or a prospectit)g license or a mining lease shall be
granted only to a person who is a British subject, or if the
person be a company or firm only, if such company or firm is
shown to the satisfaction of the local Government to be
controlled by British subjects. In the case of the death of
the per&^n or any other persons to whom the license or leaso
has been granted it shall inure for the benefit of his legal
representatives only if they are British subjects or a com-
pany or firm shown to the satisfaction of the local Govern-
ment to be controlled by British subjects. "

" 2. Omit rule 12 (cf).

*' 3. For the rule 30 (vi) read the following :—" The
licensee may, with the previous sanction of the local Govern-

581

ment, assign his license or traiiafer any right or interest
thereunder, to a person holding; a valid certificate of approval,
subject to the condition that every such assignment or transfer
shall, within three calendar months from the date of its
completion, be registered in the office of the Collector on
payment of a fee of fifty rupees. "

" 4. For Rule 50 (vii) read the followinij : — " The lessee
may, with the previous sanction of the local Government,
assign his lease or transfer any right or interest thereunder
to a person holding a valid certificate of approval, subject to
the condition that every such assignment or transfer shall
within three calendar months from the date of its completion
be registered in the office of the Collector on payment of a
fee of fifty rupees. "

14. Government Order No. 6214, dated 18th May
1917, in the Revenue Department, sanctions the adoption of
principles to be observed in determining the area which
should be included in a single mining lease : —

''Add the following as a note to paragraph 120 on
page 57 cf the Manual : —

Note. — The following general principles are laid down
for the guidance of Deputy Commissioners in determining
the area which should be included in a sin^^le miniii<r lease.
An applicant mast apply for a compact area. He cannot be
permitted to exclude from the area applied for strips of dead
or less profitable land intervening between mineral-bearing
patches situated in proximity to one another. If the difi'erent
plots of mineral-bearing ground are so distant from one ano-
ther as to make it impracticable to include thum all in the
* area ' for which application is made, then a separate applica-
tion and a separate lease for each such plot will be necessary. "

15. Government Order No. 6849, dated 5th June 1917,
gives the interpretation of the expression "British Subject"

37 a

582

used ill the amendment to the rules. The term is intended
to include the subjects of Native States in India.

16. The Mining Rules are printed under Section III,
" Mines and Minerals" pages 97 to 124 of the Fourth
Volume of the Palanpur Agency Directory.

XX. MISCELLANEOUS.

Official Documext, — Mode of correcting words or figures
in public records and documents.

G. R. No. 3558, General Department, dated 8th July 1004-
Resolution of Government.
It has been broui^ht to the notice of Government tiiat
tfndicial enquiries especially and enquiries in other Departments
also are occasionally hampered by changes made in words or
figures in documents and books after they are first written.
It is a well known account rule that figures should only be
corrected by a clean cancellation, which leaves the figure
incorrectly written still le^'ible. Heads of offices of all De-
partments of Government are requested to insist* on all
corrections in public records or documents being made in
such a way that the original entry remains legible.

2. It would also be of much practical convenience if,
whenever an official copy of a document is made or a copy
is made for a public purpose, the point where a fresh page
of tiie original begins is shown by a figure in the margin of
the copy. It is requested that this practice may be introduced
and observed in all Departments.

The use of the terms " Gaekwar Raj" and

** Gaekwari " to be discontinued.

Bombay Government's Order No. 2229, dated 0th April lOlO.

The Baroda Darbar object to the use in official corres-
pondence of tbe terms " Gaekwar Raj " ** Gaekwari *' as

583

S3'nonyms, for the Baroda State and Baroda and have asked
me to arrange that in vernacular correspondence, in which
these misnomers chiefly occur, the Baroda State may always
be styled " Baroda Baj " as is the practice in the
Baroda Residency.

Agc'acy Circular No. 5363, dated l^th Augitst 1916.

In view of the remarks made by the Commissioner,
Northern Division, in Para 5 of his Memo, of Inspection
of the Bawishi Thana on the 6th and 7th March 1916, the
Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, is pleased to order in super-
session of the previous orders on the subject that securit}'
bonds should be taken from the Agency officials and peons
as under : —

Political x^gent's Office.

Second Karkun ... ... ... Rs. 300

Assistant Political Agent's Office.

Clerk keeping accounts of the permanent

advance and copying fees... ,.. ... Rs. 200

District Deputy Assistant's Office, Thana and Japti Offices.

Clerk keeping accounts of the permanent

advance and copying fees ... Rs. 200

Hazuk Deputy Assistant Political Agent
Mahi Kantha's Office.

Judicial Karkun ... ... ... ... Rs. 200

Record Keeper... ... ... ... ... „ 200

Sadra Bazar Karkuii... ... ... ... ,, 200

Jailor, Sadra Jail ... ... ... ... „ 200

Superintendent of Police, Mahi Kantha's Office.

Head Constable keeping account of the

permanent advance... ... ... ... Rs, 100

Police Accountant ► ,, 500

Rs

.5000

500

500

200

500

100

100

584

Bawishi Thana.

Thandar

Awal Karkun ...

Mahisa Awal Karkun

Judicial Karkun

Division Karkuns

BiilifFs ...

Peons of Division Karkuns...

Peon for distribution pay of the School

Masters „ 100

Other Thanas.

Thandar Rs.3000

Awal Karkun... ... ... ... ... ,, 500

Judicial Karkun ... ... ... ... ,, 200

Local Cess Karkun ... ... ... ... ., 200

BailifF „ 100

Peons of Local Cess Karkuns ... ... „ lOO

The orders passed by the Commissioner, Northern Division,
fixing the amounts of security bonds to be taken from the
Head Accountant and the Treasurer of the Huzur Treasury
at Sadra, are not affected by the above orders.

Establishment*

No. A. S. 0. 15, Circular Order, dated 18th January 1921.

It has come to the notice of the Political Agent>
Mahi Kanthn, that the actual expenses for the journey from
Sadra to Dabhoda and vice versa are charofed in excess of
the fixed rate for motor lorry per seat. The attention of
the Assistants, Thandars, Maiiaorers and Japtidars in this
connection is drawn to article 995 of the C. S. R. and they
are requested to see that the actual expense for the snid
journey is not charged in excess of the fixed rate except

585

under a certificate from the Hazur Deputy Political Agent^
Mahi Kantha and the Thandar of Bawishi for the journey
from Sadra to Dabhoda and Dabhoda to Sadra respectively
to the effect that the motor service was not available and
that it was necessary in the interests of the public servicd
to travel expeditiously by other means of conveyance.

English summary of Gujarati Circulars, etc.

1. Notification No. 1487, dated 26th October 1907,
re. recognition of Seth Laloo Prandas who takes great part
in charitable and public deeds of the town as Nagar Seth
of Sadra Bazar and offering of a chair by Agency offices
to him.

2. Extract from Agency Circular No. 3860, dated 26th
August 1908, re. obtaining sanction of authority before com-
mencing any work of house construction or repairs.

3. Circular No. 1954, dated 8th November 1911, re-
subjects in respect of which system of direct correspondence
between Maralatdars of British Districts and officers of the
same rank in Native States has been sanctioned by Govern-
ment.

4. Circular No. 1168, dated ISth November 1912, ra
attestation by two witnesses before a Magistrate, Justice of
Peace and District Magistrate of a Native State as to the
genuineness of an endorsement signed in Vernacular by
Indian ladies in accordance with rule 4 of Indian Securities
Act, 1886.

5. Circular No. 2175, dated 13th December 1912, re.
use of the word " Indian " in preference to " Native " in
official correspondence, reports and periodical returns, where
the eense conveyed by both is the same, except in phrases
like •' Native State ", " Statutory Native of India " whera
the substitution is impossible.

586

6. Circular No. 400, dated 19th May 1914, re. posses-
sion by Patels of every village of the registers of births,
deaths and vaccination for the past two years to facilitate
their use by the vaccination inspection, and vaccinators at
the tiuje of inspection.

7. Circular No. A. S. 0./7, dated 30th May 1919, re.
prohibition to Government servants against publication in
the Press of facts which have come to their knowledge in
their ofiScial capacity without special permission of Govern-
ment either in their name or atmonymously as required by
Government Servant Conduct Rules.

XXL MODE OF ADDRESS.

English summanj of Gujaraii Chapter on Mode of Address.

1. Memo. No. 2287, dated 25th June 1887, regarding
5iddressing Thandars and Japtidars exercising Criminal powers,
as '' Azam.''

2. Notification No. 5905, dated 13th October 1887,
regarding addressing the Chief of Danta as Maharana Shri
instead Rana Shri as sanctioned by G. R. No. 908, dated
15th February 1886.

3. Government Resolution, No. 8471, dated 19th De-
cember 1888, regarding addressing the Thakore of Mansa as
** Rawalji Shri ".

4. Circular No. 436, dated I7th June 1898, regarding
addressing the Rawal of Malpur as Rawalji Shri as sanctioned
hj G. R. No. 3334, dated the 8th June 1898.

5. Circular No. 448, dated 3rd July 1899, regarding
substitution of the word " Ap " and its derivations for
** Tame " in Gujarati correspondence with 2nd Class Chiefs of
Pol and Danta.

587

6. Agency Order No. 5081, dated 23rd December-
1905, regarding addressing of Tiaandars by Talukdars of 4tb.
Class in the same way as they are addressed by Thandars.

7. Circular No. 2055, dated 3rd December 1912, re-
^[arding addressing Thakore of Katosan as Maherban Dostaii
Thakore Shri instead of Maherban Dostan Thakore.

8. Circular No. 2799, dated 22nd February 1913, re-
garding addressing 4th Class Talukdars of Mahi Eantha
Agency as Maherban instead of Azam.

9. Circular No. 513, dated 27th May 1914, regarding
use of the word "State" in correspondence with Chiefs of
Classes 1 and 2 and of the word " Taluka " in the case of
Chiefs of Classes 3rd and below.

10. Circular No. 1258, dated i9th September 1914,
reofardinc: addressing Talukdars of the 5th Class as Azam
Thakore instead of Thakore.

11. Circular No. 446, dated 15fch June 1915, regarding
mutual address by the Deputy Education Inspector and
Thandars and Managers as Maherban Saheb.

12. Agency Order No. 573, dated 7th October 1917,
reofarding confirmation of mode of corresDondence by a Yadi
between the Police Inspector and the District and Hazur
Deputy Political Agents in Mahi Kantha Agency.

13. Circular No. A D. M./117, dated 25th March
1920, re. addressing Thandars of the Agency as " Thandar
■Saheb" instead of ''Azam Thandar".

XXIL NATIVE CHIEFS.

G. R. P., D., No. 4757, dated 14th Juhj ISSS.

Resolution. — In the circumstances it is expedianb
in the interests of good Government to recognise the
Maharaja's claim to the civil jurisdictiou and Goveraiiionfe.

588

^do so both on the grounds (I) that the Chiefs have failed
to show that they have hitherto exercised that jurisdiction
except in a very spasmodic and irregular manner, and (2)
because, whilst the Idar State has fairly good machinery
for the exercise of the jurisdiction the Chiefs are still too
illiterate, and have not the means to organize and maintain
an efficient system of civil judicial administration.

2. Government would however, stipulate that under
favourable conditions they will expect and, if necessary, re-
quire the Maharaja, in the future, to delegate a reasonable
extent of civil jurisdiction to the Chiefs.

G. R. P., D., No. 6,216, dated loth September 1888.
Letter from the Acting Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
1^0. 1001-1882, dated 23rd July 1888.— Stating, in reply to
Government letter No. 4913, dated the 20th July 1888, that
the orders of Government contained in Resolution No. 2695,
dated the 16th April last, were communicated to the Idar
Darbar by his letter No. 1056, dated the 20th Idem, a copy
of which, as also of the vernacular communications issued by
Idar Darbar to the Chiefs of Samera and Karchha, informing
them of the orders contained in Government Resolution No.
242, dated the 12th January 1888, are submitted.

Endorsement by the Commissioner, N. D., No. 491,
dated 28th July 1888.— Forwarding the above.

Memorandum from the Oriental Translator to Government.
No. 1274, dated llth August 1888. — Submitting translations of
the vernacular communications from the Maharaja of Idar to
the Chieftains of Samera and Karchha.

Letter from the Acting Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
JSTo. 121-2191, dated 27th August 1888.— Reporting, in reply
to Government letter No. 5729 of the 24th August 1888, the
Teasons why he did not call on the Idar Darbar to make any

589

-communicHtion to the Dehgamra Chief similar to those h»
made to Samera and Karchha, but adding that if Government
are of opinion that the application for the recognition of the
Dehgamra C'hief as the successor to his father's Gadi should
be made now by the minor's guradians on his behalf, he
(the Acting Political Agent) will at once issue the necessary
orders on the subject.

Endorsement by the Commissioner, N. I)., No. 571, dated
30th August 1888 — Forwarding the above.

Resolution. — The Political Agent should have reported
his proceedings to Government, and not left it to them to
gather from other sources thut the communication ordered to
be made b}'- Government Resolution No. 242, dated 12th
January 1888, had not been made to the Dehgamra Chief.
The question of jurisdiction must be settled in accordanc©
with the principle laid down when the Minor Chief comes to
age, but there is no reason why the report of succession
referred to in paragraph 4 of the Resolution quoted, should
not be made at once, as it is invariably in the case of feuda-
tories of the British Government. The minor's guardian*
should therefore make the report on behalf of the Chief to
the Idar Darbar.

No. 3SSS, dated loth October 1891.

The Bhumia Chief of Samera is informed, with reference
to his petition to Government dated 20th April 1891, that
Government hold that, having no political status in the Mahl
Kantha he cannot call his estate a Taluka.

He is also informed that the existing practice of address-
ing the Agency through the Idar Darbar must be confirmed
to. Only in two cases can he address the Agency direct, (o) if
the Idar Darbar delays or declines to submit his complaint, (6) ii»
respect to his jurisdiction which is under the supervision

590

T ' ■

of the Agency or matters on which the Political Agent
-expressly authorises his doing so.

Order No. 1623, dated 30th April 1892.

As Karcha has not been recognised as a separate Taluka
under this Agenc}' and as it forms an integral portion of the
Idar State, I do not consider it necessary for the Idar Darbar
to make out a j^?'ima facie case against a subject of Karcha.

G. E, P. D., No. 4303, dated 12th Jidy 1893.

Resolution. — The Political Agent should inform the
Mia of Khadal that the inspection of his judicial records
implies no reproach upon his administration ( as to which
JHis Excellency in Council has received very favourable
accounts ), but the practice is one that is generally necessary,
and was specially enjoined upon the Political Agent in
-Opvernment Resolution No. 5442, dated the 25th August
J892. ,

'■■i ■ Circidar No. 3972, dated 6th June 1900.

The Political Agent has noticed on more than one
occasion lately that Talukdars change their Karbharis and
Kamdars without giving him any intimation of the fact or
communicating the name of the new incumbent.

The Political Agent has no desire to interfere with the
freedom of action of Chiefs and Talukdars in the appointment
of their Karbharis and Kamdars but it is necessary that he
-should, im,mediately be apprised of the appointment of a new
^ne, or the Chief may suffer considerable inconvenience by
i;he Political. Agent declining to recognizees the representa^
tive of. the Darbar a man of whose appointment he has re-
ceived no official intimation.

591

Political Department, dated ISth December 1902,
To— Ravalji Shri Takhatsingji of Mansa*

My Friend,

It has given me great pleasure to receive through tha-
Commissioner of the Northern Division from the Political
Agent, Mahi Kantha, very gratifying reports of your apphca-
tion to the duties of your position and of the enlightened
and capable administration of your State.

It seems to me that the best way of showing th&
appreciation of Government of these reports is to withdraw-
to a suitable extent the exercise of British Residuary Juris-
diction in your Tenitory. I have therefore the pleasure ta
inform you that with effect from the date of the delivery to
you of this Kharita the Agency Courts will not entertain
criminal cases other than those punishable with more than 7
years' rigorous imprisonment and Rs. 10,000 fine, nor will
they entertain civil cases unless the amount involved ex-
ceeds Rs. 20,000. Cases within these limits will be left as
a personal recognition to your disposal during the pleasure o€
Government.

With every wish for your iiappiness.

Government Letter Ko. 2.3S5, dated S2nd April 191/,
addressed to the Political Agent Malii Kantha.

With reference to your letter No. 1764, dated the 18th
March 1914, 1 am directed to request that the Idar Darbar
may be informed that Government have rejected the Darbar's
memorial dated the 29th January 1914 appealing against the
orders contained in Government Resolution No. 5938, dated
the 8th October 1913, regarding the grant of power to the
Political Agent to remit interest on belated payments oC
Khichdi dues payable to the Idar State by certain States,
and Talukas in the Mahi Kantha Agency.

592

English sumynary of Gujarati 'Ciroul<yjr<, Orders, Sc.

1. Agency Circular, dated 7th April 1885, prohibiting
•Chiefs from sending their agents to Government offices, to
fepresent their claims and disputes instead of submitting
them through the local Political authorities as contending
parties are not allowed to appear personally to fight their
cases, as per Government Resolution No. 1838, dated 24th
March 1885.

2. Agency Order No. 4817> dated 13th September 1888,
regarding prohibition against mortgage of Jivarak field.>«, their
reversion to the Taiuka if the holders die without issue, and
rejection of the claim of the mortgagee, who lends money in
contravention of standing orders as decided in the case of
Gulbai widow of Jaluji Bhayat of Vakhtapur \yho, died
childless and who had mortgaged her field.

3. Circular dated 26th August 1903, regarding informa-
tion to the India Office of their address by sons and relatives
of Ruling Princes of India and leading gentlemen of their
States when they visit England and' all changes in it from
time to time to the Political A. D. C. of the same office
for facilitating replies to enquiries concerning them by their
relatives.

4. Circular No. 1156, dated 25th August 1 905, regard-
ing sanction of Government of India to the erection o\' telephone
lines in the compound of the residence of Native Chiefs
or Qonnecjions by telephone lines between State buildings
excluding telegraph office connected by general telegraph
system situated in the same town.

5. Circular No. 2682, dated 28th February 1906,
directing report to the birth date of the successor of a Native
Chief, after. his death, along with report on this subject by
States. , . ,

593

6. Circular No. 456, dated 6th July 1909, prohil.ittQor
the visit of Chiefs and Talukdars to Madras and Nilgiri,
without informing the Political Agent, and obtaining his
sanction.

7. Circular No. 520, dated 10th July 1909, regarding
report by wire to the PoHtical Agent of the death of a Chief,
birth or denth of a successor, or deatli of some famous person
of the Chief's family and to Government only when the
Chief is enjoying the privilege of salute.

8. Circular No. 85, dated 9th April 1910, regarding
delegation of the Civil and Criminal powers of a Chief to his
Karbhari or Kamdar during bis absence from Taluka and
not to his Kumar.

9. Circular No. 629, dated 5th Aucfust 1910, regardinof
obtaining a certificate of identity from the Political Agent,
by subjects of Native States and Thanas intei:ding to ga to
America for study or on any other business.

10. Circular No. 747, dated 15th August 1910, regard-
ing furnishing information as regards number of persons
accom()anying a Native Prince with names of leading persons,
name of the vessel, date and name of port of disembarkation
if travelling by sea, mention of route and names of places on
frontier.s which are to be crossed and dates of crossing,
if travelling by land, to the Foreign Department of the
Government of India when he intends- to visit Europe.

11. Circular No. 179, dated 12th April 1911 regarding
obtaining previous sanction of Government to the construction
of tramways in their limits bv Native Chiefs.

12. Circular No. 793, dated 16th July 1912, regarding
furnishing information about the programme of the tour in
Europe of Native Chiefs and other gentlemen, when they

38

594

ask for arrancrements during the tour as regards customs and
other matters, so adequately and certainly that it requires nt>
changes afterwards.

13. Circular No. 2867, dated 28th February 1913,
regarding communication to Government of the date of arrival,
duration of his sujourn and his address when a Native Chief
visits Bombay either from his Taluka or from outside.

14. Circular No. 89, dated 17th April 1914, regarding
submission of a statement of events and changes before 5tb
March quinquennially, by States and Talukas to their Divisional
Officer who should submit a consolidated statement in English,
before loth March.

15. Circular No. 328, dated 13th May 19 14, regarding
<3ommunication of changes in the information given in the book
entitled "List of Officials, Nobles and leading personages in the
principal Native States in India and Burma " and of informa-
tion as regards the marriage and pedigree of Chiefs of Classes
II to IV and submission of a half-yearly report about changes
in the above information.

16. Circular No. 1538, dated 8th January 1917, regard-
ino" taking opinions of Ruling Princes for courtsey's sake before
granting offices under the British crown to their sons and
relatives who are not British subjects and consideration of
their objections, only, if they are sound and valid.

17. Circular No. A D. M./14.3, dated 18th October
1919, re. Memorandum of Rules to be observed by Chiefs
and Talukdars visiting Mount Abu.

18. Circular No. A. D. M /85, dated 9th January 1920,
re. submission of an annual report before 10th January by
States concerning changes in the information about the sons
and relatives of Chiefs published in the revised list of
Jurisdictional States of the Bombay Presidency.

595

XXIIL NEWSPAPERS.

English summarij of Gujarati Circular.

1. Ao:eny Circular No 8, dated 2nd April 1909, regarding-
Immediate report to Government on the first publication of
a newspaper, of the names of the editor, printer, and publisher
of it and any change in theai thereafter as also report to
the Oriental Translator to Government of subsequent declara-^
tion under section 5 of Act XXV of 1867.

XXIV. OPIUM, GANJA & BHANG.

English summary of Gujarati Circulars dc.

1. Agency Notification No. 243, dated 12th January
1907, regardini^ possession of opium legally obtained not more
than 3 tolas in weight for immediate personal consumption
by persons in States, Talukas and Thana circle limits, in
accordance with Opium Rules in force in A.orency.

2. Circular No. 5, dated 1st April 1907, regarding
possession and snle of Ganja and Bhang or their manufacture
upto 5 tolas and 20 tolas respectively by persons for consump-
tion and sale and possession of these drugs upto 2 tolas by
travellers passing through limits of States and Talukas.

3. Circular No. 5, dated 16th April 1907, regarding
exemption from prosecution of persons of foreign limits entering

,' Baroda territory, with opium upto 3 tolas for their personal
consumption.

4. Circular No 201, dated 22nd May 1909, regarding
furnishing of information called for in the circular in the
purchase certificates to be attached to refund bill.s and proper
attention to articles 5, 6, 7, thereof.

5. Circular No. 934, dated 6th September 1910,
regarding application of revised rules relating to Revenue
from Bhang, Ganja, Abkari &c , sanctioned by Government

596

Resolution No. 1729, dated 17th March 1910, to Sadra Bazar
Civil Station, Thana Circles includinor Jurisdictional and Non-
jurisdictional Talukas, Japti Estates and Talukas of Mohan-
pur, Pethapur, Khadal and Ilol during the period of
manajyeraent.

6. Circular No. 420, dated 9th July 1912, regarding
examplar}'' punishment to offenders for preventing trafEc in
contraband opium sent to Burma.

7. Circular No. 841, dated 13th June 1917, refrarding
refund of 13/14 part of the duty on importation of Bhang,
Ganja, &g., paid by States, Talukas, &c., from 1st April 1917.

8. Circular No. X. A. D./19, dated 27th September
1919, re. fixing of 0-12-6 and 0-13-0 as the minimum and
maximum rates respectively at which opium should be sold by
the shops of Native States which obtain their stock from
British India ])t*pot and v/hich are situated within 3 miles
of British India stiops,

9. Circular No. X. A. D /33, dated 12th February 1921,
re. prohibition against sale of opium by States and Talukas,
below the rate at wliich it is sold in British India Districts.

XXV» PLEADERS*

Office Order No. L. A. W. 10, dated 11th November 1919.

In supersession of the previous orders on the subject,
the Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, is pleased to fix the fee
to be paid to the local pleaders, who are appointed as publia
prosecutors in the Sessions Court of the Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha, under section 492 of the Criminal Procedure
Code, at Rs 10 ( ten ) per diem with effect from the Istk
September 1919. ; .

English summary of Gujarati Circulars, dc.

1. Agency Circular, dated 9th September 1905, regard-
inc permission to pleaders of Palanpur Agency to appear
in the Agency Courts, in special cases, on payment of a fee
of Ra. 5 just as pleaders ot British India are allowed.

2. Circular No. 2360, dated 3rd March 1916, regard-
ing proper fee to be charged and great attention to be paid
by authorized translators to the translation of memorials
addressed to Governuieat as they are responsible for the
truth of the particular translation when they certify it and
iu case of default they would be deprived of their Sanad
and subject to other punishment.

XXVI. POLICE^

G, R.y p. D., No. 6457, dated 25th August 1891.

Resolution — The rules, as revised, should now be
applied to the Agency Police in Mahi Kantha and Palan-
pur. The rules should be published, and copies supplied to
the Officers and Department concerned.

Rules for the administration of the Police in the Mahi
Kantha Agency and the Palanpur Superintend ency
1. The administration of the Police in the Palanpur
Superintendency and the Mahi Kantha Agency is vested in
the Assistant Superintendent and Assistant Political Asrent
respectively in those provinces as Superintendents of Police
under the general control and direction of the Political
Agents. In matters affecting the internal economy and dis-
cipline of the Police force the Political Agent shall, wherever
necessary, consult the Inspector-General of Police of the
Bombay Presidency with a view to the assimilation of the
Agency Police Force in these respects to the Police of
Kegulation District.
38 a

598

2. Subject to the orders of Government, the Inspec-

. TTT ^,o,^^ tor-General may, from time to time, make
Act IV of 1890. 1/1 • . , , . .

rules or orders (a) determinmg tlie description

and quantity of arms, accoutrements, clothino- and other

necessaries to be furnished to the Police ; (6) for the

management aud regulation of the Horse Fund.

3. The Commissioner, Northern Division, will exercise
the same supervision over the Political Agents in respect of the
administration of the Police and Criminal justice, and the re-
pression of crime as he does in Regulation Provinces over
the District Magistrates, but he will not ordinarily interfere
with matters affecting the internal economy and discipline of
the Police.

4. Subject to the general control of the Commissioner,
Northern Division, the Political Agent has over the Superin-
tendents of Police in respects of their personal movements and
duties, the power which the Inspector-General of Police exercises
over Superintendents of Police in Regulation Provinces

5. The Inspector-General of Police shall make an
inspection of the Police Force from time to time, and he
may tlien advise the Political Agent as to all matters con-
nected with the force. The Inspector-General shall, if he
considers it necessary, address the Political Agent through
the Commissioner bringing to notice any shortcomings or
changes which he recommends, and the Commissioner shall
then deal with the matter as he deems fit

6. The Political Agents are responsible for the distri-
bution of the force, for the prevention, detection and re-
pression of crime by means of the force throughout the
Agency and generally for securing, under the orders of
Government, that public order is maintained and that the
property and interests of Government as well as the persona
and property of the public are protected.

599

7. The Superintendents mentioned in rule 1 are the exe-
cutive head of the Police Force, employed in the Agencies
aforesaid. They are responsible to the Political Agents
for the efficient performance of the duties devolving upon
the force, and it is their duty to see that the orders of
the Political Agents, Magistrates and other competent au-
thorities are promptly and correctly carried out. They are,
in fact, Assistants to the Political Asrents for Police duties.

8. The said Superintendents of Police will submit
through the Political Agents, to the Commissioner, Northern
Division, a weekly diary of their movements and they will report

in it the occurrence of serious crime such as dacoities, highway
and mail robberies, murder and cases in which the Police
are charged with serious offences or in which persons have
died, while in their custody.

9. Reports of crimes by professional criminals shall
also be submitted by the Superintendents to the Inspector-
General. The office of the Inspector-General of Police will
be the central office for communication with the Inspector-
General of Police Administrations of other Provinces on all
criminal matters. But the Political Agent can address the
authorities of other Agencies or districts direct, when he
considers that the ends of justice will be facilitated.

10. No Police post or station shall be permanently
strengthened, reduced or abolished and no new outpost or
station .shall be permanently established without the sanction
of the Political Agent.

11. The appointment of Head Constables and all the
lower grades of the stipendiary Police, as also their promotion
to any grade below that of Chief Constable will rest with
the Superintendents of Police. If it be necessary in any
case to appoint an outsider to any grade higher th;in that
of a constable, the approval of the Political Agents should

600

be obtained. The Poritical Agents shall, from time to time^
examine the Police register and shall at any time entertain
and decide upon any complaints as regards such promotions.
Their decisions shall be final,

12. Iti making promotions or recommendations for
promotion, the Superintendents shall pay full and due regard
to the entries in the record of service. If men of good
character are passed over in favour of others, the Political
Agent may call for an explanation and shall pass such orders
as he deems fit. If possible, all promotions shall be made
by promoting capable and deserving men of the grade below.

13. Appointment to the grade of Chief Constable
and promotion in that grade shall be made by the Superin-
tendent of Police, subject to the confirmation of the Political
Agents. Ordinarily, no man shall be appointed to the grade
of Chief Constable unless he has served as head constable
for at least two years. But if an outsider is to be appoint-
ed, the previous sanction of the Commissioner, Northern
Division, shall be obtained.

14. The appointment and promotion of Inspector.'?
shall be made by the Inspector-General of Police after con-
sultation with the Political Agent, subject to the sanction
of the Commissioner, Northern Division. Tlie Inspectors of
Police in Palanpur »nd Mahi Kantha shall be graded on the
general list of Inspectors and shall receive promotions among
them on the same principles.

15. The Superintendents of Police are authorized to
suspend any Police officer subordinate to them ; every such
order in the case of Chief Constables and Inspectors being^
reported immediately to the Political Agents. They are also
authorized to punish by reduction or dismissal all grades of
Police officers below the rank of Chief Constable, every such
order being subject to appeal to the .Political Agent, whosa
order shall be final.

601

16. The power of fining members of the Police excepfe
Inspectors upto any amount, not exceeding one month's,
'pay, may be exercised by the Superintendent of Police, frooa
whose order in such respects an appeal will lie to the
Political Agent^ if the fine imposed exceeds one week's pay.

17. In place of the punishments laid down in the
abovementioned rule the Superintendents of Police may
punish any member of the Police Force under the grade of
Head Constables, for breaches of discipline or disobedience
of departmental orders with regard to dress or general con-
duct in such manner ( viz. extra drill ) as the Inspector-
General of Police may sanction.

18. The Political Agents are authorized to punish
officers of the grade of Chief Constable by suspension,
reduction or dismissal. In cases of dismissal, an appeal will
lie to the Commissioner, Northern Division, whose decision
shall be final,

19. Inspectors of Police will be fined, suspended or
otherwise punished in accordance with the rules on this
subject in force in British Districts of the Presidency Proper.
The Political Agents, may call on the Inspector-General of
Police to remove any Inspector, and if the Inspector-General
sees any reason for not complying with the request, the matter
shall be referred to the Commissioner, Northern Division, for
decision.

20. The Superintendents of Police will prepare an
annual Administration Report relating to matters affecting
the organization, internal economy, drill and discipline of the
Force under their command and submit it to the Political
Agents, who shall forward it with their remarks through
the Inspectcr-General of Police, to the Commissioner*
Northern Division.

602

21. Leave of absence to Inspectors shall be granted
hy the Inspector-General of Police. Applications shall be
sent through the Political Agent, who will make suggestions
^s to filling vacancies; but casual leave not exceeding seven
<lays at a time or a total of twenty days in the year may
be granted by the Superintendents of Police.

22. Leave of absence to all Police officers below the
grade of Inspector shall be granted by the Superintendents
of Police.

23. The Commissioner, Northern Division, shall be
the Controlling Officer for Police accounts and the Police
Budget shall be forwarded through him.

Agency Circular dated 28th March 1892.

A question having arisen as to who is the proper au-
thority to dispose of the property of members of the Agency
Police dying while serving in the Police, the following orders
are issued for the information and guidance of all concerned : —

I. As the Police are not exempted from Civil Juris-
diction and as the native articles of war do not apply to

-them, the Civil authority of the place, where a Policeman
happens to die, is the proper authority, to dispose of the
property.

II. On receipt of a report of the death of a Police
employee, the Officer exercising Civil Jurisdiction in the
locality should forthwith secure the effects of the deceased
and have a list of it made out in the presence ot three res*
pecf.able men of the place. He should then get three copies
of the list made, signed by himself and the three Panch
above mentioned, deliver one copy thereof to the nearest
|)rincipal member of the deceased's family if any, and send

•another copy of it to the Superintendent of Police. The
-Police Superintendent on receipt of the list will inform the

603

Civil authority which articles belong to the Police Depart-
ment and state whether the deceased owed any money to
Government,

III. The local Civil Officer shall, on receipt of the
information from the Police Superintendent, deliver over the
property belonging to Government to him, also recover the
debt due by the deceased to Government and hand over the
rest of the property to the person whom he may find on
enquiry to be the legal heir of the deceased. Should the
deceased have left no relation, the Officer concerned shall
take charge of his propert}'^ and after paying off" Govern-
ment property to the Superintendent of Police, shall try to
find the heirs of the deceased. He should issue a notice that
any one claiming to be heir of the deceased, should appear
before him and prove their title to the property within
reasonable period to be fixed by him, warning them at the
same time that if they fail to do so, the property will be
treated as unclaimed and sold and the sale proceeds credited
to the Fund concerned.

IV. If no heir of the deceased be found then the Civil
Officer concerned shall keep the property in his charge for
six months from the date of his taking charge of such property
unless it is subject to speedy and natural decay or he considers
that the sale would be for the benefit of the owner, in either
of which cases the Officer concerned may cause it to be sold
whenever he thinks fit. After six months the property shall
be sold and credited to the Fund concerned.

V. Should there be any dispute regardinj^ the succession
to the property of a deceased Police Officer the Civil Officer
concerned, shall direct the claimants to apply for a certificate
of heirship in a competent Court within a period to be fixed by"
liini, not exceeding six months, warning the parties at the same
time that the prop rty shall be liable to be sold and proceeds
credited to the Fund concerned on tiieir failing to do so.

604

VI. The following Officers are appointed Civil Officers
concerned : —

1. Hazur Deputy Assistant Political Agent, Mahi

Kantha, in respect of Sadra Bazar.

2. Thandars of Bawishi and Watrak Kantha shall

hold all proceedings as above but they shall obtain
the sanction of the Assistant Political Agent for
the final disposal of the property.

3. Thandars of Katosan, Sabar Kantha and Gadhwada
shall also hold proceedings as above but they shall
obtain the sanction of the District Deputy Assist-
ant Political Agent for the final disposal of the
property.

VII. No appeal shall lie against the final order
passed by the Assistant Political Agent, District Deputy
Assistant Political Agent and the Hazur Deputy Assistant
Political Agent in the above proceedings in a summary way
but no person shall thereby be precluded from instituting a
regular civil suit against the person to whom the property
shall have been handed over under such order.

VIII. The sale proceeds of such unclaimed property
shall be credited to Sadra Bazar Fund in respect of Sadra
jBazar and to the Thana Fund concerned in respect of the
Thanas.

English summary of Gujrati Circulars, Orders^ &c.

1. Circular Xo. 249, dated 24th September 1906, re,
direct correspondence between Police Officers of the Agency
and those of the States and Talukaa.

2. Circular No. 1063, dated 19th November 1909, re,
inquiry by Talukdars into the previous conduct of men before
•enlisting them in the Taluka Police.

605

3. Government Notification No. 27th dated 5, January
1911, containing rules re. direct correspondence between^
Police Officers of Native States in Kathiawar and the game
by Agency Police and Barnda State Police Officers with
Police Officers of Native States.

XXVIL POWER OF OFFICERS*

Agency Office Memo. No. 104-5, dated 30th April 1890.

I. The District Deputy Assistant Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha, will exercise residuary Criminal Jurisdiction
within his powers in the Gadhwada, Sabar Kantha and
Katosan Tlianas.

II. He will hear such civil and petty civil political
( otherwise called Mulki ) cases as are handed over to him
by the Political Agent.

III. He will prepare the Budgets of the several
Thandarates for submission to Government and exercise
efficient control over the collection and expenditure of the
Thana Funds under its several heads, and carefully scruti-
nize the accounts kept by the Local Officers.

IV. He will carefully scrutinize the Civil and Criminal
work done by all the Thandars and take steps with the
previous approval of the Political Agent to systematize the
procedure in perfect accordance with law.

V. He will be available for holding Border Courts,
under the Border Affray Rules.

606

No. 3501, dated 8th December 1890.

The Office Order of 30th April 1890 withdrawing
^rom the Assistant Political Agent the Civil and Criminal
jurisidiction he had always exercised in the Bawishi and^
Watrak Kantha Thandarates, and transferrinoj the same to the
District Deputy Assistant Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
having evidently been issued under the erroneous impression
that the Assistant Political Agent exercised the powers of
an executive Police Officer in those Thana Circles, which he
^oes not do, the Political Accent is pleased to restore to the
Assistant Political Agent all tlie powers in Civil matters
which were exercised by that Officer in the Bawishi and
Watrak Kantha Thandarates prior to the issue of the order
above together with the supervision of the financial admini-
stration of these Thanas referred to and henceforth the
District Deputy Assistant Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
will have nothing to do with either of those Thana Circles.
The Hazur Deputy Assistant Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
will exercise residuary Criminal Jurisdiction within his powers
in the Bawishi and Watrak Kantha Thana Circles.

The Political Agent is further pleased to order the fol-
lowing redistribution of work between the Hazur and District
Deputy Assistant Political Agents.

The Hazur Deputy Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, in
addition to being in immediate charge of the Treasury, Opium
Depot, and Sadra Jail, will exercise the powers of a First
Class Magistrate in Criminal matters and take up Civil suits

^ot exceeding Rs. 5,000 in value in the Sadra Bazar, together
with residuary jurisdiction Criminal and Civil within the above

noted powers in the Taluka of Wasua and in the States and

Talukas under the direct supervision of the Political Agent,

3iahi Kantha.

607

The District Deputy Assistant Political Agent, Maht
Kantha, as a First Class Magistrate and with powers to hear
Clivil suits upto Rs. 5,000 will exercise residuary jurisdiction
Civil and Criminal in the Gadhwada, Sabar Kantha and
Katosan Thana Circles and clauses II, III, IV" and V of
para. 7 of the order of 30th April 1890 defining the District
Deputy Assistant Political Agent's duties, &c., &c., ia
connection with the Thanas under his charge remain in force
for his guidance.

Agency No. 419S, dated 28th October 1896.

The returns called for and submitted show that the
Assistant Political Agent disposed of 22 Criminal Cases in
all in three years, an average of 7 cases a year, the Personal
Assistant of 79, i. (?., an average of 26 and the Native
Assistant of 68, i. e., an average of 22. The work is however
heavy but when it is recollected that the Personal Assistant;
to the Officer on whom devolves all the supervision of Managed
Estates and nearl}^ all the special work such as Boundaries
and Border Courts with Baroda it is evident that an undue
proportion of the criminal work was upon him.

2. There is a technical objection to the Assistant Political
Agent taking original criminal work from the Thana Circles
and Talukas policed by the Agency Police of which, he is
the Superintendent, which I think is rather absurd, but which
has to be reckoned with in coiisideiing the relative burden on
such Officer it has to be farther remembered that the Assist-
ant Political Agent is the Superintendent of the Agency
Police but allowing for that it is clear to me that the
Personal Assistant is still the heaviest worked Assistant and
the Native Assistant the lightest, the latter moreover has
no travelling and a stationary Officer has of course more tim*

608

to devote to Office and Court work than one who is tourinor
for nearly four months in the year and has the additional
burden of inspection.

3. The abolition of the General Manat^er's appointment
"which I have recommended to Government will not, I think
add materially to the Personal Assistant's work as it will
save him a large futile correspondence and centre the respon-
sibility entirely in his own hands which cannot but be an
advantage but it affords an additional reason for a redistribution
of work which I have had under contemplation for a long
time and I think further that the personal acquaintance which
I have with the subject renders it desirable that redistribution
should be made by me before I had over charge of the Aojency.

4. The following redistributions of charges and work
is therefore ordered with effect from the 1st of November
proximo: —

(a) The charge of Idar and Pol and the Third Class
Talukas of Danta, Katosan, Mansa, Ilol, Mohanpur and
Malpur will remain with the Political Agent, who will also
retain charj^e of Sudasna, a Taluka which has disputes with
Danta and Palanpur that can best be dealt with by the
Political Agent.

(b) The Assistant Political Atrent will continue to hold
liis present charge except Pethapur and Dabha ( which being
Managed Estates will pass to the charge of the Personal
Assistant ), plus the following Talukas : — Varsoda, Magodi,
Dadhalia and Wasna ( which being close to Sadra will as a
matter of convenience pass to the charge of the Native
Assistant ), Bolundra, Ranasan and Wadagam. He will take
all the civil work in bis charge, all the political work, da
all the inspection and take all the criminal work above the
powers of the Talukdars except that from the Bawishi and
l^atrak Kantha Thanas which will go to the Native Assistant

instead of the Personal Assistant fts heretofore and that now
Varsoda which wiU go to the Native Assistant in order to
save complainants and witnesses from long journeys.

(c) The Personal Assistant will have extra charge of
the Gadhwada, Katosan and Sabar Kuntha ( including
Kupal ) Thana Circles and of all Managed Estates including
Pethapur and Dabha and he will take all civil political
work and criminal work from, and do all inspection in, his
charge, but criminal work from Pethapur will go to the
Native Assistant to have complainants and witnesses from
long journeys.

(d) The Native Assistant has hitherto been the only
lightly worked Offieer in the Agency and this was due
largely to R. B. Warajlal not knowing English and to the
consequent impossibility of entrusting to him which would
otherwise have legitimately fallen to him. That difficulty is
about to be removed and the Native Assistant will from the
Ist proximo in addition to the charge of the Hazur Treasury
and Station have entire charge of Wasna and do also the
following work : —

(1) All the Criminal work above the powers of the
Thandars from the Bawishi and Watrak Kantha
Circles.

(2) All the Civil and Criminal work from the States
in charge of the Political Agent.

(3) All the Criminal work above the powers of the
Durbar or Local Magistrate from Varsoda and
Pethapur.

5. All original civil jurisdiction above Rs. 5000,
that does not fall within the powers of the States throughout
the Mahi Kantha is a.'ready vested in the Assistant Political

, Agent, and will of course remain so.

t 39

610

6. All transfers of papers necessitated by this Order
will be made by the Officers concerned direct among them-
selves. A Ferrist to be supplied and a receipt taken in
every case. The Talukas transferred from one charore to
another and the Subordinate Agency Magistrates and Police
Officers concerned, to be informed by Vernacular Order
which in the case of the Talukas transferred from the Political
Agent's charge only will issue from the PoliticQl Agent's Office.
All other orders being issued by the Assistants concerned.

List of Officers who are empowered to countersiga
bills for fluctuating charges of various Departments.

Officers. Departments.

Assistant Political Agent

Do.

Do.
Personal Assistant.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.
Native Assistant.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do

Personal Assistant.

Native Assistant,

Assistant Political A-^ent. ,

8th June 18C".

Bawishi Thana Fund.

Do. Local Cess Fund.

Watrak Kantha Thana Fund.
Gadhwada Thana Fund.

Do. Local Cess Fund.

Katosan Thana Fund.

Do. Local Cess Fund.

Sabar Kantha Thana Fund.

Do ' Local Cess Fund.

Siidra Bazar Fund.
Jail Fund.
Vaccination Fund.
Deputy Edl. Inspector's Fund.
Infanticide Fund.
Rehwar Zilla Foujdar's Fund.
Agency Overseer Fund.
General Manager's Fund.
Institution Fee Fund.
Scott College Fund.

611

Agency Circidar No. 897, dated 24th February 1899.
On the suggestion made by the Special Audit OflScer
tippointed to examine the accounts of the Mahi Kantha
Local Funds for the year 1897-98, that bills of refund" of
petty sums of revenues may conveniently be countersigned
by the Assistants to the Political Agent, the Political Agent
is pleased to empower the Assistant Political Agent and the
Personal Assistant to pass bills of refunds of revenues to the
extent of Rs. 10 ( ten ) in case of Thana and Local Cess
Funds under their charge.

Agency Memo. No. 6209, dated 18th December 1902.

The Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, is pleased to delegate
the power to sign bills to be paid by the debit to the Mahi
Kantha Agency Local Funds to the undermentioned Officers:-

The Sanitary Commissioner.

The Assistant Political Agent.

The Vice-President or the Head Master, Scott
College, Sadra.

The District Deputy Assistant Political Agent.

The Hazur Deputy Assistant Political Agent.

The Assistant Surgeon, Sadra.

The Deputy Educational Inspector, Mahi Kantha.

All Thandars and Awal Karkun at Mahisa.

The Sub-Aissistant Surgeon, Dabhoda.

The Sub-Assistant Surgeon, Satlasna.

Order determining the Criminal Jurisdiction of Commissioners
of Revenues in the Political Agencies under their supervision.
G. R, P. D , No. 2118, dated 1st April 1905,

Resolutkjn. — The following Notification should be
printed in the Bombay Government Gazette: —

Whereas variou?* orders have from time to time been
issued by Govertnuent in regard to Hi.^ Criminal Jurisdiction

6i2

of Commiswoners of Beve^me^in tbe Political Agencies Under
tfc.e.iF, supervision;

And whereas doubts Imve arisen as to tile construction; of
the said orders and it is therefore expedient to make better
provision for the purpose of determining that jurisdiction;

The Governor in Council, in exercise of the power,
delegated under the Indian (Foreign Jurisdiction ) Order in
Council, 1902, by the Governor General in Council in the.
Notification of fehe Government of India in the Foreigff'
Department, No. 2859-1. A., dated the 19th June 1903,
and of all other powers enabling him in this behalf, is pleased,
in supersession of all previous orders od this same subject,
80 far as they may be inconsistent with anything herein
contained, to issue the following order for the said purpose:—

The Commissioner shall exercise the jurisdiction of a.
High Court, as described in the Code of Criminal Procedure,
1898 (Act V of 1898), in respect of offences over which
the jurisdiction of a Court of Session is exercised by the
Political Agent, subject to the following limitations: —

(a) In the case of every appeal by a persan convicted
of an offence punifiiiable. with death or by a
co-accused of such , convict, the snid jurisdiction
shall be exercised by the Governor in- Council.

(b) In every case decided by the Commissioner the
Governor in Council reserves jurisdiction to call
for the record and pass orders as he thinks fit.

Agency Order No. 979, dated IS/ 17th February 1913.

With reference to this Ofifice Order No. 4408, dated
the IBibh Augttst,il9Q9, the, Political Agent,, Mahi Kantha»

613

is pleased to direct with effect from the date of this order
that : —

The Taluka of Warsoda is transferred from the charge
of the Assistant Political Af^ent to that of the Political Ao^ent.

All the Civil and Criminal work above the powers of
the Thakore will be performed by the Hazur Deputy Assist-
ant, Mahi Kantha, as in the case of other Talukas in charfje
of the Political Agent.

All original Civil work above the powers of the Hazur
Deputy Assistant will go to the Assistant Political Agent.

Grant of power to the Politital Agent, Mahi Kantha,
TO remit interest on belated payments of the Khichdi dues
payable to the Idar State by certain States in the Mahi
Kantha Agency.

No. 5519, dated the 9th August 1913.

From— Major N. S. Coghill, Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.
To — The Secretary to Government, Bombay.

With reference to Government Resolution, Political
Department, No. 7, dated the 4th January 1910, refjardin;;
levy of interest from the tributary Chiefs in the Gujarat
Political Agencies on the instalments of tribute which re-
main unpaid by them after the due dates, I have the honour
to state that the State of Idar recovers annualy a certain
amount of Hak known as Khichdi from the several States
and Tulukas under this Agency and correspondence of the
recovery of the Sfime is carried on throuj^h this Agency.
The usual rate of interest recovered by the Idar State on
belated payments is 9 per cent. Since the power of remitting
interest on belated payments is not vested in the Political
Agent on the condition stated in the Government Resolution
39 a

614

quoted above, the result is that lon^ and vexatious corres-
pondence on this subject is carried on through the Ao^ency
between the States concerned. Kven in cases in which the
Political Ao^ent is satisfied that the delay in payment was
unavoidable and was not due to contumaciousness or wil?
procrastination on the part of the State or Taluka concerned,
and especially when the interest claimed by the State is for
the Japti period when the Agency authorities ore held res-
ponsible and not the Stute or Taluka concerned, the recom-
mendations made by the Political Agent for the remission
of the interest on belated payments of Idar Khichdi aro
not accepted by the Idar State and returned with some
trivial objection, and the result is that the subject matter
remains undisposed of for years together. I may add thab
the right of tribute to be paid to His Highness the G«ekwar
of Baroda is superior to that of Idar Khichdi. In order to
secure prompt recovery of the Idar Khichdi from the States
concerned, and to obviate the necessity of issuing repeated
reminders on the subject, I would recomaiend that a similar
power of remitting interest on belated payments of Idar
Khichdi on the conditions stated in the Government Resolu-
tion referred to above may be vested in the Political Agent.

Endorsement by the Honourable Mr. Barrow, Com-
missioner, Northern Division, No. 575, dated the 13th August
1913.

Forwarded to Government with a recommendation that
the Political Ajjent's proposal n^ay be sanctioned.

Political Department No. 593S, dated 8th October 19 W.
Resolution. — The Political Agent's proposal is sanctioned.

Sd. C C Watson,

Secretary to Goverument.

615

Local Funds— Palanpur and Mahi Kantha.

Delegation of 2)owers to the Political Agents, Palanpur and
Mahi Kantha, authorising them to ivrite off certain
irrecoverable balances of Local Funds.

Political Department, No. 1310, dated 4th March 1915.

Letter from the Coaimissioaer, Northern Division,.
No. P. Acc-20, dated the 14th November 1914:—

The Political Ayeiit, Malii Kantha, represents that
there is no provision in the revised Manual of Local Fund
Accounts for the Mahi Kantha and Pahmi)Ur Ao-encies autho-
rising the Political Agents to write off irrecoverable outstandiny;
of Abkari farms or of Thana Funds and ho requested me
to delegate n^y powers to him up to a limit of Ks. 1,000.
In the absence of such a provision he has to obtain m^'-
sanction in each case. He has also reported that references
are being received from the Divisional Officers and the
Alienation Officer, Bawishi, on the subject of writing off
irrecoverable balances of Thana Funds. I consulted the Ac-
countant General as to whether the Commissioner as Control-
ling authority of the A^j^ency Local Funds can delegate to
the Political Aoents power to sanction the remission of
irrecoverable arrears of Abkari revenue payable to the Agencv
Local Funds upto a certain limit. He replies that it is for
Government to decide whether the Commissioner as Control-
ling authority of the Ajiency Local Funds is competent to

delegate to the Political Agents the power to sanction remis-
sions of such outstandings.

2. In these circumstances 1 have the honour to
recommend that the Political Agents, Mahi Kantha and
Palanpur, may be authorized to write off irrecoverable
balances of Abkari revenue upto a limit of Rs. 1,000 and
of otlier revenue relatini; to Agency Local Fund upto a limit
of Ks. 100 in the case of an ioiiividual

Rksolution — The proposals contained in the 2nd
paragraph of the Commissioner's letter are sanctioned.

616
Gratuities.

Grant of — to Mr. Khemchand Chelamji and
peon Mahashanker Harjivan.

Government Order, P. R, No. 5909, dated 8th August 1917,

Order. — Sanction is accorded to the j^rant of a gratuity
of Ks. 350 to Mr. Khemchand Chelamji and of Rs. 54 to
peon Mahashanker Harjivan. The charge on account of the
gratuities should be debited to the Palanpur Agency Futid.

2. The Political Agents of Palanpur and Mahi Kantba
who are Administrators of the Agency Local Funds, are
hereby authorized to sanction pensii)ns or gratuities iu
accordance with the Civil Service Regulations, payable from
the Local Fund in their respective Agencies.

Power delegated to Political Agents to sanction the employment
of Governtnent pensioners in Native States.

G. R, P. D., No. 2428, dated 11th April 1911.

Resolution. — All Political Agents should be directed
to inform the Darbars of Native States under their charge
that appointment of Government pensioners to the service
of the States should be reported to them for the necessaiy
sanction.

2. Government are pleased, in supersession of the
orders referred to in the last column of serial No. 15 in th©
statement accompanying Government Resolution No. 5829,
dated the 6ih September 1910, to delegate to Political Agent.'*
the power of according the requisite sanction in such cases
the responsibilty of ascertaining the fitness of the pensioner
to the appointment proposed resting upon them.

617

Agency Circular No. 4413, dated lOth July 1918.

In supersession of order of this office No. 3032, date({
the 10th May 1914, with regard to the control of the peons
serving on the I'rovincial arid Local Fund establishmentA
of this Agency, and wlio are now pensionable it is now
ordered that : —

1. (a) The Assistant Political Agent shall have

power to punish with fine upto Ks. 2 for mis-
conduct or insubordination on the part of any peon
on his establishment or within his sub-division.

(h) He shall have power to transfer a peon from
one appointment to another within his sub-division.

(c) He shall have authority to grant upto
10 days' casual leave and privilege leave upto
2 months to the peons in his charge.

2. (a) Deputy Assistants shall have powers to fine

their peons upto Re. 1.

(b) Power to transfer a peon within their own
sub-divisions.

(c) Power to grant casual leave upto 10 days
and privilege ]e<ive upto 1 month.

3. (a) All Thandars shall have the power to fine a
peon upto 8 annas.

(6) Power to grant casual leave upto 10 days.

They shall report any action taken under (a) and
(?>) to their Sub-divisional Officer for his information.

4. All appointments, reductions or dismissals of peonsi
in the Agency must rest with the Political Agents

• 618

XXVIII. RAILWAYS.

ixovernment Notification P. D. No. 6108, dated 7th October 1897.

In exercise of the power conferred by Section 5 of the

Governor-General iii

Idar Statk.
1. Ahmeduaijur

Bakoda State.

2. Motipura.
S. Mahial.

Bawishi Thana.

4. Rakhial.

5. Sametrai.

6. Khanpur.
1. Waiodra.
h. Dabhoda.

1. Ranasan.

2. Dehgam.

3. Palia.

4. Nandoli.

5. Hematpur.

6. Sanipa.

7. Jalia Math.

8. Sagdarpar.

9. Bharodra.

Council's Notification No.
23844-1. B., dated the
24th June 1897 ( publi-
shed in the Gazette of
India, Part I, dated the
3rd July 1897, pages
590 and 591 ), the
Governor in Council is
pleased to direct that the
lands of the marginally noted villages in the Baroda and Idar
States and Bawishi Thana respectivel3% which are in the
occupation of the Ahmedabad-Prantij Railway, including the
lands occupied as stations, out-buildings and for all other
purposes connected with the said Railway, shall be deemed
to be included within the followinn^ Talukas of the Ahmedabad
District : —

In the Prantij Taluka the lands of the villages of: —

1. Ahmednaofar.

2. Motipura.

3. Mahial.

4. Rakhial.
i>. Sametrai.

11. Jalia Math.

12. Sagdarpar.

13. Bharodra.

6. Khanpur.

7. Palia.

8. Nandoli.

9. Hematpur.
10. Sampa.

In the Daskroi Taluka the lands of the villages of: —

1. Ranasan. 3. Waiodra.

2. Dehgam. 4. Dabhoda.

619

English summary oj Gujarati Circulars.
Railways & Jurisdiction-over them.

1. Circular No. 810, dated 24tli August 1910, regardinsr
rules for the grant of compensation for lands of Native States
taken up for construction of Railways.

2. Circular No. 189, dated 13th April 1911, regardinor
appointment of a Special Officer for the settlement of disputed
cases of compensation for lands taken up for Railways.

3. Circular No. 1587, dated I2th October 1911, regard-
ing rules for the grant of compensation for lands of British
India taken up by Native States for the construction of
Railways.

XXIX. SALE & MORTGAGE OF LANDS.

English summary of Gujarati Circulars.

1. Circular No. 2071, dated 16th December 1905, regarding-
registration of the names of the heirs of deceased Ivbatadars
possessing sale and mortj^jaged lands in Bawishi Zillah within
3 months from the date of this Circular and from the date
of their death in case of their death thereafter.

2. Circular No. 1593, dated 12th October 1911, regarding
issue of notices to the heirs of dece »sed Khatadars in Bawish'k
Zillah for the registration of their names within two months
from the date of service of the notice and six months in the
case of Khatadars dying in future from the date of their
death, failing which their land will be confiscated and auctioned.

XXX. SCOTT COLLEGE.

Agency Memorandum No. 4o73, dated 28th August 1907.

In modification of the existing arrangement by which
His Highness the Maharaja of idar and the Assistant Political
Agent were ipso facto mombers of the Governing Body, th^

620

3*olitical Accent, Mahi Kantha, is pleased to invite other
Officers and Chiefs of this Agency to form the Council of
the Scott College and to assist him with their advice and
suggestions so as to improve the position and efficiency of the
Oollege and, at least, to maintain its present condition.

The Council will meet whenever invited to do so by the
Political Agent, Mahi Kantha and at least once a year during
the moj)Soon to assist tlie Political Agent to solve the
numerous questions that arise from time to time regarding
the education and training of our Kumars. This is one of
the most vital questions connected with the welfare of the
Province and the Political Agent feels assiured that his
Officers and Chiefs are as fully impressed with its importance
as he is. He trusts, therefore, that the members of the
Council will not confine their interest in the College to visiting
when invited by him to do so but that they will also visit
it frequently when they may be in Sadra, or its vicinity and
the Political Agent will always be glad to hear of their visits
to the College and their opinions as to the progress, condition
of the Kumars, &c., or anything that may seem to them to
be deserving of notice.

As the President and Vice-President have constantly to
be absent from Head Quarters for long periods the Political
Agent feels confident that they and also the Head Master of
the College will receive efficient and ready help from the
other members of the Council.

The Political Agent also feels sure that the members
will impress on their brother Chiefs the absolute necessity
that now exists that they should have their sons and suc-
cessors well educated and that they will use to its fullest
capacity the splendid Institution that was established for
this purpose hy them and that they will look upon it as

621

really their own Institutioii and the most potent factor avail-
able to them to advance the position and interest of their
Kuiuars and their States.

The Political Agent therefore in addition to the ipso
facto members nominates the following Officers and Chiefs to
be the Council of the Scott College and invites their co-
operation :-

Patron ♦

His Highness Major General Sir Pratapsing Bahadur,
G.C.S.I., K. c. B , L. L. D., A. D. c , Maharaja of Idar.

Hembers of the Council.

The District Deputy Assistant Political Agent.

The Hazur Deputy Assistant Political Agent.

Major Shri Daulatsing, A. D. C, Maharaj Kumar of Idar-

The Raolji Shri of Malpur.

The Rnolji Shri of Mansa.

The Thakore of Varsoda.

The Thakore of Katosan.

The Thakore of Sudasna.

The Thakore of Kadoli.

The Political Agent, Mahi Kantha and Assistant
Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, will remain ipso facto Presi-
dent and Vice. President as hitherto.

No. 2364, dated 4th May 1909.

Read -Letter No. 856, dated 26th November 1908, from
thB Assistant Political Agent, Mahi Kantha, forwarding the
proposed scale of fees to be levied for Kumars in the Scott
College.

6(22

The scale proposed is as under:—

Revenue. pROpqsED

Fees. Rs.
Minimum 36.

Exceeding Rs. 3,000 per annum but less than Rs. 4,000. 50.

„ 4,000 „ „ „ 6,000. 60.

„ 6,000 „ „ „ 8,000. 75.

„ 8,000 '„ ■ „ „ 10,000. 90.

„ 10,000 „ „ „ 15,Q00, 100.

,. „ 15,000 „ „ „ 20,000. 120.

,j ' „ 20,000 „ „ „ 40,000. 150.

„ 40,000 „ ', ..;,fff^.j,, „ ... 200.

Read — Opinions of the members of the College Council.

His Highness the Mahaeaja of Idar agrees to the proposal.

District Deputy Assistant Political Agent observes that
the rates of fee are very high and suggests that the
present rates of fee should not be raised.

Hazur Deputy Assistant Political Agent agrees to the
proposal but suggests that in case of Kumars of the
same family, who are studying in the College sipauHaneously
with the minor Chief or heir-apparent of the family Iialf
the fee charo'eable for the latter should be charged for
each of the former, subject to a minimum of Ks. 36, in
the case of brothers or stepbrothers of Chiefs three-fourth
of the fee fixed for a minor Thakore or heir-apparent should
be charged for each of them.

The Raolji of Mansa approves of the scale but suggests
that the rates of , the fee should rather be fixed
in consideration of the rank of^ the Kumars than in
consideration of the income.

The Thakore of Varsoda approves.

623

1. ■ /

The Thakore of Sudasna puts in a statement of fees proposect
by him for minor Chiefs or heirs-apparent and brothers
of , the Chiefs or heirs-apparent (which greatly differ
from the scale proposed by the Assistant Political
Agent ).

The Thakore of Kadoli suggests that in the case of heir-
apparent whose Taluka income does not exceed Rs. 3,000
the fee should be Rs. 36 and in the case of a brother of
such Kumar it should be less,

Thakore op Katoban : — Reply not received.

From the above the majority of opinion is in favour of
the scale laid down by Captain O'Brien and the Political
Agent also approves of i/he same.

In cases of two or more Kumars from the same Taluka
this standard is subject to the discretionary power of tha
Political Agent to fix a special amount of fee which of course
will not be less than Rs. 36 per cnnum.

English summary of Gujrati Circular.

1. Circular No. 3289, dated 9th February 3 901, regard^
ing payment of Rs. 5 annualy by Kumars studying in Scott
College for Medical attendance and medicine, instead of paying
that charge from the Colletje Fund.

XXXL THANA SYSTEM.

Office Memo. No. 34, dated 5th January 1SS9.

Government having in their Resolution No. 7581, dated
the 19th November 1888, sanctioned the proposals submitted
by the undersigned for introducing administrative reforms.
jn the Katosan Thana Circle, the Pc'J'loal Agent is pleased
to issue the following orders.

624

2. On and alter the 1st April 1889 the Thandari
' Palo as at present levied from the several petty estates in
the Thana Circle will cease and in its stead contributions
at 7 per cent, per annum on the net revenues of the estates
will be levied to meet the charges of Thana Establishments,
&c. To obviate inconvenience in ascertaining the net revenues
of the several estates the average of the revenues for the
last five years has been struck and amount payable on ac-
count of tribute has been deducted therefrom.

The levy at 7 per cent, on these net revenues is there-
fore fixed as follovsrs : —

Average net

Levy at 7

revenue.

per cent.

1. Maguna. Rs.' 8,478

593

2. Tejpura.

5,254

367

3. Virsoda.

„ 2,661

186

4. Palaj.

„ 5,692

399

5. Deioli. ,

2,755

192

6. Kasalpura. j

4,821

337

7. Mehmadpura. ,

1,680

117

8. Ijpura.

5,538

387

9. Rampura.

1,25Q

87

10. Ranipura.

1,771 .

124

Rs. 39,900

Deduct on account of tribute
Rs. 1,840 payable by Santhal,
Gokalpura and Mulajinapura,
the revenues of which are in-
cluded in the above figures.

2,789

128

Net levy Rs. 2,661

The Above figures will remain in force for 5 years
from 1st April 1889 at the expiration of which the figures
will be revised in accordance as the revenues are found to
increase or decrease.

625

3. The Thandari Falo levied on accounfc of Jhotana,
will continue to be paid by the Thakore of Katosan, to whom
the jurisdiction of the village has been transferred, in consi-
deration of the fact that the Thandar is often required to
be deputed on work connected with the village

4. From 1st April 1889 Local Cess will be levied at
one anna per every Biofha of all cultivable lands whether
held under rental, service, charitable, Inam or any other
tennuro and also at one anna per rupee of Vero payable by
all the non-cultivating- classes. This will be collected by the
Thandar and the money credited to the Katosan Thana
Fund under Sub-head Local Cess Fund. The Thandar and
his Karkuns should at once set to work and prepare state-
ments givintj : —

1. Name, village, &c., of assessee.

2. Area of land held on, if a non-cultivator amount
of Vero payable by him.

3. Amount of Local Cess payable by him.

These statements should be ready before Isfc April 1889,

5. One-fourth of the profits derived from opium sale
in these estates is to be retained for the Thana Fund, and
the Personal Assistant should therefore arrange that when
any Chief is indenting for opium, one-fourth of the profits
is recovered and credited towards the Fund.

G. The management of the Liquor Still at Katosan is
to be taken over by the Agency and the Personal Assistant
has already been requested {vide Yadi No. 7073, dated
27th December 1888 ) to farm the still to the highest bidder
with the sanction of the Political Agent, the proceeds
should be credited to the Thana Fund.

7. All fees in Civil Cases should be credited towards
the Institution Fee Fund, and all fines to the Mabi Kautha
40

626

Jail Fund whicli will bear the expenses of maintenance of
prisoners.

8. On the introduction of the above arrangements,
contribution at present levied on account of Vaccination,
Schools, and Deputy Educational Inspector's salary will
cease and all charges on these accounts will be borne by
the Local Cess.

9. The pay bills of the School Masters should be submitted
to the Thandar who should cash them after examining them
and attach them to his Daily Sheet as vouchers.

10. On the 1st of January of every year the Thandar
should prepare and submit a detailed Budget of the estimate
receipts and expenditure of the Thana Fund, and also submit
proposals and estimates for any works of general improvement.

11. Orders for the revision of the strength of the
Thana Establishment will be issued hereafter.

12. The transactions of this Thana will be shovi/n in
the Treasury accounts, under the Thandari Fund as hitherto
through a separate account may be opened under a sub-head
for commission.

Introduction of improved Administration into the
Katosan and Gadhwara Zillas.

Political Dei^artment, No. -504, dated 27th January 1S90.

Letter from the Acting Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
No. 177-3001, DATED THE 6th DECEMBER 1888 !— Submitting-
with reference to paragraph 2 of Government Resolution, No.
7581, dated the I9th November 1888, information showincr
what share the Idar and Palanpur Darbars possessed in the
Gadhwara and how serviceable the Agency Thandar is to the
two States. Giving reasons to show why the Taiukdars and

627

shareholders should not be allowed to recover their own con-
tribution from the Ryots direct. Exphiining how the Idar and
Palanpur Darbars got a footing in the Gadhwara. Expressing
a hope that under the explanation now submitted Government
will be pleased to sanction the proposals made in his previous
letters.

Endorsement by the Commissioner, Northern Division
No. 790, DATED THE 1 Oth DECEMBER 1888: — Forwarding the
above.

Letter from the Junior Under Secretary to Government
OF India, Foreign Department, No. 1274-1., dated the 22nd
March 1889: — Enquirincr, with reference to this Government
letter No. 411, dated the 17th January 1889, what has hitherto
been system in dealin^r witli the funds collected in the Katosan
and Gadhwara districts. Observino^ that as the Accountant
General's reports are silent on the subject it is not apparent
how the funds have been dealt with and whether they have
ever passed from the custody of the P»)litica] Au'ent or come
Avithin the cognizance of the Accountant General.

Letter from the PolitiCcVL Agent, Mahi Kantha, No.
68-891, DATED the r2tii April 1889 :-Reportir)g, with reference
to Government endorsement. No. 2532, dated the 9th April
1889, that the funds collected in the Katosan and Gadhwara
Thandarates, consisted of (1) Thandari Falo, (2) Vaccination
Falo, and (3) Educational Inspector's salary Falo, of which
the first went towards the entertainment of Thana establish-
ment, the second towards the Vaccination Fund for the enter-
tainment of Vaccination establishment and the third towards
the entertainment of an Educational luspectnior staff. Report-
ing further that the funds have never passed from the custody
of the Political Agent, though they come within the cognizance
of the Accountant General along with other Excluded Local
Fund.=^.

628

Letter from the Accountant General, Bombay, No.
L F.-2744, DATED the 29th April 1889:— Statincj, with
reference to Governraenfc endorsement. No. 28G9, dated the
25th April 1889, that his office has no knowledge of the
funds collected in the Katosan and Gadhwara districts of
the Mahi Kantha Agency, and thrit the only funds of that
Agency that his office is aware of all those grouped under
the head of Excluded Local Funds as the " The Mahi Kantha
Local Funds ", the details of which are not known to, nor
are the charges audited by, bis office.

Letter from the Junior Under Secretary to the
Government OF India, Foreign Department, No. 2927-1., datei>
THE 20th July 1889 : — Communicating for consideration certain
remarks on the correspondence ending with this Government
letter No. 3875, dated the 3rd June 1889, relative to the
creation of certain Local Pounds for the Katosan and Gadhwara
districts of the Mahi Kantha Political Agency, and observing,
in conclusion, that provided the objections indicated are consider-
ed and dealt with in consultation with the Accountant General
and provided that t!je funds raised by the Political Agent
in these districts are deposited in a Government Treasur}", the
Governor General in Council has no objection to the creation
of such Excluded l^ocal Funds as the Government of Bombay
may consider necessary for the districts.

Letter from the Acting Political Agent, Mahi Kantha,
No. 182-2735, dated the 18th November 1889 : — Explaining^
with reference to Government endorsement, No. 6422 of the
26th September 1889, how and what funds have been proposed
to be raised for better a<iministration in the Katosan and
Gadhwara Thaudarates and making proposals on the sug-
gestions made by the Government of India. Making remarks-
on certain suggestions made by Mr. W. P. Symonds expressed
in his memorandum of observations attached to the correspon-

629

dence under reference, and proposing that the scheme for the
Gadhwara Zilla may be brought into effect from the 1st
January 1890.

Letter from the Accountant General, Bombay, No.
L. F.-27637, DATED THE IOth December 1889 :— Forwarding
the above and also a copy of the Acting Political Agent's
letter No. 2890, dated the 2iid December 1889, which gives
details of the receipts and expenditure of the several funds
to be maintained, and stating that the proposals made are
in accordance with the Government of India's letter No.
2927-1., dated the 20th July 1889, making however certain
suggestions.

Letter from the Acting Political Agent, Mahi Kan-
THA, No. 199-3055, dated the 21st December 1889: — Stating
with reference to Government endorsement, No. 8481, dated
the 19th December 1889, that the proposal made by the
Accountant General that the Deputy Educational Inspector's
salary Fund and the Vaccination Fund may be amalgamated
with the Mahi Kantha General Thana Fund is not feasible,
as these two funds are not made up of contributions from
Native States under the Thandurates alone but are also
contributions from States which aro not included in the
Thandarates. Expressing concurrence with the Accountant
General in hia opinion aa regards the Mahi Kantha Library
Fund. Requesting the favour of early orders, as the arrange-
ments sanctioned for the Gadhwara Zilla have to be put into
force from 1st January.

Resolution. — The Government of India on being asked
to sanction the creation of certain Local Funds for the Katosan
and Gadhwara Zillaa stated that they had no objection to
the creation of such Excluded Local Funds as this Government
might consider necessary provided certain objections indicated
were considered and dealt with in consultation with the

40 a

630

Accountant General and provided the funds raised were
deposited in a Government Treasury. It was supposed that
it was intended to create three separate funds for Katosan,
and it was stated that it would bo more convenient if one
classified fund were kept for all receipts and charges which
are not amalgamated with the Mahi Kantha Funds. Th&
advantage of the amalcjamation of all the Local Funds in the
Mahi Kantha Agency as far as the interests of the different
districts do not prevent it was urged, it being pointed out
that the appropriation of income among different services
can generally be as well managed by means of a classified
account as by means of separate funds, but that this cannot
be done where the approriation is by locality.

2. The Government of India misunderstood the pro-
posals with regard to Katosan. It was not intended that
there should be three separate funds for Katosan and one
for Gadhwara, but two funds in each, one for administrative
purposes and one for purposes of public improvement. The
Political Agent indeed contemplated having one fund only
in each Zilla, but as it was proposed to appropriate the re-
venue according to the division above indicated. Government
considered that the result would be the creation of two
funds in each district.

3 The su£f<»estion that the Local Funds in Mahi Kantha
be amalgamated as far as possible has however been care-
fully considered with the aid of suggestion from Mr. Sy-
monds and the advice of the Accountant General. These
Officers and the Political Agent are in the main, agreed as
to the best manner of meeting the views of the Government
of India.

4. There are at present no less than 14 Local Funds
in the Mahi Kantha Agency exclusive of the funda in the
Katosan and Gadhwara Zillas the creation of whieU gav&

631

rise to the present correspondence and the constitution of
which whether kept separate or amalgamated with other
funds has already been approved. They are : —

1. Jail Fund.

2. Institution Fee Fund.

3. Infanticide Fund.

4. Thandari Fund ( which ia however composed of
contribution from Katosan and Gadhwara and
was intended to be superseded by the new funds
for these districts ).

5. Bawisbi Thana Fund.

6. Sabar Kantha Thana Fund.

7. Daftar Fund.

8. Sadra Bazar Fund,

9. Sadra Dispensary Fund.

10. Sadra School Fund.

11. Scott College Fund.

12. Vaccination Fund.

13. Deputy Educational Inspector's Salary Fund.

14. Mahi Kantha Library Fund.

5. As pointed out by the Accountant General the
Library Fund is of a private nature and should not be
brought on the public account. The Governor in Council can
also see no advantage in maintainig a separate fund for the
Scott College. It consists of money given for endowment
and fee. The endowment can be treated according to the
ordinary rules and the institution be managed by the adminis-
trators without bringing the accounts on the Political Agent's
books.

6. The amalgamation of the Sadra Dispensary Fund
and Sadra School Fund with the Sadra Bazar Fund is
obviously desirable and should be carried out. There will
then be one fund for Sadra of a Municipal nature.

632

7. It seems that the Infanticide Fund exists only ii»
name. A. moiety of the proceeds of Mohosali and fines is
remitted to the Idar Darbar, which defrays the whole cost
of Infanticide Establishment. There is clearly no reason for
the maintenance of a separate fund on this account, but further
explanation should be furnished of the reasons for continuing
to appropriate half the proceeds of Mohosali and fines in this
manner.

8. The Institution Fee Fund, the Jail Fund and the
Daftar Fund can, as sugi^ested by the Political Agent, be
apj)ropriately amalgamated. The receipts should be devoted
to charoes connected with law and justice, includincy the
erection and maintenance of Jails and Police lines, and to no
other objects without the special sanction of Government.

9. The Political Agent proposes to form out of the
Bawishi and Sabar Kantha Thana Fund and out of the similar
funds which were to be formed for Katosan and Gadhwara,
one General Thana Fund. The Accountant General suggests
that the Vaccination and the Deputy Educational Inspector's
Salar}^ Funds should be incorported in it. To this suggestion
the Political Agent raises the objection that those funds ar9
not kept up only from contributions from States under the
Thandars. This objection, however, loses its force if classified
accounts of the funds are kept. As pointed out by the
Government of India the appropriation of income among
different services can be as well managed by name of such
accounts as by means of separate funds.

10. A more serious objection to. the formation of on©
General Thana Fund is tliat it may interfere with the fair
appropriation of income according to locality. It would not be
just to utilize the revenue derived from one group of States
for the cost of administration in other group. This difficulty
Colonel Goodfellow proposes to meet by keeping separata

633

accounts of the fund for each of the four Thandarates, but
that is tantamount to tho institution of four separate funds.
If however it is recognized that such is the case, there
is no objection to the proposal and on this understanding it
is approved.

11. The adoption of the suggestion above described
reduces the funds in the Mahi Kantha to :—

1. The General Thana Fund.

2. The Judicial Fund

3. The Sadra Bazar Fund.

It appears however to the Governor in Council that if
a proper classified account is kept and care taken to appropriate
the various items of revenue to proper object? and such as
are derived from particular States only to expenditure within
those States or groups of States, there is no advantage in
keeping the General Thana Fund and Judicial Fund separate.
It will be more convenient for the Political Agent to have
one set of accounts for the whole of the funds under his ad-
ministration, exclusive of the Sadra Bazar Fund, which is of
a municipal or purely local nature. This course should be
adopted.

12. The Political Agent states that the funds will be
kept in the Government Treasury, but thinks it is unnecessary
to submit budget. The Governor in Council considers it
essential for the exercise of an effective control over th&
administration of the funds by Government that budget should
be submitted.

13. His excellency in Council agrees with Colonel
Goodfellow that the administration of the funds by Committees
is not at present practicable except perhaps in the case of
the Sadra Bazar Fund. As regards the latter, it should be
reported whether there cannot be found in the town of Sadra.
a sufliicient number of person.^ fitted to form « Committee.

634

Change of name of the Jher-Nirmali Thana to that of
Watrah Kantha Thana ; increase of the Civil Juris-
diction of the Thandar, <&c.

J*olitical Department^ No. 5626, dated 5th September 1802.

Resolution. — The name of the Jher-Nirmali Thana
may be changed to that of the Watrak Kantha Thana.

2. The retention of the Japti Karkun to manage the
revenue affairs of Gabat is sanctioned. The Civil Jurisdic-
tion of the Thandar will extend to suits of the value of
Es. 500 and not of Rs. 60 as stated in Government Resolu-
•tion No. 4963, dated 2nd August 1892. The proposition
statement should be sent to the Accountant General for
scrutiny and on receipt of his report, sanction will be
•accorded to the increase of salary proposed.

XXXII. TREASURY & ACCOUNTS.

Agency Memorandum No. 296, dated 14th January 1901.

Under the orders of Government the Treasury Officer
is directed to credit all Mohosals and fines levied from the
Chiefs of the Mahi Kantha to the Agency General Fund.

Proposal to allow the Thakore of Kadoli, a Sixth
Class Talukdar in the Mahi Kantha Agency, to retain for
himself the local cess, the half share of Abkari revenue and
the quarter share of Opium duty collected from his Taluka,
'nrhich have hitherto been credited to the Sabar Kantha Local
Ctss and Thana Funds.

G. R., P. Z>., No. 2309, dated 30th March 1908.

Kesolution. — The proposal of the Political Agent that
the Thakore of Kadoli, a Sixth Class Talukdar in the
Mahi Kantha Agency, should be permitted to retain for himself
the Local Cess, the half share of Abkari revenue and the

635

quarter share of Opium duty collected from his Taluka, which
have hitherto been credited to the Sarbar Kantha Local Cess
and Thana Funds, is approved.

2. It should be clearly understood that this concessioa
is personal to the present Thakore Bhawansingji and will be
continued only so long as he exercises 6th Class Jurisdiction.

Office Order No. E. S. T. 102, dated Uth October 1920,

As decided in the meeting held on the 22nd July last,
the services of the Assistant Superintendent, Managed
Estates, are hereby placed under the orders of the Treasury-
Officer, Mahi Kantha. His duty as an Auditor will, be as
urider : —

(1) Examine and audit the monthly cash accounts^

(2) Examine and audit the periodical returns.

(3) Examine and audit the accounts of all the Ma-
naged States and Estates under the administra-
tion of the Political Agent, Assistant Political
Agent and District Deputy Political Agent,
Mahi Kantha.

(1) See whether the revenue has been collected at
proper times, and duly brought to account.

(5) See whether the auction sales have been con-
ducted regularly and by or before the prescribed
persons.

(G) See whether all the account books are duly
stamped and signed and regularly written upto
date.

(7) See whether any item of deposit or advance is.
left undisposed of, without good grounds.

636

2. The Assistant Superintendent, Manapjed Estates
shall, as an Auditor, submit his audit remarks to the Trea-
sury Officer, who shall after scrutiny, communicate such of
them, as he considers necessar}', to|tl)e Administering Officers
concerned.

3. The services of the Assistant Superintendent, Ma-
naged Estates, would also be available, for minor local en-
quiries, if required, by any of the officers, in charge of the
Managed Estates, with the concurrence of the Treasury Officer.

4. The peon attached to the post of the Assistant
Superintendent should likewise be attached to the office of
the Treasury Officer, Mahi Kantha.

XXXIIL TRIBUTE, LOAN & TAGAVL

Procedure to ee followed when adjusting payments of
instalments made by (i) Jurisdictional States indebted to
Oovernment on account of both Imperial and Provincial
loans and (u) Non-jurisdictional Estates indebted to Govern-
ment on account of both old Imperial, now provincialised,
and new Provincial Loans.

Political Department, No. 4077 > dated 9th July 19 IS.

Resolution of Government.

When payments are received towards Government debts
from {i) Jurisdictional States indebted to Government on
account of both Imperial and Provincial Loans and (ii) Non-
jurisdictional Estates indebted to Government on account ot
both old Imperial, now provincialised and new Provincial
Loans, the following system of adjustment should be observed
4)y all Treasury Officers : —

(a) The amount due on account of interest demand
in column 9 A C. Form 71 of the Imperial
Loan for Jurisdictional States and of the old

637

Imperial, recently provincialised, Loan for tbo
Non-jurisdictional Estates should be first recover-
ed and credited.

{b) Then from the balance of the payment the sama
procedure is to be observed for the outstanding-
interest in column 9 of the Provincial Loans to-
both Jurisdictional and Non-jurisdictional State?*
and Estates.

(<•) Finall}'', if any balance of payment still remains
it should be credited against the outstanding
balance of principal of the old Imperial Loan ia
the case of Jurisdictional States and the old
Imperial, recently provincialised. Loan in the cas^
of Non-jurisdictional Estates.

Regarding the remission of interest due from the Tributary
States in the Gujarat Political Agencies on the instalments
of tribute which remain unpaid after the due dates.

N'o. 8222, dated the f^2nd August 1913.

From— Lieut-Colonel L. Impey, C. I. E.,

Officiating Resident at Baroda,

To— The Secretary to Government,

Politicfil Department, Bombay.

I have the honour to invite a reference to Resolution
No. 7, dated 4ih January 1910, of the Bombay Government,
regarding the levy of interest froin Tiibutary States on thf5
instalments of tribute which reniHin unpuid by them after
due dates.

2. The Political Agents concnrnt'd have b«en granted
the power to remit intercut at their <)\vn discretion and thfr
Baroda Darbar have asknd that, when this power is exercised, a
brief statement of the reasons for remission should be furnishccL

638

i;o the Darbar. The request does not appear unreasonable,
and I trust that the Governor of Bombay raay be pleased
to approve of it.

G. R, P. D., No. 4055, dated 10th August 1913.

Resolution. — With reference to Government Resolution
'No. 7, (lated the 4th January 1910, the Political Agents
concerned should submit to Government in each case a brief
statement of the reasons for the remissions of interest made
by them.

Tribute—

Remission of the interest charged upon British tribute,
IBaroda tribute and Junagadh Jortalbi in the Kathiawar
Agenc}'.

Orders regarding the rate of interest to he charged
upon belated payments of British tribute, Baroda tribute and
Junagadh Jortalbi.

G. 11., P. D., No. 4-670, dated 24th June 191G.

Resolution. — The remission of the outstanding interest
upon arrears of British tribute, Baroda tribute, Junagadh
Jortalbi, proposed by the Agent to the Governor in Kathiawar
'-is sanctioned.

2. In future it should not be considered essential to
charge interest upon every late payment of tribute or Jortalbi.
The Agent to the Governor in Kathiawar is empowered to
use his discretion in the matter. In any case in which he
considers this course to be desirable, he may charge simple
interest upon arrears at a rate which should not fall below
6 per cent per annum or rise above 12 per cent. The maximum
limit should be imposed in extreme cases only.

Arvindkumar Desai
Antiquarian Book-Seller
1786, Gandhi Road,
Ahmedabad-1, INDIA.

639

3. In modification of the orders contained in paragrapli
1 of Government Resolution No. 7, dated 4th January 1910
and No. 4955, dated 19th Aunrust 1913, the Political Agents
at Palanpur, Muhi Kantha and Rewa Kantha are granted
similar powers in respect to the tributes payable by the States
and Taiukas in their respective Agencies. These powers are: —

1. Powers to decide whether interest shall be charjied

on overdue tribute or jortalbi.

2. Powers to regulate between the limits of G and

12 per cent, per armum the rate at which sucU
interest shall be charored.

English summauj of Gujarati Circulars.

1. (Circular No. 473 of 1913, regarding rules for and
rate of interest on belated payment of instalments of loan
fixed by Lt.-Col. Berthon, from 3 1st March 1914.

2. Circular No. 1111, dated 11th February 1916, re-
garding application of the rate and mode of calculation of
interest on loan ajid belated payment of Agency dues liable-
to interest.

3. Circular No. 813, dated 3rd October 1917, regard-
ing introduction of the rate of ^\ per cent, of interest, instead
of 4 per cent, on loans taken by States and Taiukas.

4. Circular No. F. A. M., 15, dated 17th July 1919,
re. levy of a interest at Gj per cent, per annum on Lonns and
Ta^avi iiiven to Non-jurisdictional Talukdars and cultivators
of Thanas, whether they be advanced by Covernment or
from Agency and other Local Funds.

Tj. Circular No. T. R. Y./U, dated 15th May 1920,
re. levy of interest at 12 per cent, per annum ou belated,
payment of B*iroda Tribute.

UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILIT>

A 000 621 018 1